JReport Server User's Guide
JReport Server User's Guide
This User's Guide describes JReport Server. JReport Server is a 100% Java report generation and
management tool that can be deployed to any Java EE application server. By leveraging its high
performance report generation engine, JReport scales to meet the most demanding requirements.
Using the report scheduling, distributing and alerting capabilities of the JReport Server, reporting can
be integrated into the workflow of the application.
This guide is written for report administrators or system administrators of Java application that embed
JReport reports into their application.
● JReport Tutorial
JReport Server
Performance Improvements with the advanced report engine are focused on faster response time
and better scalability. Through internal system tuning and minimizing redundancy, JReport now has a
smaller footprint with faster response time for on-demand report generation, report delivery, and
interactive reporting and analysis.
● Faster Expanding/Collapsing Actions in Crosstab. Adjusted the default value for the property
Expand Detail Data on crosstabs to improve the performance.
● Reduce SQL calls when Interacting with Cascading Parameters. The unnecessary accesses to
the database are reduced when running reports with cascading parameters.
● The Remote Dispatcher Is Enhanced. You can now dispatch RMI Server Pages requests in
multiple server environment without modifying any of your code. For details, see Dispatching RMI
Server Pages requests in multiple server environment.
● Use Derby as the Default JReport System Database. JReport changed its default system
database from HSQLDB to Apache Derby to provide better performance and support transactions
with higher reliability.
● Support Bind Variables in JReport Server System Database. Bind variables are now supported
in most of JReport Server system databases to improve JReport Server performance.
● Reduce the Response Time of a Single Event. Further improved the web control feature by
supporting executing combined actions of changing parameter value, sorting, and filtering that is
triggered by one event.
Usability is improved with a simpler interface and more tools that enhance productivity.
● Redesign the UI of Using the Saved Parameter Values When Specifying Parameter Values
for Running or Scheduling Reports. The new UI is more intuitive and easier to use. For details,
see Parameters.
● Add a Separate Control to Enable/Disable JReport Clustering. Now even though your JReport
license key is cluster enabled, if you do not set the property cluster.enabled in the server.properties
file to true for any server in a JReport cluster, the cluster feature will not be activated on this server.
The property control can help improve the performance and reliability of a clustered server when it
works individually.
● Add Command Buttons to the Report Set/Task/Version Tables. Now on the JReport Console
page, you can handle reports, tasks, or versions with a quicker access of command buttons.
● New UI Standard for JReport. JReport Server, JReport Viewer, JReport Studio and JReport Server
Monitor now use a consistent UI standard. Arrangement has also been taken to the presentation of
tabs and options so as to make the UI clearer and nicer.
New Functional Features to provide enhanced capabilities in security, report output and more.
● Cached Report Data. JReport now supports Cached Report Data (CRD), which is a cached subset of
data fetched from the database according to certain conditions and is used for retrieving data for
reports instead of the database. Cached Report Data provides several benefits, for example, reports
can be run from a specific point in time such as a month end report or quarter end report without
going back to the DBMS to get the original data, users running a report will all see the same view of
the data, thus the data will not change minute by minute based on current DBMS updates. This can
provide a huge performance advantage and reduce the load on the DBMS when multiple users use
the same query for their reports. For details, see Managing cached report data.
● Support User Defined Resource Properties. By providing the Custom Field feature, user defined
resource properties are supported. For details, see Working with custom fields.
● Use an External Method for Profiling Data. You can now monitor the JReport Server performance
via an external method: JMX MBean API or Web Service API. For details, see Monitoring the server
performance.
● Support Global NLS. Now you can create global NLS resources on JReport Server, which can be
shared by all report sets in both JReport Designer and JReport Server to reduce your translation cost.
For details, see Creating global NLS for report sets and NLS Editor in the JReport Designer User's
Guide.
● Support Setting Report Set Status. Users/groups/roles which have the Update Status permission
of a report set can now change the status of the report set to specify whether a report set can be
run. The purpose is to allow report sets to temporarily by made not runnable without having to delete
them and republish them to make them available.
● Support Distributed Cluster as the New JReport Server Cluster. In this new cluster, distributed
architecture takes the place of master-slave architecture to enable more nodes and balance the
workload of each JReport Server. Distributed storage of data is supported to remove the single point
of failure with the network/shared disk. JReport Server Monitor is also enhanced accordingly. For
details, see Clustering.
● Add a New Server Database Branch. The new database branch is called system database. It
holds resources of the global server scope, such as server.properties, global NLS, etc. The original
system or systables database is now addressed as realm database since it is specific to a realm. The
profiling database remains as before. For details about the three databases, see Data dialog.
● Support Installation on 64-bit Operating Systems. All JReport installers have been upgraded
and can now work on all 64-bit operating systems as well as on 32-bit OSs.
● I18N Support on Server UI. JReport Server now supports the Java I18n standards, so that it can
be adapted to various languages and regions without engineering changes.
● Field Format Improvement for Crosstab Drill. Field format now will be kept when drilling in
crosstab.
● Enhanced Speed When Opening Reports. Unnecessary calls to the DesignService APIs have been
removed when opening reports in DHTML format, which decreases the number of calls to the
Designer APIs and improves performance.
● Categorize Resources in the Field Drop-down List. Now category folders are added to the field
drop-down list of the condition panel so that the resources are easier to pick and duplicate resource
names are avoided in multiple fields.
● Redesign the Export Dialog. The new UI is better organized and easier to use. For details, see
Export dialog.
● Mark the Resources in Use in the Resource Tree. Resources referenced by the current selected
component are now displayed checked in the resource tree, so that user can easily find out the
resources are being used.
● JReport Viewer Dialogs And Menus Are Simplified. When creating a report with the report
wizard, if there is only one cube available in the current catalog, the Data screen is now hidden from
the wizard and this cube will be used to create the report by default. Meanwhile, if there is only one
style available to be applied to any report, all the style related commands, dialog tab and wizard
screen are not displayed now.
● Support the Web Action of Linking to a Customized Page. With the new web action
user_popCustomizedPage(), you can get a customized page, which by default shows all the
parameters the current report uses if it has parameters. You can change the parameter values to re-
run the report. Meanwhile, you can customize the page to make it display what you need by using
the DHTML API. For details, see the Customized Page dialog.
● Support Drill-Up Action and Drill Filter Panel. The drill-up action is now supported on crosstab,
table, and banded object in analytic reporting. In addition, when you perform the drill actions, if any
filters are created, the Drill Filter panel will be displayed, showing the filters. Thus, with the Drill Filter
panel and drill-up action support, you can drill back and forth to change the data scope as required.
For details, see Automatic drilling.
● Basic and Advanced Modes of the Filter Dialogs. Filter related dialogs now support two modes:
basic and advanced. The basic mode provides function for creating simple filter conditions that are
connected by ADD and OR operators. The advanced mode enables the building of more complex filter
conditions via the grouping of conditions. Moreover, a filter inspector is provided for listing all the
filters a report set is using. For details, see Filter dialog.
● Support Four New Web Controls. These four types of web controls are added: parameter control,
parameter form control, filter control, and navigation control. For their usages, see Applying web
controls.
Studio Reports Solution is aimed at easier and faster report creation and design, faster report
execution, easier customization, and better presentation style using a newer Rich Internet Application
(RIA) Web 2.0 interface. For details, see Studio Reports.
● Scalable Architecture separates layout intensive tasks (rich client) from data intensive tasks
(server).
● Business Views as Data Sources for Studio Reports. Business views are used as data sources
for studio reports and are created and managed in JReport Designer. A business view is similar to a
report cube except that there is no hierarchical relationship between the data objects in a business
view. For details, see Business views in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
● New Ad Hoc Report Wizard Based on AJAX is configurable for both of business and technical
users, facilitates the creation of complex reports with multiple components in a tabular style layout.
The Report Wizard supports new table templates covering all common table structures. It also allows
for easy creation of a report cover page and back page for more formal presentations. For details,
see JReport Studio Wizard.
● JReport Studio is the rich internet application (RIA) with robust interactive functions, where you
open and edit studio reports. You can insert components, apply filters, parameters, and CSS styles,
set up links among studio reports, and export and print report results. For details, see Studio Reports.
● Open and Edit Studio Reports in JReport Designer. JReport Designer supports downloading
studio reports from JReport Server, opening, creating and editing studio reports, and publishing
studio reports to server. For details, see Working with studio reports in the JReport Designer User's
Guide.
● Support Client Side Report Layout in JReport Studio/Wizard. In JReport Studio/Wizard, a new
engine is employed to support client side report layout to improve JReport Server performance and
scalability.
JReport Designer
● Support Web Service Data Source. JReport now supports web services defined by WSDL 2.0 as
data sources. For details, see Web service data sources in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
● Support Refreshing XML Schema. You can now modify the XML schema of an existing XML data
source in the Import XML Schema screen of the XML Connection Wizard. Once you finish modifying
and click the newly added Refresh button in the screen, the new schema information will be reloaded
according to what you have changed.
● Table Enhancement. A new table structure is provided so each group, detail and summary field can
be held within its own column. In addition, more operations and functions are supported on tables.
For details, see Creating a table report, Managing columns/rows in a table and Table properties in the
JReport Designer User's Guide.
● Catalog Browser Layout Enhancement. Resources in the Catalog Browser are re-organized
according to their relationship to make the resource tree structure clearer.
● Customizable Data Sources in Catalog. You can now change the default data source, rename and
delete the data sources in a catalog freely according to your requirement. For details, refer to
Creating a catalog in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
● Support Inner Join Type. A property - Explicit Inner Join - is added to JDBC connection in the
Catalog Browser for controlling whether to use Explicit Join notation or Implicit Join notation in the
Where clause for inner joins. On some DBMS system, using explicit join notation improves
performance.
● Customize DHTML Display Name for Actions. When customizing the field display names, you can
now further define where the display names will be used in specific component. For details, see
Customizing the field display names in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
● Define Default View Format When Designing Reports. A property - Default Format for Viewing
Report - is added in the Report Inspector at the report level for predefining the default report view
format. The property works when viewing or directly running the report in JReport Server.
● Support More W3C CSS Properties. JReport now supports more W3C CSS 2.1 standard
properties, using which you can build various CSS styles to change the visual presentation of your
reports. Meanwhile, an option - Show warning message when CSS properties are not supported by
JReport - is added in the Options dialog, for controlling whether to show the unsupported CSS
properties when applying CSS styles.
● Refresh the Catalog Reference Table by API. You can now use the method public boolean
refreshReference(CrossReferenceConfigure referenceConfigure) in the Catalog API to refresh the
reference table of a catalog. For details, see Refreshing the reference table of a catalog in the
JReport Designer User's Guide.
● Download Resources from JReport Server. You can now download the resources managed on
JReport Server to your local and further modify them in JReport Designer. For details, see
Downloading resources from JReport Server in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
● Consistently Support Hex for Designer Formula Color Picker. The Designer formula color
picker supports RGB hexadecimal value of colors. It shows the RGB hexadecimal value of the
specified color, or you can enter the RGB hexadecimal value of a color manually.
● Customize the Sheet Name for Report in Excel Result. When exporting a report to Excel, you
can now define the sheet name for the report in the exported Excel result file by setting the property
Sheet Name of the report.
● Add Postfix Number to Subreport Worksheets in Excel Result. A property - Sheet Name
Postfix - is added on subreport, with which you can define how to add the postfix number to the
sheets in which the subreport will be put when exporting the report to Excel.
● Chart Can Be Created Through the Report Wizard Along with the Banded/Crosstab/Table
Using the Same Group and Summary Fields. For details, see Creating a banded report in the
JReport Designer User's Guide.
● Reduce the Memory JRMemoryAppeneder Holds. You can now use the method
setUsedMemoryAppender(boolean use) in the Engine Bean to reduce the memory
JRMemoryAppeneder holds. For details, see Reducing the memory JRMemoryAppender holds in the
JReport Designer User's Guide.
● Formula Control Enhancement on Properties of Crosstab Fields. Most of the properties for
crosstab fields and labels can now be controlled by formulas. JReport automatically filters formulas
that are not supported for a property.
● Format for Aggregate Fields in Crosstab Is Now Unified. Rather than setting the format for
detail, each sub-total and each grand-total a single format can be specified for all values for a
crosstab cell.
● Support Importing User Defined Formula Classes via UI. You can now import user defined
formula classes in two ways: using the "import" statement or via dialog. The dialog also enables
editing class alias. By providing different aliases one UDF class can be imported more times. The
imported UDF classes' functions are displayed in the UDF node in the Functions panel of the Formula
Editor. You can perform on UDF functions just like on the other built-in functions. For details, see
User defined formula functions in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
● Support Displaying Instance Name. A property Instance Name is added to all the objects in the
Report Inspector to show the instance name for each object.
● Map Enhancement. The Map feature is further improved in several respects: you can now define
the area tips when you import areas from a .shp file in the Select Area Name dialog; in the Reset All
dialog, you can not only reset all the properties for map areas including the labels and summary
fields inside the areas globally, but also choose some specific properties you want to apply global
settings; you can also control whether or not the label for the area will be displayed when the size of
the area is changed to be smaller than the label, by using the option Automatic Filling Labels in the
Map Canvas Setup dialog.
● Show the Value Label on the Value Axis in Percent. JReport now provides an option, Show
Percent, in the Format Value(Y)/(Y2) Axis dialog, by controlling which the value label on the value(Y)/
(Y2) axis of a chart can either be displayed as value, or be shown in percent.
● Support New Chart Types. Two new chart types, Bullet Chart and Donut Pie Chart, are now
supported in JReport.
● Showing/Hiding Table Columns by Constant Level Formula. The property Invisible on table
columns can now be controlled by constant level formulas.
● Support Linking Crosstab and Another Report with Conditions. You can now make a specified
field in a crosstab linked with another report with conditions.
● Support More Data Source Types for Binding Parameter With Column. When binding a
parameter with a column, you can now select the column in the following data sources: tables and
views, stored procedures, imported SQLs, and user defined data sources. For details, see Creating a
parameter in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
● Extend Contents in Table Column/Crosstab Field Automatically. When the contents in a table
column/crosstab field needs more space to completely display, you can automatically adjust the
width of the table column/crosstab field according to their contents, by using the property Auto Fit.
● Web Control Enhancement. You can now add the value "All" to a list/drop-down list by using the
Insert Fields dialog. Then when All is selected as value of the list/drop-down list at runtime, all filter
actions defined on the list/drop-down list will not take effect, and if you applied some other web
action that needs value from the list/drop-down list, a Null value will be returned.
● Link to Multiple Components in a Report. When linking a report with another one, you can
specify multiple components in the target report to be interlinked with the primary report, no matter
they are based on the same dataset or not, and set separate link condition for each component. For
details, see Linking a report to another report in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
● Alternating Line Color Control in a Crosstab. A property group Alternating Line Color is added to
crosstab, by using which you can define a specified color for the fields in the same rows or columns
in a crosstab.
● New Look and Feel for JReport Designer. Based on JDK 6, JReport Designer applies new look
and feel so as to make you use it more comfortably.
● Support Skip First N in Chart. For details, see Setting Order/Select N condition for category/
serries field in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
Resolved/Known Issues in This Release
This document describes the resolved issues and any known issues for JReport Server in this release.
Resolved issues
Item Case # Issue
1 54838 All data can now be displayed normally when user runs the report in Text format with
XML data source in parallel.
2 54986 Resolved the java.lang.RuntimeException error when user runs a report on JReport
Server 9 Service Pack 1 Update 1.
3 54969 The Value drop-down list in the Query Filter dialog now can be displayed normally in ad
hoc reporting.
4 55673 The All Value works correctly when the user creates a table report with parameters in
JReport Designer, edits the business cube join and then publishes the report to JReport
Server.
5 55999 JReport Viewer Bean for Swing can now display the summary correctly when using
grouping.
6 56051 When user runs the result version of a report and then exports it to PDF or Excel
format, JReport will not get a JRResponseException error.
7 56217 If user runs a report with date parameters, the date information displayed in the report
page now works according to the date parameter the user set in the Enter Parameter
Values page.
8 56237 Now resources like folders, reports, and catalogs on the JReport Administration page
are kept normally after user makes changes on the Archive tab of the Data page.
9 56302 The exported Excel file now works fine after user exports a report to Excel format.
10 56342 JReport Server now works correctly with multiple connection configurations in the
same catalog.
11 56781 JReport Server can now run a report created as an ad hoc report in any format using
Advanced Run without getting an exception.
12 56907 When user runs a report with style group in DHTML or HTML format, it no longer lays
out the report twice internally after user sets the Style Group property.
13 56924 Enhanced null data checking in data source definitions to avoid java.lang.
NullPointerExcetions.
14 56993 The fonts of exported PDF files now display normally after user exports a report to PDF
format.
15 57112 Now when user sets a schedule task on JReport Server, the multi-selected weekdays
work normally on both standalone and integrated server.
16 57213 The exported Excel file now works after user exports a chart containing only one item
on the series axis.
17 57284 Now after user exports a chart to HTML file, it shows complete tip information when
user moves the mouse pointer over any text in the graph.
18 57284 The chart data marker in the line chart can now be displayed normally on JReport
Viewer page.
19 57284 The exported Excel file containing a chart report now displays normally after user
saves the file and opens it again.
20 57284 The exported Excel file containing a chart report now displays normally when user
opens it with MS Office 2010 version.
21 57586 The API method getParamInfosByValue() can work normally now.
22 57639 Resolved the DSException error in user's report after user loads a datasource.xml file
in JReport Server with an override of a connection with a different name.
Known issues
Compiling formulas in JReport under JDK 6 or higher gets warnings
Since generic type is introduced to JDK 6 or higher version, when compiling formulas in JReport under
JDK 6 or higher, you may come across warning messages as follows:
● Note: Test.java uses unchecked or unsafe operations.
You may see that the situations are logged as Javac errors. However, the warning messages do not
prevent Javac from creating .class files and reports can still run correctly.
In this case, you can simply ignore the messages and logged errors.
TOC Browser tree doesn't work well for reports with cached report bursting
When end user runs a report which has been defined with some cached report bursting policy in
JReport Viewer, if he opens the TOC Browser, he will be displayed with all the groups the report has
instead of the ones he is supposed to view. In addition, no matter a group is allowed for him or not, he
cannot click the group name from the TOC tree to get corresponding details. JReport will further
enhance the cached report bursting feature in future release to resolve this issue.
Report data get cut off in PDF result
When you export a report to PDF format, if the report contains a large amount of data but its page
mode was specified to be continuous page mode when it was designed in JReport Designer, or its page
size was set to be larger than 200 inches, you will find that in the PDF result some data of the report
are cut off. This is because in one PDF page, the data displayed can no larger than 200 inches.
Derby cannot auto start in cross-computer integration
By default, JReport Server uses the embedded Derby as the system database, and automatically starts
the Derby database server (the start of Derby requires the JDK path). If you build a WAR/EAR on
computer A and then integrate it into an application server on computer B, it is probable that the Derby
database server cannot auto start using the JDK path on computer A. If you want to use Derby in an
integration environment, you'd should update dbconfig.xml when building the WAR/EAR, and remove
the following line from dbconfig.xml:
<auto-start-derbyservice>true</auto-start-derbyservice>
Then JReport will not try to auto start the embedded Derby server, and you need to start it by yourself.
Derby can be started and stopped by using the batch files in <install_root>/derby/bin. There you will
find startNetworkServer.bat/sh and stopNetworkServer.bat/sh.
API change
jet.formula.ParamDesc.value has been set to private now. You can use getDisplayValue(DbValue
paramvalue, java.util.Locale locale) instead.
For example:
ParamDesc desc = new ParamDesc();
... ...
desc.getDisplayValue(desc.getValue(), Locale.getDefault());
JReport Product Overview
JReport is a complete Java reporting solution that provides sophisticated enterprise reporting, ad hoc
reporting, and data analysis. A 100% Java EE architecture and a rich set of APIs allow JReport to be
seamlessly embedded into any application, providing end users with a transparent interface to easily
generate reports, share information, and analyze data. With JReport, any report can be made
interactive, extending the "life" of a report by allowing users to easily sort, group, navigate, and filter
via the Web. This wide range of functionality, including the ability to drill down on data, enables users
to quickly derive value from their business intelligence.
This chapter describes the JReport product in the following sections:
● Features of JReport
JReport Server supports report generation and management. JReport Server has the following
features:
● High performance engine
JReport Web supports information delivery. JReport Web has the following features:
● Interactive DHTML technology
● Ad hoc reporting
● Flexible output formats: PDF, Excel, XML, RTF, e-mail and more
JReport product architecture
The JReport solution spans a 3-tier architecture.
2. Check the JReport FAQ pages for frequently-asked questions and their solutions.
If the problem persists, report it to Jinfonet Support ([email protected]) with the following
information:
1. Describe the precise steps leading to the problem.
2. Run the batch file jrenv.bat in the <install_root>\bin subdirectory. Running this batch file will
generate a file called report.env in the current directory. Send this file to Jinfonet Support. Also,
describe the operating environment, including machine type, CPU, memory, OS, and Java version.
3. If you are running JReport in an integrated Java application server, click the Server Information
4. Send Jinfonet Support the log file with the recorded JReport Server problems.
❍ For a standalone server
Start JReport with the batch file DJRServer.bat (.sh on Unix). Running this batch file will record
the most detailed logging information and write them to the log files in the <install_root>
\logs directory. Try to reproduce the problem, and send the log files along with the other
information.
5. Send Support the log files recording all of the logging information of engine and server (including
event, error, debugging, access, management, and performance).
❍ Change the configuration to record all logging events by starting the server and accessing the
JReport Administration page through http://localhost:8889.
c. After that, reproduce your problem and send Support the log files in <install_root>
\logs. In addition, you can also directly modify the logging configuration file LogConfig.
properties in <install_root>\bin. If you set the server property log.config.update to true
(all server properties are managed within the file server.properties in <install_root>
\bin), any changes to the configuration file will automatically take effect at runtime after
the specified update interval (set by the server property log.config.update.interval).
❍ If your JReport Server runs as a servlet within a Java application server, in the address bar of a
web browser, type in http://<hostname>/jreport/admin, where jreport is the servlet context
path.
6. To reproduce your problem of running reports with JReport Server, we will often need your report,
catalog and data information.
a. Send Support the catalog file (*.cat and *.fml) and the report set file *.cls that you are
having problems with.
b. In order to resolve technical issues that you have reported, we will need to access your
report data so that we can recreate and analyze the problem. Your database may be very
large. However, we will only require access to the data returned by the query of the
troublesome report, and if necessary we will sign a confidentiality agreement with you. To
extract the report data, in the Catalog Browser of JReport Designer, right-click the query that
your report is using, select the menu item Create Cached Query Result. Then, input the
data file name and click the Save button. The query result will then be saved in this file.
Send Support all of the files generated (including the description file).
Visiting our web pages for more information
● Products information
http://www.jinfonet.com/products/jreport-suite
● Release information
http://www.jinfonet.com/products/whats-new
● News center
http://www.jinfonet.com/news/jreport-news-highlights
● Demo center
http://www.jinfonet.com/products/jreport-demo
● White papers
http://www.jinfonet.com/products/white-papers
● JReport Javadoc
http://www.jinfonet.com/kbase.htm
● Supported databases
● Installing silently
● Uninstalling
Notes:
● Jinfonet supports Java VMs released by Sun and IBM to run with JReport Server. You can try using
other Java VMs, but their compatibility cannot be guaranteed. Reports of any problems you find with
other Java VMs are welcome.
● If you want to use JReport Server on a z/Linux system, you must download the JDK specially used
for IBM from http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/zseries/software/java/ and the version should
be at least V6.
JReport Server Live license
The JReport Server Live license controls the real time ad hoc and analysis reporting on JReport Server.
The Live license allows you to utilize all of the following features and functions on JReport Server:
● Create, view, run, edit, export, print, and publish ad hoc Page Layout Reports and Web Layout
Reports (also called Studio Reports). The data sources for these reports are created in JReport
Designer, which requires a JReport Designer Live license.
● All actions in JReport Viewer (the browser for opening a DHTML format report) involving report cube/
business cube or changes of report template:
❍ Create new reports or report sets
❍ Drill
❍ Go to
❍ Display Resource View panel which shows the data resources for the current open report
See also JReport Designer Live license in the JReport Designer User's Guide for details about the
features the license controls.
Supported databases
JReport supports all of the current mainstream databases as well as most databases which support
ODBC or JDBC drivers. The following table lists the databases and JDBC drivers that have been tested
with JReport. If you are using any of the databases listed below, you are recommended to use the
corresponding driver version with JReport although any driver which the DBMS supplier recommends is
also fine. Also, if you encounter problems when using a database or driver version that is not listed
here, you can contact Jinfonet Support ([email protected]) for help.
Note: If you want to use the DB2 app connection, you need to install the client and configure the net
address first.
Installing using the Installation Wizard
Installing JReport Server with the Installation Wizard is intuitive. You only need to follow the screens
and enter the required information. The Installation Wizard provides two installation types:
● Typical Installation for Standalone Server
Installs JReport Server with the default configuration settings.
This document shows you how to install the server to different systems with the Installation Wizard and
configure the server according to your requirements.
Installing on Windows
To install JReport Server on a Windows platform, take the following steps:
1. Download the JReport Server installation file for Windows SvrSetup.exe from the Jinfonet
download center: http://www.jinfonet.com/downloadjreport/.
● The Installation Wizard will first find a JVM to get started. If no JVM is found, the JReport installer
will fail to launch. To solve this issue, you can try either way:
❍ Set JAVA_HOME in system environment.
❍ Install JReport Server from a DOS command by specifying the LAX_VM option for the Installation
Wizard as follows:
SvrSetup.exe LAX_VM "C:\jdk1.6.0_17\bin\java.exe"
The JDK path should use absolute path and be quoted by "".
● The installer provides a chance for you to add additional class paths. You can also choose to add
them manually into the setenv.bat in <install_root>\bin after installation.
● If you select to install JReport Server in a folder that already contains an existing copy, the installer
will replace the packages and create new batch/script files. Meanwhile, a copy of the old batch/script
files will be kept for your reference. You should use the batch/script files that come with the installer
in order to make sure that all new packages are added to the class path and manually merge any
changes you made into the new version.
Installing on Unix
JReport Server supports Solaris, Linux, HP-Unix, and AIX. In the following process, an X server is
running and Java 1.5 or above is available, otherwise ask your administrator for help. Installing and
running JReport Server requires that an X server has been configured.
1. Download the JReport Server installation file for Unix SvrSetup.bin from the Jinfonet download
center: http://www.jinfonet.com/downloadjreport/.
If you need to transfer the installation file from your download machine to your Unix box, you
should transfer it using FTP in binary mode.
2. Click the executable file SvrSetup.bin to launch the Installation Wizard. Alternatively, you can
open a console window, and change the directory to the location of the SvrSetup.bin file. Following
are examples of the commands that can be used:
$ cd /opt/JReport/Server (or your preferred install location)
Run SvrSetup.bin:
$ ./SvrSetup.bin
The Installation Wizard will first locate a JVM to get started. If no JVM is found, the installer will
fail to launch. To solve this issue, you can try either way:
❍ Set JAVA_HOME in system environment.
❍ Specify a JVM for Installation Wizard with the option LAX_VM as follows:
$ ./SvrSetup.bin LAX_VM "/opt/jdk1.6.0_17/bin/java"
The JDK path should use absolute path and be quoted by "".
3. Once the Installation Wizard has successfully loaded, you can follow the standard prompts to
install JReport Server.
Installing on z/Linux
JReport Server supports Linux on IBM system z. In the following process, an X server is running and a
JDK specially used for IBM is available, otherwise ask your administrator for help. Installing and
running JReport Server requires that an X server has been configured.
1. Download the JReport Server installation file for z/Linux SvrSetup.bin from the Jinfonet download
center: http://www.jinfonet.com/downloadjreport/.
If you need to transfer the installation file from your download machine to your z/Linux box, you
should transfer it using FTP in binary mode.
2. Click the executable file SvrSetup.bin to launch the Installation Wizard. Alternatively, you can
open a console window, and change the directory to the location of the SvrSetup.bin file. Following
are examples of the commands that can be used:
$ cd /opt/JReport/Server (or your preferred install location)
Run SvrSetup.bin:
$ ./SvrSetup.bin
The Installation Wizard will first locate a JVM to get started. If no JVM is found, the installer will
fail to launch. To solve this issue, you can try either way:
❍ Set JAVA_HOME in system environment.
❍ Specify a JVM for Installation Wizard with the option LAX_VM as follows:
$ ./SvrSetup.bin LAX_VM "/opt/ibm-java2-sdk-6.0/bin/java"
The JDK path should use absolute path and be quoted by "".
3. Once the Installation Wizard has successfully loaded, you can follow the standard prompts to
install JReport Server.
● Cluster
● Cache
❍ Cache Loaded Catalogs
Specifies whether to keep a catalog in memory, or to remove it from memory after a report set is
completed.
Normally, after a report set has been generated, the catalog that is used to generate the report set
will be removed from memory. However, if you specify this option, the catalog will be cached
rather than removed.
Cache Loaded Report Sets
Specifies whether to keep the report sets in memory or remove them from memory after they have
been generated.
● Performance
Pre-loading the Java classes and fonts which are used by catalogs, report sets and JReport Engine at
startup time will improve performance when these classes are needed at runtime.
❍ Preload Catalog Referred Classes
Pre-loads the Java classes that are used for a catalog.
❍ Preload Fonts
Specifies to load the fonts when JReport Server is started rather than when they are first used.
❍ Maximum Number of Concurrent Report Sets in the Queue
Specifies the maximum number of concurrent report sets in the queue, which must be less than or
equal to the number that the license permits.
● Advanced
● Data Source
Installing silently
JReport provides two files for installing JReport Server silently without user participation in the
installation process. It is ServerInstall_typical.properties for the Typical Installation for Standalone
Server type and ServerInstall_custom.properties for the Custom Installation for Standalone Server
type.
Follow the steps below to install JReport Server silently:
1. Download the appropriate file from the Jinfonet website according to your requirement.
2. Some built-in demo report sets (\SampleReports\*.cls) with Derby as the data source (install_root
\db\SampleDB.script) have been provided. At the end of the installation, the installer will
configure the report sets and catalog to the correct data path. This calls some AWT classes that
require GUI support.
So, if you have an X server installed, you should set the Display variable so that this step can be
performed successfully.
$ DISPLAY=hostname(or IP address):0.0
$ export DISPLAY
Note: If you do not have X server or a pure text environment, this step can be ignored.
However, you may find that the demo report sets will not be able to run after you start the
JReport Server due to having the wrong default data source path. In this case, you can use
JReport Designer to publish some working report sets for testing purposes.
3. Run the following command, and JReport Server will be installed in the designated path:
$ ./SvrSetup.bin -i silent -f ServerInstall_typical.properties
Notes:
● When installing JReport Server silently, make sure you do not use overwrite installation, instead,
install the server to a new directory.
● When you install the Update or Service Pack silently, edit the property file update.properties in
<install_root>\help\server\en\samples to your own requirements. This file is used to create an
option file (i.e. response file) for the Installation Wizard. It predefines all the information that is
required for the installation.
You can also create a property file and save it as follows:
USER_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/local/JReport/Server
USER_KEY=UID
USER_PASSWORD=Password
Modify the above lines according to your own environment and configurations.
Installing using the console interface
JReport enables you to perform an interactive installation from a command prompt on platforms that
do not have GUI. In this way, you are able to see the installation status and follow the installation
process.
Take the following steps to perform console installation:
1. Download the installation program (SvrSetup.bin for Unix and z/Linux, SvrSetup.exe for Windows)
from the Jinfonet download center: http://www.jinfonet.com/downloadjreport/.
For Windows:
SvrSetup.exe -i console
2. Prepare a directory on Unix where you will copy the installation, for example /opt/JReport/
Server.
3. Modify javahome and reporthome in the following files to the Unix directories where the Java JDK
is located and the directory you are going to copy the release to. Be sure to modify them carefully.
Any mistake will cause problems starting JReport.
report.ini
servlet.properties
setenv.sh
4. Delete the file server.properties from <install_root>\bin if it exists and remember to reset the
required configuration settings on the JReport Administration page (8889 as the default port) after
launching JReport Server on Unix. The server.properties file is created if you use the custom
format to install.
5. Make a zip or jar archive of the above folders, and then copy it to your Unix system (use binary
format if using FTP).
6. Extract the folder in the destination directory in accordance with the path defined in the property
files.
7. Use the dos2unix command to convert all the .sh files under <install_root>/bin to the format
that can be recognized by Unix. You can execute the command like this:
$ dos2unix *.sh
8. Use the chmod command to set the converted files under <install_root>/bin to have read, write
and execute permission. You can execute the command like this:
$ chmod 777 *.sh
9. Start a shell (Console) and login as root or become the root user by running the su command.
Make JRServer.sh executable and then start JReport Server by running ./JRServer.sh.
Note: If you fail to intall JReport Server on your z/Linux system directly, you can also follow the above
steps to install the server manually.
Uninstalling
Use either of the following methods to remove JReport Server:
● From the Control Panel, open Add or Remove Programs, and then select JReport Server 10 to
uninstall it.
Note: The uninstaller will remove all the files generated by the installer, while the files that are created
later by the program will be retained. They should be removed manually.
Solving installation problems
This section is trying to help you solve the problems you encounter during the installation.
● If the installation is cancelled after you click the Install button on the installation wizard, logs are
created in the logs folder in the installation root directory.
Besides, on a Windows platform, you can choose to specify the log destination that should use absolute
path and log file name when launching the installation wizard:
SvrSetup.exe -D$INSTALL_LOG_NAME$="Install.log" -D$INSTALL_LOG_DESTINATION$="D:\temp"
or
$ ./SvrSetup.bin -D$INSTALL_LOG_NAME$="Install.log" -D$INSTALL_LOG_DESTINATION$="/opt/
temp"
2. In the Compatibility mode panel of the Compatibility tab, check the Run this program in
compatibility mode for option, and then select Windows 2000 from the drop-down list.
3. Click OK.
● Options
❍ orgReporthome
The reporthome of the original JReport Server. If this parameter is not provided, the reporthome of
JReport Server 10 will be used as its value.
Case 2: Installing JReport Server 10 to the folder where the old version resides
1. Provided that the old JReport Server is located in C:\JREntServer595. Install JReport Server 10 to
the same location. DO NOT start the newly installed JReport Server.
2. In the DOS window, switch to <install_root>\bin, and run MigrationV52.bat.
● Options
❍ orgReporthome
The reporthome of the original JReport Server. If the parameter is not provided, the reporthome of
JReport Server 10 will be used as its value.
Case 2: Installing JReport Server 10 to the folder where the old version resides
1. Provided that the old JReport Server is located in C:\JREntServer580. Install JReport Server 10 to
the same location. DO NOT start the newly installed JReport Server.
2. Use the JReport Server 10 to create a self-contained WAR/EAR file. For information on how to
create the WAR/EAR, see Building a WAR/EAR file to include a self-contained JReport Server.
3. Use the Java application server that integrates the previous version of JReport Server to deploy
the new self-contained WAR/EAR and update the old WAR/EAR with the new.
By now, if the previous version of JReport Server is later than V6.0 (included), the integrated
JReport Server has already been upgraded to V10. But if the previous version is earlier than V6.0,
go to step 4 and you need do further upgrade.
4. For a previous version between V5.2 Build 590 (included) and V6 (excluded): in the DOS window,
switch to <reporthome>\bin, and run MigrationV52.bat.
For a previous version earlier than V5.2 Build 590 (excluded): in the DOS window, switch to
<reporthome>\bin, and run MigrationBV52.bat.
Launching
After you have installed JReport Server, you must set up the reporting environment and start it before
you can access it via a web browser. This chapter provides you with detailed information of how to run
JReport Server in different running modes.
The following topics are discussed in this chapter:
● Setting up the reporting environment
● Running as an OS service
● That not only the report set files, but also the catalog files (including the .fml file) exist and are in
the same directory. In addition, one directory can only contain one catalog. However, it can contain
many report set files which use that catalog.
Data sources
You may have your own catalogs and report sets that you developed, and want them to be run and be
distributed by JReport Server. In order to do this, the data sources used by your catalogs must be
correctly set to the runtime environment of JReport Server.
User data source
Append the class path of your user class files to the first item of the class path set in your batch file or
command line that starts JReport Server. If you are using JReport Server embedded in an application
server, add your user class files to the WAR file used to deploy JReport Server.
browser.bat
This tool detects the default client browser and installation path. It is invoked by launchpad.bat.
CmdSender.bat/CmdSender.sh
This tool is for sending commands to JReport Server. If the option "-s" or "-p" is not used, the JVM
system property "reporthome" must be defined so that CmdSender.bat/CmdSender.sh will use it to get
data from the local machine.
Usage
cmdsender [-s:<server> -p:<port> -u:<user>] -w:<password>
admin|shutdown|localshutdown|(local:on|off)
Options
● -s
The server host name.
● -p
The administration port.
● -u
The admin user name.
● -w
The admin password.
● shutdown
Shuts down the server.
● localshutdown
Shuts down the local server.
● local
The administration tasks are available to local host only.
● gc
Run the Java garbage collector.
DBMaintain.bat/DBMaintain.sh
This tool is for administrators to backup and restore JReport Server data. It is invoked by the following
command line:
Usage
DBMaintain -[?|cleanup|B<[systemtables|realmtables|profiling]:<filename>>|R<[systemtables|
realmtables|profiling]:<filename>>]
Options
● -?
Displays the usage information and then exits.
● -cleanup
Checks integrality of the server data and cleans up the invalid data.
● -Bsystemtables:<filename>/-Brealmtables:<filename>/-Bprofiling:<filename>
Backup the data in the database with the related data to a specified file.
For example, for backing up the server data realmtables to file c:\jsback.dat, you can type:
DBMaintain -Brealmtables:c:\jsback.dat
● -B0realmtables:<filename>
Only backup the data in the realm database.
● -Rsystemtables:<filename>/-Rrealmtables:<filename>/-Rprofiling:<filename>
Restore the data including the related data outside the database from a specified file.
For example, for restoring server data realmtables from the file c:\jsback.dat, you can type:
DBMaintain -Rrealmtables:c:\jsback.dat
● -R0realmtables:<filename>
Only restore the data in the realm database.
DJRServer.bat/DJRServer.sh
This tool is used to launch JReport Server with debug and log information. The output log files are in
the <install_root>\logs directory. In case of problems, you may run this batch to reproduce the
problem. Open the files to see the detail information and find out the problem. Send the log files to
[email protected] if you are unable to resolve the problem.
Usage
DJRServer [-?|-p <port>|-ap <adminport>|-realm <realmname>|-l backlog|-m <max>
|-t <timeout>|-s <filename>|-web <directory>|-env|-silent|
|-local|-vDebug|-vError|-jrs.admin.server <host:port>|-cleanup]
Options
● -?
Prints this help message.
● -p <port>
The port number to listen on.
● -ap <adminport>
The port number which is used by the administration tools.
● -realm <realmname>
Specifies the active realm.
● -l <backlog>
The maximum queue length for incoming connections.
● -m <max>
The maximum number of connection handlers.
● -t <timeout>
The connection timeout in milliseconds.
● -s <filename>
The servlet property file name. If this option is not used, the file servlet.properties in <install_root>
\bin will be used as the servlet property file when launching JReport Server.
● -web <directory>
The root directory when accessing the server via the web, its default value is <intall_root>
\public_html.
● -env
Prints the environment.
● -silent
No output is sent to the console.
● -local
The administration tasks are available on local host only.
● -vDebug
Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets all log files' trace levels to INFO and
error levels to WARN.
● -vError
Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets all log files' trace levels to OFF and
error levels to ERROR.
● -jrs.admin.server <host:port>
The admin server host and RMI port.
● -cleanup
Checks integrality of the server data and cleans up the invalid data.
JRServer.bat/JRServer.sh
This tool is used to launch JReport Server in standalone mode without any predefined options.
On Windows, you can start server by double-clicking on JRServer.bat. If you cannot start the server
successfully in this way, the reason will be displayed in the MS-DOS command prompt.
Usage
JRServer [-?|-p <port>|-ap <adminport>|-realm <realmname>|-l backlog|-m <max>
|-t <timeout>|-s <filename>|-web <directory>|-env|-silent|
|-local|-vDebug|-vError|-logall|-jrs.admin.server <host:port>|-cleanup]
Options
● -?
Prints this help message.
● -p <port>
The port number to listen on.
● -ap <adminport>
The port number which is used by the administration tools.
● -realm <realmname>
Specifies the active realm.
● -l <backlog>
The maximum queue length for incoming connections.
● -m <max>
The maximum number of connection handlers.
● -t <timeout>
The connection timeout in milliseconds.
● -s <filename>
The servlet property file name. If this option is not used, the file servlet.properties in <install_root>
\bin will be used as the servlet property file when launching JReport Server.
● -web <directory>
The root directory when accessing the server via the web, its default value is <intall_root>
\public_html.
● -env
Prints the environment.
● -silent
No output to the console.
● -local
The administration tasks are available on local host only.
● -vDebug
Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets all log files' trace levels to INFO and
error levels to WARN.
● -vError
Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets all log files' trace levels to OFF and
error levels to ERROR.
● -logall
Sets all loggers' trace level to INFO and error level to WARN.
● -jrs.admin.server <host:port>
The admin server host and RMI port.
● -cleanup
Checks integrality of the server data and cleans up the invalid data.
Notes:
● You may need to set an appropriate -Dfile.encoding option in the file to start JReport Server in order
to view characters correctly.
● You may also need to set an appropriate -Dresolution option in the file to start JReport Server in
order to set the system resolution in DPI.
jrenv.bat/jrenv.sh
This tool is for generating the report environment file report.env in the current directory. This file can
help the Jinfonet support staff assist you when you run into problems.
launchpad.bat
This tool is used to launch JReport Server in the standalone mode and open the JReport Server Launch
Pad page.
makewar.bat/makewar.sh
See here.
MigrationBV52.bat/MigrationBV52.sh
This tool is used to convert all the resources from JReport versions which are lower than V5.2 Build 590
to the resources of JReport Server V8. If you install the new version to the same folder as the old one,
the parameter can be omitted.
Usage
MigrationBV52 [orgReportHome]
Options
● orgReporthome
The reporthome of the original JReport Server. If this parameter is not provided, the value of
"reporthome" of new JReport Server will be used as its value.
MigrationV52.bat/MigrationV52.sh
This tool is used to convert all the resources of which the versions are between V5.2 Build 590
(included) and V6 (not included) to the resources of JReport Server V8. If you install the new version to
the same folder as the old one, the parameter can be omitted.
Usage
MigrationV52 [orgReportHome]
Options
● orgReporthome
The reporthome of the original JReport Server. If this parameter is not provided, the value of
"reporthome" of new JReport Server will be used as its value.
NJRServer.bat/NJRServer.sh
This tool is used to launch JReport Server without JIT option. If your server often crashes with JIT
option, try this batch file instead of JRServer.bat.
Usage
NJRServer [-?|-p <port>|-ap <adminport>|-realm <realmname>|-l backlog|-m <max>
|-t <timeout>|-s <filename>|-web <directory>|-env|-silent|
|-local|-vDebug|-vError|-logall|-jrs.admin.server <host:port>|-cleanup]
Options
● -?
Prints this help message.
● -p <port>
The port number to listen on.
● -ap <adminport>
The port number which is used by the administration tools.
● -realm <realmname>
Specifies the active realm.
● -l <backlog>
The maximum queue length for incoming connections.
● -m <max>
The maximum number of connection handlers.
● -t <timeout>
The connection timeout in milliseconds.
● -s <filename>
The servlet property file name. If this option is not used, the file servlet.properties in <install_root>
\bin will be used as the servlet property file when launching JReport Server.
● -web <directory>
The root directory when accessing the server via the web, its default value is <intall_root>
\public_html.
● -env
Prints the environment.
● -silent
No output to the console.
● -local
The administration tasks are available on local host only.
● -vDebug
Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets all log files' trace levels to INFO and
error levels to WARN.
● -vError
Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets all log files' trace levels to OFF and
error levels to ERROR.
● -logall
Sets all loggers' trace level to INFO and error level to WARN.
● -jrs.admin.server <host:port>
The admin server host and RMI port.
● -cleanup
Checks integrality of the server data and cleans up the invalid data.
register.bat
It is invoked by browser.bat.
RMIAuthFileCreator.bat/RMIAuthFileCreator.sh
This tool is used to generate the rmi authentication file. JReport Server uses the authentication file to
secure remote objects. If no argument was provided, an authentication file named "rmi.auth" will be
created in <install_root>\bin, using the userid and install key of JReport Server.
Usage
RMIAuthFileCreator [authFileName [userid key]]
Options
● ?
Shows the usage message.
● authFileName
The RMI authentication file name. If only input this argument, the userid and install key of JReport
Server will be used to create the authentication file.
● userid
The user ID, which will be used to generate the contents of the authentication file.
● key
The key which will be used to generate contents of the authentication file.
rp.bat/rp.sh
This tool is for replacing user ID and license key.
Usage
rp UID Key
rptconv.bat/rptconv.sh
This tool is for converting old report schema to be current with Version 8.
Usage
rptconv "-source=source_path" ["-target=destination_path"] [-r] [-s]
Options
● -source
Specify the source path of the reports that are to be converted.
● -target
Specify the destination path for the converted reports.
● -r
Replace the source report with the converted version.
If this option is set, ["-target=destination_path"] is ignored.
If both "-r" and "-target" are not specified, the converted reports are saved in the same directory as
the source reports and named as "converted_SourceReportName".
● -s
Convert all the reports in the specified directory, including the reports in all subdirectories.
Examples
● To convert a single report:
rptconv "-source=C:\JReport\Server\jreports\SampleReports\InvoiceReport.cls" "–
target=C:\temp"
This will convert all the reports in C:\JReport\Server\jreports and save the converted reports to C:
\temp. The converted reports use the same file names as source reports.
rptconv "-source=C:\JReport\Server\jreports" "–target=C:\temp" -s
This will convert all the reports in C:\JReport\Server\jreports and in the subdirectories and save the
converted reports to C:\temp. The converted reports take the same file names and directory
structure as source reports.
rptconv "-source=C:\JReport\Server\jreports" "–target=C:\temp\*.cls" -s
This will convert all the reports in C:\JReport\Server\jreports and in the subdirectories and save the
converted reports to C:\temp. The converted reports take the same directory structure as source
reports and the suffixes of their file names are all changed to ".cls".
rptconv "-source=C:\JReport\Server\jreports" -r -s
This will convert all the reports in C:\JReport\Server\jreports and in the subdirectories. The
converted reports overwrite the source reports.
rptconv "-source=C:\JReport\Server\jreports"
This will convert all the reports in C:\JReport\Server\jreports. All the converted reports are saved in
the same directory and named as "converted_SourceReportName".
This will convert all the reports with the suffix ".cls" in C:\JReport\Server\jreports
\SampleReports and save the converted reports to C:\temp.
Notes:
● There must be one and only one catalog file in the directory where the reports to be converted
reside.
● If the reports to be converted contain UDO or UDF, make sure the corresponding classes or jars are
included in the class path of rptconv.bat/rptconv.sh.
startAdministration.bat
This tool is used to launch the JReport Administration page from the Start menu after the server is
started.
startConsole.bat
This tool is used to launch the JReport Console page from the Start menu after the server is started.
stopServer.bat
This tool is used to exit JReport Server from the Start menu.
stopServer.sh
This tool is used to exit JReport Server.
Starting using Java
The class of the standalone server is jet.server.JREntServer. You can start JReport Server with the
following command instead of using the generated batch files:
JAVA -classpath <classpath> -Djava.compiler=NONE -Dreporthome=<install_root> jet.server.
JREntServer [options]
● -classpath
The class path must include the following packages originally in your <install_root>\lib:
JRESServlets.jar; JREntServer.jar; JREngine.jar; servlet.jar; log4j-1.2.8.jar;
● -Djava.compiler=NONE
This is without JIT. This is not a required option. However, if you encounter problems running the
server and you think that they relate to the Java VM, you can try turning off the JIT compiler and
then running again.
● -Djreport.url.encoding
Specifies the encoding to encode/decode escape characters in URL strings. If not specified, the
system default encoding will be used. For example: java ... -Djreport.url.encoding=8859-1...
● -Dreporthome
This is where JReport Server is installed. It is the Destination Location you specified when you
installed it. This option is required. When you set the reporthome, upon launching, JReport will try to
find the jslc.dat and report.ini files in <install_root>\bin and check whether they are valid. Jslc.dat
is the License control file. Open report.ini, and you will find the configuration information, including
the temp, template and the help path. JReport will use the temp path to export the temporary files
so you should make sure that the temp folder specified in report.ini exists and has space available.
● -Dfile.encoding
Specifies the encoding to encode/decode escape characters in the server data. If not specified, the
system default encoding will be used. For example: java ... -Dfile.encoding=8859-1...
● -Dresolution
Sets the system resolution in DPI. If not specified, the system default resolution will be used, which
is the resolution of your monitor, for example, -Dresolution=96.
● [options]
Option Description
-? Print brief help message.
-p port The port that this server listens on, default is 8888.
-ap adminport The port number that the remote administration uses, default is 8889.
-l backlog Maximum length of queue for incoming connection indications.
-m max Maximum number of connection handlers.
-t timeout Connection timeout in milliseconds.
-s filename Servlet property file name.
-realm realmname Active realm when the server starts up.
The specified realm should exist, otherwise the server will use an existing
realm as the active realm. The server will then record a warning message in
the log file, and set the selected active realm by the server.realm.active
property in the server.properties file.
-web directory Web application server root directory, default is <intall_root>
\public_html.
-local Administration on local host only.
-vDebug Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets engine log file's
trace level to INFO and error level to WARN.
-vError Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets engine log file's
trace level to OFF and error level to ERROR.
-env Print environment settings when the server starts up.
-silent Outputs nothing, not even the server start information.
-log[:file Name] Outputs JReport Engine messages to the log file as specified and uses the -
(deprecated) vDebug level.
-logall Sets all loggers' trace level to INFO and error level to WARN.
-jrs.admin.server The admin server host and RMI port.
host:port
-cleanup Checks integrality of the server data and cleans up the invalid data.
Notes:
● For detailed information on how to configure the logging and debugging information, read the
LogConfig.properties file in <install_root>\bin.
● Some of the common options will be used in later chapters. In addition, JReport has automatically
generated some batch files for you so that you do not have to write a complicated command line.
You can find these in the <install_root>\bin directory.
Sending commands to JReport Server from Java
After JReport Server has been started as a standalone server, you can send commands to the server to
either shut it down or pop up the user interactive interface for administration. All of these can be done
through the class jet.server.CommandSender. The full command is as follows:
JAVA -classpath <classpath> -Djava.compiler=NONE [-Dreporthome=<install_root>] jet.
server.CommandSender [-s:server -p:port] -w:password [-?]|admin|shutdown|gc|(local:on|
off)
● -?
Prints brief help message.
● -Djava.compiler=NONE
This is without JIT. This is not a required option. However, if you encounter problems running the
server and you think that they relate to the Java VM, you can try turning off the JIT compiler and
running again.
● -Dreporthome
This is where JReport Server is installed. It is the destination location you specified when you
installed it. It is required only if you do not execute the command from the local host on which
JReport Server is running.
● -Dpoperror=true
This property is used to control whether to pop up a message to show error information. The default
value is false which indicates that the error message will not be displayed.
● -Classpath
The class path must include the following packages originally in your <install_root>\lib:
JRESServlets.jar; JREntServer.jar.
● -s:server
Host name on which JReport Server is running.
● -p:port
The port JReport Server used for administration. The default value is 8889.
● -w:password
Password of the admin user. Example: -w:admin.
● admin
A command sent to the server asking to pop up the user interactive interface for administering
JReport Server.
● shutdown
A command sent to the server asking it to shut down.
● local:on
A command sent to the server asking to only allow the administration commands sent by the local
machine.
● local:off
A command sent to the server asking to accept administration commands from anywhere.
● gc
A command sent to the server asking the JVM to schedule the Java Garbage Collector.
Note: Some of the common options will be used in the later chapters. In addition, JReport has
automatically generated the batch file CmdSender.bat for you so that you do not have to write a
complicated command line.
Running without a GUI
Many environments, such as mainframe machines and dedicated servers, do not support a display,
keyboard, or mouse. JReport Server supports Java headless implementation, in which case you do not
have to install a third-party tool, such as PJA, XWindows, or XVFB, in order to run JReport in a non-GUI
environment.
Note: If JDK 6 is used, it is not necessary to add the parameter -Djava.awt.headless manually,
because JDK 6 can automatically give a value to the parameter according to the environment the
server will run. For example, if it is headless, the true value will be given.
● ftp.xfree86.org/pub/XFree86/3.3.6/binaries/Solaris
● ftp.xfree86.org/pub/XFree86/4.0.1/binaries/Solaris
● ftp.xfree86.org/pub/XFree86/4.0.1/binaries/Solaris-8
● http://ferret.wrc.noaa.gov/Ferret/FAQ/graphics/Solaris_Xvfb.html
2. To have XVFB start up automatically when a workstation boots, you can add the Virtual Frame
Buffer to the Automatic Startup. That is, write a script /etc/init.d/xvfb as below, and make it
executable.
#!/bin/sh
mode=$1
case "$mode" in
'start')
# start the X Virtual Framebuffer (Xvfb)
if [ -f /usr/X11R6/bin/Xvfb ]; then
echo "***Starting up the Virtual Frame Buffer on Screen 1***"
/usr/X11R6/bin/Xvfb :1 -screen 0 1152x900x8 &
fi
;;
*)
echo " Usage: "
echo " $0 start (start XVFB)"
echo " $0 stop (stop XVFB - not supported)"
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
If you need not to start XVFB automatically, you can manually start up XVFB:
/usr/X11R6/bin/Xvfb :1 -screen 0 1152x900x8 &
3. Set DISPLAY to screen 1 (assuming that JReport Server is running on machine jaguar).
DISPLAY=jaguar:1.0
export DISPLAY
Then, you can start JReport Server. Logging out the terminal may result in JReport Server shutting
down. To avoid this, you can first start JReport Server in the background using the command nohup:
nohup ./JRServer &. This command will continue running programs specified by you and enables
JReport Server to ignore hangup signals.
3. Assuming that SvrSetup.sh has been used to install JReport Server on a Non-GUI platform, modify
the file JRServer.sh in <install_root>\bin by appending /pja_2.4/lib/pjatools.jar to the
class path, and add the following options.
❍ -Xbootclasspath/a:pja.jar - (changing class path is not enough).
❍ -Djava.awt.fonts=path - With path equal to the directory where the Lucida *.ttf files can be
found. You can add to the path other directories containing True Type Fonts by using a
separator.
❍ Either -Duser.home=dir with dir equal to the directory where the sub directory lib containing
PJA font.properties file can be found, or add lib/font.properties to the user.home system
property.
Below is an example of the modified file JRServer.sh that is used to start up JReport Server:
#!/bin/sh
CLASSPATH=$REPORTHOME/lib/commons-net-ftp-2.0.0.jar:
$REPORTHOME/lib/sac.jar:$REPORTHOME/lib/servlet.jar:
$REPORTHOME/lib/ant.jar:$REPORTHOME/lib/jasper-compiler.jar:
$REPORTHOME/lib/jasper-runtime.jar:$REPORTHOME/lib/JREngine.jar:
$REPORTHOME/lib/JRESServlets.jar:$REPORTHOME/lib/JREntServer.jar:
$REPORTHOME/lib/maintain.jar:$REPORTHOME/lib/mail-1.4.jar:
$REPORTHOME/lib/activation-1.1.jar:$REPORTHOME/lib/JRWebDesign.jar:
$REPORTHOME/lib/itext_1.5.4.jar:$REPORTHOME/lib/poiHSSF_151.jar:
$REPORTHOME/lib/xercesImpl.jar:$REPORTHOME/lib/xml-apis.jar:
$REPORTHOME/lib/hsqldb.jar:$REPORTHOME/lib/tar.jar:
$REPORTHOME/lib/jai_core.jar:$REPORTHOME/lib/jai_codec.jar:
$REPORTHOME/lib/commons-codec-1.2.jar:$REPORTHOME/lib/log4j-1.2.8.jar:
$REPORTHOME/lib/jsch-0.1.30.jar:$REPORTHOME/derby/lib/derby.jar:
$REPORTHOME/derby/lib/derbyclient.jar:$REPORTHOME/derby/lib/derbynet.jar:
$REPORTHOME/derby/lib/derbytools.jar:$JAVAHOME/lib/tools.jar:$ADDCLASSPATH
cd $REPORTHOME/bin
$JAVAHOME/bin/java -Dawt.toolkit=com.eteks.awt.PJAToolkit
-Djava.awt.graphicsenv=com.eteks.java2d.PJAGraphicsEnvironment
-Djava2d.font.usePlatformFont=false
-Djava.awt.fonts=/usr/j2se/jre/lib/fonts:
/JREntServer/font:/usr/openwin/lib/X11/fonts/TrueType
-Dinstall.root=$REPORTHOME/ -Djreport.url.encoding=UTF-8 -Xmx512m
-Dreporthome=$REPORTHOME jet.server.JREntServer "$@"
Notes:
● Printing reports is not supported.
● To support multiple encoding, the file charsets.jar in jre\lib should be added to -Xbootclasspath.
Without this Jar file, only the default encoding (iso8859-1) can be applied to JReport. For the
encoding types which are supported by charsets.jar, refer to the website http://java.sun.com/
j2se/1.4.2/docs/guide/intl/encoding.doc.html.
● If you are using other True Type Fonts instead of the fonts in X11, you should add the location of the
Lucida*.ttf files directory to -Djava.awt.fonts.
Then, you can run JReport Server or your application with JReport embedded.
Running as an OS service
JReport Server can be configured as an OS service. This section shows you how to run JReport Server
as a service of Windows XP, Unix and Linux.
● Running as a Windows Service
You will get the following information if you run JRservice.exe without any options:
Usage:
● JRService -install
Running JRservice.exe with the -install option will install JReport Server as a Windows Service. If you
open the Services item in the Control Panel, you will find a service named JReport Server in the list.
● JRService -remove
Running JRservice.exe with -remove option removes the Windows service of JReport Server from
Windows. However, before you run this, you should stop the service.
In this file you will find three parameters specified, as shown in the following example:
JavaVM="C:\jdk1.6.0_17\jre\bin\java.exe"
StartArg= "-Dinstall.root=C:\JReport\Server"
-classpath "C:\JReport\Server\lib\JREntServer.jar;
C:\JReport\Server\lib\JREngine.jar;C:\JReport\Server\lib\servlet.jar;C:\TEMP"...
-Djava.compiler=NONE -Dreporthome=C:\JReport\Server jet.server.JREntServer
ShutdownArg= "-Dinstall.root=C:\JReport\Server"
-classpath "C:\JReport\Server\lib\JREntServer.jar;
C:\JReport\Server\lib\JREngine.jar;C:\JReport\Server\lib\servlet.jar;C:\TEMP" ...
-Djava.compiler=NONE
-Dreporthome=C:\JReport\Server jet.server.CommandSender localshutdown
● JavaVM
The path of the Java VM.
● StartArg
The Java command line for launching JReport Server as an independent web application server. This
will be called when the service is started.
● ShutdownArg
The Java command line for shutting down JReport Server. This is called when the service is stopped.
● You can directly start the service through the Services item in the Control Panel. Open the Services
list, find JReport Server on the list, select it and click the Start button.
You can change the options in the file NTService.ini in <install_root>\bin before you start the
service. In the example above, there are no options specified in StartArg. If you would like to set all
error log levels to WARN and trace log levels to INFO, you will need to append -logall at the end, as in
the following example:
...
StartArg= "-Dinstall.root=C:\JReport\Server"
-classpath "C:\JReport\Server\lib\JREntServer.jar;
C:\JReport\Server\lib\JREngine.jar;C:\JReport\Server\lib\servlet.jar;
C:\JReport\Server\lib\log4j-1.2.8.jar;C:\TEMP" -Djava.compiler=NONE
-Dreporthome=C:\JReport\Server jet.server.JREntServer -logall
...
Reference: For more information on the options available, see Starting JReport Server using Java.
● Run the batch file CmdSender.bat in <install_root>\bin with the localshutdown argument, for
example: <install_root>\bin\CmdSender.bat localshutdown.
● Use the Shut Down the Server button on the JReport Administration page.
Notes:
● All ODBC data sources used by the JReport Server Service belong to the System DSN. System data
sources can be used by all users on a computer, and are visible to all users on the computer and
system-wide services, such as Microsoft Windows services. User data sources can only be used by
the current user and are visible only to that user. To establish JReport Server as a service, you
should choose System Data Source. That is, define the data source in the System DSN. To do this,
open Data Source (ODBC) in Control Panel, and add the data source used by JReport Server to the
System DSN panel. Also, remove any old ones from the User DSN.
● When using NT service to start JReport Server, the mapped disk in path cannot be accessed due to
JVM limitation. You should use UNC path (e.g. \\127.0.0.1\public_write) instead of the mapped disk
it is mapped to (e.g. Z).
Running as a service on Unix
Assuming that JReport Server has been installed to /user/report/jns,
ln -s /etc/init.d/jrserver /etc/rc2.d/S99jrserver
ln -s /etc/init.d/jrserver /etc/rc0.d/K99jrserver
Running as a service on Linux
Running JReport Server as an OS service on Linux is more or less the same as with running on Unix.
Here it is assumed that your default start up rc is rc5.
Setting up XVFB
1. Install XVFB.
If all has been carried out successfully, the installation of the service will now have finished. JReport
Server is now ready to run as a daemon process.
Running within an application server
In addition to running as a standalone server and as a service, JReport Server can also run as a servlet
inside a Java application server. Since JReport Server is implemented using servlets and JSPs, it can
work with any servlet-enabled web application server by assembling and deploying JReport Server as a
Web Application Archive (WAR) or Enterprise Application Archive (EAR).
There is a separate chapter about integration with different application servers - Integrating with a
Java Application Server. It provides a general method for creating the deployable archive and detailed
procedures for deploying the archive into some popular application servers.
Basic Concepts
This chapter gives you some basic JReport Server concepts. You can first go through this chapter to
gain a general understanding about JReport Server before you use it. Also, while you are using JReport
Server, if you do not understand any of the basic concepts, you can refer to this chapter to get help.
This chapter discusses the following JReport Server main concepts:
● Background tasks
● Interactive reporting
● Scheduling
● Resource
● Version
● Security
● Integration
● The maximum time limit specified for the report set result life has been reached. By default it is
86400 seconds (24 hours).
● The maximum time limit specified for the interval between a user logout and login has been reached.
By default it is 300 seconds.
● If the number of records exceeds the number specified for the background task list (by default it is
100 records), the latest 100 records will be retained.
Interactive reporting
JReport Server provides you with interactive reporting of DHTML reports. DHTML allows you to control
objects such as images, buttons, text fields, checkboxes, radio buttons, and drop-down lists.
With interactive DHTML output, you can dynamically modify - filter, search, sort and drill - reports to
obtain unique and personal data views. The DHTML toolbar and interactive web objects can be
embedded into reports or JSPs at design time, enabling you to control, customize and navigate report
views. JReport further extends interactive reporting by empowering applications with ad hoc reporting.
You can define report criteria and layout at runtime to generate interactive ad hoc reports.
Related topics:
● JReport Viewer - Interactive Reports
Scheduling
JReport Server provides a scheduling system which you can customize to suit your requirements. You
can submit a scheduled task from web page and URL or by calling the Server and Client API methods.
However, before you can do this, you must first specify the report set, catalog, task type and its launch
type. In addition, you can also customize notification messages to notify others of whether or not the
task is executed successfully.
User Task
In order to provide the means to run tasks defined outside of JReport on JReport Server, and to just
use JReport Server's schedule function, JReport provides a task named User Task. With this task, you
can implement a customized task with the schedule properties. Also, you can submit the user task from
a web page, or by calling JReport Server API methods.
After creating a class that implements the UserTask interface in the jet.server.api package and adding
the class to the class path, you can then submit the task either from a server web page or by calling
Server API methods. The task can then be run by the server at the scheduled times just as if it were a
report.
Trigger
The scheduling mechanism supports trigger conditions in addition to time conditions. Triggers are
managed by name in JReport Server, so each trigger must have a unique name. After creating a
trigger, you can submit a task that is bound with the trigger, and then fire the trigger to activate the
task at anytime.
Trigger conditions are based on event driven modes. The server does not care whether a customized
condition is ready. It only waits there for trigger firing events. Therefore, you determine whether the
condition is ready before firing a trigger.
Triggers can also work together with time conditions for activating a scheduled task.
Related topics:
● Scheduling report sets
Resource
JReport Server provides a resource system for managing a group of archive versions that can be
processed or organized.
What is a resource
Generally, a resource refers to report set related material. To be exact, a resource in the JReport
Server reporting system is a conceptual node. There are different types of resources, such as catalogs,
report sets, and report set results. A resource can only hold versions of the same type.
Resource tree
All the resources are organized in a folder-tree structure. JReport Server defines an XML file called
admin.xml, and the resource tree conforms to this file. This file is maintained automatically by JReport
Server.
For example, your company has two departments - Support and Marketing. Each department has its
report sets on their own machine. There are some report set documents that are submitted by the
departments located on the machine where JReport Server runs. Now, suppose you are the
administrator, and you would like to organize these files and folders into the Resource Tree. The
following diagram may help you to figure out the framework on which you should build the resource
tree.
The resource tree consists of the following three layers:
● Folder layer: Basic resource tree element that builds the main framework for the resource tree.
There are two built-in folders in the root of the resource tree -- Public Reports and My Reports. A
folder can be mapped to a real file path.
● Resource layer: An abstract layer, based on the Folder layer that hosts various types of archive
versions and provides user access to the versions.
● Archive layer: A concrete layer, where the archive versions reside for executable report sets, report
catalogs, and report set results, which function as the leaves of the resource tree.
Report set
A report set is a collection of reports. All reports in one report set may share the same query, dataset,
parameters, NLS and style group properties. Generally, reports in one report set are designed for the
same purpose, or for related purposes. JReport Server supports viewing, running, scheduling and
managing of report sets.
An additional advantage of report sets is that all reports and subreports can share the same dataset
which means that only one query to the DBMS is required to run the reports and all of the subreports.
From a performance perspective, this is very important because if each subreport is a report set, then
each subreport will retrieve the data from the DBMS even though it may be identical to the main report
and other subreports.
The result version and the background run/scheduled/active/completed record are based on report set
level.
When viewing a report set directly, if DHTML is set as the default report view format, the report set
with all its reports will be run. Otherwise, only the default selected report will be run.
When using Advanced Run to run a report set, you can only select one report in the report set to run.
When using scheduling to publish a report set to the versioning system or to disk, the DHTML and
JReport Result formats are based on the report set level, that is, the report set with all selected reports
will be output to a single file. As for the other formats, each selected report will be output to a separate
file but you still have the convenience of scheduling all the reports with a single schedule entry.
Related topics:
● Managing resources
Version
JReport Server provides a versioning system for controlling the resources contained in the resource
tree. There are three different version types to select from: report set, catalog and result versions.
To understand what the versioning system is, first you have to understand the resource mechanism in
JReport Server. A resource in the JReport reporting system is a conceptual node, which holds a group
of archive versions that can be processed or organized in JReport Server. Information of these versions
is stored in the System DB database that JReport Server uses, while version files are saved in the
directory - <reporthome>\history.
There are three main types of resource nodes in the JReport folder-tree structure - catalogs, report
sets, and report set results. The three pink nodes are shown in the diagram below:
The System DB database stores archive versions in the three types of resource nodes. Thus, JReport
Server refers to different node types to import archive versions into the resource tree for being
processed or organized by you.
What is a version
All the resources in the resource tree are controlled by versions. A version is the fundamental unit of
the resource tree, and your resources might change over time. JReport Server uses a versioning
system to create and manage resources that have changed in content and properties owing to updates
issued upon them.
All the resources in the resource tree have versions. A large portion of resource management tasks are
done by managing resource versions.
● Catalog Version
The version of a catalog file.
● Result Version
The version of a report set result file.
The report set result can be generated and maintained in two places - the resource tree and the built-
in version folder.
When you schedule a report set to publish to the versioning system, you can choose an archive
location to generate the report set result. You can generate the report set result in the built-in
version folder, the My Reports folder or the Public Reports folder in the resource tree.
The report set results generated in the resource tree are standalone results and can have their own
versions, while those generated in the built-in version folder can only be bound with their respective
report sets.
Archive policy
JReport Server uses an archive policy to control the resource versions. You can control whether or not
to use multiple versions for a specific resource. Also, you can define the maximum number of versions
that can be listed in the version table.
The archive policy can be applied to a single resource individually, or to many resources in a folder as a
whole.
Related topics:
● Managing versions
Security
JReport Server provides a security system for setting up and maintaining security on it, allowing you to
protect your resources from inappropriate access by other users.
To help you understand security in detail, the following security features with their concepts are
described below:
Realm
A realm is an abstract security concept, which hosts the resources and authentication entities on
JReport Server. There can be more than one realm on the server and each realm is independent from
others. The resources and authentication entities that reside in different realms are different.
At runtime, only one realm can be active and only the users and resources in the active realm are
accessible. A realm is identified by a unique name, which can contain any characters other than
forward slash (/) and backward slash (\).
The authentication entities consist of user accounts, group accounts and role accounts.
User
To use JReport Server, you must have a user account, which consists of a unique user name and
password. JReport Server verifies your identity when you type your user name and password and then
logs you on. If your user account has been disabled or deleted, JReport Server prevents you from
accessing the services that JReport Server provides, in order to ensure that only valid users have
access.
JReport Server comes with two built-in user accounts, which are admin and guest. The built-in user
accounts cannot be deleted. The admin user account can neither be deleted nor disabled.
Group
The principle group, which represents an organization of user accounts, is available for managing
users. Users or groups can then be added into a group as its child members, and therefore inherit the
resource and folder permissions from the group.
Role
Users must have certain user rights and permissions in order to perform tasks on resources. Roles,
which represent an aggregate of permissions, help you to efficiently assign the appropriate user rights
and permissions to users. Assigning roles to users gives them the user rights and permissions that they
require to perform their jobs with. A role can also be assigned to other groups or roles, and thus
groups or roles can inherit the permissions of other roles.
JReport Server comes with two built-in role accounts, which are administrators and everyone. The built-
in role accounts cannot be deleted. The administrator role account can neither be deleted nor disabled.
Permission
Permissions, associated with resources and folders, are the rules that are granted to users to control
their access to resources and folders.
Permissions in JReport Server include:
Permission Description
Visible Allows or denies viewing object names in the resource tree or version table, such as
folders, resources, and archive versions.
Read Allows or denies viewing object properties, versions, and, if it is a folder, folder
contents.
Write Allows or denies publishing folders and resources, changing the properties (not
including permission settings) of the objects in the resource tree or version table, such
as folders, resources, and archive versions, and modifying version table settings.
Execute Allows or denies running resources in normal and Advanced mode (report set type
resources only).
Schedule Allows or denies submitting resources to schedules (report set type resources only).
Delete Allows or denies deleting objects in the resource tree or version table, such as folders,
resources, and archive versions.
Grant Allows or denies granting permissions to other users, groups or roles. Users, groups or
roles that have obtained the Grant permission are also endowed with the other seven
permissions - Visible, Read, Write, Delete, Execute, Schedule, and Update Status, and
can grant these seven permissions except the Grant permission itself.
Update Allows or denies updating report set status, and if it is a folder, the status of report sets
Status in the folder.
Privilege
Privilege is a mode which manages permissions. It can be used to manage different access permissions
unrelated with nodes. Privilege of JReport Server manages the following two access permissions for
users:
● Publish
The privilege of publishing resources to JReport Server.
● Advanced properties
The privilege of viewing advanced information of version properties such as catalog connections and
report set related resources.
Alias
JReport Server organizes files and directories into a Resource Tree. Aliases are used to provide different
"views" of the tree for different users. For example, you may set an alias resource tree (based on the
resource tree) for Tanya, so that she can only see the marketing resource node and can directly enter
into the report set folder she is interested in. An alias is a combination of users and resource nodes.
Related topics:
● JReport Security System
● Managing security
Integration
JReport Server can be seamlessly integrated with any other Java application server to meet the
information delivery needs of a single department or an entire enterprise. It contains a rich set of APIs
that allow for seamless integration and is implemented using Java Servlet technology and Java Server
Page (JSP). These servlets and JSP pages enable the user to work with any Java EE compliant
application server that supports a Servlet Container and administer the JReport Server remotely
through a web browser.
Related topics:
● Integrating with a Java Application Server
JReport Server cluster
A JReport Server cluster is a distributed cluster in which a group of servers work together to provide
cluster-wide shared resources, security, schedules and version services. In a JReport Server cluster, all
clustered servers play exactly the same role and any one can exit from the cluster any time.
The JReport Server cluster provides the following major benefits:
● Manageability: All users and resources can be controlled from a clustered server, remotely.
● High-Availability: When one server fails to perform, the tasks running on it will be re-allocated to
other servers. If a server has already been fully utilized, the tasks sent to it will be allocated to the
other servers.
● Scaleable: You can add or remove servers dynamically according to your needs.
There are many nodes (clustered servers) in a JReport Server cluster.Every clustered server has the
same responsibility. You can set a clustered server to perform a specific role in a JReport Server cluster
by configuring its properties.
Related topics:
● Clustering
Accessing
You can access JReport Server in either browser/server mode (B/S) or in client/server mode (C/S). In
browser/server mode, you can use a web browser to access JReport Server. In client/server mode, you
can access JReport Server from one of our products: Client API, JReport Desktop Viewer, or the JReport
Viewer Bean. Both JReport Desktop Viewer and JReport Viewer Bean are based on the Client API.
This chapter presents to you two modes in which you can access JReport Server:
● Accessing in browser/server mode
● Click Start > All Programs > JReport 10 > Server > Start JReport Server.
● Run the startup file from a command prompt or shell. For example, assume that JReport Server has
been installed in C:\JReport\Server on Windows or /opt/JReport/Server on Linux, you can type
the following commands:
C:\>cd JReport\Server\bin
C:\JReport\Server\bin>JRServer.bat
$cd /opt/JReport/Server/bin
$./JRServer.sh
Then,
● To access the JReport Console page:
1. Click Start > All Programs > JReport 10 > Server > JReport Server Console, or open a
web browser and set the URL to http://ip_or_hostname:port (by default, the port for
accessing the JReport Console page is 8888).
2. On the Welcome to JReport User Console page, click the Login Now button.
3. Type your user name and password as assigned by your administrator. For first time users, the
default user name and password are admin.
2. Type your user name and password as assigned by the administrator. For first time users, the
default user name and password are admin.
Tip: If you don't know the IP address of the machine on which the server runs, and if it is the same
machine where you run JReport Server, you can use localhost instead of the IP address. You can also
open a console window such as telnet on the server machine and type hostname, then the name of
the host will be displayed.
To access the launch pad, click Start > All Programs > JReport 10 > Server > JReport Server
Launch Pad.
● In a standalone environment, click the Shut Down the Server button on the JReport
Administration page, or click Start > All Programs > JReport 10 > Server > Stop JReport
Server.
● In an integrated environment, shut down the application server according to the vendor's
instructions.
Also, JReport provides a feature for handling an abnormal system exit that enables the program to
close itself gracefully when the Java virtual machine (JVM) is terminated in response to a user
interrupt, such as typing ^C, or a system-wide event such as user logoff or system shutdown.
Accessing in client/server mode
Besides a web browser, JReport Server supports three other viewers to browse report sets from a
client: JReport Desktop Viewer, JReport Client API and JReport Viewer Bean. Since JReport Desktop
Viewer, JReport Client API, and JReport Viewer Bean are based on the Client API, strictly speaking
there are two viewers: thin-client through a web browser and thick-client using the Client API.
Reference: For details about the usage of JReport Desktop Viewer, Client API and JReport Viewer
Bean, refer to JReport Desktop Viewer User's Guide in <viewer_install_root>\help\userguide if you
have installed it on your machine. Also, you can go to the Jinfonet website and read the online help at
http://www.jinfonet.com/kbase/viewer10/userguide/index.htm.
2. Follow the installation wizard to install JReport Desktop Viewer (by default, it is installed to C:
\JReport\Viewer).
3. Launch JReport Server using the batch file JRServer.bat in <server_install_root>\bin if it is not
already running.
4. After JReport Server is started, launch JReport Desktop Viewer using the batch JRViewer.bat
(JRViewer.sh on Unix) in <viewer_install_root>\bin.
5. In the Connect to JReport Server dialog, enter the host, port number, servlet path, user name and
password of JReport Server. The default servlet path is /jrserver. If you want to connect to
JReport Server with SSL support, check the SSL option. Then, click Connect to complete the
connection.
6. After being authenticated, you will see a resource tree in the Explorer tab of JReport Desktop
Viewer (or alias resource tree if defined), which corresponds to that of JReport Server.
JReport Desktop Viewer contains basic features such as exploring the resource tree, viewing
report sets and scheduling.
Accessing via Client API
The usual method to connect to JReport Server is through a web browser, such as Microsoft Internet
Explorer, Firefox, Google Chrome, or with JReport Desktop Viewer. However, what if you want to
integrate the client viewer into your own applications? The answer is you can. Both JReport Desktop
Viewer and JReport Viewer Bean are based on the Client API. Since the Client API and JReport Viewer
Bean share some functions, you can call methods in either of them. However, JReport Viewer Bean is
most often used in running report sets and exporting report set results to other formats or printers.
Client API has more flexibility including the scheduling feature.
When you install JReport Desktop Viewer, the archive file JREntViewer.jar for Client API is also installed
to <viewer_install_root>\lib at the same time. There are sample code files you can refer to in
<viewer_install_root>\help\samples. For details about using the Client API, refer to JReport
Desktop Viewer User's Guide in <viewer_install_root>\help\userguide.
SSL support is disabled by default. You need to enable it and configure corresponding settings in order
to use HTTPS schema to visit JReport Server UI. This can be done either on the JReport Administration
page or in the server.properties file located in the <install_root>\bin directory.
2. Click Configuration on the system toolbar, and then select Service from the drop-down menu.
4. Make sure that Secure Port and Secure Administration Port use different port numbers from Port
and Administration Port.
6. Click Save.
3. Set the other properties starting with httpserver.ssl to meet your requirements.
Notes:
● JReport does not provide a keystore file since Jinfonet is not a trusted certificate authority and just
provides a Keystore File Path option for you to configure the location of your trusted keystore file.
There are many trusted authorities that can provide keystore files. Sun is one of them. Here is an
example of creating a keystore file provided by Sun: http://docs.sun.com/app/docs/doc/819-4674/
gdwpf?l=zh_TW&a=view.
Tip: You can customize the JReport Console > Reports page to suit your requirements by setting your
own preferences. To do this, click Tools > Preferences on the task bar of the Reports page, then
specify the settings in the Preferences dialog as required. For example, you can specify the default
viewing format when directly run a report set from this page, set which columns will be shown in the
resource information table, and predefine the properties for each export format which will be applied
when you run or schedule a report set on this page.
Running report sets
To run report sets on JReport Server:
● If you just want to view a report set in the browser, on the JReport Console > Reports page, simply
click the name of the report set.
● If you want to run the report set in a specified format and save the report set result document, you
can use the Advanced Run mode to get the required report result.
● You can also input the URL of a report set directly into the address bar of the web browser to run it.
● Select the report set row and click Run > Run on the task bar of the Reports page.
● Select the report set row, right-click in the row and select Run from the shortcut menu.
● Put the mouse pointer over the report set row and click the Run button on the floating toolbar.
Then, the last-time focused report in the report set when the report set is saved in JReport Designer
will be displayed according to its Default Format for Viewing Report property setting. If this property of
the last-time focused report in a report set is set to Server Setting, the viewing format will be
determined by the Default Format for Viewing Report option on the JReport Administration/Console
page > Profile > Customize Server Preferences > General tab. However, if the viewing format of the
last-time focused report in a report set is DHTML, no matter what viewing formats the other reports in
this report set are defined as in JReport Designer, all the reports in the report set will be opened in
DHTML format when you view this report set on JReport Server.
Running report sets in Advanced mode
Apart from simply running a report set to view it in the specified default format, JReport Server also
supports viewing a report set in other formats, and saving the report set result version according to
your requirements.
To run a report set in Advanced mode:
1. On the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the report set you want to run in Advanced
mode.
❍ Select the report set row, right-click in the row and select Advanced Run from the shortcut
menu.
❍ Put the mouse pointer over the report set row and click the Advanced Run button on the
floating toolbar.
3. In the General tab, select the report in the report set you want to run (only one report in a report
set can be run in Advanced mode at a time). If the report has parameters, specify the parameter
values as required (for details, see General tab - Parameters). Then, specify the other options as
required.
4. In the Format tab, choose a format to view the report result, and set the other settings.
5. In the Archive tab, archive the report set result version according to your requirements.
6. If you want to limit the amount of time that the report is allowed to run, in the Duration tab,
specify a time duration for the task, and ask JReport Server to cancel the task or to notify you or
someone else of the task status via e-mail if the task has not yet finished running when the task
duration is up. For detailed information, see Task-level timeout for advanced run and schedule
tasks.
See also Advanced Run dialog for details about options in the dialog.
Notes:
● If you choose to view the report result in DHTML format, besides the selected report, all the other
reports in the report set will also be run.
● When you run a report in Advanced mode in HTML format, the names of page navigation links in the
report, such as First, Previous, Next, and Last, can be localized according to your requirements. For
details, refer to Localizing the page navigation links in HTML report outputs.
● By default, the Duration tab is not displayed in the Advanced Run dialog. To make it available, the
Enable Task Duration option on the JReport Administration page > Configuration > Advanced panel
must be checked.
Running report sets via URL
Sometimes, you may want to reach a specific page by typing a full URL in a web browser instead of
clicking hyperlinks from the JReport Console page. This section explains to you how to run report sets
via URL in different ways.
● Running report sets via URL with protocols or commands
● Specifying parameter values using dialog when running report sets via URL
● Example 1: Accessing report sets via URL using the switching database command at runtime
Related topics:
● Setting dynamic parameter values when running or scheduling a report set via API
Running report sets via URL with protocols or commands
With the commands below, you can directly type the whole URL in a web browser to access the
destination. The HTTP methods GET and POST are available for almost all of the commands.
● jrs.get_cat_rpts_new/jrs.get_subnodes
Description: Gets all resource nodes (folder, catalog, report set and result) of a folder.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_cat_rpts_new&jrs.
path=RESOURCENODE
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_cat_rpts_new&jrs.path=/
SampleReports
Response: Resource nodes list.
● jrs. get_node_prop
Description: Gets the properties of a resource node.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_node_prop&jrs.path=RESOURCENODE
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_node_prop&jrs.path=/
SampleReports/SampleReports.cat
Response: Resource node properties.
● jrs.delete_resource
Description: Deletes the resource node from the resource tree.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.delete_resource&jrs.path=RESOURCENODE
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.delete_resource&jrs.path=/
SampleReports/EmployeeInformation.cls
● jrs.get_rst_vers
Description: Gets a result version list of a report set.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_rst_vers&jrs.catalog=CATALOG&jrs.
report=REPORT_SET
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_rst_vers&jrs.catalog=/
SampleReports/SampleReports.cat&jrs.report=/SampleReports/EmployeeInformation.cls
Response: Result versions list.
● jrs.get_rpt_vers
Description: Gets a report set version list of a report set.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_rpt_vers&jrs.report=REPORT_SET
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_rpt_vers&jrs.report=/
SampleReports/EmployeeInformation.cls
Response: Report set version list.
● jrs.get_cat_vers
Description: Gets a catalog versions list of a catalog.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_cat_vers&jrs.catalog=CATALOG
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_cat_vers&jrs.catalog=/
SampleReports/SampleReports.cat
Response: Catalog versions list.
● jrs.get_rst_doc_vers
Description: Gets a result versions list of a result document. The result document can be generated
by advanced running or scheduling a report set.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_rst_doc_vers&jrs.result=RESULT
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_rst_doc_vers&jrs.result=/
SampleReports/EmployeeInformation
Response: Result versions list.
● jrs.get_ver_rst_page
Description: Gets a result version of the report set from the version manager.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_ver_rst_page&jrs.file=FILE_NAME
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_ver_rst_page&jrs.file=1%
5cJReport_System_User327406359%5cInvoiceReport.rst
Response: The result file from the version manager.
● jrs.get_ver_rst
Description: Gets an HTML page for viewing a result version of a report set with the ViewerApplet.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver/REPORT?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_ver_rst&jrs.file=FILE_NAME
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat/
InvoiceReport.cls?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_ver_rst&jrs.file=1%5cJReport_System_User327406359%
5cInvoiceReport.rst
Response: HTML page for viewing the result file with the ViewerApplet.
● jrs.get_ondemands
Description: Gets a list of report sets run in background mode.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_ondemands
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_ondemands
Response: Background run report set list.
● jrs.view_ver_rst
Description: Views a result version of a report set.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver/REPORT?jrs.cmd=jrs.view_ver_rst&jrs.
hist_file=RESULT_VERSION_FILE_NAME&jrs.result_type=RESULT_TYPE&jrs.
applet_type=APPLET_TYPE[&jrs.isjrsapltpg=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.is_multi_files=TRUE/FALSE]
[&jrs.is_applet_chart=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.has_hyperlink=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.
has_page_number=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.use_table=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.drilldown=TRUE/FALSE]
[&jrs.relative_font_size=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.no_margin_html=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.
web_browser=BROWSER_TYPE][&jrs.no_margin_pdf=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.is_norm_txt=TRUE/FALSE]
[&jrs.delimiter=DELIMITER][&jrs.udchar_width=NUMBER][&jrs.udchar_height=NUMBER][&jrs.
no_margin_ps=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.no_margin_rtf=TRUE/FALSE]
Notes:
❍ RESULT_TYPE:
0 - To Applet
1 - To HTML
2 - To PDF
3 - To TEXT
4 - To Excel
5 - To PostScript
6 - To Rich Text Format
7 - To XML
8 - To DHTML
❍ APPLET_TYPE:
2 - Java Plug-In 1.2 for Windows
3 - Java Plug-In 1.3 for Windows
❍ BROWSER_TYPE:
0 - IE or Chrome
1 - Firefox
● jrs.get_rpt_desc_page
Description: Gets an HTML page for entering parameter values and choosing the result type of a
report set.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_rpt_desc_page&jrs.
catalog=CATALOG&jrs.report=REPORT_SET
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_rpt_desc_page&jrs.
catalog=/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat&jrs.report=/SampleReports/InvoiceReport.cls
● jrs.get_rpt_param_page
Description: Gets an HTML page for entering parameter values of a report set.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_rpt_param_page&jrs.
catalog=CATALOG&jrs.report=REPORT_SET
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_rpt_param_page&jrs.
catalog=/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat&jrs.report=/SampleReports/InvoiceReport.cls
● jrs.del_rpt_ver
Description: Deletes a version of a report set.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver/REPORT?jrs.cmd=jrs.del_rpt_ver&jrs.
version_id=VERSION_ID
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat/
InvoiceReport.cls?jrs.cmd=jrs.del_rpt_ver&jrs.version_id=103
● jrs.del_rst_ver
Description: Deletes a result version of a report set.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver/REPORT?jrs.cmd=jrs.del_rst_ver&jrs.
version_id=VERSION_ID
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat/
InvoiceReport.cls?jrs.cmd=jrs.del_rst_ver&jrs.version_id=106
● jrs.del_rstdoc_ver
Description: Deletes a version of a result document.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.result=RESULT&jrs.cmd=jrs.del_rstdoc_ver&jrs.
version_id=VERSION_ID
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.result=/SampleReports/
InvoiceReport&jrs.cmd=jrs.del_rstdoc_ver&jrs.version_id=108
● jrs.get_ver_param
Description: Gets the parameter file of a report set's result version.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver/REPORT?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_ver_param&jrs.
version_id=VERSION_ID
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat/
InvoiceReport.cls?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_ver_param&jrs.version_id=103
● jrs.web_vw
Description: Runs a report set and views its result in a web browser.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver/REPORT?jrs.cmd=jrs.web_vw&jrs.
result_type=RESULT_TYPE&jrs.applet_type=APPLET_TYPE[_isMultiple_jrs.param
$NAME=true&jrs.param$NAME=VALUE&jrs.param$NAME=VALUE...][&jrs.isjrsapltpg=TRUE/FALSE]
[&jrs.is_multi_files=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.is_applet_chart=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.
has_hyperlink=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.has_page_number=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.use_table=TRUE/FALSE]
[&jrs.drilldown=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.relative_font_size=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.
no_margin_html=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.web_browser=BROWSER_TYPE][&jrs.no_margin_pdf=TRUE/
FALSE][&jrs.is_norm_txt=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.delimiter=DELIMITER][&jrs.
udchar_width=NUMBER][&jrs.udchar_height=NUMBER][&jrs.no_margin_ps=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.
no_margin_rtf=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.use_def_db_user=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.db_user=DB_USER][&jrs.
db_pswd=DB_PASSWORD][&jrs.jdbc_url=JDBC_URL][&jrs.jdbc_driver=JDBC_DRIVER][&jrs.
rpt_language=RPT_LANGUAGE][&jrs.rpt_encoding=RPT_ENCODING][&jrs.wp=DBField='value']
[&jrs.named_wp=ExistedWhereportion][&jrs.report_sheet$RPT_NAME=true]
Notes:
❍ RESULT_TYPE:
0 - To Applet
1 - To HTML
2 - To PDF
3 - To TEXT
4 - To Excel
5 - To PostScript
6 - To Rich Text Format
7 - To XML
8 - To DHTML
❍ APPLET_TYPE:
2 - Java Plug-In 1.2 for Windows
3 - Java Plug-In 1.3 for Windows
❍ BROWSER_TYPE:
0 - IE or Chrome
1 - Firefox
❍ Use jrs.param$NAME=VALUE to set parameter values of the report set. Where, NAME is the
parameter name and VALUE is the URL-encoded parameter value. For Example: jrs.param
$TERMSDAYS=30&jrs.param$PTODAY=May 21, 1998.
While, when specifying values for a multi-value parameter, you need to add _isMultiple_jrs.
param$NAME=true before the parameter values to declear that the parameter supports
multiple values. For example: &_isMultiple_jrs.param$PM=true&jrs.param$PM=3&jrs.
param$PM=16.
To get the report name and display name of a report, you can make use of the API methods
getName() and getDisplayName() in the interface jet.server.api.ReportSheetInfo. For the
detailed usages, see JReport Server Javadoc located in <install_root>\help\server\en
\api.
❍ If you want to define a new WHERE portion from the URL, you can choose the property jrs.wp.
For example, the report set has a DBField Customer Region, and you want to restrict the field
Customer Region to CA in the URL. You can then set a new WHERE portion such as, "...jrs.
result_type=1&jrs.is_applet_chart=true&jrs.wp=Customers.Region='CA'...".
❍ If you want to set an existing WHERE portion in the URL, you should use the property jrs.
named_wp. For example, to set the existed WHERE portion Region from URL, use "...jrs.
result_type=1&jrs.is_applet_chart=true&jrs.named_wp=Region...". Here Region is the
WHERE portion's name.
● jrs.try_vw
Description: Tries to view a report set in a web browser.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver/REPORT?jrs.cmd=jrs.try_vw&jrs.
result_type=RESULT_TYPE&jrs.applet_type=APPLET_TYPE[&jrs.isjrsapltpg=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.
is_multi_files=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.is_applet_chart=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.has_hyperlink=TRUE/
FALSE][&jrs.has_page_number=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.use_table=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.
drilldown=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.relative_font_size=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.no_margin_html=TRUE/
FALSE][&jrs.web_browser=BROWSER_TYPE][&jrs.no_margin_pdf=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.
is_norm_txt=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.delimiter=DELIMITER][&jrs.udchar_width=NUMBER][&jrs.
udchar_height=NUMBER][&jrs.no_margin_ps=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.no_margin_rtf=TRUE/FALSE]
[&jrs.use_def_db_user=TRUE/FALSE][&jrs.db_user=DB_USER][&jrs.db_pswd=DB_PASSWORD]
[&jrs.jdbc_url=JDBC_URL][&jrs.jdbc_driver=JDBC_DRIVER][&jrs.rpt_language=RPT_LANGUAGE]
[&jrs.rpt_encoding=RPT_ENCODING][&jrs.wp=DBField='value'][&jrs.
named_wp=ExistedWhereportion][&jrs.report_sheet$RPT_NAME=true]
Notes:
❍ RESULT_TYPE:
0 - To Applet
1 - To HTML
2 - To PDF
3 - To TEXT
4 - To Excel
5 - To PostScript
6 - To Rich Text Format
7 - To XML
8 - To DHTML
❍ APPLET_TYPE:
2 - Java Plug-In 1.2 for Windows
3 - Java Plug-In 1.3 for Windows
❍ BROWSER_TYPE:
0 - IE or Chrome
1 - Firefox
● jrs.get_schedules
Description: Gets the schedules list.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_schedules
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_schedules
● jrs.del_schedule
Description: Deletes a schedule.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.del_schedule&jrs.task_id=TASK_ID
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.del_schedule&jrs.task_id=2003-
12-11 11:09:16.455
● jrs.enable_schedule
Description: Enables a schedule.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.enable_schedule&jrs.task_id=TASK_ID
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.enable_schedule&jrs.
task_id=2003-12-11 11:09:16.455
● jrs.disable_schedule
Description: Disables a schedule.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.disable_schedule&jrs.task_id=TASK_ID
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.disable_schedule&jrs.
task_id=2003-12-11 11:09:16.455
● jrs.get_new_schd_page
Description: Gets an HTML page in order to create a new schedule for the report set with a web
browser.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_new_schd_page&jrs.
catalog=CATALOG&jrs.report=REPORT_SET
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_new_schd_page&jrs.
catalog=/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat&jrs.report=/SampleReports/
EmployeeInformation.cls
● jrs.get_edit_schd_page
Description: Gets an HTML page to edit the schedule with a web browser.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_edit_schd_page&jrs.
task_id=TASK_ID
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_edit_schd_page&jrs.
task_id=2003-12-11 11:13:23.02
● jrs.get_completed
Description: Gets the completed tasks list.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_completed
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_completed
● jrs.del_completed
Description: Deletes a completed task.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.del_completed&jrs.id=RECORD_ID
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.del_completed&jrs.
id=1071119897006-154848108
● jrs.del_all_completed
Description: Deletes all completed tasks.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.del_all_completed
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.del_all_completed
● jrs.get_active
Description: Gets the active tasks list.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_active
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_active
● jrs.stop_task
Description: Stops an active task.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.stop_task&jrs.task_id=TASK_ID
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.stop_task&jrs.task_id= 2003-
12-11 11:13:23.02
● jrs.get_change_password_page
Description: Gets an HTML page in order to change the password with a web browser.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_change_password_page
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_change_password_page
● jrs.change_password
Description: Changes the password for a user.
HTTP Method: POST
Form Action: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.change_password
Content Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Content: jrs.cmd=jrs.change_password&jrs.uid=admin&jrs.password=CURRENT_PASSWORD&jrs.
new_password=NEW_PASSWORD&jrs.confirm_new_password=NEW_PASSWORD
Content Example: jrs.cmd=jrs.change_password&jrs.uid=admin&jrs.password=ad&jrs.
new_password=1234&jrs.confirm_new_password=1234
● jrs.get_preference_page
Description: Gets an HTML page in order to change the user preference settings with a web browser.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_preference_page
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_preference_page
● jrs.logout
Description: Logs out from the JRServlet.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.logout
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.logout
● jrs.login
Description: Logs into the JRServlet from a login dialog with web browsers or the JRViewer.
HTTP Method: GET/POST
URL Format: http://HOST:PORT/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.login
URL Example: http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.login
Tip: When running report sets to the PDF format via URL, you can encrypt the PDF results by using the
encrypting PDF properties.
Running report sets via URL with authentication parameters
Sometimes you are required to give your user name and password before you can run report sets.
Under this circumstance, if you want to avoid the login dialog in the web browser, use either of the
following two parameters:
● jrs.authorization
Tag of the HTTP query field jrs.authorization.
Description: Loads the JRServlet and avoids the login dialog in web browsers.
Format of the value of the HTTP query field: Base64-encoded (userID:password).
Example:
If the user ID and password are both set as admin, then the value of the HTTP query field is Base64-
encoded("admin:admin")="YWRtaW46YWRtaW4=", and the URL will be as follows:
http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.get_subnodes&jrs.
authorization=YWRtaW46YWRtaW4%3D.
Note: The JRServlet does not check security when an HTTP request has no jrs.cmd in the HTTP
query in the root path of the JRServlet, and also does not accept the jrs.authorization for the
request http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.authorization=YWRtaW46YWRtaW4%3D.
Note: The JRServlet does not check security when an HTTP request has no jrs.cmd in the HTTP
query in the root path of the JRServlet, and also does not accept the jrs.auth_uid and jrs.
auth_pwd for the request http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.auth_uid=admin&jrs.
auth_pwd=admin.
Running report sets via URL using the POST method
● In HTML pages
Specify the POST as the method of a form in an HTML page.
● In Java program
For example:
URL url = new URL("http://jrserver:8888");
URLConnection uc = url.getConnection();
if (uc instanceof HttpURLConnection) {
HttpURLConnection huc = (HttpURLConnection)uc;
//set use POST method.
huc.setRequestMethod("POST");
huc.setRequestProperty("Content-Type", "application/x-www-form-urlencoded");
huc.setDoOutput(true);
● No parameter specified in the URL or the parameters provided in the URL fail to include all necessary
parameters.
With the above three conditions fulfilled, the Enter Parameter Values dialog will be displayed right after
you finish the URL in the address bar and make it run. After setting the values and clicking OK in the
dialog, JReport Server will append the values to the URL string for you and execute the URL. However,
if you click Cancel in the dialog, the URL running will be cancelled.
Tip: If you want to specify parameters via dialog when running reports via URL, the most effective way
to display the parameter dialog is that you do not specify parameters at all in the URL.
Example 1: Accessing report sets via URL using the switching database command at
runtime
To access report sets via URL, you can switch the connection in the same database or between
different databases at runtime with the commands listed in the section Running report sets via URLs
with protocols or commands. As a result, if the databases you want to switch between have the same
structure, you will then be free from having to build another similar catalog. You can use the switch
database commands to set the JDBC connection or to change the user name/password in order to
connect to another database.
2. Specify the user ID system/manager to ensure security when designing the report set Report1.cls,
and then switch to the user ID Scott and the password tiger.
The URL for switching the user ID and password:
http://localhost:8888/jrserver/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat/Report1.cls?jrs.
cmd=jrs.try_vw&jrs.result_type=1&jrs.db_user=Scott&jrs.db_pswd=tiger
3. Set the Sybase 12 database named master when designing the report set Report1.cls, and later
switch the connection to the Sybase 12 database named product at runtime.
The URL for switching the connection:
http://localhost:8888/jrserver/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat/Report1.cls?jrs.
cmd=jrs.try_vw&jrs.result_type=1&jrs.jdbc_url=jdbc:sybase:Tds:host:5000/product
4. Set the SQL database named MBA2000 when designing the report set Report1.cls, and later
switch the connection to the SQL database named JTTest at runtime.
The URL for switching the connection:
http://localhost:8888/jrserver/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat/Report1.cls?jrs.
cmd=jrs.try_vw&jrs.result_type=1&jrs.jdbc_url=jdbc:inetdae:host:1433?
database=JTTest&sql7=true
2. Set oracle815 connection when designing the report set Report1.cls, and then switch the
connection to SQL server database named products at runtime.
The URL for switching the connection:
http://localhost:8888/jrserver/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat/Report1.cls?jrs.
cmd=jrs.try_vw&jrs.result_type=1&jrs.jdbc_driver=com.inet.tds.TdsDriver&jrs.
jdbc_url=jdbc:inetdae:JT_P05:1433?database=products&sql7=true
Example 2: Sending a large report set result by e-mail upon finishing
Here two ways are provided to publish a large report set result via URL: JSP and servlet. Take the
following examples to publish a large report set result by e-mail and to customize the message
displayed in the web browser.
● JSP parameter specification
jrs.catalog=%2fcatalog path%2fcatalog name
jrs.report=%2freport set path%2freport set name
jrs.timeout_send_email=true/[false]
jrs.report_timeout=number (if timeout >number and jrs.timeout_send_email=true, send mail)
jrs.mailto=mail address
jrs.mailsubject=mail subject
jrs.result_type=1 (HTML) or 2(PDF) or 3(Text) or 4(Excel) or 5(PostScript) or 6(Rich Text) or 7(XML)
jrs.mailcomments=mail content
jrs.mailfrom=mail address of sender
jrs.timeout_sendmail_message=the message which you customize
There are two server JSPs for running a report set:
❍ tryView.jsp
This is the normal method of accessing report sets using URLs. If the report set has parameters
and the parameters provided in the URL fail to include all necessary parameters, the Enter
Parameter Values dialog will be shown for you to specify parameters, otherwise it will directly go to
runReport.jsp. For more, see Specifying parameter values using dialog when running report sets
via URL.
❍ runReport.jsp
The runReport.jsp functions the same as tryView.jsp when the report set has no parameter. When
it has parameters, the report set runs with the default parameters if no parameter is specified, or
else it runs with the parameters specified in the URL.
This {6} is a large report set whose runtime is over {0} seconds.<p>The report is sent to {1} from
{5}.<p>The subject of the mail is {2}.<p>Its type is {3}.
Note: You should type the sign " ' " twice if you use it in the message.
Example 3: Running a report in a report set via URL
You can use the following command to specify a specific report in the current report set:
jrs.report_sheet$RPT_NAME=true
Where, RPT_NAME is the report name of the specific report, not the display name.
To get the report name and display name of a report, you can make use of the API methods getName()
and getDisplayName() in the interface jet.server.api.ReportSheetInfo. For the detailed usages, see
JReport Server Javadoc located in <install_root>\help\server\en\api.
The URL for running a report Applet within the report set MultimediaObjects.cls is as below:
http://localhost:8888/jinfonet/tryView.jsp?jrs.cmd=jrs.try_vw&jrs.catalog=%
2fSampleReports%2fSampleReports.cat&jrs.report=%2fSampleReports%2fMultimediaObjects.
cls&jrs.result_type=8&jrs.report_sheet$Report1=true
Or
http://localhost:8888/jrserver/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat/MultimediaObjects.cls?
jrs.cmd=jrs.try_vw&jrs.result_type=8&jrs.report_sheet$Report1=true
Scheduling report sets
JReport Server can run report sets at a specified time or periodically by scheduling tasks for report
sets. The scheduled tasks will be recorded by the server according to their different executing status.
Pick a topic from the following for details about how to schedule tasks in JReport Server:
● Scheduling report sets with dialog
● Adding TaskListener
Notes:
● When you schedule to publish the report in a report set to DHTML format, if the report is linked to
another report, in the DHTML result, the link will no longer be supported, and if you schedule to
publish the report to several formats and DHTML format is included at the same time, the link will not
be available in the other format outputs either.
● When you schedule to publish the report in a report set to HTML format, the names of page
navigation links in reports in the report set, such as First, Previous, Next, and Last, can be localized
according to your requirements. For details, refer to Localizing the page navigation links in HTML
report outputs.
Scheduling report sets with dialog
You can schedule tasks for a specified report set with dialog as follows:
1. On the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the report set you want to schedule to run.
❍ Select the report set row, right-click in the row and select Schedule from the shortcut menu.
❍ Put the mouse pointer over the report set row and click the Schedule button on the floating
toolbar.
3. In the General tab, select the reports you want to run from the report set. You can choose
multiple normal reports or one bursting report at a time (for scheduling a bursting report, see
Scheduling a task containing a bursting report). If the selected reports have parameters, specify
the parameter values as required (for details, see General tab - Parameters). Then, specify the
other options as required.
5. In the Conditions tab, specify the time for when the task is to be performed in the Time sub tab,
and select or create a trigger to bind with the task in the Trigger sub tab.
6. In the Notification tab, specify to notify someone via e-mail of when the task is finished and
whether it is successful or unsuccessful.
7. In the Duration tab, specify a time duration for the task, and ask JReport Server to cancel the task
or to notify you or someone else of the task status via e-mail if the task has not yet finished
running when the task duration is up. For detailed information, see Task-level timeout for
advanced run and schedule tasks.
Note: By default, the Duration tab is not displayed in the Schedule dialog. To make it
available, the Enable Task Duration option on the JReport Administration page >
Configuration > Advanced panel must be checked.
8. Click Finish, and JReport Server will then perform the task.
See also Schedule dialog for details about the task types and settings in each tab.
c. In the Enter Parameters panel, select the reports you want to run from the report set.
d. If the selected reports have parameters, specify the parameter values as required.
e. Expand the Report Set Info panel, click Select Another Catalog to specify another catalog
for the report set if required.
f. Select the report set version and catalog version from the corresponding drop-down lists.
g. Expand the Advanced panel, if the report set has a style group, check the Enable Style
Group checkbox and choose the style group.
h. Check the Enable Converting Encoding option if required and specify the encoding before
and after converting from the corresponding drop-down lists.
i. Enter a name for the task in the Name of the schedule field.
j. Define the encoding for the report set by selecting from the drop-down list.
l. Check the Add TaskListener to be Invoked option, and input the class name (for details,
see Adding TaskListener).
m. Check the Enable Auto Recover Task option to specify auto recovering settings.
c. Check the Built-in Version Folder option in Archive Location to save the report set result
version in the built-in version folder.
e. Check the Result Auto-delete option and define the result to expire in 30 days.
4. In the Conditions tab, select the Time sub tab, define the time zone from the Time Zone drop-
down list, then from the Time Type drop-down list, choose Run this task immediately.
5. If you want to notify someone of when the task is finished by sending an e-mail, go to the
Notification tab and then set the settings.
6. If you want to specify a timeout for the task, specify the settings in the Duration tab as required.
Then, click My Tasks on the system toolbar. While the task is being performed, you can see a record
of it in the Running tab. On completion it will be put into the Completed tab.
Notes:
● When publishing a report set to XML format, if you want to use the URL to get the .xsd file, follow
the steps below:
1. Put the existing XML schema file in <intall_root>\public_html.
● There is another way to publish the report set result to version. If you have set the property server.
version.from.temp to true in the server.properties file in <install_root>\bin, or selected the option
Enable "Publish to Versioning System" for Background Tasks View on the JReport Administration page
> Configuration > Advanced panel, you will get the link Publish to Version System on the system
toolbar of the JReport Console page. Click the link to publish the result to version.
Example 2: Publishing a report set to the file system
In this example, you will learn how to set up a task to publish the report set result in various file
formats to the file system repeatedly at the start of each month.
1. Take steps 1 and 2 as in Example 1.
2. In the Publish tab of the Schedule dialog, click the To Disk sub tab, select the required format,
specify the result location, and set the format settings according to your requirements.
b. In the Duration box, specify a time period for when the task will be performed.
c. Select Monthly from the Date drop-down list and keep the default to run the first day of
every 1 month.
e. If you also want to set an event which needs to occur before running the report set, select a
trigger to bind with the task from the Select a trigger to bind drop-down list in the Trigger
sub tab, then specify the trigger logic with time condition.
For detailed information about the logic between the trigger condition and the time condition,
see Trigger tab.
4. If you want to notify someone of when the task is finished by sending an e-mail, go to the
Notification tab and set the settings.
5. If you want to specify a timeout for when the scheduled report set will be allowed to run, specify
the settings in the Duration tab as required.
Then, click My Tasks on the system toolbar, you will see that the scheduled task has been recorded in
the Scheduled tab. Since you have not specified the duration Run until a time for this task, it will not
stop being performed until you delete or disable it from the Scheduled tab.
Notes:
● When you specify to publish the report set result to the server resource tree, if the specified folder
has a real path, the result will be put to the real path. Otherwise it will be put to the default disk
location where server resources are.
● If you specify to publish the report set result to a non-existent folder on disk, JReport Server will
automatically create it.
● If you use a fixed name to perform the task periodically, only the most recently generated report set
result will be kept. In order to keep the report set result generated every time, you should use the
dynamic result file name. Similarly, you are able to input the dynamic directory path to avoid report
set management difficulties, since when a fixed directory path is specified, too many results may be
generated in one directory. For more information, see Appendix 5: Dynamic names.
Example 3: Publishing a report set to e-mail
In this example, you will learn how to set up a task to publish the report set result to e-mail.
1. Take steps 1 and 2 as in Example 1.
2. In the Publish tab of the Schedule dialog, click the To E-mail sub tab, then from the Mail To list,
select to whom the report set result will be sent. If required, click the Edit button to edit the
specified e-mail.
If you want to create another e-mail, click the New button, then fill in every field, select the
format in which you want to export the report set result and set the settings according to your
requirements. When you choose to specify a report set result as an attachment to e-mail, you
need to specify a file name for the attachment. For details about settings of creating a new e-mail,
refer to Schedule dialog - To E-mail.
3. In the Conditions tab, select the Time sub tab, define the time zone from the Time Zone drop-
down list, then from the Time Type drop-down list, choose Run this task immediately.
4. If you want to notify someone of when the task is finished by sending an e-mail, go to the
Notification tab and set the settings.
5. If you want to specify a timeout for the task, specify the settings in the Duration tab as required.
Then, click My Tasks on the system toolbar. When the task is being performed, you can see a record
of it in the Running tab and on completion it will be put into the Completed tab.
Example 4: Publishing a report set to printer
In this example, you will learn how to set up a task to publish the report set result to a printer.
1. Take steps 1 and 2 as in Example 1.
b. Select a JDK print method for the report set result in the Select Print Method field.
c. Type a name with the path of the printer in the Printer field.
3. In the Conditions tab, select the Time sub tab, define the time zone from the Time Zone drop-
down list, then from the Time Type drop-down list of the Time tab, choose Run this task
immediately.
4. If you want to notify someone of when the task is finished by sending an e-mail, go to the
Notification tab and set the settings.
5. If you want to specify a timeout for the task, specify the settings in the Duration tab as required.
Then, click My Tasks on the system toolbar. When the task is being performed, you can see a record
of it in the Running tab and on completion it will be put into the Completed tab.
Note: When there is no printer connected with JReport Server, and you schedule to publish a report
set to a printer, the server may crash or throw an exception.
Example 5: Publishing a report set to fax
In this example, you will learn how to set up a task to publish the report set result to fax. Before you
can fax the report set result, you must first have your modem configured. Otherwise a warning
message will be displayed when you try to export to fax.
1. Take steps 1 and 2 as in Example 1.
2. In the Publish tab of the Schedule dialog, click the To Fax sub tab, check the Publish to Fax
option and then fill in every field and set the settings according to your requirements.
3. In the Conditions tab, select the Time sub tab, define the time zone from the Time Zone drop-
down list, then from the Time Type drop-down list, choose Run this task immediately.
4. If you want to notify someone of when the task is finished by sending an e-mail, go to the
Notification tab and set the settings.
5. If you want to specify a timeout for the task, specify the settings in the Duration tab as required.
Then, click My Tasks on the system toolbar. When the task is being performed, you can see a record
of it in the Running tab and on completion it will be put into the Completed tab.
Example 6: Publishing a report set to an FTP site
In this example, you will learn how to set up a task to publish the report set result to an FTP site.
1. Take steps 1 and 2 as in Example 1.
b. Fill in every field, select the format in which you want to send the report set results and then
set the settings according to your requirements.
3. In the Conditions tab, select the Time sub tab, define the time zone from the Time Zone drop-
down list, then from the Time Type drop-down list, choose Run this task immediately.
4. If you want to notify someone of when the task is finished by sending an e-mail, go to the
Notification tab and set the settings.
5. If you want to specify a timeout for the task, specify the settings in the Duration tab as required.
Then, click My Tasks on the system toolbar. When the task is being performed, you can see a record
of it in the Running tab and on completion it will be put into the Completed tab.
Note: Dynamic result name for FTP task is currently not supported.
Scheduling report sets via URL
A schedule contains two kinds of properties. The first is about time information and the second is about
task information (for detailed information about each property, see Appendix 7: Properties - scheduling
report sets via URL).
When report sets are scheduled via URL in a web browser, the method jrs.submit_schedule is called.
The following is a description of this method.
● Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.CMD_SUBMIT_SCHEDULE
● Description: Submits a scheduled task to JReport Server. If the report set has no parameters then
it directly run the URL. If the report set has parameters and no parameter specified in the URL or the
parameters provided in the URL fail to include all necessary parameters, the server then returns the
parameter dialog for entering parameter values.
● Response: Returns the task ID to JRClient API, and returns the scheduled tasks page to web
browsers.
Specifying parameter values using dialog when scheduling report sets via URL
When scheduling reports in a report set via URL, if the reports contain parameters, you need to
manually enter the parameters in the URL string without any mistakes. You may find this painful
sometimes because it's not easy to remember all parameters in a report set. However, JReport
provides you with the special command jrs.submit_schedule, which enables to display the Enter
Parameter Values dialog to manage parameters.
The display of the parameter dialog requires:
● The reports have parameters.
● No parameter specified in the URL or the parameters provided in the URL fail to include all necessary
parameters.
With the above three conditions fulfilled, the Enter Parameter Values dialog will be displayed right after
you finish the URL in the address bar and make it run. After setting the values and clicking OK in the
dialog, JReport Server will append the values to the URL string for you and execute the URL. However,
if you click Cancel in the dialog, the URL running will be cancelled.
Tip: If you want to specify parameters via dialog when scheduling reports via URL, the most effective
way to display the parameter dialog is that you do not specify parameters at all in the URL.
URL examples
The following are some specific examples on how to schedule a report set via URL. The report set
CustomerAnalysis.cls that uses the catalog /SampleReports/SampleReports.cat is used in these
examples.
Publishing to the versioning system immediately
To publish the report set to the versioning system immediately, the URL used for this task could be as
below:
● To RST
http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.submit_schedule&jrs.catalog=%
2fSampleReports%2fSampleReports.cat&jrs.task_class=jet.server.schedule.jrtasks.
PublishRptTask&jrs.launch_type=0&jrs.param$P_StartDate=01/01/2006&jrs.param
$p_EndDate=12/31/2007&jrs.uid=admin&jrs.to_version=true&jrs.to_version_rst=true&jrs.
report=CustomerAnalysis.cls
● To PDF
http://localhost:8888/jinfonet/submitSchedPage.jsp?jrs.cmd=jrs.submit_schedule&jrs.
catalog=%2fSampleReports%2fSampleReports.cat&jrs.task_class=jet.server.schedule.
jrtasks.PublishRptTask&jrs.launch_type=0&jrs.param$P_StartDate=01/01/2006&jrs.param
$p_EndDate=12/31/2007&jrs.uid=admin&jrs.to_version_pdf=true&jrs.to_version=true&jrs.
report=CustomerAnalysis.cls
If you want to publish the report set to other formats, you can refer to the examples above, but you
will need to modify the parameter jrs.to_version_pdf=true to suit the particular format that the report
set will be published to. For example, if you want to publish the report set to Excel, you will need to
change the parameter to jrs.to_version_excel=true.
Publishing to the versioning system periodically
To publish the report set to the versioning system periodically, the URL used for this task could be as
below:
http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.submit_schedule&jrs.catalog=%2fSampleReports%
2fSampleReports.cat&jrs.hour2=5&jrs.task_class=jet.server.schedule.jrtasks.
PublishRptTask&jrs.to_version=true&jrs.to_version_html=true&jrs.is_between=true&jrs.
is_weekday=false&jrs.launch_type=8&jrs.min2=0&jrs.is_pm=false&jrs.hour=9&jrs.
is_pm2=true&jrs.param$P_StartDate=01/01/2006&jrs.param$p_EndDate=12/31/2007&jrs.
uid=admin&jrs.hours=1&jrs.is_hourly=true&jrs.at_min=0&jrs.days_id=0&jrs.day=1&jrs.
timezone=CTT&jrs.min=0&jrs.expire_days=30&jrs.report=%2fSampleReports%
2fCustomerAnalysis.cls&jrs.rpt_language=en&jrs.report_sheet$Report=true&jrs.
schedule_name=periodicalTask
Publishing to the versioning system immediately and notifying others of success or failure
To publish the report set to the versioning system immediately, and notify the user support1, support2,
and support3 of success or failure, the URL used for this task could be as below:
http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.submit_schedule&jrs.catalog=%2fSampleReports%
2fSampleReports.cat&jrs.task_class=jet.server.schedule.jrtasks.PublishRptTask&jrs.
launch_type=0&jrs.param$P_StartDate=01/01/2006&jrs.param$p_EndDate=12/31/2007&jrs.
uid=admin&jrs.expire_days=30&jrs.report=%2fSampleReports%2fCustomerAnalysis.cls&jrs.
to_version=true&jrs.to_version_rst=true&jrs.success_notify=true&jrs.
fail_notify=true&jrs.notification_emails=To%[email protected]%0D%0ACc%3A
[email protected]%0D%0ABcc%[email protected]%0D%0A
● To PDF
http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.submit_schedule&jrs.catalog=%
2fSampleReports%2fSampleReports.cat&jrs.task_class=jet.server.schedule.jrtasks.
PublishRptTask&jrs.launch_type=0&jrs.param$P_StartDate=01/01/2006&jrs.param
$p_EndDate=12/31/2007&jrs.uid=admin&jrs.to_disk_pdf_path_type=1&jrs.pdf_dir=C:\&jrs.
to_disk=true&jrs.to_pdf=true&jrs.pdf=CustomerAnalysis.pdf&jrs.report=%2fSampleReports%
2fCustomerAnalysis.cls&
Note: If you want to publish a report set to a disk path, for example, jrs.rst_dir=C:\, you can do the
same as the example described above. If you want to publish a report set to a resource tree, for
example, jrs.rst_dir=%2fSampleReports, you can omit this parameter &jrs.to_disk_pdf_path_type=1 in
the above example and replace jrs.pdf_dir=C:\ with jrs.rst_dir=%2fSampleReports. Here
SampleReports is the resource path.
Publishing to e-mail immediately
To publish the report set to e-mail immediately, the URL used for this task could be as below:
http://localhost:8888/jinfonet/submitSchedPage.jsp?jrs.cmd=jrs.submit_schedule&jrs.
catalog=/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat&jrs.report=/SampleReports/CustomerAnalysis.
cls&jrs.task_class=jet.server.schedule.jrtasks.PublishRptTask&jrs.to_mail=true&jrs.
jrmail0=jrs.mailto%[email protected]%26jrs.mailsubject%3dreport&jrs.
launch_type=0&jrs.param$P_StartDate=01/01/2006&jrs.param$p_EndDate=12/31/2007&jrs.
uid=admin&jrs.rpt_language=en
Related topics:
● Setting dynamic parameter values when running or scheduling a report set via API
Scheduling a task containing a bursting report
In a large enterprise reporting deployment, it is important to handle both large amounts of data as well
as a large number of users. Report bursting enables running a report once and distributing the report
results to multiple recipients who each will receive a subset of the report results.
Bursting reports can be distributed to e-mail or FTP addresses, to disk, to the JReport versioning
system, or to the security system members such as users, groups, and roles.
End users can submit a schedule task which contains only one bursting report to JReport Server. When
a bursting task is activated, it will create a main bursting task and some sub bursting tasks. The
system will guarantee bursting tasks compete with normal tasks for system resources. The bursting
tasks can be given lower priority if desired (set queue.policy to 1).
● Main bursting task: It is responsible for getting/splitting data and distributing work to the sub
tasks. There can be only one main bursting task for a sub bursting task.
● Sub bursting task: It is responsible for generating the report result according to split data and
sending the result to the address of the bursting recipient.
For details about what is a bursting report and how to design a bursting report, see Report Bursting in
the JReport Designer User's Guide.
On JReport Server, direct running and advanced running actions support normal reports but not
bursting reports. A report set containing only bursting reports cannot be run directly, it must be
scheduled.
Scheduling supports both types of reports excluding the combination of the two types: for normal
reports, multiple reports can be scheduled at a time; however for bursting reports, only one can be
scheduled. For a scheduled bursting task, seven kinds of result file formats are supported: HTML, PDF,
Excel, Text, RTF, XML, and PostScript. In addition, when scheduling to run a bursting report, you can
make it generate not only the bursting result by applying bursting schemas but also the non-bursting
result based on whole data without data splitting.
When scheduling a bursting report, specifying the destination is suppressed in the Publish tab since the
recipient addresses have been included in the bursting schema. However, you are allowed to give a file
name to the subset of report result instead of using the default name.
● Date and Time: All data and time formats will be transferred to a date format: yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:
ss.
● Currency: Currency will be transferred to the number without the currency mark ($ or others).
Name length
In the JReport Server resource system, the resource name only supports up to 64-character length. If
a bursting result file name is longer than that, the system will trim it down automatically.
In order to avoid using the same name in the same path, an index will be appended to the result name,
for example: report1_USA_Maryland1.pdf, report1_USA_Maryland2.pdf.
Notes:
● All bursting sub results will apply the security information of the bursting task submitter.
● When running a report set containing both normal and bursting reports:
For direct running:
When running it to DHTML format, only the normal reports are opened.
When running it to other formats, if the default focused report is a normal report, it will be run
directly; otherwise if the default focused report is a bursting report which cannot be run, a warning
message will be displayed asking the end user to select a normal report to run using advanced run.
For advanced running:
It is allowed to only choose among the normal reports.
2. Create a task properties file defining the formats of exporting the task. For example, the content
of the properties file is:
jrs.rst=result_rtf
jrs.pdf=true
jrs.text=true
jrs.excel=true
jrs.ps=true
jrs.html=result_html
3. Submit the task either from a server web page or by calling Server API methods. The task can
then be run by the server.
❍ To submit the customized task from a server web page:
a. On the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the desired report set, put the mouse
pointer over the report set row and click the Schedule button on the floating toolbar.
The Schedule dialog is then displayed.
b. Specify the settings in the General, Publish, Conditions, and Duration tabs as required.
Here the Publish tab settings should be switched to those of User Task by clicking the link
on the right bottom of the tab. Then, the name of the task class file you have defined that
implements the UserTask interface and the task properties that define the export formats
must be provided. You can either input the task properties manually or import them from
the task properties file that you have created.
b. Define the user task properties with the property APIConst.TAG_USER_TASK_PROP with
the formats as follows: jrs.user_task_prop= jrs.rst=result_rtf&jrs.pdf=true&jrs.
text=true&jrs.excel=true&jrs.ps=true&jrs.html=result_html. Since the jrs.user_task_prop
is used to transfer multiple user task properties, the values set to this property must be
formatted to be separated with "&" character.
c. Set a display name for the class with the property APIConst.
TAG_USER_TASK_DISPLAY_NAME.
d. Except for the above properties, define the other schedule properties as you do with a
default task, see APIDemoPublishRpt.java in <install_root>\help\server\en\samples
for reference. Then following the API demo you can submit a customized task on the server.
Click My Tasks on the system toolbar. When the task is being performed, you can see a record of it in
the Running tab and on completion it will be put into the Completed tab.
Note: You can either schedule to use the Default Task or the User Task at one time. If you specify to
schedule a report set as a default task, you will not be able to schedule it as a user task, and vice versa.
Recording scheduled tasks
JReport Server records every scheduled task. Click My Tasks on the system toolbar of the JReport
Console page, then the following tabs will be displayed: Scheduled, Running, and Completed. The tasks
are recorded in different tables according to their executing status. A task is placed in the Scheduled
table as soon as it is submitted by the user. It will go to the Running table when it is running, and
when it is finished by JReport Server, it will then go to the Completed table.
Related topics:
● Managing tasks
Viewing scheduled report set results
When a scheduled task is finished, you can view the results of the scheduled report set as required. To
view the results, first of all you need to know the corresponding results' location. To get the location
information:
1. On the JReport Console page, click My Tasks on the system toolbar, then click the Completed
tab, where all the successfully scheduled tasks are recorded.
2. Locate the task in the tab and click the name of the task in the Schedule Name column.
3. In the Result Details table, the location information of the scheduled results are available in the
Details column.
2. In the tab, locate the right task and click the name of the task in the Schedule Name column.
3. In the Result Details table, the links to different result formats are available for viewing in the To
Version row.
And another way to achieve the same purpose is via the server resource tree which to some extent
varies with the archive location type specified in the Publish > To Version tab:
● If the archive location has been set to Built-in Version Folder:
1. On the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the row that the original report set is in.
■ Select the report set row, right-click in the row and select Version from the shortcut menu.
■ Put the mouse pointer over the report set row and click the Version button on the floating
toolbar.
3. In the Report Set Result Versions tab, the scheduled results of different format types are listed
in the Result column. Click the format links or action buttons to view the results.
● If the archive location has been set to My Reports Folder or Public Reports Folder, which requires
providing a path and a name for the scheduled result in the server resource tree:
1. On the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the row that the result is in.
2. Put the mouse pointer over the result row and click the Version button on the floating
toolbar (or you can use one of the other two methods shown in the above procedure to display
the version table).
3. In the Result Versions tab, the scheduled results of different format types are listed in the Result
column. Click the format links or action buttons to view the results.
Tip: The unviewed version results are highlighted in bold. You can cancel the highlighting by setting
the property web.version.mark_unviewed to false in the server.properties file in <install_root>\bin.
Using viewVersion.jsp
For example:
http://localhost:8888/jinfonet/viewVersion.jsp?jrs.cmd=jrs.view_ver_def&jrs.
rst_version=2&jrs.ver_suff=.html&
jrs.report=%2fSampleReports%2fEmployeeInformation.cls&type=rstfile&jrs.path=%
2fSampleReports%2fEmployeeInformation.cls
Notes:
● To view RSD version results using JSP, you should use dhtml.jsp instead of viewVersion.jsp. For
example:
http://localhost:8888/dhtmljsp/dhtml.jsp?jrs.rst_version=10&jrs.report=/SampleReports/
Banded_Link.cls&type=rstfile&jrs.path=/SampleReports/Banded_Link.cls
● When viewing a scheduled DHTML report result with cached report bursting via URL, you should add
jrs.is_pls_result=true in the URL, for example: http://localhost:8888/dhtmljsp/dhtml.jsp?
jrs.rst_version=1&jrs.is_pls_result=true&jrs.report=/SampleReports/PLS.
cls&type=drstfile&jrs.path=/SampleReports/PLS.cls
● If you choose Publish to Server Resource Tree, you are required to provide a path following the
server resource tree and file name with correct format type as the suffix for each report in the report
set. For example,
❍ To follow the My Reports folder path, start with "/USERFOLDERPATH/admin/".
Example: /USERFOLDERPATH/admin/report1.pdf
If the specified folder which is the parent folder of the result file has a real path, the generated result
file will be saved to the real path; if the folder doesn't have a real path, the generated result will be
saved to <server_install_root>/jreports/, which is the mapped disk path of the root node "/" in
the specified path.
2. In the Scheduled tab, select the rows that one or more scheduled tasks are in.
3. Click Tools > Export to Script on the task bar of the My Tasks page (if only one task is selected,
you can also right-click in the task row and select Export to Script from the shortcut menu, or
put the mouse pointer over the task row and click the Export to Script button on the floating
toolbar), then modify the script text in the Edit Script box as required.
5. Specify the directory and name for this script file in the File download dialog.
3. In the New Schedule dialog, check the option Import Script to Create Schedule.
4. Click the Browse button to select a script file from your disk file, then click OK to import the
specified script file and modify the script text in the Edit Script box as required.
Note: If you just updated from an older version of JReport Server, there may be some old scripts
saved in your server. In order to use these old scripts, you can click the Import old script from
server link in the Import Script page to select an old script to import it to generate a scheduled task.
To use this link, you must logon JReport Server as an administrator role.
Adding TaskListener
When viewing or scheduling a report set, JReport Server enables you to call your Java application
before or after the process.
In JReport Server, a TaskListener interface has been provided in the package jet.server.api for
receiving task events before or after running. You can specify one Java class to implement this
interface for a task event. When the event of this task occurs, the corresponding methods in the
listener will be invoked. The interface contains two methods: beforeRun and afterRun, enabling you to
set your Java application call before or after the process of viewing a report set or setting up a
schedule. Your applications will return true or false. For true, JReport Server will go on running. While
for false, JReport Server will stop there.
Below is an example illustrating how to add TaskListener when setting up a schedule on a report set.
1. Develop your Java class to implement the interface. Here TestTaskListener.java is used, which is
available in <install_root>\help\server\en\samples.
3. Edit the batch file setenv.bat in <install_root>\bin, which is used to start JReport Server.
Assuming that TestTaskListener has been saved in c:\JReport\Server\tasklistener, add the
path of the class file (c:\JReport\Server\tasklistener) to the ADDCLASSPATH variable in
setenv.bat.
4. Start JReport Server and set up a schedule on a report set, check Add TaskListerner to be
Invoked in the General tab of the Schedule dialog, then input the class name. In this example,
input TastListener, and then submit the task.
You can also define properties of your own and transmit them through ServerInfo. To do this, use
APIConst.TAG_USERDEFINED_PROPERTY_PREFIX as the prefix for the properties.
For example, if you want to transmit the properties host_name, host_ip and hosp_protocol, you will
need to insert the properties, before calling the method runTask, into the properties named prop, as
follows:
prop.put(APIConst. TAG_USERDEFINED_PROPERTY_PREFIX+"host_name", "host");
prop.put(APIConst. TAG_USERDEFINED_PROPERTY_PREFIX+"host_ip", "127.0.0.1");
prop.put(APIConst. TAG_USERDEFINED_PROPERTY_PREFIX+"host_protocol"+ "TCP/IP");
You can get the value of the properties listed above through the server info object, serverInfo, in the
method beforeRun or afterRun of the TaskListener class. See the example below:
host_name=serverInfo.getTaskProperties().get(APIConst.TAG_USERDEFINED_
PROPERTY_PREFIX+"host_name");
host_ip=serverInfo.getTaskProperties().get(APIConst.TAG_USERDEFINED_
PROPERTY_PREFIX+"host_ip");
host_protocol=serverInfo.getTaskProperties().get(APIConst.TAG_USERDEFINED_
PROPERTY_PREFIX+"host_protocol");
❍ Select the report set row, right-click in the row and select Properties from the shortcut menu.
❍ Put the mouse pointer over the report set row and click the Properties button on the
floating toolbar.
● When the report set and its linked catalog are not in the same directory, the report set can still run
with the catalog.
● When the linked catalog is updated, the report set using the catalog can run with the updated
version. However, the copied catalog cannot be updated if its original catalog is updated since they
are two independent versions.
When directly running a report set, the linked catalog has higher priority than the catalog specified in
the same folder as the report set (without linked catalog, the report set will run within the selected
catalog in the same folder). As for Advanced Run and Schedule, the default selected catalog is the
linked catalog if there is one, however, you can change it by the provided option Select Another
Catalog.
2. In the Advanced panel, check Enable Linked Catalog, then click the Select Another Catalog
link to specify the catalog which will be used as the linked catalog at server level.
● To set linked catalog at folder/report set level, go to the Properties dialog of the folder/report set,
check Enable Linked Catalog, then specify the linked catalog as required.
❍ Use Specified - If checked, you can specify a linked catalog which can be any catalog in the
server resource tree to the folder/report set.
❍ Use Inherited - If a linked catalog has been specified on the parent level of the folder/report set,
you can use the parent-level linked catalog as the linked catalog of the folder/report set. For the
My Reports and Public Reports folders, the parent level is the server level; for the other folders or
report sets, the parent level is the parent folder.
Notes:
● If a schedule task has been submitted and then the linked catalog in use is modified, the task will
still use the previous catalog until the task information is updated.
● When running a report set in JReport Viewer, you can also save the original catalog as a linked
catalog when saving the DHTML report set.
Using JSPs to print report sets
JReport Server provides the following demo JSPs which enable you to print a report set without any
view in the client side, and they are contained in the zip file printDemo.jsp.zip in <install_root>\help
\server\en\samples.
● printDemo.jsp
Provides frames to load printCustomerlist.jsp and printReport.jsp.
● printCustomerlist.jsp
Shows how to set parameters for printing the demo report set CustomerAnalysis.cls by using the
ViewerApplet. This JSP calls printReport.jsp. If you want to print the other report sets, you can follow
this JSP file as an example to write your own JSP. In your own JSP, you should modify the values of
"cat" and "rptName".
String cat = "/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat"; //request.getParameter(APIConst.
TAG_CATALOG);
String rptName = "/SampleReports/CustomerAnalysis.cls"; //request.getParameter
(APIConst.TAG_REPORT);
● printReport.jsp
Shows how to print report sets by using the ViewerApplet. The example JSP printCustomerlist.jsp
calls this JSP.
Before running the JSPs, you should unzip and copy them to <intall_root>\public_html\jinfonet.
Then, start JReport Server and access printDemo.jsp using the URL http://localhost:8888/
jinfonet/printDemo.jsp. The following page appears:
PrintInCurrentFrame
Set to call printReport.jsp and load applet of JReport Viewer Frame.
PrintInHiddenFrame
Set to call printReport.jsp without loading applet of JReport Viewer Frame.
Reset
Reset the previous options.
View
View this report set.
Interactive
If checked, you could specify the print setup in the Print dialog.
Background
If checked, the print job will run in the background.
UseJDK11
If checked, you will use instance PrintJob of JDK11 to print the report set.
Wait
If checked, you have to wait until the print job is finished.
SeparateLargePage
If checked, the large page will be separated into several pages automatically.
NotifyComplete
This parameter is used with the parameter wait. After the print job is finished, a box will pop up to note
you, and you could do any other work instead of keep on waiting.
Printer
Specify the printer to implement the print job.
Deleting report sets
To delete a report set from JReport Server:
1. On the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the report set you want to delete.
❍ Put the mouse pointer over the report set row and click the Delete button on the floating
toolbar.
3. A message dialog will then be displayed for your confirmation. Click OK to delete the specified
report set or Cancel to cancel the deletion of the report set.
JReport Viewer - Interactive Reports
● General operations
● Ad hoc reporting
● Analytic reporting
● Applying a style
Toolbar/
Button Tool Name Description
Menu
File New Report Creates a new report to the
current report set based on
an existing business/report
cube.
New Report Set Creates a new report set
containing a report based on
an existing business/report
cube.
Open Opens the Open Report
dialog for you to open/close
reports in current report set.
Rename Report Opens the Rename Current
Report dialog to give the
open report a new name.
Close Report Closes the current report if
there is more than one report
open in the report set; or
prompts you to close the
report set if only one report
is open.
Delete Report Deletes the current report if
there is more than one report
open in the report set. This
command is disabled when
the last page of the current
report does not display if
Format Page On Demand in
the Configure DHTML Profile
> Properties > Advanced tab
is selected.
Save Saves the report set as a
report set version.
Save As Saves a copy of the report
set.
Export Exports the report result to
disk or version in various
formats.
Page Setup Shows the Page Properties
dialog for you to specify the
page layout settings for the
report result.
Printable Shows the Printable Version
Version dialog for you to print the
current report result to a PDF/
HTML file.
Exit Closes the current report set.
Edit Undo Undoes the last operation.
Redo Reverses the operation of
Undo.
Search Shows the Search dialog for
you to find specific text.
View Toolbar Shows or hides toolbars.
User Shows or hides the User
Information Bar Information Bar, which
displays the user name,
catalog name and report set
name.
Toolbox Shows or hides the Toolbox
panel which allows you to
insert a component into the
report.
Resource View Shows or hides the Resource
View panel, with which you
can add cube elements to
your report and create
dynamic resources to use
them in your report.
TOC Browser Shows or hides the TOC
Browser, with which you can
navigate the report data.
Editing Marks Shows or hides editing marks
(dashed outlines for objects
and report body). If the
option is unselected, the
editing mark will not be
shown when a report object
receives focus, and report
objects cannot be moved or
resized.
Turn To Provides a submenu for you
to turn the report pages.
Refresh Runs the report using
previously provided
parameters. The Refresh
operation fetches the data
again.
Zoom Shows the Zoom dialog for
you to set a zoom ratio for
the report page.
Options Shows the Options dialog for
you to set the skin and unit
for JReport web, and to
customize toolbars.
Show Grids Shows grids in the report
area.
Snap to Grids Snaps an object to grids
when you move it by
dragging and dropping in the
report area. If this option is
enabled, aligning objects will
be made easier. To
temporarily override the
setting, press the ALT key as
you move an object.
Insert Label Inserts a label into the report.
Image Inserts an image into the
report.
Banded Object Inserts a banded object into
the report.
Table Inserts a table into the report.
Crosstab Inserts a crosstab into the
report.
Chart Inserts a chart into the
report.
Parameter Inserts a parameter control
Control into the report.
Parameter Inserts a parameter form
Form Control control into the report.
Filter Control Inserts a filter control into
the report.
Navigation Inserts a navigation control
Control into the report.
Special Fields Inserts special fields into the
report.
Report Query Filter Applies a filter to the
business/report cube used by
certain component.
Filter Filters the report records
according to the filter criteria
you specify.
Sort Sorts the report records or
groups in ascending or
descending order on the
fields you select.
To Chart Converts a crosstab into a
chart.
To Crosstab Converts a chart into a
crosstab.
Rotate Table Rotates a table to switch its
appearance between the
horizontal and vertical layout
modes.
Rotate Crosstab Rotates a crosstab to
exchange the columns and
rows in the crosstab in order
to create a different view of
the crosstab.
Merge Merges selected tabular cells
into one.
Split Splits a tabular cell into the
specified number of rows and
columns.
Max Records Allows you to specify the
maximum number of records
retrieved by all components
in the report set.
Use Dynamic Allows you to apply dynamic
Formula in formulas to control object
Property properties.
Style Allows you to apply a style to
the report.
Help User's Guide Opens JReport Viewer User's
Guide.
Jinfonet Connects to Jinfonet
Software Home Software Home Page.
Page
Technical Accesses Jinfonet Technical
Support Support.
About JReport Shows product information
Web about JReport Web.
Standard New Creates a new report based
Toolbar on an existing business/
report cube.
Open Brings out the Open Report
dialog for you to open/close
reports in current report set.
Save Saves the report set as a
report set version.
Font format Font Face, Font Changes the face and size of
buttons Size the selected font. Available
only when a label or field is
selected.
Bold, Italic, Makes the selected font in
Underlined bold, italic or underlined
style. Available only when a
label or field is selected.
Left, Center, Makes the selected font left,
Right center or right aligned.
Available only when a label
or field is selected.
Page Max Records Allows you to specify the
navigation number of records retrieved
buttons by all components in the
report set.
Page Number Displays the current page
number. You can also input a
page number in the page box
and press Enter on the
keyboard to go to that page.
First Goes to the first page of the
current report.
Notes:
● To simplify the toolbars, when you run a report set in JReport Viewer, only some basic toolbar
commands are displayed by default. To access more report and analysis commands, click the
Interactive View link on the toolbar. However, when you create a new report in JReport Viewer,
you will be shown the full menu and toolbar commands.
● The shortcut menu contents vary with the objects you right-click. The above table only lists some
typical shortcut menu items. The following sections will guide you to use the shortcut menu for any
object you may right-click.
Viewing report sets in JReport Viewer
You can view report sets in JReport Viewer either from the user interface or from URLs. Furthermore,
you can simultaneously open multiple DHTML report sets in respective windows or frames.
● Viewing from the user interface
2. Click Reports on the system toolbar, then browse to the folder that contains your report set.
3. Use one of the following three methods to display the Advanced Run dialog:
❍ Select the report set row, then on the task bar of the Reports page, click Run > Advanced Run.
❍ Select the report set row, right-click in the row and select Advanced Run from the shortcut
menu.
❍ Put the mouse pointer over the report set row, then click the Advanced Run button on the
floating toolbar.
4. In the General tab, select any report in the report set, specify parameter values if any, then click
the Format tab, select DHTML from the Select Format drop-down list and click Finish.
5. The report set processing page appears, on which you can choose to cancel the running of the
report set, or to make the report set run in background mode. Click Cancel on this page if you
decide to cancel, Background if you want the report set to run in background mode, or just wait
for processing to complete for viewing and interacting with the report set.
Notes:
● If you can make sure that the viewing format of the last-time focused report in a report set is
DHTML, you can also click the report set name directly to run it in JReport Viewer. Then if the report
set contains parameters, a dialog will prompt you to assign values to the parameters.
● When you cancel a report set from running, you can choose whether to cancel the running query
used by the report set in the database at the same time by configuring the JdbcDriversConfig.
properties file. For details, refer to Canceling running query.
3. Check Background Mode Timeout and specify the time allowed for a DHTML report set to run in
foreground mode.
4. Save the settings, then when a report set runs in DHTML format and the results have not yet been
generated after the specified time, it will be automatically switched to run in background mode.
Report sets running in background mode are listed in the Background Tasks table of the My Tasks
page, which shows detailed running information of the report sets, such as report set path and name,
catalog path and name, running format, time when the task is started/completed, and so on. Also, you
can control the status of the report sets running in background mode according to your requirements.
For example, you can choose to delete, stop, or restart tasks (for details, see Managing tasks in the
task tables).
When a report set completes running in background, you can open it from the Background Tasks table,
and once the report set is opened, the task will automatically be removed from the table.
Viewing by typing URLs
You can use DHTML servlet or JSPs to run a DHTML report set.
● http://localhost:8888/jrdhtml/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat/EmployeeInformation.
cls?jrs.catalog=/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat&jrs.path=/SampleReports.cat/
EmployeeInformation.cls
Using JSPs
You can use three JSPs to run a report set to the DHTML format. They are two Server JSPs, tryView.jsp
and runReport.jsp, and a DHTML JSP dhtml.jsp.
The image below illustrates the relationship between these JSPs that are used to run the DHTML report
sets:
tryView.jsp
This is the normal method of accessing report sets using URLs. If the report set has parameters and
the parameters provided in the URL fail to include all necessary parameters, the Enter Parameter
Values dialog will be shown for you to specify parameters, otherwise it will directly go to runReport.jsp.
Then it will be redirected to dhtml.jsp when result type is set to the DHTML format, or else will run to
the specified format if the result type is set to other format.
The following is an example of running a report set to the DHTML format using tryView.jsp:
http://localhost:8888/jinfonet/tryView.jsp?jrs.cmd=jrs.try_vw&jrs.report=%
2fSampleReports%2fEmployeeInformation.cls&jrs.catalog=%2fSampleReports%2fSampleReports.
cat&jrs.result_type=8
runReport.jsp
The runReport.jsp functions the same as tryView.jsp when the report set has no parameter. When it
has parameters, the report set runs with the default parameters if no parameter is specified, or else it
runs with the parameters specified in the URL.
To run a report set to the DHTML format using runReport.jsp, specify the DHTML format as the result
type. See the following example:
http://localhost:8888/jinfonet/runReport.jsp?jrs.cmd=jrs.web_vw&jrs.report=%
2fSampleReports%2fEmployeeInformation.cls&jrs.catalog=%2fSampleReports%2fSampleReports.
cat&jrs.result_type=8
dhtml.jsp
If you want to include the DHTML JSPs into your own application without other server JSPs, you can
use this method. However, you must specify the report parameter values in the URL if there are
parameters used by the report set. For example:
http://localhost:8888/dhtmljsp/dhtml.jsp?jrs.catalog=%2fSampleReports%2fSampleReports.
cat&jrs.report=%2fSampleReports%2fEmployeeInformation.cls
Tip: When you run a report set in DHTML using URL, if you want JReport to automatically refresh the
report data at certain intervals, you can set the URL as follows:
http://localhost:8888/dhtmljsp/dhtml.jsp?jrs.report=/USERFOLDERPATH/admin/AutoRefresh/
autorefresh.cls&jrs.catalog=/USERFOLDERPATH/admin/AutoRefresh/testauto.cat&jrs.
auto_refresh_data=true&jrs.auto_refresh_data_time=10
Opening multiple report sets in one session
You can open multiple report sets in JReport Viewer in one session. This means that each time you run
a DHTML report set, it will open in a new window. Also, when working in the embedded mode, you can
assign frames to the report sets, so that more than one DHTML report set can be viewed in one window
at the same time.
In order to illustrate how to view multiple frames in one window, a demo has been provided for you.
Follow the steps below:
1. Go to <install_root>\help\server\en\samples to find MultipleReports.zip.
To open (show) a hidden report, click Menu > File > Open (or the Open button on the
Standard toolbar) to display the Open Report dialog, in which the reports open in the current
report set are marked with a check symbol. Check the reports you want to open, uncheck the ones
you want to close, and then click OK.
❍ Renaming a report
To rename a report, first activate the report, then click Menu > File > Rename Report. In the
Rename Current Report dialog, specify a new display name for the report.
❍ Deleting a report
To delete a report, first activate the report, then click Menu > File > Delete. The only report open
cannot be deleted.
Note: A JReport Server Live license is required in order to delete reports. If you do not have a
Live license please contact your Jinfonet Software account manager to obtain a license.
Tip: If the administrator has specified to switch reports using tabs in the DHTML preferences page, you
can easily activate a report in a report set by clicking the tab representing the report on the report tab
bar, and closing, renaming and deleting a report can also be accomplished by right-clicking the report
tab and choosing the corresponding command from the shortcut menu.
● Turning the report pages
a report includes more than one page, to turn between the report pages, you can
● Click the First Page button , Previous Page button , Next Page button , or Last
● Input a number into the page box and press Enter to go to that page.
● Click Menu > View > Turn To and then click the corresponding command on the submenu.
● Use the scroll bar or mouse wheel to scroll up/down the report.
● Refreshing the report result
fetch the data of the current report again, you can click Menu > View > Refresh.
● Undoing/redoing actions
u can undo or redo some actions by clicking Menu > Edit > Undo or Redo (or the Undo button or
2. In the Option tab, set the skin of JReport Viewer user interface.
❍ To add a toolbar, click to show the New Toolbar Name dialog, then specify the toolbar name,
click OK to return to the Options dialog, and set the tools for the new toolbar.
4. To load the default settings, including the skin, and the three built-in toolbars, namely Standard,
View, and Analysis, click the Restore Defaults button.
Tip: To close a toolbar, right-click anywhere on the toolbar area, then on the shortcut menu, select the
item corresponding to the toolbar name. You can also do this to open an invisible toolbar, such as a
newly-created one. The open/close toolbar operation can also be achieved by clicking the
corresponding item on the Toolbar submenu of the View menu.
● Showing/hiding user information
e User Information bar shows the current user name, catalog path and name, and report set path and
me. You can click Menu > View > User Information Bar to show or hide the bar.
Tip: Administrators can make this bar open by default. To do this, log onto the JReport Administration
page, click Profile on the system toolbar and select Configure DHTML Profile from the drop-down
menu. Go to the Properties > Default tab, and then check the User Information Bar option.
● Showing/hiding editing marks
JReport Viewer, you can use editing marks (dashed outlines of objects) for purposes such as aligning,
ving and resizing. By default, the editing marks are shown only when you create a new blank report in
eport Viewer. You can click Menu > View > Editing Marks to switch the status of the editing marks as
quired.
u can zoom in or out the report page by selecting a magnification from the Zoom list on the View
olbar. You can also click Menu > View > Zoom to show the Zoom dialog, and then specify the
gnification.
e Printable Version button on the Standard toolbar). In the Printable Version dialog, specify the
tings as required and then click OK. The PDF/HTML result file will be opened in an associated program
h which you can print the result to a printer.
it button which is always on the upper right corner of the JReport Viewer window, or the close
tton of the browser window). Closing the only report open will also prompt you whether or not to close
e report set. In case that you have modified the report set without saving it, JReport Viewer will prompt
u to save the report set. If you have changed the sort and/or filter criteria, you can check Sort and/or
er in this dialog to save these changes with the report set. Click Yes to save the report set and close the
port set.
Ad hoc reporting
Ad hoc reporting allows a business analyst or end user to create a new report, add new objects to an
existing report, modify report objects, and save the report set or report result. These tasks are
performed in the JReport Server environment and do not require use of JReport Designer.
This section describes the following ad hoc reporting tasks:
● Creating a report
1. In a JReport Viewer window, click Menu > File > New Report (or the New Report button
on the Standard toolbar) to display the New Report dialog.
If you click Menu > File > New Report Set, the New Report Set dialog will appear for you to
create a report set with the first report in it.
2. Specify the title of the report as required in the Report Title text box.
3. In the Choose Report Layout box, select the required layout with which you want to create the
report.
❍ If you select the layout as Banded, Table, Chart, or Crosstab, the corresponding report wizard
will then be displayed. Specify the settings according to your requirements.
Also, on the JReport Console > Reports page, you can directly create a new report set (containing a
report) in a folder into which one or more catalogs containing some business/report cubes have been
published. To do this:
1. Open the folder and select the catalog for the new report set from the Catalog drop-down list.
3. In the Select Report Type dialog, check the option Page Layout Report and click Ok.
4. In the New Report Set dialog, create the report set containing a report as required.
Notes:
● A JReport Server Live license is required in order to use this feature. If you do not have a Live
license please contact your Jinfonet Software account manager to obtain a license.
● Before you can create a report in JReport Viewer, you need to first make sure that the catalog
corresponding to the current report set contains one or more business/report cubes and that the Pop-
up Blocker is not enabled on your web browser.
● You may want to place a hyperlink directly in your application to create a new report. To do this,
simply create a URL to your JReport Server and provide the catalog and user name; for example,
http://localhost:8888/dhtmljsp/newreport.jsp?FromServer=true&jrs.catalog=%
2fSampleReports%2fSampleReports.cat will create a new report using the embedded sample report
catalog.
The following topics show in detail how to create a report from particular layouts:
● Creating a banded report
2. Select Banded as the layout and click OK to display the Banded Wizard.
3. In the Data screen, select the business/report cube in the current catalog, on which the banded
object will be built.
4. In the Display screen, add the required fields from the Resources box to be displayed in the
banded object. Modify the display name of any added field if necessary.
5. In the Group screen, add the dimension objects as the grouping criteria, then specify the
sorting direction of each group in the Sort column.
6. To add summaries, go to the Summary screen. Select the group to which the summary will be
applied, then add a measure object as the summary field.
7. In the Query Filter screen, specify the filter you want to apply to the business/report cube.
See also Banded Wizard for details about options in the wizard.
Note: If there is only one cube in the current catalog, this cube will be used to create the report by
default, and the Data screen will be hidden from the wizard. This is the same case when there is only
one style available to be applied to the report.
Creating a table report
Tables give you great control over how to present data, including placing fields, grouping them, and
sorting them. A table is composed of row and columns, and each contains several cells. With such a
structure a table is a good way to show any two-dimensional dataset.
To create a table report, follow the steps below:
1. Take steps 1 and 2 in Creating a report.
2. Select Table as the layout and click OK to display the Table Wizard.
3. In the Data screen, select the business/report cube in the current catalog, on which the table will
be built.
4. In the Display screen, add the required fields from the Resources box to be displayed in the table.
Modify the display name of any added field if necessary.
5. In the Group screen, add the dimension objects as the grouping criteria, then specify the
sorting direction of each group in the Sort column.
6. To add summaries, go to the Summary screen. Select the group to which the summary will be
applied, then add a measure object as the summary field.
7. In the Query Filter screen, specify the filter you want to apply to the business/report cube.
See also Table Wizard for details about options in the wizard.
Note: If there is only one cube in the current catalog, this cube will be used to create the report by
default, and the Data screen will be hidden from the wizard. This is the same case when there is only
one style available to be applied to the report.
Creating a chart report
A chart organizes and graphically presents data in a way that makes it easy for end users to see
comparisons, trends, and patterns in data. It represents the report data in a visually straightforward
form. A chart is based on the chart platform. On the platform, the chart paper, the legend, and labels
make up the chart. You can create a chart that contains only simple DBFields, or a complicated chart
that contains DBFields, groups, summaries, and even formulas. Normally, DBFields, summaries, and
formulas in a report are represented in a chart using chart data markers, and groups are used to
produce category names and data series names. DBFields can also be used as category names.
For details about the chart types JReport supports, see Chart types in the JReport Designer User's
Guide.
For how charts present data, see How data is represented in a chart in the JReport Designer User's
Guide.
For the elements that compose a chart, see Chart elements in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
To create a chart report, follow the steps below:
1. Take steps 1 and 2 in Creating a report.
2. Select Chart as the layout and click OK to display the Chart Wizard.
3. In the Data screen, select the business/report cube in the current catalog, on which the chart will
be built.
To add more subtypes, repeat the procedures. To remove a subtype, select it and click .
5. In the Display screen, select a dimension object in the Resources box and add it to the
Category or Series box, the data of which will be displayed on the corresponding axis. Select a
subtype in the Show Values box, then add a measure object as the data of the subtype (you
can add more than one measure object to a subtype). Each added subtype shall have at least one
measure object.
6. If you want to define the sort order and Select N condition on the category/series axis of the
chart, click the Order/Select N button below the Category/Series box, then define the condition
in the Order/Select N dialog as required.
a. In the Order box of the dialog, specify in which order values on the category/series axis will
be sorted.
b. In the Select N box, specify the Select N condition to All, Top or Bottom. If All is selected, all
category/series values will be shown in the chart; if Top or Bottom is selected, the text field
next to it will be enabled and you can specify an integer here, which means that the first or
last N category/series values will be shown in the chart.
c. Check the Based On checkbox and specify values for the two drop-down lists that follow
according to your requirement.
If Based On is unchecked, the order of the first or last N category/series values will be based
on what you specify in the Order box of the dialog; if you check it, the order will be based on
values of the summary field and the sort direction you specify in the drop-down lists next to
the Based On checkbox.
d. If you have selected Top or Bottom from the Select N drop-down list, you can check the
Other checkbox and the type a character string in the next text field, so that the category/
series values beyond the first or last N range will be merged into the group with the name as
that character string.
7. In the Query Filter screen, specify the filter you want to apply to the business/report cube.
8. In the Style screen, apply a style to the chart.
See also Chart Wizard for details about options in the wizard.
Note: If there is only one cube in the current catalog, this cube will be used to create the report by
default, and the Data screen will be hidden from the wizard. This is the same case when there is only
one style available to be applied to the report.
Creating a crosstab report
A crosstab summarizes data and presents the summaries in a compact row and column format.
To create a crosstab report, follow the steps below:
1. Take steps 1 and 2 in Creating a report.
2. Select Crosstab as the layout and click OK to display the Crosstab Wizard.
3. In the Data screen, select the business/report cube in the current catalog, on which the crosstab
will be built.
4. In the Display screen, select a dimension object and click or to add it to the Columns
or Rows box as a group field. Select a measure object and click to add it to the
Summaries box as an aggregate field. Repeat this to add more group/aggregate fields.
5. In the Display Name column, edit the display names of the added group fields or aggregate fields
if required. These will label the rows, columns and summaries when the report is displayed. By
default these are blank and no labels will be created.
6. In the Sort column, specify the sorting manner for the group fields.
7. If you want to remove any group/aggregate field, select it and click . To adjust the order of the
group/aggregate fields, select a group/aggregate field and click or .
8. In the Query Filter screen, specify the filter you want to apply to the business/report cube.
See also Crosstab Wizard for details about options in the wizard.
Note: If there is only one cube in the current catalog, this cube will be used to create the report by
default, and the Data screen will be hidden from the wizard. This is the same case when there is only
one style available to be applied to the report.
Adding report objects
For a newly-created or an existing report, if the corresponding catalog contains business/report cubes,
then you can add labels, images, banded objects, tables, crosstabs, charts, special fields and web
controls to the report.
Object placement
Objects can be placed within banded objects, tables, tabulars, as well as onto an empty area of a
report. The following table lists the report areas that are valid targets for the various objects, listed on
the left.
2. Point to the destination where you want the object to be added, and then click the mouse button.
❍ If you specify to add a label, a label will be inserted there. Edit the text of the label and format it
according to your requirements.
❍ If you specify to add an image, the Insert Image dialog will be displayed. Specify the source of
the image as required (for details, see Insert Image dialog).
❍ If you specify to add a banded object, table, crosstab, or chart, the corresponding report wizard
will be displayed. Specify the settings in the wizard according to your requirements (for details,
see the specific topic in Creating a report).
❍ If you specify to add a special field, the special field will be inserted there (for details about the
usage of each special field, see Special fields in the JReport Designer User's Guide).
❍ If you specify to add a parameter control, parameter form control, or filter control, the
corresponding insert control dialog will be displayed. For how to specify the settings in the dialog
and the usage of the web control, see Applying web controls.
❍ If you specify to add a navigation control, a navigation control will be inserted there. For the
usage of the navigation control, see Applying web controls.
Alternatively, you can also use the Toolbox panel to add objects other than special fields into a report
by dragging them from the panel to the destination. However, in order to use the Toolbox panel to add
components, you should make sure that this ad hoc feature is enabled in the specified DHTML feature
profile. This setting can only be made by administrators.
Note: A JReport Server Live license is required in order to use this feature. If you do not have a Live
license please contact your Jinfonet Software account manager to obtain a license.
Applying web controls
In JReport Viewer, these four types of web controls can be applied: parameter control, parameter form
control, filter control, and navigation control. This section describes each of the web controls and how
to use them.
Note: A JReport Server Live license is required in order to use this feature. If you do not have a Live
license please contact your Jinfonet Software account manager to obtain a license.
❍ Drag Parameter Control from the Toolbox panel to the destination in the report.
3. A parameter control will be added into the report. There are the following ways to specify
parameter values according to the appearance of the parameter control which varies with the type
and properties of the selected parameter:
❍ Typing in the parameter values if the text field is editable.
❍ Using the calendar button to specify a value using the calendar if the parameter is of Date,
Time, or DateTime type.
❍ Selecting or unselecting the checkbox to specify a Yes/No value.
❍ Using the button to specify multiple values for the parameter in the Enter Values dialog.
4. Once the value in the parameter control changes, the report will rerun with the new parameter
value.
Note: If the specified parameter is no longer used in the report, the parameter control will become
invalid.
❍ Drag Parameter Form Control from the Toolbox panel to the destination in the report.
❍ To run other report sets, select Others, then select the report sets you want to run. All the
parameters used by the selected report sets are displayed in the Parameter Information box. If
all the selected report sets contain no parameters, you cannot finish the dialog.
3. Specify whether to include the Submit button in the parameter form control. If Submit is included,
it is used to submit the parameter values you specified in the parameter form control. If Submit is
not included, once you change the values of a parameter in the parameter form control, the new
values will be applied automatically.
4. Click OK in the dialog to save the changes.
The parameter form control is now inserted in the report. It lists the selected parameters for the
current report set or lists all parameters used by the specified report sets.
6. Click the Submit button if present to run the current report set or the specified report sets. If
there is no Submit button, the change of values in the parameter form control will trigger report
set rerunning.
Note: If you save or publish a report set containing a parameter form control to another directory, the
report sets that you bind the parameter form control with will not be saved or published along with the
report set.
❍ Drag Filter Control from the Toolbox panel to the destination in the report.
3. The filter control is inserted in the report. It lists all values of the specified field. You can select
one or more values to apply.
4. By default the filter control applies to all the data components in the report that are using the
same data source as the filter control's field. You can specify the exact components to be applied.
To do this, right-click the filter control's title bar, select Properties. Then in the displayed dialog,
select the desired components from the Apply To drop-down list.
After inserting filter controls in the report, you can also insert a navigation control for undoing/redoing
the value selection in the filter controls. For details about the usage of navigation control, see Using
navigation control to undo/redo value selection in filter controls.
● Search
Displays the quick search toolbar right above the filter control which enables you to search values in
the filter control. You can also click the button on the title bar of the filter control to launch the
quick search toolbar.
The following are details about the usage of the quick search toolbar:
❍ Text field
Type in the text you want to search for in the text field and the matched text will be highlighted
among the field values.
❍ X
Closes the quick search toolbar. You can also click outside of the quick search toolbar to achieve
this.
❍
Lists the advanced options.
■ Highlight All
Specifies whether to highlight all matched text.
■ Match Case
Specifies whether to search for text that meets the case of the typed text.
❍
Highlights the next matched text.
❍
Highlights the previous matched text.
● Clear
Cancels the selection of values in the filter control. You can also use the button on the title bar to
cancel the selection. This operation can be undone/redone.
● Sort
Sorts the values in the filter control in the ascending or descending order.
● Delete
Removes the filter control from the report and the filter you created with the filter control will be
removed from the report too. You can also use the close button on the title bar to remove the filter
control.
● Hide
Hides the filter control.
● Drag Navigation Control from the Toolbox panel to the destination in the report.
● Clear
Removes all the value selection histories and all the filter conditions based on the selections, and
refreshes the report data accordingly.
● Forward
Goes forward to the next value selection status and refreshes the report data accordingly.
Making simple modifications to report objects
By virtue of JReport Viewer's powerful ad hoc functions, you can make simple modifications to report
objects at runtime while viewing the report in DHTML.
Note: Except for showing/hiding objects, a JReport Server Live license is required in order to use all
the other features introduced in this article. If you do not have a Live license please contact your
Jinfonet Software account manager to obtain a license.
Moving an object
A table, banded object, chart, crosstab, tabular, or image, can be easily moved to a new position. What
you need to do is click anywhere in the object, then drag the icon appearing at its upper left corner
to the destination. After JReport Viewer has finished processing, the object will be redrawn in the new
location.
For other objects, select it and move it to the new position.
Notes:
● Before you can move any object in a report, you need to first make sure that the JReport Viewer
window is in the Interactive View mode.
● For reports designed in JReport Designer, only the objects whose Position property value is absolute,
and the DBFields or labels which have been defined as a cube element can be moved in JReport
Viewer.
Resizing an object
To resize an object, click anywhere in the object, when the icon appears at its upper left corner,
click the icon to select the object, then you will see that it is surrounded by a rectangle with three
resizing handles. Point to a handle, when the mouse pointer turns to a double-headed arrow, you can
drag the handle to resize the object.
To resize a panel in a banded object, select it and drag the resizing handle to the desired position.
To adjust the width/height of a column/row in a table, point to the right/lower boundary of the column/
row, when the mouse pointer becomes a horizontal/vertical double-headed arrow, drag the handle and
the width/height of the column/row will change. This will also resize all cells in the column or row.
For a crosstab, you can resize its rows and columns the same as you do with a table.
For a tabular, point to the boundary between two cells and the mouse pointer will become a double-
headed arrow, you can then drag the boundary to adjust the size of the related cells.
To change the width and height of a field, click any value of this field to select it, then drag the right or
lower resizing handle on its borders to a new position, and the width or height of the field will change.
You can also do this for any label.
Notes:
● When resizing table rows:
❍ If you resize the table header, only the height of the header will be changed. However, when you
resize any row except the header, the height of all rows in the table will be changed at the same
time.
❍ If there are some groups in a table and the height of one group row is changed, the other group
rows will not be resized.
❍ If you resize the total column/row of a crosstab, other columns/rows will not be affected.
Hiding/showing an object
To hide a table, banded object, chart, crosstab, or tabular, click on the object, when the icon
appears at its upper left corner, right-click on the icon and then select Hide from the shortcut menu.
For other objects such as text boxes, drop-down lists, fields, and labels, right-click it and then select
Hide to hide it.
To show a hidden object, right-click the object containing it, then on the shortcut menu, select the
object name from the Show submenu.
● You can right-click a group header/footer panel in a banded object, and then select Group to show
the Group Properties dialog in order to define the group properties.
● If you want to format the properties of the report, right-click the blank part of the report, select
Report from the shortcut menu, then in the Report Properties dialog, configure the properties as
required.
● To set up report page properties, click Menu > File > Page Setup, then in the Page Properties
dialog, specify the settings according to your requirements.
Tip: If you just want to modify the text related properties for a field or label, for example, you want to
change the text alignment or make the text bold, you can achieve it by simply selecting the field or
label, then clicking the corresponding buttons on the toolbar.
For detailed explanation about options in the properties dialogs, refer to the specific topics in JReport
Viewer dialogs.
Deleting an object
An object can be removed from the report if it is no longer required. However, objects that are in a
subreport cannot be deleted.
● To delete a table, banded object, chart, crosstab, tabular, or image, click on the object, when the
icon appears at its upper left corner, right-click on the icon and select Delete from the shortcut
menu, or you can drag the icon outside the report page. Then, a message box will prompt, asking for
your confirmation. Click OK in the message box so as to remove the component.
● For a field, you can drag any value of the field outside the report page to remove it. You can also
drag any label outside the report page to remove it. Right-clicking and then selecting Delete is
another way to achieve this.
Saving the report set
You can save your report set in a JReport Viewer window. To do this, click Menu > File > Save (or the
Save button on the Standard toolbar). The Save Report Template dialog appears. The Sort and
Filter options in this dialog signify whether or not to include the sort and filter criteria when saving.
Specify the options as required, then click OK, and the report set will be saved as a report set version.
If the report set is newly created and has not yet been saved, the Save As dialog will be displayed.
1. In the Report Set Name box, enter the name of the report set as required. Select a file format
from the format drop-down list.
2. From the Folder drop-down list, specify where the report set will be saved: Public Reports or My
Reports.
3. From the Directory drop-down list, further specify the directory in which the report set will be
saved.
4. Optionally, input some text in the Description box as a description for the report set.
5. Click the Advanced button to set the advanced settings for the report set if required.
a. From the Catalog drop-down list, select the catalog for the report set.
b. Specify the relationship between the saved report set and the catalog used to run it
(activated only when Select Catalog Linked Model is checked in the Profile > Configure
DHTML Profile > Properties > Advanced tab):
■ Set Original Catalog as Linked Catalog into Saved Report Set
If checked, the saved report set will be linked with the catalog and the saved report set will
run with the catalog no matter whether the two are in the same directory. If later the
catalog is updated, the saved report set will run with the latest version of the catalog.
c. If you want to save the report set together with the sort and filter criteria, check Save Sort
Criteria and Save Filter Criteria correspondingly. With the criteria saved, JReport Viewer
will automatically apply them to the report set the next time it is opened.
To save a copy of a report set, click Menu > File > Save As (or the Save As button on the
Standard toolbar) to show the Save As dialog, and then do as above.
Notes:
● You will not be able to save the report set to some locations if you do not have the required
permissions. You need to have Write access to the directory.
● If one of the reports in a report set contains subreports, when you save the report set, changes you
have made on the subreports will not be saved along with the primary report.
● To find a newly saved report set version, browse to select the row that the report set is in on the
JReport Console > Reports page, click Tools > Version on the task bar, and then click the Report
Set Versions tab.
Exporting the report result
When you are satisfied with the result of the active report, you may want to export it as a result
version or as a local file to other formats.
The following topics describe exporting report results in detail:
● Exporting the result from a JReport Viewer window
Note: If the report you are going to export is linked to another report, in the exported results, the link
will no longer be available.
Exporting the result from a JReport Viewer window
You can export the report result from a JReport Viewer window to other formats by taking the following steps:
1. Click Menu > File > Export (or the Export button on the Standard toolbar) to display the Export
dialog.
2. From the Select Report Result Format drop-down list, select the format in which to export the result:
HTML, PDF, Excel, Text, RTF, XML, PostScript, or DHTML Result.
❍ Save to File System: The web browser will prompt you to save the result file to a specified folder. If
selected, you need to provide a name for the result file in the File Name field.
❍ View Report Result: The result will be directly opened in the web browser if the format is supported
by a plug-in of the web browser; otherwise it will prompt you to save the result file.
4. In the File Name field, specify the name of the exported result file.
5. To specify the additional setting of the selected format, click More Options.
6. From the Style Group drop-down list, select the style group you want to apply to the exported report
result. If No Style is selected, the style group property predefined for the specified export format in
JReport Designer will be applied to export the report result to that format.
7. Set the other properties for the selected format as required (for details about properties of each format,
see Export dialog).
8. Click OK to confirm.
Exporting the result by using a JavaScript function
JReport Server provides you with a JavaScript function which allows you to open the report result or
export it in a specified format. You can find this function in the file API.js in <server_install_root>
\public_html\javascript\dhtml, as shown below:
function user_oneStepExport(type, options)
The following explains this function's two arguments, type and options, in detail.
type - Specifies the export format.
● HTML = 0
● PDF = 2
● PS = 3
● RTF = 4
● TEXT = 5
● EXCEL = 6
● XML = 7
options - Specifies the values of the options of each format. It is a string array whose member is of
the format "key=value". The options and their usage are listed as follows:
Default
Key Description Available Value
Value
HTML
to_ver Specifies whether or not to save the result to true, false false
version.
to_open Specifies whether or not to export and open the true, false false
result file.
to_local Specifies whether or not to save the result to a true, false false
local file.
browser Specifies the web browser type. 0 - IE or Chrome 0
1 - Firefox
imagetype Specifies the type of the images in the result file. 0 - Decided by JReport 0
1 - GIF
2 - JPG
overflow Specifies the overflow type. 0 - VISIBLE 0
1 - HIDDEN
2 - VERFLOWCOUNT
resolution Specifies the HTML resolution. Any integer between 1 and 96
4294967296
title Specifies the title for the HTML file. Any string ""
applet Specifies whether or not to export chart in Java true, false true
applet format.
css Specifies whether or not to embed the cascading true, false false
style sheet in the exported HTML files.
multi Specifies whether or not to generate an HTML file true, false false
for each page of the report result.
hyperlink Specifies whether or not to contain hyperlinks in true, false false
the HTML file.
pagenumber Specifies whether or not to contain page numbers true, false false
in the HTML file.
drilldown Specifies whether or not to include the drilled-down true, false false
file in the exported HTML file.
no_margin Specifies whether or not to remove the original true, false false
margins.
absolute Specifies whether or not to make the font size fixed true, false false
in the web browser.
PDF
to_ver Specifies whether or not to save the result to true, false false
version.
to_open Specifies whether or not to export and open the true, false false
result file.
to_local Specifies whether or not to save the result to a true, false false
local file.
no_margin Specifies whether or not to remove the margin. true, false false
simulate Specifies whether or not the mode is to be true, false true
Simulated Printing Mode.
standard Specifies whether or not to set the mode as true, false false
Standard Mode.
content Specifies whether or not to contain the TOC in the true, false false
exported PDF file.
drilldown Specifies whether or not to include the drilled-down true, false false
file in the exported PDF file.
encrypt Specifies whether or not to encrypt the report true, false false
result.
compress Specifies whether or not to compress the images in true, false false
the report.
ratio Specifies the percentage with which to compress Any integer between 1 to 100 20
the images in the report.
compatibility Specifies the encryption compatibility. 0 - Acrobat 3.0 and later 1
1 - Acrobat 5.0 and later
doc_psw Specifies the password for opening the PDF file Any string ""
when encrypt=true.
permi_pasw Specifies the password for printing and editing the Any string ""
PDF file when encrypt=true.
printing Specifies the PDF printing mode. 0 - Prevents users from 0
printing the file
4 - Allows low resolution-
printing
2052 - Allows high-resolution
printing
changes Defines which editing actions are allowed in the 0 - Prevents users from 0
PDF file. making any changes to the file
1024 - Allows inserting,
deleting, and rotating pages
256 - Allows users to fill in
form fields and adding digital
signatures.
32 - Aallows users to fill in
form fields and add digital
signatures and comments
40 - Allows users to do
anything except extracting
pages
2108 - Allows all
enable_copy Specifies whether or not to allow users to copy the true, false false
file contents.
enable_access Specifies whether or not to let visually impaired true, false true
users read the document with window readers.
PostScript
to_ver Specifies whether or not to save the result to true, false false
version.
to_open Specifies whether or not to export and open the true, false false
result file.
to_local Specifies whether or not to save the result to a true, false false
local file.
no_margin Specifies whether or not to remove the margins in true, false false
the PS file.
RTF
to_version Specifies whether or not to save the result to true, false false
version.
to_open Specifies whether or not to export and open the true, false false
result file.
to_local Specifies whether or not to save the result to a true, false false
local file.
rtf_flow Specifies whether or not to apply a flow layout true, false false
when exporting the report to RTF.
no_margin Specifies whether or not to remove the margins in true, false false
the RTF file.
Text
to_ver Specifies whether or not to save the result to true, false false
version.
to_open Specifies whether or not to export and open the true, false false
result file.
to_local Specifies whether or not to save the result to a true, false false
local file.
repeat Specifies whether or not to replace a field value of true, false false
a record with that of its previous record if the field
value is null.
compress Specifies whether or not to compress the clearance true, false false
between columns.
win_linebreak Specifies whether or not to use Windows end-of- true, false true
line characters.
normal Specifies whether or not to generate the report true, false true
result to a standard text file.
quote_mark Specifies whether or not to mark the fields in the true, false false
exported file with quotation marks.
head_foot Specifies whether or not to contain all headers and true, false true
footers in the report.
delimiter Specifies the delimiter. Any single character
width Specifies the user-defined character width. An integer
height Specifies the user-defined character height. An integer
Excel
to_ver Specifies whether or not to save the result to true, false false
version.
to_open Specifies whether or not to export and open the true, false false
result file.
to_local Specifies whether or not to save the result to a true, false false
local file.
wrap Specifies the word-wrap setting. 0 - All Keep Existing 0
1 - All Disabled
2 - All Enabled
new_layout Specifies whether or not to use the new layout true, false true
mode.
shapes Specifies whether or not to include the shapes in true, false false
the exported file.
excel_2000 Specifies whether or not to export the result in true, false false
Excel 2000 format.
advanced Specifies whether or not to apply the advanced true, false false
options.
header Specifies the page header text. Any string
footer Specifies the page footer text. Any string
gridline Specifies whether or not to print gridlines when true, false false
printing the exported Excel file.
XML
to_ver Specifies whether or not to save the result to true, false false
version.
to_open Specifies whether or not to export and open the true, false false
result file.
to_local Specifies whether or not to save the result to a true, false false
local file.
only_data Specifies whether or not to only contain the true, false false
database column information in the exported XML
file.
schema Specifies the name of an existing schema file with An existing schema file with its
its full path with which to generate the XML file. full path.
Notes:
● The three options to_ver, to_open, and to_local are mutually exclusive, that is, only one of them
should be true, and the rest false. If you set two or three of them to true, JReport will only accept
the first true and treat the rest as false. If you set all three to false, JReport will consider to_open as
true.
● In the string array options, the members are separated by commas (","). You can arrange the
members in any order, and omit those keys where you want to use the default value. For example,
you can define a variable html_options:
var html_options = ["imagetype=1", "resolution=120", "hyperlink=true",
"no_margin=false", "title=hello world"];
Then, you can use user_oneStepExport(0, html_options) to obtain a URL for exporting the report
result in HTML format.
● JReport also provides the function user_downloadReport(type, options) whose usage is similar to
user_oneStepExport.
Customizing buttons for one-step exporting
Seven buttons are provided for one-step exporting. They are Export to PDF, Export to Excel, Export to
RTF, Export to HTML, Export to Text, Export to PS, and Export to XML. By default, the buttons are
invisible on the toolbar area. You have to add them to the toolbar area by modifying the index.jsp file
in <install_root>\public_html\dhtmljsp.
● public void customizeToolbar(String SessionId, String RptSetId, String toolbarname, int[] buttonId,
boolean isVisible);
● buttonId[] - toolbar button ID. It is an integer array, so you need define an integer array variant.
For example: int[] mybuttonid ={DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOPDF, DHTMLConstant.
TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOXLS, TMLConstant.BTN_EXPORT_TO_RTF}
The array elements available for one-step exporting are:
❍ DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOPDF
❍ DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOXLS
❍ DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_EXPORTTORTF
❍ DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOHTML
❍ DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOTEXT
❍ DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOPS
❍ DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOXML
● isVisible - whether or not to show the buttons defined with buttonID[]. true -- show, false -- hide.
This parameter can be absent, and then the value is true.
For example, if you want to add the Export to HTML button to the Export toolbar, then:
1. Open the file index.jsp.
before
//<!-- Tool Bar -->
if(dhtmlConfig.isFeatureEnabled(SessionID, RptSetId, DHTMLConstant.
FEATURE_TOOLBAR)){
4. Run a report set in the DHTML format, and you will see a new button Export to HTML is displayed
on the Export toolbar.
To add more than one button to the toolbar area, for example, adding Export to HTML and Export to
PDF buttons to the Export toolbar:
1. Open the file index.jsp.
before
//<!-- Tool Bar -->
if(dhtmlConfig.isFeatureEnabled(SessionID, RptSetId, DHTMLConstant.
FEATURE_TOOLBAR)){
4. Run a report set in the DHTML format, and you will see the buttons Export to HTML and Export to
PDF are displayed on the Export toolbar.
5. Click the added button on the toolbar of the report page, the report will be exported to the
corresponding format, using the default values of the format options.
Controlling user access to different export formats
JReport introduces an access control ability which can restrict different users to export report result to
different formats.
Report Result
Int. Value
Format
HTML 0
PDF 1
Excel 2
Text 3
RTF 4
XML 5
PostScript 6
You can specify a value or an array to enableTypes using the integers in the above table. Or you can
also use the integers which are not mentioned above, but if you do so, the Int. values will be ignored,
and do not function. That is to say, if you pass the array {1,2,5,9,-2} to enableTypes, 9 and -2 will be
ignored and {1,2,5} will work, so PDF, EXCEL, XML formats can be in use.
Example
Assume that there are two users, user1 and user2. When user1 logs on, run a DHTML report set, he
can only export the report result as PDF and HTML formats. While user2 can export the report result as
RTF and XML formats when logging on. To realize it, you can use the following codes in
customize_panel.jsp or save_result.jsp file:
int[] enableTypes=null;
String UserName=null;
UserName=DHTMLUtil.getUserName(request);
if(UserName.equalsIgnoreCase("user1"))
enableTypes=new int[]{1,0};
if(UserName.equalsIgnoreCase("user2"))
enableTypes=new int[]{4,5};
Customizing warning messages
You can customize the warning messages when exporting the report result to XML through JReport
Viewer. With this function, you can specify what you want to show as a warning message. The custom
warning messages are supported across web browsers.
To customize the warning messages, you need to customize the jsp files using either of the following
two methods:
Method 1
1. Open the save_result.jsp file in the <install_root>\public_html\dhtmljsp folder with your
favorite editor.
2. Specify the value of customMsgForXML in the save_result.jsp to whatever you want. The value
cannot be "" or null.
3. Run a report set in JReport Viewer, click Menu > File > Export to display the Export dialog.
4. Select XML from the Select Report Result Format drop-down list, and if necessary, modify other
properties as required, then click OK.
Method 2
You can also export the report result via the Export panel instead of clicking Menu > File > Export. By
default, the panel is hidden. So, the following is another way to create custom warning messages:
1. Open the customize_panel.jsp file in the <install_root>\public_html\dhtmljsp folder with your
favorite editor.
2. Set the class of panelDIV to visibleMargin to show the Export panel on web browser.
4. Run a report set in JReport Viewer, and the Export panel together with the report set shows.
5. Select XML from the Select Report Result Format drop-down list, and if necessary, modify other
properties as required, then click OK.
For example, using method2, when you need to export the report result as XML, and if you want to
show "This is IE Browser" while browser is IE, you need to set panelDIV in customize_panel.jsp file to
visibleMargin as follows:
<div id="<%=DHTMLConstant.DHTML_PREFIX%>panelDIV" class="visibleMargin">
Access JReport Server via IE, run a report set in JReport Viewer, select XML from the Select Report
Result Format drop-down list in the Export panel, and click OK. Then a pop-up box will show you "This
is IE Browser".
DHTML based reporting
DHTML based reporting enables enterprise-wide information delivery. With JReport Viewer,
organizations can harness the power of the Internet, giving users across the enterprise the ability to
access and generate reports from their own web browsers.
The DHTML based reporting function of JReport empowers you to perform the following operations:
● Filtering report data
1. Click Menu > Report > Filter, or the Filter button on the Analysis toolbar to show the Filter dialog.
2. Select the component on which the filtering will be based from the Apply to drop-down list.
b. From the field drop-down list, select the field on which the filter will be based.
c. From the operator drop-down list, set the operator with which to compose the filter expression.
d. Type the values of how to filter the field in the value text box, or select one or more values from the
drop-down list.
e. If you want to add another condition line, from the logic operator drop-down list,
■ To add a condition line of the AND relationship with the current line, select AND, then define the
expression as required.
■ To add a condition line of the OR relationship with the current line, select OR, then define the
expression as required.
Repeat this to add more filter expressions if required. To delete a condition line, click on its left.
b. From the field drop-down list, select the field on which the filter will be based.
c. From the operator drop-down list, set the operator with which to compose the filter expression.
d. Type the values of how to filter the field in the value text box, or select one or more values from the
drop-down list.
e. To add another condition line, click the Add Condition button and define the expression as required.
Then, click the logic button until you get the required logic to specify the relationship between the
two filter expressions. The logic can be AND, OR, AND NOT, or OR NOT.
4. Click OK to make the filter take effect and return to the report.
● Top N
Shows the Top N dialog with which you can filter data to display records that meet the Top N condition.
For example, if you input 3 in the Top N dialog for a certain field, then only the records with the field value
equal to one of the first three field values will be displayed.
● Bottom N
Shows the Bottom N dialog with which you can filter data to display records that meet the Bottom N condition.
For example, if you input 3 in the Bottom N dialog for a certain field, then only the records with the field value
equal to one of the last three field values will be displayed.
● Field values
"Field values" is not the name for a command on the Filter submenu, but represents some items which are the
values of the field you have right-clicked. Selecting any field value listed here will make the banded object or
table only display records with the field value equal to the selected one.
● More
This command is enabled if the Filter submenu cannot list all field values. When it is enabled, clicking it will
show the Select Values dialog. You can select one value in this dialog and apply the setting, after which the
banded object or table will only display records with the field value equal to that value.
Using labels
You can also use a label to control the filter condition in a banded object or table. This feature needs to be
enabled at report design time.
1. In JReport Designer, select a label in a banded object/table, and then set its Filterable property to true.
2. Set the field by which you want to filter records as the value of the label's Bind Column property.
4. Run the report set in JReport Viewer, and you can find that a button is beside the label. Click it to show
the Filter list, which contains All, Top N, Bottom N, Custom Filter, the field values, and More (if there are too
many distinct values for the field), then click the corresponding item to filter the records.
After applying a filter on the field decided by the Bind Column property, the button will be affixed with a
check mark, and you can still click it to show the Filter list, in which the All item can help you remove the
filters on the field.
Notes:
● You can also filter records by using the shortcut menu for a label in the same way as for a field value, provided
you have set its Bind Column property value to a field.
● When using the shortcut menu for a field value or label to filter, all the items (Remove Filter, Top N, Bottom N,
and More) will be showed by default. If you want to disable some of the items, you should set the field's Filter
Options property when designing the report set in JReport Designer. For details, see Setting filter options for a
field in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
● For filtering the data using shortcut menu or labels, you may notice that the corresponding filter expressions
will appear in the Filter dialog if you open this dialog.
● JReport allows you to define the display names for fields to be shown in the Filter dialog. For detailed
information, see Customizing the field display names in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
Sorting report data
You can sort the records in a banded object or table, and the groups in a certain group level of the
banded object or table if you have defined one or more group levels. If you want the data of other
types of cube elements to be sorted, you should put the cube element into a banded object or table
and make the data of the cube element inherit from the banded object or table.
● Sorting records: Changing the order of records in the whole banded object or table, or in each
group if there exists one or more group levels. The sorting scope is the whole banded object or table.
● Sorting groups at a group level: Changing the order of groups at the specified group level, that
is, the groups will be sorted by value of the first record in each group on the related field. The sorting
scope is the group level.
You can achieve the above by using the Sort dialog, shortcut menu, or labels.
1. Click Menu > Report > Sort (or the Sort button on the Analysis toolbar) to bring up the
Sort dialog.
2. From the Sort in Scope drop-down list, select a banded object/table or a group field on which the
sort condition will be based.
3. From the field drop-down list, select the field on which to sort the data, then set the sort order to
Ascending or Descending.
4. If you select a banded object/table in Step 2, you can click to add a new row of sorting
condition if required. Click or to move a row up or down so as to set the sorting priority,
to delete the corresponding sorting condition if it is unwanted.
If what you select in the Sort in Scope drop-down list is a group field, then only one sort condition
can be composed.
To retrieve the opening status of this dialog, click the Reset button.
2. Choose the command Sort > Ascending or Sort > Descending from the shortcut menu.
If what you right-click in Step 1 is a detail field value, the sorting will affect the order of detail
records in the banded object or table; if it is a group field value, the order of groups in the group
level represented by the group field will be rearranged.
Using labels
You can use a label to control the sorting order for a certain field. This feature needs to be enabled at
report design time.
1. In JReport Designer, select a label in a banded object/table, and then set the Sortable property of
the label to true.
2. Set the field by which you want to sort records as the value of the label's Bind Column property.
4. Run the report set in JReport Viewer, and you can click beside the label to sort the data. This
button will change after you have clicked it, and you can further click it to switch the sorting
direction among ascending, descending, and no sort.
Notes:
● You cannot sort the data by a global type formula.
● You can also conduct sorting by using the shortcut menu for a label in the same way as for a field
value, provided you have set its Bind Column property.
● For sorting the data using shortcut menu or labels, you may notice that the corresponding sort
expressions will appear in the Sort dialog if you open this dialog.
● If you use the shortcut menu to sort the report data by a field and then sort by another field, the
later sort condition will replace the former one.
● JReport allows you to define display names for fields to be showed in the Sort dialog. For detailed
information, see Customizing the field display names in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
● You can right-click an object in a banded object and select the Reset item from the shortcut menu to
reproduce the data of the banded object using the data cached in the data buffer. This will clear all
sort and filter conditions except for those predefined in JReport Designer.
● Administrators can customize the buffer size for sorting of each report in the Configuration page of
JReport Server so as to improve performance.
Searching for text in a report
You can use the Search dialog to find text in the values of a certain field or in the whole report content.
To show this dialog, click Menu > Edit > Search, click the Search button on the Standard
toolbar, or right-click a field value or label (or object such as text box) and click Search on the
shortcut menu.
3. Set the range with which to search for the value from the Value Range drop-down list.
4. Select the field value you want to search for from the Value drop-down list.
Note: If All is selected in the Value Range drop-down list, the only item in the Value drop-
down list will be All and you cannot change the value, in which case, when you submit the
search, JReport will search for all the values of the selected field.
● Specify whether or not to match case, whether or not to match whole word, whether or not to
highlight all the matching values and the searching direction.
2. Type the string you want to search for in the Value box.
Notes:
● Finding text in the values of a particular field is not supported on crosstabs and charts.
● If you check Highlight All in the Search dialog, to clear the highlighting in the search result, uncheck
the option and submit the search again, or refresh the report.
● If you have not selected the Search in Whole Report option, you will not be able to search special
fields for strings.
● JReport allows you to define display names for fields to be shown in the Search dialog. For detailed
information, see Customizing the field display names in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
Analytic reporting
JReport Viewer provides you with a convenient and powerful tool to analyze your business information.
By providing secure web access to business data and making the data interactive, JReport Viewer
facilitates data analysis.
JReport Viewer enhances the utility of production reports by making them interactive - allowing you to
define your view of data to make it more useful. Through a user-friendly web GUI, report contents can
be easily navigated, drilled, and viewed in detail.
JReport Viewer uses the Resource View panel to provide a business-oriented view of databases. This
view shields end users from having to understand database connectivity and SQL syntax while allowing
IT professionals to maintain control of business data and to ensure its integrity. Using the Resource
View panel, JReport Viewer dynamically builds SQL statements to retrieve data and automatically
generate multidimensional data cubes. These cubes contain the underlying data structure which makes
data analysis possible.
The following topics describe the analytic reporting features:
● An introduction to business/report cubes
Note: A component created in JReport Designer is based on a dataset, while that created in JReport
Viewer is based on a business/report cube. For the former, if you want to do analytic actions in JReport
Viewer, such as adding a cube element, converting the component type, drilling it, or changing chart
definition, JReport Viewer will need to convert its fields to cube elements (for details, see Converting
query-based components to report cube-based in the JReport Designer User's Guide). When conversion
conditions are fulfilled, when you perform analytic actions in JReport Viewer, you will be prompted with
the Convert Data Fields dialog to confirm the conversion. However, if the report property Automatic
Cube Initialization has been set to true when the report is designed in JReport Designer, the data fields
will be automatically converted to cube elements when the report is opened in JReport Viewer.
An introduction to business/report cubes
A business/report cube, which is needed for creating multidimensional data cubes, contains database
connections and relationships between cube elements. The business/report cube shields report end
users from having to understand the physical structure of a data source, and enables them to build
reports and analyze data based on a set of cube elements they can understand. It also enables IT
professionals to maintain control of the business data and ensure its integrity, while presenting end
users with an intuitive view of the underlying data structures.
To make use of a business/report cube, you need to first define it at report design time in JReport
Designer. For additional information, see Using business/report cubes in the JReport Designer User's
Guide.
A business/report cube may contain category objects and cube elements (dimension objects, measure
objects, and detail information objects). You can insert these cube elements or remove them to change
the report result when you view reports in DHTML format.
● Category objects
Category objects contain a collection of cube elements. A business/report cube may contain more
than one category. In the Resource View panel, the icon indicates that an object is a category.
Categories are only for categorizing cube elements, and they cannot be inserted into a report. The
category is often used for indicating the name of the underlying DBMS table.
● Dimension objects
Dimension objects are cube elements that will become the basis for analysis in a report. They
characteristically return text or date values. In the Resource View panel, the icon indicates that
an object is a dimension object. A dimension object can be inserted wherever a group field can be
inserted into. It can be inserted as a column or row field in a crosstab, or as a group field or detail
field in a banded object or a table, or displayed as category/series field in a chart.
● Measure objects
Measure objects are numeric cube elements that are calculated dynamically at run time. The icon
indicates that an object is a measure object. A measure object can be inserted wherever a summary
can be inserted. For instance, it can be inserted into the group header or footer panel in a table or
banded object, or into a crosstab as an aggregate field. A measure object can also be used as a
detail field in a banded object or table although it will display the same aggregate value for every
detail line. JReport Viewer will calculate the summary values based on the group level the measure
object has been inserted into.
2. Specify the title of the report as required in the Report Title text box.
3. In the Choose Report Layout box, select the layout as Banded, Crosstab, Table or Chart and
then click OK.
4. In the corresponding report wizard, select the required business/report cube for the report, and
the fields you want to display in the report.
6. Click Finish in the report wizard and the specified filter will be applied to the business/report
cube, so that your report will get data that meets the filter condition only.
❍ Drag Banded Object, Table, Crosstab, or Chart from the Toolbox panel to the destination.
2. In the corresponding report wizard, select the required business/report cube for the component,
and the fields you want to display in the component.
3. In the Query Filter screen, specify the filter you want to apply to the business/report cube from
the Query Filter drop-down list, or define a filter according to your requirement.
4. Click Finish to create the component and the specified filter will be applied to the business/report
cube.
2. Click Menu > Report > Query Filter, or right-click the component and select Query Filter from
the shortcut menu to display the Query Filter dialog.
3. From the Query Filter drop-down list, select the filter you want to apply to the business/report
cube used by the component, or define a filter according to your requirement.
Notes:
● A JReport Server Live license is required in order to use this feature. If you do not have a Live
license please contact your Jinfonet Software account manager to obtain a license.
● Business/report cube filters are defined on the component level in JReport Viewer, which means each
time you create a component, you can apply a filter to the business/report cube it applies to and it
will not affect other components based on the same business/report cube.
● In JReport Viewer, you cannot edit the predefined filters that have been created on a business/report
cube at the Designer side. You can just edit the condition based on a predefined filter and then the
edited filter will be saved as a user defined filter.
Using cube elements
After a report set has been built and published to JReport Server, you can open it in JReport Viewer and use the Resource View
panel to analyze data of any report in the report set by dragging cube elements from the panel to the component (banded object,
table or crosstab) in the report, provided that the data objects used by the component can be converted to corresponding cube
elements (see the note in Analytic reporting for details).
Tip: To display the Resource View panel, click Menu > View > Resource View or the Resource View button on the View
toolbar. You can use the search bar at the top of the panel to search for any desired resource in a fast and convenient way.
The following examples show how to analyze reports using cube elements. These examples are based on the WorldWideSalesRC
report cube in Data Source 1 of the SampleReports catalog. The report cube contains thirteen dimension objects (City, Country,
Customer Name, Region, State, Territory, Sales Month, Sales Quarter, Sales Year, Category, Product ID, Product Name, and Product
Type), eleven detail information objects (Address 1, Country, Customer Name, CustomerCityStateZip, Phone, Cost, Discount, Order
Date, Quantity, Total, and Unite Price), and three measure objects (Total Cost, Total Quantity, and Total Sales). Total calculates the
value of the formula ("Unit Price" * Quantity - "Unit Price" * Quantity * Discount/100), Total Sales defines an aggregate function
Sum on the formula Total, Total Cost is Sum on Cost, and Total Quantity is Sum on Quantity.
● Example 1: Analyzing a banded report
2. Click the Filter button on the Analysis toolbar. In the Filter dialog, define the filter as COUNTRY = 'China'.
4. As the banded header panel holds no data, we can hide it by right-clicking it and selecting Hide from the shortcut menu.
Now the report shows as follows:
Next, we will add the Total field to the banded object and group by the City field.
5. Click the Resource View button on the View toolbar, then resources of the report cube the banded object uses will be
shown in the panel.
6. From the Resource View panel, drag the detail information object Total in the Orders Detail category to the detail panel of the
banded object.
7. Drag the dimension object City in the Customers category to the banded page header panel, when a blue line appears, release
the mouse button.
8. Finally, drag the measure object Total Sales in the Orders Detail category to the group footer panel.
9. We can now analyze the data in various ways. For example, if we want to see the sales by category instead of city, right-click
on any of the City fields and select Drill To > Category from the shortcut menu, then we can see the same report with an
entirely different view of the data.
Example 2: Analyzing a crosstab report
1. Design a crosstab report on WorldWideSalesRC showing product sales information with Product Type (ascending) as the column
field, Category (ascending) as the row field, and Total Cost as the aggregate field. Apply the ClassicBlue style to the crosstab.
First, we want to replace the product type information with region information, and display the total sales of each product category
in each region.
2. Remove Product Type from the crosstab by pointing to the header Product Type (Decaf or Regular), then dragging it outside
the report page. A message box will prompt you whether or not to remove the field. Click OK to confirm, and we can see that
the crosstab no longer contains the Product Type information.
3. Click the Resource View button on the View toolbar, then resources of the report cube the crosstab uses will be shown
in the panel.
4. Drag the dimension object Region in the Customers category from the Resource View panel to the crosstab until a blue line
appears indicating the group level of the dimension.
5. Drag the measure object Total Sales in the Orders Detail category to the aggregate area of the crosstab.
Now the total sales of each product category in each region is displayed.
6. Then we would like to see the territory information for the EMEA region. Click in the EMEA header and we will drill down to the
next lower level based on the hierarchy defined in the report cube which in this case is Territory.
Using the same way, we can further drill down to the country, then the city levels which have been defined in the hierarchy to
get detailed sales information in each city. For more details about drilling, refer to Automatic drilling.
2. Add a filter COUNTRY = 'China' AND PRODUCT TYPE = 'Decaf' to the table (see Example 1 for details on filtering). The table
displays as follows:
For a table, we can insert a column (or row for horizontal table) at a specific position. So next, we will insert the dimension object
City into the table.
3. Click the Resource View button on the View toolbar, then resources of the report cube the table uses will be shown in
the panel.
4. Drag City in the Customers category from the Resource View panel to the boundary between the first column (Product Type)
and the second column (Country) in the table until a blue line appears.
The report result will be regenerated.
Note: When you add a column to a table, if the width of the table exceeds the defined page size, you will be prompted
whether to allow JReport to adjust the page size automatically so as to place the column. Click Yes in the message box to
have the page size adjusted, or No to make the columns in the table compressed. Also, If you do not want to display the
message in future, check Don't prompt the message again in the message box, or uncheck Always Prompt Whether
to Adjust Page Size Automatically in the Profile > Configure DHTML Profile > Properties > Default Properties tab. If
you choose not to show the message box again, when the table width exceeds the defined page size, JReport will always
adjust the page size automatically.
Next, we want to show the total information and remove the product name information. This can be done with a single drag-and-
drop.
5. Drag the detail information object Total in the Orders Detail category to the header Product Name until the label Product Name
is highlighted in a blue background.
Here 182,298.76 is the sum of all total values. In this way, the title for the added field will not be automatically created.
At last, we want to change the order of the Total and Discount columns in the table.
7. Drag the label Total to the right of the Discount column, when a blue line appears along the right boundary of the Discount
column, release the mouse button.
We can see that order of the columns changes.
Notes:
● A JReport Server Live license is required in order to use this feature. If you do not have a Live license please contact your
Jinfonet Software account manager to obtain a license.
● When you are using a report cube, the records will be fetched based on the query which contains the report cube in JReport
Designer; while for a business cube, there is no predefined query and you will fetch records from the data source using dynamic
SQL.
● To use the Resource View panel so as to add cube elements to the report, you should make sure that this ad hoc feature is
enabled in the specified DHTML feature profile. This setting can only be made by administrators.
Using dynamic resources
When you drag cube elements from the Resource View panel to analyze data of a report, sometimes you may find that the cube elements that
have been predefined in the business/report cube cannot meet your requirements, in which case, you can create some dynamic resources and use
them in the report to get the desired data. Then when you save the report set which contains the report, the dynamic resources will be saved
along with the report as its resources. Dynamic resources in JReport Viewer include formulas and measures.
3. Compose the formula by selecting the required fields, functions and operators from the Fields, Functions and Operators panels. You can also
write the formula by yourself in the editing panel.
For details about the functions and operators, refer to Built-in functions and Operators in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
4. Click the Check button to check whether or not the syntax of your formula is correct.
Once a dynamic formula has been created, you can then drag it from the Resource View panel to the desired position in the report as a detail
information object for data analyzing. The formulas can also be used to control object properties if you are an advanced user and provided that
the Use Dynamic Formula in Property is checked on the Report menu.
Also, if you want to further edit an existing formula or remove any formula that is not required, right-click the formula and then click the
corresponding command on the shortcut menu. However, if the formula has been used in the report or referenced by another formula, it cannot
be deleted.
2. In the Measure Name text field, specify the display name of the measure.
3. Click the chooser button next to the Mapping Name text field to specify the mapping name of the field to which the measure object is
mapped.
4. From the Aggregate drop-down list, specify the aggregate function for the measure object.
You can also create a dynamic measure object on a dynamic formula. To do this:
1. In the Resource View panel, right-click the formula in the Dynamic Resources > Formulas node, then select Create Measure from the
shortcut menu.
2. In the Add Measure dialog, specify the display name of the measure object and the aggregate function as required.
Once a dynamic measure object has been created, you can then drag it from the Resource View panel to the desired position in the report so as
the get the desired data. And if you want to edit any dynamic measure object or delete it, right-click the measure object and click Edit or Delete
on the shortcut menu (a measure object that has been used in the report cannot be deleted).
Notes:
● A JReport Server Live license is required in order to use this feature. If you do not have a Live license please contact your Jinfonet Software
account manager to obtain a license.
● Currently, global variables and user defined formula (UDF) functions are not supported in dynamic formulas, and you can only save a dynamic
formula with no errors into a report.
● When formulas reference display names or mapping names, the names should not contain any of below characters if the names are not quoted
by double-quotation marks "":
"~", "`", "!", "@", "#", "$", "%", "^", "&", "*", "(", ")", "-", "+", "=", "{", "}", "[", "]", "|", "\\", ":", ";", "\", " ' ", "<", ",", ">", ".", "?", "/"
Examples:
❍ Expression @Customer#; will cause a syntax error. But @"Customer#" is ok.
❍ If a field has the display name Category.Measure, when adding it to a formula, quote it as "Category.Measure" or "Category"."Measure".
● Dynamic resources are report level resources, which means they are only available to the report for which they are created.
● Now in JReport, the display names of objects in a category in a business/report cube cannot be duplicated. When you choose to create a
dynamic formula/measure object on an object which was created in a previous version and it has the same display name as another object, you
will be prompted with a message asking you to give a new name for the object in JReport Designer first.
Drilling through the report data
In a DHTML report, you can choose to show certain groups of records according to your requirements,
and switch among the groups to see the data you want. Moreover, you can define some methods to
view specific data.
This section presents three kinds of drilling in JReport Viewer. They are:
● Automatic drilling
● Going
Automatic drilling
Automatic drilling enables you to switch from the current dimension to another dimension by using
system-defined commands on the shortcut menu, and it is divided into four kinds:
● Drill-to
It enables you to obtain a different view of data by switching among dimensions.
● Drill-to-by-value
It enables you to filter data based on a drill-to action so as to obtain a more detailed view of the data.
● Drill-down
It enables you to drill data to lower dimensions according to predefined hierarchies.
● Drill-up
It enables you to drill data to higher dimensions according to predefined hierarchies.
Drilling actions are performed on crosstabs, and grouped tables and banded objects, whose data are
based on business/report cube or if on query, data fields of which can be converted to corresponding
cube elements (see the note in Analytic reporting for details). After drilling, the new component can be
analyzed in the same way as the original one.
Assume you have created a crosstab report on the report cube WorldWideSalesRC in Data Source 1 of
the SampleReports catalog showing product sales information with Region as the column field, Sales
Year as the row field, and Total Sales as the summary field, and applied the default style to the
crosstab. The crosstab shows as follows:
We will now take the crosstab as an instance to illustrate the automatic drilling functions.
Drill-to
1. Right-click any value of Region, APAC for example, and choose Drill To from the shortcut menu.
The list of dimensions available for Drill To will appear on the submenu.
2. Click Product Type on the submenu, then in the regenerated result, we can see that Sales Year
remains the dimension for rows and Product Type becomes the dimension for columns.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to drill the data to other dimensions. Row field can also be drilled freely.
4. To go back to the original report, right-click any value of Product Type, choose Drill To > Region
from the shortcut menu.
Drill-to-by-value
1. Go back to the original report in the above example.
2. Right-click the value APAC of the Region dimension, and point to Drill to By Value on the
shortcut menu. A submenu for the command is displayed, which lists the same items as those of
Drill To.
We can see that the result is different from that of drill-to. This is because that, for the drill-to-by-
value action, the dimension of columns changes to Product Type by the Region value APAC. That
is, on the basis of the drill-to action, a filtering action where Region = APAC is further performed,
and thus the result of drill-to-by-value is generated.
In addition, when a drill-to-by-value action is performed, the Drill Filter panel will be displayed on
the left of the JReport Viewer window, which shows the dimension and the value the filter is based
on.
4. To go back to the original report, first delete the drill filter in the Drill Filter panel by clicking X
next to the dimension name, then right-click any value of Region and click Drill To > Region
from the shortcut menu.
Drill-down
Drill-down actions are based on predefined business/report cube hierarchies. The report cube
WorldWideSalesRC contains a hierarchy Geography, which allows you to drill a dimension
(corresponding to a high level) down to the one-level-lower dimension.
1. Go back to the original report in the above example, right-click the value APAC, on the shortcut
menu, point to Drill Down, and we can see that Territory is listed as the submenu item.
2. Click Territory to see the result. It displays the data about territories in the Asia Pacific region.
3. The one-level-lower dimension for Territory defined in the hierarchy is Country. Now click Asia
directly and JReport will also drill it down to Country.
After these two drill-down actions, we can see two filters are added in the Drill Filter panel, Region
= APAC and Territory = Asia.
This is because, when you perform a drill-down action, a filter will be created based on the value
you click on. In this example, we first click on the APAC region, so JReport drills this region one-
level down to display territories in APAC, and thus the filter Region = APAC is created. If you want
all data in the one-level-lower dimension to be displayed when you drill down a dimension, you
can remove the corresponding filter from the Drill Filter panel.
Drill-up
Drill-up actions allow you to drill a dimension (corresponding to a low level) up to the one-level-higher
dimension.
1. Based on the report result after drill-down, right-click any value of Country, China for example, on
the shortcut menu, point to Drill Up, and we can see that Territory is listed as the submenu item.
2. Click Territory to see the result. The dimension is drilled one level up. Territory is now the
dimension for columns.
3. The one-level-higher dimension for Territory defined in the hierarchy is Region. Now click the drill-
up arrow of any territory directly and JReport will drill it up to Region.
Notes:
● A JReport Server Live license is required in order to use this feature. If you do not have a Live
license please contact your Jinfonet Software account manager to obtain a license.
● For banded object and table, you can right-click its group header/footer to show the shortcut menu
so as to use the automatic drilling functions, you can also right-click field values in the group header/
footer to achieve this.
● For dimension objects that not used as group fields in a banded object or table, automatic drilling
doesn't take effect.
● JReport allows you to define display names for items to be shown on the drill-related menu items.
For detailed information, see Customizing the field display names in the JReport Designer User's
Guide.
User defined drilling
Besides automatic drilling, JReport provides you with custom drilling functions including support for
linking to another report and for linking to a detail report, making the analysis of a report more diverse
and useful.
4. Click the trigger object in the report, or right-click the object and then select Link Report from
the shortcut menu.
3. Run the report set which contains the master report in DHTML format on JReport Server.
4. Click the trigger object in the master report, or right-click the object and then select Detail
Report from the shortcut menu.
5. You may be prompted to provide encoding and DB security information before the report result is
produced. Click OK if you want to run a detail report using the same encoding and DB security
settings as that of the master report.
6. The detail report will show only the records in conformity to the anchor and filter conditions.
Notes:
● In JReport Designer, you may find that the user defined drilling feature can provide more functions,
such as assigning values to parameters of the link report or detail report automatically and passing
style information to the link report. For detailed information, see Linking reports in the JReport
Designer User's Guide.
● To make the detail report show only the records related to a trigger field value in the master report,
you should specify the Target Frame option as Same Frame when you set up the master/detail
relationship in JReport Designer. If you select Server Setting, you should further make sure that the
Pop Up New Window for Links option has not been checked in the Profile > Configure DHTML Profile
> Properties > Default tab. Otherwise, the detail report will be opened in a new web browser window
with no relationship to the master report.
● A "link path", which tracks the linking (user defined drilling) actions, will be displayed in the Go To
drop-down list on the navigation bar after you have drilled to the link report or detail report if it is
opened in the current window. Clicking an item in the list will switch to the corresponding report.
Going
In a DHTML report, you can select to show certain groups of records in a banded object according to your requirements. You can also
switch among the groups to see the data you want. This action is called going, which divides into go-to, go-up, go-down, and go-to-
detail, as indicated in the diagram.
● Go-to
The go-to action allows you to switch the data presented in a banded object from any group to any other group.
● Go-up
Go-up means to jump up one group level to show the records of a particular group.
● Go-down
Go-down means to jump down one group level to show the records of a particular group.
● Go-to-detail
Go-to-detail allows you to concentrate on the details of a group.
Going actions are available only for banded objects that contain groups, and fields in which have not been converted to cube elements
of a report cube. Going actions do not apply to banded objects created in JReport Viewer. After a going action has been performed, the
data presented in the banded object will be re-loaded from the data buffer, showing only the records in the selected group, and the new
report created by going can also be viewed, printed, and exported to other format in the same way as the original report. In addition, a
"going path", which tracks the going action, will be displayed in the Go To drop-down list on the navigation bar, with which you can
easily return to the original report.
The following describes the use of the going actions based on Banded_Link.cls in the SampleReports folder of Public Reports, which
contains a banded report.
Go-to
1. Run Banded_Link.cls.
2. Point to the region APAC, right-click and select Go To > APAC > Vietnam from the shortcut menu.
You may notice that the result is not dependent on what you right-clicked, in other words, you can right-click any field value in the
banded object or even the blank part of a group header/footer panel or detail panel, in order to perform a go-to action.
Go-up
For a go-up action, you need to right-click a group header/footer panel or any object in the panel, at the same time, you should make
sure that this group level is lower than some other group levels.
1. Undo the go-up action in the above example.
2. Point to any country, for example China, right-click and select Go Up > LATAM from the shortcut menu.
At Step 2, you may find that items listed on the Go Up submenu are regions of the Region group level which is one level higher than the
current group level - Country. That is, the go-up action allows you to focus your attention on the groups of a higher level than what you
right-click.
Go-down
For a go-down action, you need to right-click a group header/footer panel or any object in the panel, at the same time, you should
make sure that this group level is higher than some other group levels.
1. Undo the go-up action in the above example.
2. Point to APAC, right-click and select Go Down > Singapore from the shortcut menu.
Go-to-detail
If a banded object contains group information, then a field, label, image or map in a group header/footer panel of the banded object
can be used to obtain information of that group, and a chart in a banded object also has the similar function. The go-to-detail action
should be predefined at report design time. You can refer to Obtaining detailed information from a banded object in the JReport
Designer User's Guide for more information.
1. Undo the go-down action in the above example.
2. Point to LATAM, right-click and select Go to Detail from the shortcut menu. Then only the data about this region is displayed.
Note: A JReport Server Live license is required in order to use this feature. If you do not have a Live license please contact your
Jinfonet Software account manager to obtain a license.
Manipulating data components
You can manipulate data components, which refer to crosstabs, tables, banded objects and charts, in
JReport Viewer as shown below. However, most of the manipulations require selecting the component
first. To select a component, click anywhere in the component, when the icon appears at its upper
left corner, click the icon.
Note: When manipulating data components, a JReport Server Live license is required in order to use
the features involving report cube/business cube or changes of report template. If you do not have a
Live license please contact your Jinfonet Software account manager to obtain a license.
combo box on the Analysis toolbar. You can also directly input a positive
integer here and press Enter to retrieve the corresponding records. Alternatively, you can click Menu
> Report > Max Records to show the Max Records dialog, and then achieve the same goal. If you are
making a lot of changes to the report, it may be faster to limit the number of records to 1 page while
you make the changes then change it back to All to view the final result.
Manipulating a crosstab
● Changing the dimension index in a crosstab
The dimension index in a crosstab can be modified, namely, you can move a dimension to a higher or
lower level. This operation can be performed on crosstab's containing two or more dimensions. To do
this, you can simply drag a dimension object (row/column header) to the required destination till a
blue line appears. You can also drag a column header to a row level and vice versa.
● Rotating a crosstab
Columns and rows in a crosstab can be exchanged. This operation is called rotating a crosstab.
To rotate a crosstab, first select it, and then do one of the following:
❍ Click Menu > Report > Rotate Crosstab.
❍ Right-click the icon of the crosstab and select Rotate from the shortcut menu.
● Expanding/Collapsing a crosstab
For a crosstab, if it has more than one row/column group level, you can specify whether or not to
enable the crosstab to be expanded in JReport Viewer, and set the default expanding/collapsing state
of groups in outer levels. For details, see Expanding/Collapsing a crosstab in the JReport Designer
User's Guide.
Manipulating a table
● Adjusting order of columns in a table
The order of columns in a table can be easily adjusted. To do this, drag a column header to the left
or right boundary of another column header, when a blue line appears along the column boundary,
release the mouse button, and you will see the order change.
The above description is for a vertical table. With regard to a horizontal table, you can do the same
actions on its row headers.
● Rotating a table
You can rotate a table to switch its appearance between the horizontal and vertical layout modes by
doing one of the following:
❍ Click Menu> Report > Rotate Table.
❍ Right-click the icon of the table and select Rotate from the shortcut menu.
1. Right-click any cell in the table header, or right-click the icon of the table, then select
Insert > Detail Column/Summary Column from the shortcut menu.
2. In the corresponding insert column dialog, specify the resource you want to use for the new
column, then click OK.
1. Right-click any cell in the table header, or right-click the icon of the table, then select
Insert > Group Column from the shortcut menu.
2. In the Insert Group Column dialog, select the dimension object you want to use for the new
group column from the Resources panel and click to add it as the group by field, then
specify the sorting direction of the group in the Sort column.
3. Specify the positions of the group by fields: Group Above, Group Left Above, or Group Left.
Note: If you right-click any cell in the table header and use its shortcut menu to insert a
common, detail or summary column, the column will be inserted before the column in which the
cell you click on is, however, if you use the table shortcut menu to insert the column,
❍ If it is a common column, the column will be inserted as the last column in the table.
❍ If it is a detail/summary column, the column will be inserted after the last detail/summary
column, or as the last column in the table when there is no detail/summary column.
2. In the Select Group Position dialog, specify the position for the newly converted group by field.
2. In the Aggregate On dialog, specify a function from the Function drop-down list to summarize
the field in the detail column.
■ If the table has no groups, the aggregation will be created based on the whole table.
When you finish aggregating on a detail column, you will find a dynamic measure object is created
which is given a default name Function_DetailFieldName in the Dynamic Resource > Measures list in
the Resources View panel and you can use it again in the current report if required.
Note: If a table is created in JReport Designer, you can add, convert columns in the table, or
aggregate on its detail columns in JReport Viewer only when data fields used by the table can be
converted to corresponding cube elements. See the note in Analytic reporting for details.
Manipulating a chart
● Modifying the definition of a chart
You can modify the definition of a chart, including the chart type, data display, and style. To do this:
1. Right-click the icon of the chart or any part of the chart other than the legend and label to
show a shortcut menu, and then select Format Chart from the shortcut menu to display the
Chart Definition dialog.
Note: In the event that the chart is built in JReport Designer, the Format Chart command
will be available only when JReport Viewer can convert data fields used by the chart to
corresponding cube elements. See the note in Analytic reporting for details.
● In the Chart Type tab of the Chart Definition dialog, specify the type for the chart.
● In the Display tab, change the dimension and measure object used by the chart.
● In the Style tab, modify the style for the chart as required. If there is only one style available, this
style will be applied to the chart by default and the Style tab will be hidden from the dialog.
For details about how to modify the chart definition with the Chart Definition dialog, see
Creating a chart report.
In addition, if you only want to change the chart type, no matter whether the chart is originally
created in JReport Designer or JReport Viewer, you can achieve it by doing one of the following:
❍ Right-click the chart and on the shortcut menu, select the required type from the Chart Type
submenu, which lists all the chart types and subtypes (the current one and the inapplicable
subtypes are grayed out).
❍ Select the chart, click the Chat Type button on the Analysis toolbar, and then select a
suitable subtype from the drop-down menu.
❍ To format the platform/paper of a chart, right-click the icon or any part of the chart except for
the legend and label and select Format Platform/Format Paper from the shortcut menu. In the
displayed format dialog, specify the settings as required. For details about the settings, refer to
Format Platform dialog and Format Paper dialog.
❍ To format the legend/label of a chart, right-click the legend/label and select Format Legend/
Format Label from the shortcut menu. In the displayed format dialog, set the properties
according to your requirement. For details about the properties, see Format Legend dialog and
Format Label dialog.
Adding conditional formats to fields
You can add some conditional formats to a field, which refer to the DBField, parameter field, formula field,
summary field, and the special field Page Number or User Name, then when the specified condition is fulfilled, the
defined format will be applied to the field values for highlighting.
To add conditional formats to a field,
1. Right-click the field and select Conditional Formatting from the shortcut menu to access the Conditional
Formatting dialog.
2. Click the button to open the Edit Conditions dialog to define the condition as required.
There are the basic and advanced modes of the dialog for you to define either simple or complex condition
expressions. See Filtering report data for details about how to define a condition.
4. In the Format box, set the format which will be applied to values of the field when the specified condition is
fulfilled, for example, the font face, font size, font color, etc.
5. Repeat the above steps to add more conditions and define the format for each condition as required.
To edit a condition, select the condition in the Condition box, then click . In the Edit Conditions dialog,
edit the condition expressions as required.
To remove a condition and the corresponding format, select the condition in the Condition box and click .
To adjust the priority of a condition, select the condition in the Condition box and then click or .
See also Conditional Formatting dialog and Edit Conditions dialog for details about options in the dialogs.
Converting between components
Converting between components enables you to view and analyze data from different aspects with
different focuses. In JReport Viewer, you can convert a crosstab into a chart and vice versa, however, if
a crosstab/chart is designed in JReport Designer, to enable the conversion, you need to make sure that
data objects used by the crosstab/chart can be converted to corresponding cube elements (see the
note in Analytic reporting for details).
Note: A JReport Server Live license is required in order to use this feature. If you do not have a Live
license please contact your Jinfonet Software account manager to obtain a license.
1. Click anywhere in the crosstab, when the icon appears at its upper left corner, click the icon to
select the crosstab, then do any of following:
❍ Right-click the icon and select To Chart from the shortcut menu.
2. The Convert Data Fields dialog may appear for your confirmation on converting data fields of the
crosstab to cube elements of a business/report cube. Click OK to confirm, and the To Chart dialog
will be displayed.
3. In the Chart Type tab, specify a suitable type for the chart. With a certain type specified, you can
further define the chart as a combo chart by clicking <Add Combo Type> in the Chart Type
Groups box.
4. In the Display tab, the Resources box lists all the cube elements used in the selected crosstab
including dimension and measure objects. The chart can only be defined based on the cube
elements listed. Add a dimension object from the Resources box to the Category box, and so
to the Series box, and measure objects to the Show Values box respectively.
5. In the Style tab, set the style for the chart as required.
If the crosstab is in a table or banded object, by default, the chart converted from the crosstab will
take on the style of the table or banded object. If you want to apply another style to the chart,
uncheck the Inherit Style option and choose the desired style in the Style box. However, when
there is only one style available, this style will be applied to the chart by default and the Style tab
will be hidden from the dialog.
1. Click anywhere in the chart, when the icon appears at its upper left corner, click the icon to
select the chart, then do any of following:
❍ Right-click the icon or any part of the chart except for the legend and label, then click To
Crosstab on the shortcut menu.
2. The Convert Data Fields dialog may appear for your confirmation on converting data fields of the
chart to cube elements of a business/report cube. Click OK to confirm, and the To Crosstab dialog
will be displayed.
3. In the Display tab, select a dimension object in the Resources box and click to add it as a
group field to the Columns or Rows box; select a measure object and click to add it as an
aggregate field to the Aggregates box. Repeat these to add more aggregate fields.
In the Display Name column, you can edit the display name of a group field or aggregate field,
and the Sort columns allow you to specify a sorting manner on a group field.
To adjust the order of group/aggregate fields, select a group/aggregate field and click or .
from the style drop-down list on the toolbar. You can also right-click a
table, crosstab, chart, or banded object in the report and select Apply Style from the shortcut menu to
select the required style in the Apply Style dialog. However, if there is only one style available to the
report, this style will be applied to the report by default, in which case, you will find that all these style
related commands are hidden.
Reference: See also the chapter Styles in the JReport Designer User's Guide for more information
about how to work with styles at report design time.
Working with reports via URL
Besides working on interfaces, most of the JReport Viewer operations such as filter, sort, search, save and so on, can also
be accomplished via URL. When using URLs to access JReport Viewer, you should follow the specifications described in this
section.
The URL in DHTML is:
http://localhost:8888/dhtml?sessionid=XXXXXXX&rptsetid=XXXXXXX&rptname=XXXXXXX&op=...
● http
The web service protocol.
● localhost
The host address.
● 8888
The port.
● dhtml?sessionid=XXXXXXX&rptsetid=XXXXXXX&rptname=XXXXXXX&
The path.
● ?
URL separator.
● =
URL separator.
● &
URL separator.
● op
The key of operation in DHTML.
There are some methods in the file API.js located in <intall_root>\public_html\javascript\dhtml. These methods are
the tools you can use to generate URLs. The result of each of these functions will be a URL.
Parameter
Key Value
Description
Download Report
Operation op 51
code
Export ty 2/3/4/5/6/7 means PDF/PostScript/RTF/TEXT/EXCEL/XML respectively.
report type
Example op=51&ty=2
Note ● The order begins with 2.
Redo
Operation op 85
code
Example op=85
Prototype function user_redo()
Refresh
Operation op 83
code
Example op=83
Prototype function user_refresh()
Reset
Operation op 76
code
Example op=76
Prototype function user_reset()
Save Report
Operation op 82
code
Example op=82
Prototype function user_saveRpt()
Search Next
Operation op 34
code
Example op=34
Show Export to Dialog
Prototype function user_showSaveResultDialog()
Show Help
Dialog ID HELP_OP 182
Example http://localhost:8888/dhtmljsp/help.jsp?sessionid=XXXXXXX&rptsetid=XXXXXXX&rptname=XXXXXXX&HELP_OP=XXX
Note The URL gets the body of a window, you should put it as xxx in
window.open("xxx", ..)
Prototype function user_showHelp(helpId)
Show Panel or Dialog
Prototype function user_showUserPanel()
function user_showTOC()
function user_showDHTMLView()
function user_showToolbox()
function user_showSortDialog()
function user_showFilterDialog()
function user_showNewRptDialog()
function user_showOpenRptDialog()
function user_showSaveAsDialog()
function user_showPageSetupDialog()
function user_showSaveResultDialog()
function user_showPageSetupDialog()
function user_showPrintDialog()
Undo
Operation op 84
code
Example op=84
Prototype function user_undo()
Zoom
Operation op 50
code
Proportion val 0~400
Example op=50&val=250
Note val must be an integer between 0 and 400
Prototype function user_zoom(value)
Tuning JReport Viewer performance
JReport provides you with methods for adjusting DHTML performance. You can limit the number of
DHTML reports open simultaneously by setting the DHTML preferences on the JReport Administration
page. Furthermore, you can modify a property file to control the Action Task Manager, which can
improve DHTML service performance.
3. Check the Maximum Number of Open Reports option and type the number to your
requirement in the text box.
If the number of open reports exceeds the limit, an error page will be displayed prompting you to close
one before opening a new one.
Note: The Maximum Number of Open Reports option works together with the maximum number of
concurrent reports allowed by your product license. Of these two values, whichever is smaller will be
used as the real maximum number of open reports allowed. For example, if the value of the Maximum
Number of Open Reports option is 10, and the number that the license allows is 20, 10 will be used as
the maximum number of DHTML reports that can be opened simultaneously; however, 10 non-DHTML
reports may use the remaining licenses.
● Waiting Requests Queue - This registers the requests that are waiting for being processed by the
DHTML service.
Note: Only certain operations that consume considerable hardware resources need to be prevented
from being run at the same time. You can define which kind of requests need to be queued before
being processed.
When a new DHTML request reaches the server, it will be processed according to the following flow:
1. The DHTML service determines whether the requested operation is a restricted action. If it is, the
Action Task Manager will take over the request. Otherwise, it will be processed directly, without
being managed by the Action Task Manager.
2. If the Concurrent Processing Table is full, the restricted request will be assigned to the Waiting
Requests Queue. If the queue is full, the DHTML service will refuse the request and return a
warning message.
3. After the request has been processed, it will be de-registered from the Concurrent Processing
table. The DHTML service will then automatically continue to process the requests in the Waiting
Requests Queue.
By using the property file dhtml.properties provided in JReport Viewer, you can balance the server load
by adjusting table sizes and specify which kind of requests are managed by the Action Task Manager.
dhtml.properties
The dhtml.properties file is located at <install_root>\bin. It allows you to control three major
options for the Action Task Manager:
● Specifying the size of the Concurrent Processing Table
Use queue.actions.max.concurrent=[integer] to set the maximum number of requests that can
be processed simultaneously. The value of this property can be equal to or larger than 0. Use 0
(default) to disable the request queue feature.
● Specifying the actions that can be applied for the DHTML Request Queue feature
These are listed below:
queue.actions.init=false # Action: DHTML report initialization
queue.actions.undo=true # Action: Undo
queue.actions.redo=true # Action: Redo
queue.actions.drill=true # Action: Drilling
queue.actions.drillup=true # Action: Drilling up
queue.actions.refresh=false # Action: Refreshing
queue.actions.filter=true # Action: Filtering
queue.actions.sort=true # Action: Sorting
queue.actions.search=true # Action: Searching
queue.actions.finishNewReport=true # Action: Finishing creating a new report
These properties will only work when the queue feature has been enabled by setting queue.max.
concurrent.actions>0.
Notes:
● A JReport Server Live license is required in order to use this feature. If you do not have a Live
license please contact your Jinfonet Software account manager to obtain a license.
● JReport Studio Wizard and JReport Studio support Internet Explorer 8, Firefox 3.5, and higher
versions, or Google Chrome 5.
Why studio reports and when to choose them
JReport Studio displays studio reports (which are also called web layout reports) that are aimed at
easier and faster report creation and design, faster report execution, easier customization, and better
presentation style using a newer Rich Internet Application (RIA) Web 2.0 interface. Studio reports also
support agile development techniques such as continuous integration by allowing report templates to
be updated by both JReport Studio and JReport Designer.
● Fewer functions
Studio reports (.wls) support a subset of functions of JReport page layout report sets (.cls). The basic
and essential functions not only guarantee a good report presentation, but also make the report
design experience easier for a new user of JReport.
● Images
An image is a digital representation of a picture. The following image types are suppported in studio
reports: .gif, .jpg, and .png.
● DBFields
DBFields, or database fields, are fields directly from columns in the database or other data source
such as XML or Java objects.
● Formulas
Formulas are calculated from DBFields, other formulas, summaries, and parameters, so they can
present information which is not available directly from the database fields.
● Summaries
A summary is a special kind of formula. A summary generates a count, average, sum, standard
deviation or other transformation of a set of data values. A summary applies to a defined group of
data. Summaries are required to provide the data values for charts as well as totals for table reports.
● Parameters
A parameter in JReport is a variable whose value is determined at runtime. The runtime parameters
help you dynamically control your report results such as filtering data.
● Special fields
Special fields are defined by JReport and allow you to easily obtain system information and report-
related data and add it to your report. All special fields are supported to insert into studio reports in
JReport Designer. However, due to the characteristics of JReport Studio, only these can be rendered
and edited in JReport Studio: User Name, Modified Date, and Modified Time.
● Web controls
Web controls are report components designed to be similar to the kinds of controls found on web
pages. Currently, the following four web controls are supported in studio reports: parameter control,
parameter form control, filter control, and navigation control.
● Multimedia objects
Multimedia objects include Flash, Real Media, and Windows Media objects.
● Tabular
A tabular is a component designed to lay out other components. There is one and only one tabular in
a studio report.
● Tables
A table gives you great control over how to present data, including placing fields, grouping them, and
sorting them. It is composed of rows and columns, and each contains several cells. With such a
structure a table is a good way to show any two-dimensional dataset.
● Crosstabs
A crosstab summarizes data and presents the summaries in a compact row and column format.
● Charts
A chart organizes and graphically presents data in a way that makes it easy for end users to see
comparisons, trends, and patterns in data. It represents the report data in a visually straightforward
form.
Currently, these types of chart are supported in studio reports:
❍ Clustered Bar 2-D
❍ Line 2-D
❍ Area 2-D
❍ Clustered Pie
❍ Clustered Donut
❍ Bullet 2-D
For details about each type, see Chart types in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
For how charts present data, see How data is represented in a chart in the JReport Designer User's
Guide.
For the elements that compose a chart, see Chart elements in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
Tip: In JReport, the components that can be bound with a data source are also referred to as data
components. These components include tables, crosstabs and charts.
JReport Studio window elements
The main page of JReport Studio consists of the user information bar, menus, toolbar, left panels and
report area. The options for browsing or controlling a studio report are as follows:
Note: The shortcut menu contents vary with the objects you right-click. The above table only lists
some typical shortcut menu items. The following sections will guide you to use the shortcut menu for
any object you may right-click.
Creating studio reports via wizard
On the JReport Console > Reports page, you can directly create a new studio report in a folder into
which a catalog containing one or more business views have been published.
To create a studio report:
1. Open the folder and select the catalog for the new studio report from the Catalog drop-down list,
then click New Report on the task bar of the Reports page.
2. In the Select Report Type dialog, check the option Web Layout Report and click OK. The JReport
Studio Wizard is then displayed.
3. In the Page screen, choose a template for the report. Template1 allows for your company logo and
report title to be added. Template2 allows for more such as company name and title and report
sub title. Use to load your company logo. You can set the font properties for company titles
and report titles using . Click the Page Setup link to set the page properties. If you are an
administrator with the privilege of publishing resources, you can also create a new template
according to your requirement.
4. In the Layout screen, select the required layout with which you want to create the report. Then, in
the edit layout area, select a tabular cell and select the component you want to display in the cell.
Click the Align drop-down list to set the component to the left, center or right of the cell. Repeat
this to add component to the other cells.
If required, you can split the selected cell horizontally or vertically by clicking the Horizontal Split
or Vertical Split button, merge adjacent cells by selecting them and clicking Merge. You can also
resize the tabular cells by dragging the cell border.
5. In the Bind Data screen, define the specified components. You can use the Back and Next buttons
to switch between the components.
❍ For Table component:
a. Specify a title for the table in the Table Title field, and if necessary, click to set the
font properties for the title.
b. From the Data Source drop-down list, select the business view in the current catalog, on
which the table will be built. Click the Filter button to add some filter conditions to the
business view to narrow down data displayed in the table if required.
c. Select the required table type: Group Left, Group Above, Group Left Above, or Summary
Table.
d. In the Display tab, add the required fields from the Resources box to be displayed in the
table. Specify the label of any added field as required.
e. In the Group tab, add the group objects as the grouping criteria, then specify the
sorting order of each group in the Sort column.
f. To add summaries, go to the Summary tab. Select the group to which the summary will be
applied, then add an aggregation object as the summary field.
a. Specify a title for the chart in the Chart Title field, and if necessary, click to set the
font properties for the title.
b. From the Data Source drop-down list, select the business view in the current catalog, on
which the chart will be built. Click the Filter button to add some filter conditions to the
business view to narrow down data displayed in the chart if required.
c. To create a single chart, in the Primary Axis box, select the required chart type from the
chart type drop-down list.
To create a combo chart, click above the Primary Axis box and an additional chart type
will be added. You can replace the additional chart type by selecting the required one from
the chart type drop-down list. Repeat this to add more chart types. Check the Secondary
Axis checkbox if you want to have the secondary axis (Y2) and define the chart types on
the axis as required. To delete a type, select it and click .
d. Select a group object in the Resources box and add it to the Category or Series text
field, the data of which will be displayed on the corresponding axis.
e. In the Primary Axis or Secondary Axis box, select a chart type and add an aggregation
object as the data of the type (you can add more than one aggregation object to a
type). Each added chart type needs to have at least one aggregation object.
f. If you want to define some sort order and Select N condition on the category/series field,
click above the Category/Series text field.
g. In the Category/Series Options dialog, specify in which order values of the category/series
field will be sorted in the Category/Series Order box.
h. In the Category/Series Selection box, specify the Select condition to All, Top N or Bottom
N. If All is selected, all category/series values will be shown in the chart; if Top N or Bottom
N is selected, the text field next to it will be enabled and you can specify an integer here,
which means that the first or last N category/series values will be shown in the chart.
i. Check the Based On checkbox and specify values for the two drop-down lists that follow
according to your requirement.
If Based On is unchecked, the order of the first or last N category/series values will be
based on what you specify in the Category/Series Order box of the dialog; if you check it,
the order will be based on values of the summary field and the sort direction you specify in
the drop-down lists next to Based On.
j. If you have selected Top N or Bottom N from the Select drop-down list, you can check the
Remaining Categories/Series In checkbox and then type a character string in the text
field, so that the category/series values beyond the first or last N range will be merged into
the group with the name as that character string.
k. If necessary, you can check Skip First, and then input a number M in the text field to the
right, then the first M category/series values will be skipped and the Select N condition will
begin with M+1. The skipped values will be merged into the Remaining Categories/Series
group.
a. Specify a title for the crosstab in the Crosstab Title field, and if necessary, click to
set the font properties for the title.
b. From the Data Source drop-down list, select the business view in the current catalog, on
which the crosstab will be built. Click the Filter button to add some filter conditions to the
business view to narrow down data displayed in the crosstab if required.
c. From the Resources box, select a group object and click or to add it to the
Columns or Rows box as a group field. Then, in the Label column, edit the display name of
the group object if required. This will label the row/column when the report is displayed. By
default the Label column is blank and no label will be created for the row/column. In the
Sort column, specify the sorting manner for the group field.
e. Repeat this to add more group/aggregate fields. If you want to remove any field, select it
and click . To adjust the order of the fields, select a field and click or .
7. Click Save to save the report to the server resource tree. For details, see Saving the report.
See also JReport Studio Wizard for details about options in the wizard.
2. Specify the display names for report title, sub title and company title in their text field, modify
their font properties by clicking , and load the company logo by clicking if required.
Then click the Save button.
3. In the Save As dialog, choose the file type of Studio Report Template(*.wsld), and specify a
new name for the wsld file in the file name text field or select an existing wsld file from the
template box to overwrite the template according to Publish privilege.
4. When done, click Save, and the new template will then be added into the templates directory on
your server.
Administrators with the Publish privilege can also save report template after a report is opened in
JReport studio. To do this, click Menu > File > Save As (or the Save As button on the Standard
toolbar), and then follow steps 3 and 4 above.
The saved report templates will be automatically loaded onto the Page screen of the JReport Studio
Wizard for use.
Editing studio reports in JReport Studio
JReport Studio is the web oriented page where you view and edit studio reports. When a report is
opened in JReport Studio, by default it is in the view mode which provides only viewing-oriented
functions. If you want to edit the report, click the Edit Mode link on the toolbar to enter the edit mode.
Pick a task from the following:
● General operations in reports
● Inserting components
● Applying filters
● Applying parameters
Click Menu > File > Open (or the Open button on the Standard toolbar) to display the Select a
Report dialog, in which the studio reports in the same folder as the current open report are listed.
Select the studio report you want to open from the default folder or from another folder, and then
click OK.
● Undoing/Redoing actions
You can undo or redo some actions. To do this, click Menu > Edit > Undo or Redo (or the Undo
Insert a label
To insert a label into a report, locate the place in the report where you want to insert the label, then
click Menu > Insert > Label, or drag Label from the Components panel to the destination. The label
will then be inserted in the specified location.
Inserting an image
1. Locate the place in the report where you want to insert the image.
2. Click Menu > Insert > Image, or drag Image from the Components panel to the destination.
The Insert Image dialog is displayed.
❍ To use an image on a website, select Web URL, then input the image URL or paste the URL in
the Image URL text field.
❍ To use an image in the image library of the JReport Studio, select Library, then select the
image in the My Images box.
2. Click Menu > Insert > Table, or drag Table from the Components panel to the destination. The
Insert Table dialog is displayed.
3. Specify a title for the table in the Table Title text field, and if required, click to set the font
properties for the title.
4. From the Data Source drop-down list, select the business view in the current catalog, on which the
table will be built, and if required, click the Filter button to add some filter conditions to the
business view to narrow down data displayed in the table.
5. Select the required table type: Group Above, Group Left, Group Left Above, or Summary Table.
6. In the Display tab, add the required fields from the Resources box to be displayed in the table.
Specify the display name of any added field in the Label column if necessary.
7. In the Group tab, add the group objects as the grouping criteria, then specify the sorting
manner of each group in the Sort column. To adjust the order of the groups, select a group and
click or .
8. To add summaries, go to the Summary tab. Select the group to which the summary will be
For details about the options in the dialog, see Insert Table dialog.
Inserting a crosstab
1. Locate the place in the report where you want to insert the crosstab.
2. Click Menu > Insert > Crosstab, or drag Crosstab from the Components panel to the
destination. The Insert Crosstab dialog is displayed.
3. Specify a title for the crosstab in the Crosstab Title text field, and if required, click to set the
font properties for the title.
4. From the Data Source drop-down list, select the business view in the current catalog, on which the
crosstab will be built, and if required, click the Filter button to add some filter conditions to the
business view to narrow down data displayed in the crosstab.
5. From the Resources box, select a group object and click or to add it to the Columns
or Rows box as a group field. Select an aggregation object or a detail object and click
to add it to the Summaries box as an aggregate field. Repeat this to add more group/aggregate
fields.
6. In the label column, edit the display names of the added group fields or aggregate fields if
required. These will label the rows, columns and aggregate fields when the report is displayed. By
default these are blank and no labels will be created.
7. In the Sort column, specify the sorting manner for the group fields.
8. In the Aggregation column, specify the aggregate functions for the detail objects.
9. If you want to remove any field, select it and click . To adjust the order of the fields, select a
field and click or .
For details about the options in the dialog, see Insert Crosstab dialog.
Inserting a chart
1. Locate the place in the report where you want to insert the chart.
2. Click Menu > Insert > Chart, or drag Chart from the Components panel to the destination. The
Insert Chart dialog is displayed.
3. Specify a title for the chart in the Chart Title text field, and if required, click to set the font
properties for the title.
4. From the Data Source drop-down list, select the business view in the current catalog, on which the
chart will be built, and if required, click the Filter button to add some filter conditions to the
business view to narrow down data displayed in the chart.
5. Select a group object in the Resources box and add it to the Category or Series box, the data
of which will be displayed on the corresponding axis.
6. To create a combo chart, click to add the required combo type to Primary Axis and Secondary
Axis respectively. The Secondary Axis option is grayed out in default. Check the Secondary Axis
checkbox if required. A default chart type has been added to the primary axis. To add more types,
repeat the procedures. Then add an aggregation object as the data of the chart type (you can
add more than one aggregation object to a chart). Each added chart type needs to have at least
one aggregation object.
7. To change any type listed in the box, select it, then choose your required chart type from the drop-
down list. To delete a type, select it and click .
For details about the options in the dialog, see Insert Chart dialog.
2. Click Menu > Insert > Multimedia Object, or drag Multimedia Object from the Components
panel to the destination. The Insert Multimedia dialog is displayed.
3. Choose from the three multimedia object types: Flash, Real Media file, or Windows Media File.
4. In the File Name/URL text field, specify the full path of the multimedia object you want to insert or
use the Browse button to find it if it is on your local disk. Or you can provide a URL for loading it
from a website.
5. The Plug-in page text field provides a default URL from which to download the player to play the
inserted multimedia object on a web page.
6. In the Properties box, specify the properties for the multimedia object as required.
For details about the options in the dialog, see Insert Multimedia dialog.
Hiding/showing a component
To hide a component, click on the component, when the icon appears at its upper left corner, right-
click on the icon and then select Hide from the shortcut menu.
To show the hidden components, click Menu > Edit > Unhide Components and then select the
desired components to show from the drop-down list. Another way to show the component after hiding
is Undo.
Editing a component
● To edit a label, click in the text and update the content. You can also use the Quick Formats toolbar
to format the font, border, alignment, and background color of a label.
● To edit a table, crosstab, or chart, use the corresponding component wizard on the shortcut menu.
For details, see Manipulating data components.
● To edit an image or a multimedia, click on the component, when the icon appears at its upper left
corner, right-click on the icon and click Edit on the shortcut menu and then modify the settings in
the displayed dialog.
Format > Merge or click on the toolbar, and these cells will be merged into one cell.
To split a tabular cell, select the cell and click Menu > Format > Split or click on the
toolbar, then in the Split Cell dialog, specify the number of rows and columns and click OK.
● If you want to format the properties of the report, click Menu > Edit > Report Body, then in the
Report Body Properties dialog, configure the properties as required.
For detailed explanation about options in the properties dialogs, refer to the specific topics in JReport
Studio dialogs.
Deleting a component
A component can be removed from the report if it is no longer required. To delete a component, click
on the component, when the icon appears at its upper left corner, right-click on the icon and select
Delete from the shortcut menu. Then, a message will prompt, asking for your confirmation. Click OK
in the message box so as to remove the component.
Note: In a studio report, there must be one and only one tabular, so you cannot either insert another
tabular or delete the current tabular.
Manipulating data components
You can manipulate data components, which refer to tables, crosstabs, and charts, in JReport Studio as
shown below. Note that, most of the manipulations require selecting the component first. To select a
component, click anywhere in the component, when the icon appears at its upper left corner, click
the icon.
Manipulating a table
● Adjusting order of columns in a table
The order of columns in a table can be easily adjusted. To do this, first select a column by clicking on
the column header, then drag it to the left or right boundary of another column, when a highlighted
line appears along the column boundary, release the mouse button, and you will see the order
changes.
■ Right-click the icon of the table and select Table Wizard from the shortcut menu.
2. In the Table Title text field, edit the title of the table. You can click to customize the font,
size, and style of the title.
3. If required, click the Filter button to apply some filter conditions to narrow down data displayed
in the table.
4. In the Display tab, add or change the fields displayed in the table.
button .
2. In the Aggregate On dialog, specify a function from the Function drop-down list to summarize
the field in the detail column.
3. When done, click OK.
■ If the table has groups, the aggregation will be created for each group in every group level
and for the whole table at the same time.
■ If the table has no groups, the aggregation will be created based on the whole table.
When you finish aggregating on a detail column, you will find a dynamic aggregation is created which
is given a default name Function_DetailFieldName in the Dynamic Resource > Aggregations list in the
Resources panel and you can use it again in the current report if required.
Select the table, then on the Context toolbar, click the Add/Remove Group button and you
will get a drop-down list of fields in the business view that can be used as group by fields. From the
list you can select the field you would like to add into the table as a group. If there is no existing
group in the table, the added group will be placed at the left-above position. If the table already
contains groups, the new group will be added as the highest level group and follow the same
position pattern as the closest existing group.
Remove Group button on the Context toolbar of the table: unselect the group you want to
remove from the drop-down list, then click Yes in the message dialog.
Detail button . From the drop-down list, select/unselect the field name to show/hide its detail
column.
You can also hide a detail column by first clicking its column header to select it and then clicking the
Hide button on the Context toolbar, or right-clicking the column and selecting Hide from the
shortcut menu.
● Showing/Hiding summaries
To show/hide a summary from a table, first select the table and then do either of the following:
❍ On the Context toolbar, click the Show/Hide Summary button . From the drop-down list,
select/unselect the summary field name to show/hide it.
❍ Right-click the icon of the table, then on the shortcut menu, select/unselect the summary field
name from the Show/Hide Summary sub menu to show/hide it.
Manipulating a crosstab
● Changing the crosstab definition
1. Select the crosstab and then do one of the following to display the Crosstab Wizard:
■ Click Menu > Edit > Wizard.
■ Right-click the icon of the crosstab and select Crosstab Wizard from the shortcut menu.
2. In the Crosstab Title text field, edit the title of the crosstab. You can click to customize
the font, size, and style of the title.
3. If required, click the Filter button to apply some filter conditions to narrow down data displayed
in the crosstab.
■ Right-click the icon of the crosstab and select To Chart from the shortcut menu.
2. In the Title text field, input a title for the chart. You can click to customize the font, size,
and style of the title.
3. The Resources box lists all the view elements used in the selected crosstab including group and
aggregation objects. The chart can only be defined based on the view elements listed. Add a
group object from the Resources box to the Category box, and so to the Series box, and
● Rotating a crosstab
Columns and rows in a crosstab can be exchanged. This operation is called rotating a crosstab.
To rotate a crosstab, first select it, and then do one of the following:
❍ Click Menu > Edit > Rotate Crosstab.
❍ Right-click the icon of the crosstab and select Rotate Crosstab from the shortcut menu.
Manipulating a chart
● Changing the chart definition
1. Select the chart and then do one of the following to display the Chart Wizard:
■ Click Menu > Edit > Wizard.
■ Right-click the icon of the chart or any part of the chart other than the legend and label,
then select Chart Wizard from the shortcut menu.
2. In the Chart Title text field, edit the title of the chart. You can click to customize the font,
size, and style of the title.
3. If required, click the Filter button to apply some filter conditions to narrow down data displayed
in the chart.
❍ Right-click the icon of the chart or any part of the chart other than the legend and label and
select Swap Chart Groups from the shortcut menu.
■ Right-click the icon of the chart or any part of the chart except for the legend and label and
click To Crosstab on the shortcut menu.
2. In the Title text field, input a title for the crosstab. You can click to customize the font,
size, and style of the title.
3. Select a group object in the Resources box and click or to add it as a group field to
the Columns or Rows box; select an aggregation object and click to add it as an
aggregate field to the Summaries box. Repeat these to add more aggregate fields.
In the Label column, you can edit the label of a group field or aggregate field, and the Sort
column allows you to specify a sorting manner on a group field.
To adjust the order of group/aggregate fields, select a group/aggregate field and click or .
Select the chart, then on the Context toolbar, click the Chart Type button . From the drop-
down menu, select the desired chart type and its subtype.
position, select the chart, then on the Context toolbar, click the Chart Options button . From
the drop-down menu, go to the Legend submenu and select the desired position.
Select the chart, then on the Context toolbar, click the Chart Options button . From the drop-
down menu, go to the Label submenu, then select/unselect the desired labels to show/hide them.
Select the chart, then on the Context toolbar, click the Chart Options button . From the drop-
down menu, go to the Gridlines submenu, then select/unselect the desired gridlines to show/hide
them.
When gridlines are shown, it is better to also have the wall shown so as to make the background
gridlines more intuitive. To show the wall, follow the steps above, then on the Gridlines submenu,
select Wall.
Binding links to components
You can bind links to labels, images, DBFields, formula fields, parameter fields, and multimedia objects.
To bind a link to a component:
1. Right-click the component and select Edit Link on the shortcut menu. The Edit Link dialog
appears.
2. Specify the link type to which the component will be linked by selecting the desired type and then
set the related options for the type.
❍ Link to Report
If you create a link to a report, when viewing the result, you can view another report by clicking
the component.
❍ Link to URL
Enter the URL in the Hyperlink box if you want to create a link to a web page, then specify
whether to open the URL in a new window.
❍ Link to E-mail
Enter the E-mail address in the Hyperlink box.
See also Edit Link dialog for additional information about options in the dialog.
2. In the report, select an object to be the trigger for loading the linked report.
3. Right-click the trigger object, click Edit Link on the shortcut menu. Link to Report is selected by
default in the Edit Link dialog.
4. Click the Browse button to specify the target studio report you want as the linked report.
5. The Target Report Parameters section lists the parameters of the linked report. You can assign
fields of the primary report to the parameters. Then, when running the linked report from the link,
the field values of the primary report will be assigned to the parameters automatically.
6. In the Target Component section, click to specify which components in the linked report will
be interlinked with the primary report.
7. In the Conditions section, specify the link relationship for each target component.
a. Select a component in the Target Component box, and then set link condition for it in the
Conditions section.
b. Click to add a condition row.
d. Choose an operator from the drop-down list in the OP column. The operator can be "=",
"<>", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", or "IN".
e. Specify the field/formula of the linked report from the drop-down list in the Target column.
All fields in the linked report of the same value type as the selected main report field will be
available.
f. If necessary, you can specify more link conditions by specifying the main report field, the
operator, and the corresponding field in the linked report. Note that the relationship among
these link conditions is AND, which means that JReport will fetch linked report data which
meets all of the conditions.
g. Repeat the above steps to set link conditions for other target components.
Then, when the primary report is opened in HTML, PDF or Excel format, when you click the trigger
object in the primary report, you will find that the linked report is displayed according to the specified
link conditions. To go back to the original report, click on the toolbar. Click next to and you
will get a drop-down list which lists the original report and the linked targets you have just visited
within the link chain. The item checked on the drop-down list is the currently opened page. Select an
unchecked item and you will be directed to that target.
Notes:
● When linking reports, you need to avoid link loops. For example, if you have linked report A to report
B, then you cannot link report B back to report A again.
● The condition specified in the Conditions section is used for setting up the searching criteria between
the two linked reports. That is, the pages containing the data that meet the condition in the linked
report will be displayed after you click the link.
Using dynamic resources
When you add fields to a report, sometimes you may find that the view elements that have been predefined in the business view cannot meet your
requirements, in which case, you can create some dynamic resources and use them in the report to get the desired data. Then when you save the report,
the dynamic resources will be saved along with the report as its resources.
Dynamic resources that can be used in studio reports include formulas and aggregations.
3. Compose the formula by selecting the required fields, functions and operators from the Fields, Functions and Operators panels. You can also write the
formula by yourself in the editing panel.
For details about the functions and operators, refer to Built-in functions and Operators in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
4. Click the Check button to check whether or not the syntax of your formula is correct.
Notes:
● You can only save a formula with no errors into a report.
● When formulas reference display names or mapping names, the names should not contain any of the following characters if the names are not quoted by
double-quotation marks "":
"~", "`", "!", "@", "#", "$", "%", "^", "&", "*", "(", ")", "-", "+", "=", "{", "}", "[", "]", "|", "\\", ":", ";", "\", " ' ", "<", ",", ">", ".", "?", "/"
Examples:
❍ Expression @Customer#; will cause a syntax error. But @"Customer#" is ok.
❍ If a field has the display name Category.Aggregation, when adding it to a formula, quote it as "Category.Aggregation" or "Category"."Aggregation".
Once a dynamic formula has been created, you can then drag it from the Resources panel to the desired position in the report as a detail object, or use it
when working with the report/component wizard.
Also, if you want to further edit an existing dynamic formula or remove any formula that is not required, right-click the formula and then click the
corresponding command on the shortcut menu.
4. In the Aggregation Name text field, specify the display name of the dynamic aggregation.
Once a dynamic aggregation is created, you can then drag it from the Resources panel to the desired position in the report to see the desired data, or use it
when working with the report/component wizard. And if you want to edit any dynamic aggregation or delete it, right-click the aggregation and click Edit or
Delete on the shortcut menu.
Going through the report data
In a studio report, you can choose to show certain groups of records according to your requirements,
and switch among the groups to see the data you want.
This section presents two kinds of going in studio reports. They are:
● Automatic going
● Going to detail
Automatic going
Automatic going enables you to switch from the current group to another group by using system-
defined commands on the shortcut menu, and it is divided into two kinds:
● Go-to
It enables you to obtain a different view of data by switching among groups.
● Go-to-by-value
It enables you to filter data based on a go-to action so as to obtain a more detailed view of the data.
Automatic going actions are performed on tables and crosstabs. After a going action has been
performed, the data presented in the component will be re-loaded from the data buffer, showing only
the records in the selected group, and the new report created by going can also be viewed, printed,
and exported to other format in the same way as the original report.
Assume you have created a crosstab report on the business view WorldWideSalesBV in Data Source 1
of the SampleReports catalog showing product sales information with Product Type (ascending) as the
column field, Category (ascending) as the row field, and Total Sales as the summary field, and applied
the default style to the crosstab. The crosstab shows as follows:
We will now take the crosstab as an instance to illustrate the automatic going functions.
Go-to
1. Right-click any value of Product Type, Decaf for example, and choose Go To from the shortcut
menu. The list of groups available for Go To will appear on the submenu.
2. Click Region on the submenu, then in the regenerated result, we can see that Category remains
the group for rows and Region becomes the group for columns.
3. To return to the original status, right-click any value and then click Go To > Product Type on the
shortcut menu.
Go-to-by-value
1. Go back to the original report in the above example.
2. Right-click the value Decaf of the Product Type group, and point to Go to By Value on the
shortcut menu. A submenu for the command is displayed, which lists the same items as those of
Go To.
4. To go back to the original report, first delete the filter in the Go to Filter panel, then right-click any
value of Region, choose Go To from the shortcut menu, and click Product Type on the submenu.
Note: If the table type is Group Above, you can right-click its group header to show the shortcut menu
so as to use the automatic going function. For other table types, you have to right-click the group
name in group column to perform automatic going.
Going to detail
Go-to-detail action is performed on the summary of the tables, crosstabs and charts. First define a
table and make it contain the information you would like to view about the summary values. Suppose
that the summary is total sales in different countries. Then when you perform go-to-detail action on the
value of total sales in France, you will get the table displaying the fields you defined and having applied
the filter condition Country=France. When you go to detail of the total sales in another country, the
table will display the data of that country.
To define the detail table for a summary and perform the go-to-detail action on it:
1. Right-click any summary value and select Edit Detail Table from the shortcut menu.
2. In the Edit Detail Table dialog, add the fields you want to display in the detail table of the
summary.
3. Click OK.
4. Right-click a summary value of which you would like to view the detailed information, then click
Go to Detail on the shortcut menu. The detail table for the summary value will then be displayed,
which shows the fields you have defined.
When it is in the advanced mode, you can also choose to apply a predefined filter of the specified
business view from the Query Filter drop-down list. If you prefer to define a filter on your own, select
User Defined from the drop-down list, and then define the filter according to your requirements. You can
also edit a predefined filter if required and save it as a user defined filter to the business view.
❍ To define a filter using simple expressions:
a. Make sure the dialog is in the basic mode.
b. Select the field on which the filter will be based from the field drop-down list.
c. From the operator drop-down list, set the operator with which to compose the filter expression.
d. Type the values of how to filter the field in the value text box, or select one or more values from
the drop-down list.
e. If you want to add another condition line, from the logic operator drop-down list,
■ To add a condition line of the AND relationship with the current line, select AND, then define the
expression as required.
■ To add a condition line of the OR relationship with the current line, select OR, then define the
expression as required.
Repeat this to add more filter expressions if required. To delete a condition line, click on its left.
c. From the field drop-down list, select the field on which the filter will be based.
d. From the operator drop-down list, set the operator with which to compose the filter expression.
e. Type the values of how to filter the field in the value text box, or select one or more values from
the drop-down list.
f. To add another condition line, click the Add Condition button and define the expression as
required. Then click the logic button until you get the required logic to specify the relationship
between the two filter expressions. The logic can be AND, OR, AND NOT, or OR NOT.
3. After you finish the report wizard or component wizard, the specified filter will be applied to the business
view, so that your report will get data that meets the filter condition only.
Note: Query filters take effect on the component level, which means each time you create a component, you
can apply a filter to the business view the component uses and it will not affect other components based on
the same business view.
1. Click Menu > Edit > Filter, or the Filter button on the Standard toolbar. The Filter dialog is
displayed.
2. From the Apply to drop-down list, select the component in the studio report to which you want to apply
the filter.
The Filter dialog provides an entry to all the filters used in the current studio report except query filters. You
can click the Inspector button to view the detailed filter information.
2. Select the values you would like to filter the report data. The selected values applies a filter condition to
all the data components in the current report that are using the same business view, regardless whether
the data components contain the fields holding those values.
You can make use of the Ctrl or Shift key to do multiple selection.
The value selection applies a filter condition and the logic is as follows:
● For one value selection:
Selected_Field=Selected_Value
For example, Country=USA
The following shows more about working with the Filter panel:
● You can use the buttons on the bottom of the Filter panel to deal with the value selection in the panel.
❍ Back
Goes back to the previous value selection status and refreshes the report data accordingly.
❍ Clear
Removes all the value selection histories and all the filter conditions based on the selections, and refreshes
the report data accordingly.
❍ Forward
Goes forward to the next value selection status and refreshes the report data accordingly.
● After right-clicking a group/detail name title bar, these options are available for managing the group/detail
object.
❍ Search
Displays the quick search toolbar right above the group/detail box which enables you to search values in
the group/detail object. You can also use the button on the group/detail name title bar to launch the
quick search toolbar.
The following are details about the usage of the quick search toolbar:
■ Text field
Type in the text you want to search for in the text field and the matched text will be highlighted among
the group/detail values.
■ X
Closes the quick search toolbar.
■
Lists the advanced options.
■ Highlight All
Specifies whether to highlight all matched text.
■ Match Case
Specifies whether to search for text that meets the case of the typed text.
■
Highlights the previous matched text.
❍ Clear
Cancels the selection of a value in the group/detail object. You can also use the button on the group/
detail name title bar to achieve this.
❍ Clear All
Cancels the selection of all values in all the group and detail objects.
❍ Sort
Sorts the values in the group/detail object in the ascending or descending order.
❍ Delete
Removes the group/detail object from the Filter panel. You can also click X on the group/detail name title
bar to remove it.
Note: The filters created via the Filter panel cannot be seen when studio reports are opened in JReport
Designer.
The Filter panel can be regarded as a collection of special filter controls which apply to all data components
using the same data source. While common filter controls can choose the data components they apply, still
under the circumstance of using the same data source.
When there are filter controls, including the special ones in the Filter panel, that apply to the same data
components, and when these controls' fields have cascading relationship, the cascading relationship will be
revealed when you select values in the controls.
For example, there is a filter control based on the field Country, a filter control on City, and another on State.
The first two share one table while the third shares nothing with the other two. In this case, Country and City
values will show cascading relationship, but State values will not participate. You select USA in the Country
filter control, the values in the City filter control will change as follows if the control has scrollbar: the cities
belong to USA are displayed in the upper area of the filter control, and the other cities are put in the lower
area and grayed out. For the case that the City filter control has no scrollbar: all the values remain their
positions and the values not belonging to USA are grayed out. In both cases all the values are selectable. But
the State values remain as before, since the selection of them will not affect the data components that the
Country and City filter controls control.
● First N
Shows the First N item with which you can filter data to display records that meet the First N condition. You
can select a number from the submenu or enter a positive integer into the text box on the submenu to
specify the First N condition.
For example, if you select 5 from the First N submenu for a certain field, then only the records with the field
value equal to one of the first five field values will be displayed.
● Last N
Shows the Last N item with which you can filter data to display records that meet the Last N condition. You
can select a number from the submenu or enter a positive integer into the text box on the submenu to
specify the Last N condition.
For example, if you select 5 from the Last N submenu for a certain field, then only the records with the field
value equal to one of the last five field values will be displayed.
● Field values
"Field values" is not the name for a command on the Filter submenu, but represents some items which are
the values of the field you have right-clicked. Selecting any field value listed here will make the table only
display records with the field value equal to the selected one.
● More
This command is enabled if the Filter submenu cannot list all field values. When it is enabled, clicking it will
show the Select Values dialog. You can select one value in this dialog, then the table will only display records
with the field value equal to the selected one.
Using web controls
In JReport Studio, these four types of web controls can be applied: parameter control, parameter form
control, filter control, and navigation control.
This section describes each of the web controls and how to use them.
❍ Drag Parameter Control from the Components panel to the destination in the report.
3. A parameter control will be added into the report. There are the following ways to specify
parameter values according to the appearance of the parameter control which varies with the type
and properties of the selected parameter:
❍ Typing in the parameter values if the text field is editable.
❍ Using the calendar button to specify a value using the calendar if the parameter is of Date,
Time, or DateTime type.
❍ Using the button to specify multiple values for the parameter in the Enter Values dialog.
4. Once the value in the parameter control changes, the report will rerun with the new parameter
value.
Note: If the specified parameter is no longer used in the report, the parameter control will become
invalid.
❍ Drag Parameter Form Control from the Components panel to the destination in the report.
2. Specify the target reports to run using the parameter form control.
❍ To run the current report, select Current Report, then specify the parameters used to run the
report from the Select Parameters box.
❍ To run other reports, select Others, then select the reports you want to run. All the parameters
used by the selected reports are displayed in the Parameter Information box. If all the selected
reports contain no parameters, you cannot finish the dialog.
3. Specify whether to include the Submit button in the parameter form control. If Submit is included,
it is used to submit the parameter values you specified in the parameter form control. If Submit is
not included, once you change the values of a parameter in the parameter form control, the new
values will be applied automatically.
6. Click the Submit button if present to run the current report or the specified reports. If there is no
Submit button, the change of values in the parameter form control will trigger report rerunning.
Note: If you save or publish a report containing a parameter form control to another directory, the
reports that you bind the parameter form control with will not be saved or published along with the
report.
❍ Drag Filter Control from the Components panel to the destination in the report.
3. The filter control is inserted in the report. It lists all values of the specified field. You can select
one or more values to apply.
4. By default the filter control applies to all the data components in the report that are using the
same data source as the filter control's field. You can specify the exact components to be applied.
To do this, right-click the filter control's title bar, select Properties. Then in the displayed dialog,
select the desired components from the Apply To drop-down list.
After inserting filter controls in the report, you can also insert a navigation control for undoing/redoing
the value selection in the filter controls. For details about the usage of navigation control, see Using
navigation control to undo/redo value selection in filter controls.
Managing a filter control
After right-clicking at the upper left corner of a filter control, these options are available for
managing the filter control.
● Search
Displays the quick search toolbar right above the filter control which enables you to search values in
the filter control. You can also click the button on the title bar of the filter control to launch the
quick search toolbar.
The following are details about the usage of the quick search toolbar:
❍ Text field
Type in the text you want to search for in the text field and the matched text will be highlighted
among the field values.
❍ X
Closes the quick search toolbar. You can also click outside of the quick search toolbar to achieve
this.
❍
Lists the advanced options.
■ Highlight All
Specifies whether to highlight all matched text.
■ Match Case
Specifies whether to search for text that meets the case of the typed text.
❍
Highlights the next matched text.
❍
Highlights the previous matched text.
● Clear
Cancels the selection of values in the filter control. You can also use the button on the title bar to
cancel the selection. This operation can be undone/redone.
● Sort
Sorts the values in the filter control in the ascending or descending order.
● Hide
Hides the filter control.
● Delete
Removes the filter control from the report and the filter you created with the filter control will be
removed from the report too. You can also use the X button on the title bar.
● Properties
Opens the Filter Control Properties dialog for editing the properties of the filter control.
● Drag Navigation Control from the Components panel to the destination in the report.
● Clear
Removes all the value selection histories and all the filter conditions based on the selections, and
refreshes the report data accordingly.
● Forward
Goes forward to the next value selection status and refreshes the report data accordingly.
Adding conditional formats to fields
You can add some conditional formats to a field in tables or crosstabs, which refer to the DBField,
parameter field, formula field, and summary field, then when the specified condition is fulfilled, the
defined format will be applied to the field values for highlighting.
To add conditional formats to a field:
1. Right-click the field and select Conditional Formatting from the shortcut menu to access the
Conditional Formatting dialog.
2. Click the button to open the Edit Conditions dialog to define a condition using either simple
expressions or complex expressions according to your requirements.
3. The newly added condition will then be displayed and highlighted in the Condition box in the
Conditional Formatting dialog.
4. In the Format box, set the format which will be applied to values of the field when the specified
condition is fulfilled, for example, the font face, font size, font color, etc.
5. Repeat the above steps to add more conditions and define the format for each condition as
required.
To edit a condition, select the condition in the Condition box, then click . In the Edit Conditions
dialog, edit the expressions as required.
To remove a condition and the corresponding format, select the condition in the Condition box and
click .
To adjust the priority of a condition, select the condition in the Condition box and then click or
See also Conditional Formatting dialog and Edit Conditions dialog for details about options in the
dialogs.
Applying parameters
When running a studio report with parameters, a dialog is displayed for you to specify parameter
values. After the report is opened in JReport Studio, you can change the parameter values using the
following ways.
● Sorting groups at a group level: Changing the order of groups at the specified group level, that
is, the groups will be sorted by value of the group field.
2. Choose the command Sort > Ascending or Sort > Descending from the shortcut menu.
If what you right-click in Step 1 is a detail field value, the sorting will affect the order of detail
records in the table, crosstab or chart; if it is a group field value, the order of groups in the group
level represented by the group field will be rearranged.
To remove the sort condition on a field, click Sort > No Sort from the shortcut menu.
Note: If you use the shortcut menu to sort the report data by a field and then sort by another field, the
later sort condition will replace the former one.
Applying CSS styles
CSS styles can be applied to studio reports formatting their appearance and characteristics. You can
create and set up your own CSS styles in JReport Designer or any other CSS editor. When you publish
your catalogs to JReport Server, you can include these custom styles with the catalogs.
Styles can be applied to a table, crosstab, or chart, or to the multiple selections of these components,
or to the whole report. The last style always takes effect when more than one style is applied to the
same object.
● In JReport Studio, click the blank area outside of the report field, then select a style from the Report
Style list on the Edit menu.
● Right-click and then select a style from the Apply Style list on the shortcut menu.
To save the changes you made to the current report, click Menu > File > Save (or the Save button on the
Standard toolbar).
If the report is newly created and has not yet been saved, the Save As dialog will be displayed.
1. In the Save in section, browse to the folder where you want to save the studio report in the server resource
tree. You can use the button to return to the parent folder.
2. In the File Name box, enter the name of the report or use the default name. The default file type is studio
report.
3. Click the Advanced button to set the advanced settings for the report if required.
a. From the Status drop-down list, specify a status for the report.
b. From the Catalog drop-down list, select the catalog for the report.
c. Specify the relationship between the saved report and the catalog used to run it:
■ Set Original Catalog as Linked Catalog into Saved Report
If checked, the saved report will be linked with the catalog and will run with the catalog no matter
whether the two are in the same directory. If later the catalog is updated, the saved report will run
with the latest version of the catalog.
d. Optionally, input comments in the Description box as a description for the report.
To save a copy of a report, click Menu > File > Save As (or the Save As button on the Standard toolbar) to
show the Save As dialog, and then do as above.
To find a newly saved studio report version, browse to select the row that the studio report is in on the JReport
Console > Reports page, click Tools > Version on the task bar, and then click the Studio Report Versions tab.
Note: You will not be able to save the report to some locations if you do not have the required permissions. You
need to have Write access to the directory.
Exporting/Printing the report result
When you finish editing a studio report, you may want to export it to other formats or have it printed.
1. Click Menu > File > Export (or the Export button on the Standard toolbar) to display the Export
dialog.
2. From the Select Report Result Format drop-down list, select a format in which to export the result.
❍ Save to File System: The web browser will prompt you to save the result file to a specified folder. If
selected, you need to provide a name for the result file in the File Name field.
❍ Save to Version System: The result will be saved as a result version in JReport Server's versioning
system.
4. Expand More Options to set the options for the selected format. For details about settings of each
format, see Export dialog.
5. Click OK to confirm.
1. Click Menu > File > Print (or the Print button on the Standard toolbar) to display the Print dialog.
2. In the General tab, specify the printer properties, the page range and copies you want to print.
3. In the Appearance tab, specify the appearance of the printed report as required.
4. Click OK. The PDF/HTML result file will be opened in an associated program with which you can print the
result to a printer.
See also Print dialog for additional information about options in the dialog.
Running studio reports on server
Just like normal report sets, studio reports can run using the following ways. However, there are some
differences, which are listed as follows:
● Directly running
A studio report cannot run in DHTML or Applet format. If the Default Format for Viewing Report
property of a studio report is set to DHTML or Applet, the studio report will run in JReport Studio by
default.
● Advanced running
A studio report cannot run in DHTML or Applet format, however, one more format is provided when
you run a studio report in Advanced mode: Studio, by choosing which you can run the studio report
in JReport Studio.
● Scheduled running
The results of a studio report cannot be published to JReport Result or DHTML formats, but one more
format is provided: Studio Result, which is a static studio report result marked as WST file.
You can refer to the following topics for reference about running and scheduling a studio report:
● Running report sets
Besides running a studio report, you can manage its properties, results, versions, and tasks the same
way as with normal report sets, and publish studio reports either to a local or remote server. Studio
reports also support being inspected by JReport Server Monitor. For details about how to perform those
operations, refer to the corresponding topics in this guide.
}
● jrd_catalog={
"name":"xxx", // The full path of the catalog that the studio report
uses.
"ver":"-1", // Optional: The catalog version. -1 means the latest
version.
}
● jrd_param$={
}
● jrd_userinfo={ // Optional.
}
● jrd_datasources=[
// Optional.
// The following types of external data sources are supported: 0 - JDBC data source,
// 2 - Java DataSource object, 3 - Connection object, 4 - ResultSet object.
// One or multiple data sources can be included at a time.
Here is an example of the complete URL without URL encoding to make it easier to read:
http://localhost:8888/webreport/studio/entry/run.jsp?jrd_report={"name":"/SampleReports/
studioreport.wls","ver":"-1"}
&jrd_catalog={"name":"/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat","ver":"-1"}&jrd_param$=
{"P_Coutry":"USA"}
&jrd_datasources=[{"ds":"Data Source
1","uid":"xxx","pwd":"xxx","type":"0","url":"xxx","driver":"xxx"},
{"ds":"Data Source 2","type":"2","key":"xxx"}]
If you use absolute resource path, you need add the property "real":"true" for the path. For
example,
jrd_report={"name":"C:\JReport\Server\jreports\SampleReports\studioreport.wls","ver":"-
1","real":"true"}
&jrd_catalog={"name":"C:\JReport\Server\jreports\SampleReports\SampleReports.
cat","ver":"-1","real":"true"}
Note: JReport Web and JReport Studio slather dynamic classes, so you probably encounter
"OutOfMemoryError: PermGen space" problem when working with them after integration. To solve the
problem, you need to add -XX:MaxPermSize=256m to JVM or set the number to a bigger one according
to your case.
Seamless integrated security solution
As a reporting server, JReport Server protects information via authentication and authorization
processes. Furthermore, JReport allows a web application to embed this reporting solution in it
seamlessly not only on UI but also with the Java EE technology. In this way, the seamless integrated
security solution becomes one of the key solutions of JReport Server.
There are all kinds of scenarios on using JReport solution. However, they can all be categorized into the
following two types according to the location of the JReport Server instance.
JReport Server instance is located in the same JVM as the web application
In this scenario, the application includes JReport Server JAR files into the same JVM, and it also
includes JReport built-in servlets and JSPs which handle DHTML and other reporting services, for
example, scheduling report sets.
Description of the illustration
In this scenario, the client (HTTP client) most of time will send a request to the portal, JSP or Servlet of
the web application, and the web application can either call the public Server API to the server instance
directly to run a report set and output a report set result to file system, or it can re-direct the request
to the JReport services provided by the JReport JSPs and Servlets, for example the DHTML JSP and
Servlet. JReport JSPs/Servlets will first make sure the request is authenticated and authorized. After
which, it will call the internal API method against the JReport Server Instance in the same JVM to fulfill
the requirement and return suitable information to the client via JSPs or internally generated output
steam.
In the illustration above, you can see that the HTTP client can send a request directly to the application
JSP/Servlets or JReport JSPs/Servlets. Before a response is made by the JReport JSP and Servlet, an
Auth Check is performed to authenticate the session and then authorize the action. Normally, the built-
in authenticator and authorization instance of JReport Server (Instance) is called to perform these
checking actions. However, if the application wants to control the process, the web application
developer can set up the configuration to ensure that the customized authenticator and authorization
instance is used instead.
Pay attention to the RED box: External Authorized instance. This Java class implements JReport jet.
server.api.http.HttpExternalAuthorized to provide the authenticated user ID from the session. If this
Instance returns a user ID, JReport will pass it to its authenticator to check if it is valid. If the user ID
is valid for JReport, JReport will qualify the session of the request, and will not ask for a login again. If
this external authorized instance does not return a user ID, JReport will respond the request by asking
for a login.
The other RED box - Authenticator and Authorizer instance, can be provided by implementing two other
interfaces:
jet.server.api.custom.security.AuthenticationProvider and jet.server.api.custom.security.
AuthorizationProvider.
The AuthenticationProvider is used to authenticate the user ID, including whether or not the user ID is
valid. The AuthorizationProvider is used to check the privileges of the user against the action that the
user requests.
During the auth check process, if the external authorized instance returns a user ID of the session,
JReport auth check will continue to send the user ID to the AuthenticatorProvider to check if it is valid
or not. If the user is valid, the auth check will qualify the session of the request, and then continue to
check if the action is valid for the user by asking the AuthorizationProvider instance.
In general, there is an authentication callback via the implemented interface of External Authorized.
Two security check providers can be implemented to seamlessly integrate JReport security into the
application.
● Create a WAR manually. The method is no longer needed but is still available in this release in case
you would like to take it.
The self-contained JReport Server is based on a library. The library contains all class packages required
by the JReport Server runtime, such as jrenv.jar, JRESServlets.jar, JREngine.jar, and JRWebDesign.jar.
In the library, jrenv.jar contains the entire JReport runtime environment, and is the key to the self-
contained integration solution. With the self-contained solution, you do not have to specify the JReport
Server installation root as the reporthome.
When you create a JReport Server WAR/EAR file using the provided tool, the jrenv.jar package will be
automatically put into the WAR/EAR, and will be extracted to the specified reporthome when initializing
JReport Server.
The following is the structure of the jrenv.jar package:
jrenv.jar
workspace/ -- This is the root folder.
bin/ -- This folder contains the license file jslc.dat and configuration files, such as
LogConfig.properties and redirect.properties.
lib/ -- This folder contains jar files needed by applets, such as view12.jar and chart.jar.
template/ -- This folder contains template files.
profiling/report/ -- This folder contains profiling report set files.
jreports/ -- This folder contains demo report sets or pre-published report sets.
db/ -- This folder contains demo database for demo report sets.
help/ -- This folder contains help documents.
The bin/, lib/, and template/ folders are necessary for the JReport runtime, while the profiling/,
jreports/, db/ and help/ folders are optional.
Note: There is a parameter in self-contained WAR/EAR - autoDetectServletPath. It is used to
dynamically detect and modify servlet path based on context path of self-contained WAR/EAR when
deploying the WAR/EAR to a J2EE application server. This property is enabled by default, and the actual
servlet path will be concatenating "context path" with "default servlet path" set in server.properties. If
you do not want this way, you can disable the feature using either of the following ways:
● Before making your WAR/EAR, set the parameter autoDetectServletPath to false in makewar.xml
which is located in <install_root>\bin.
● If the WAR/EAR has already been built, go to web.xml, set this parameter autoDetectServletPath to
false.
makewar.xml
This file can be used to specify the following:
● Targets specified to build the WAR/EAR file. They start with the tag <target name="xxx"...>. You
can modify the target names. By default, the main targets in the makewar.xml are as follows:
❍ Making the server runtime environment
● Temp directories.
❍ The temp directory used to save the temp files when building the WAR/EAR. By default, it is
<install_root>\bin\distribute\temp.
❍ The directory which is used to store the generated WAR/EAR file. By default, it is <install_root>
\bin\distribute.
● The deployment descriptors, such as web.xml and application.xml. The configuration information,
such as the database connection information for the WAR/EAR file is stored in these files.
makewar.bat/makewar.sh
The batch/script file used to build a JReport Server WAR/EAR according to the target specified in
makewar.xml.
Usage
makewar.bat/makewar.sh [Target Name] [-Dpredeploy=ReportFolder] [-Dreporthome=XXX] [-
Djrs.remote.host=XXX] [-Djrs.remote.rmiport=XXX] [-Djrs.rmi.auth_file=XXX]
Options
● Target Name
The following targets can be performed:
❍ buildWar - Specifies to build the JReport Server WAR. It is the default target.
❍ buildRemoteWar - Specifies to build the JReport Server WAR for remote integration.
● -Dpredeploy=ReportFolder
Allows you to deploy the report sets and catalogs under ReportFolder to the WAR/EAR file.
● -Dreporthome
Specifies the reporthome that will be set into web.xml in the WAR/EAR. If this argument is not set,
reporthome will be decided when the WAR/EAR is loaded by the application server and the location
will be %user.home%/.jreport/default. This argument takes effect only when the target name is
buildWar, buildEar, or buildWar4WS.
● -Djrs.remote.host
Specifies the server's RMI host when building a WAR for remote integration. This argument takes
effect only when the target name is buildRemoteWar.
● -Djrs.remote.rmiport
Specifies the server's RMI port when building a WAR for remote integration. This argument takes
effect only when the target name is buildRemoteWar.
● -Djrs.rmi.auth_file
Specifies the RMI auth file with the absolute file path when building a WAR for remote integration.
This argument takes effect only when the target name is buildRemoteWar.
Examples
● Builds the JReport Server WAR file which is defined by makewar.xml (the default target). The
generated WAR file is saved to the default directory <install_root>\bin\distribute.
makewar.bat
● Builds the JReport Server WAR file, and saves the generated WAR file jreport.war to the specified
reporthome.
makewar.bat buildWar -Dreporthome=C:\JReport
● Builds the JReport Server EAR file, and saves the generated EAR file jreport.ear to the default
directory <install_root>\bin\distribute.
makewar.bat buildEar
● Builds the JReport Server WAR file, and deploys the report sets and catalogs in C:\myReport to the
WAR file. The generated WAR file jreport.war will be saved in the default directory <install_root>
\bin\distribute.
makewar.bat buildWar -Dpredeploy=c:\myReport
● Builds the JReport Server WAR file as defined by makewar.xml for remote integration. The generated
WAR file is saved to the default directory <install_root>\bin\distribute.
makewar.bat buildRemoteWar -Djrs.remote.host=127.0.0.1 -Djrs.remote.rmiport=1129 -
Djrs.rmi.auth_file=C:\JReport\Server\bin\rmi.auth
Specifying reporthome for JReport Server in a Java EE environment
JReport Server requires a reporthome as its working space to hold the entire JReport runtime
environment, including the server properties, configuration files and resources. The package jrenv.jar
that contains the entire JReport runtime environment will be extracted to the specified reporthome
when initializing JReport Server. The reporthome can be any location on the disk where JReport Server
has read and write privileges.
You do not have to specify a reporthome for JReport Server since it will create a default reporthome
location <user.home>/.jreport/default.
However, JReport Server enables you to customize the reporthome location before creating the JReport
Server WAR/EAR using the provided tool. You can either specify reporthome directly or specify the
implementation of the jet.server.api.http.CustomizedServerEnv interface.
Note: Make sure that the reporthome for the integrated JReport Server is different from that of the
standalone JReport Server.
Interface CustomizedServerEnv
The jet.server.api.http.CustomizedServerEnv interface can be used for specifying the JReport Server
reporthome and for setting the server properties in a Java EE environment. It contains two methods:
● String getReportHome()
● Properties getServerProperties()
If you specify the implementation of this interface, JReport Server will obtain not only reporthome but
also server properties.
● Using ejb-jar.xml/web.xml.
Notes:
● user.home is a system property of the Java VM (-Duser.home=xxx). So you can also specify different
folders for this JVM option.
● If JReport Server is running on Windows as a service, the username is the user who installed the
service or the specified logon user for the service.
● If JReport Server is running as a Unix/Linux Daemon, you can specify the JVM system property -
Duser.home in the script file that starts JReport Server.
Specifying reporthome directly in web.xml or ejb-jar.xml
It is recommended that you use the <env-entry></env-entry> tags to specify the reporthome directly
in the target "web.xml.norpthome" in the makewar.xml file or in ejb-jar.xml. Also, in the target "web.
xml.filter", you can specify the reporthome using the <context-param></context-param> tags.
You can use one of the two methods listed below to specify the reporthome for WAR:
● In the makewar.xml file, use the <env-entry></env-entry> tags to specify the reporthome in the
target "web.xml.norpthome", and then uncommented the setting. For example:
<env-entry-name>jreport.rpthome</env-entry-name>
<env-entry-value>/home/jreport</env-entry-value>
<env-entry-type>java.lang.String</env-entry-type>
This is the recommended way to set reporthome since the <env-entry></env-entry> tags are also
supported in ejb-jar.xml (if you call the Server API in your EJB).
The same methods can be used to specify the reporthome of building the EAR file as of building the
WAR file. However, because you can wrap WAR and EJB in the EAR file, you should ensure that you put
the reporthome information either in the target "web.xml.norpthome" in the makewar.xml file (for the
web module) or in ejb-jar.xml (for the EJB module).
In ejb-jar.xml, use the <env-entry></env-entry> tags to specify the reporthome. For example,
<env-entry>
<env-entry-name>jreport.rpthome</env-entry-name>
<env-entry-value>/home/jreport</env-entry-value>
<env-entry-type>java.lang.String</env-entry-type>
<env-entry>
Using the default implementations of jet.server.api.http.CustomizedServerEnv
The self-contained JReport Server provides two implementations of CustomizedServerEnv. They are jet.
server.DefaultServerEnv and jet.server.MultipleInstanceServerEnv.
jet.server.DefaultServerEnv
If you use this implementation, you will not need to specify it in the target "web.xml" in the makewar.
xml or in ejb-jar.xml, since it can find the customized reporthome from the <context-param></
context-param> tags of the target "web.xml" or the <env-entry></env-entry> tags of web.xml or ejb-
jar.xml.
jet.server.MultipleInstanceServerEnv
This implementation is extended from DefaultServerEnv. It enables finding the reporthome not only
from <context-param></context-param> or <env-entry></env-entry> tags, but also from an
external file <user.home>/.jreportrc. However, this implementation has three main limitations. They
are:
● This implementation must be clearly specified with the <env-entry></env-entry> tags in the target
"web.xml" in the makewar.xml or in ejb-jar.xml, as follows:
<env-entry>
<env-entry-name>jreport.servenv</env-entry-name>
<env-entry-value>jet.server.MultipleInstanceServerEnv</env-entry-value>
<env-entry-type>java.lang.String</env-entry-type>
</env-entry>
● The JReport Server must be initialized with JRServerContextListener from a Web module.
Since in cases of deploying multiple JReport Server instances in one Java EE application server
without touching the WAR, such as extracting the WAR, setting reporthome and rebuilding the WAR,
JReport Server has to use ServletContext to generate an ID for every instance. JReport Server
retrieves javax.servlet.context.tempdir from ServletContext by invoking the getAttribute(String)
method, and then uses this value to generate the instance ID.
For detailed information, see Java Servlet Specification Version 2.3/2.4 SRV.3.7.1 Temporary
Working Directories.
● The <user.home>/.jreportrc file must be created by JReport Server. You can only edit the file to
change the reporthome after the JReport Server initialization.
Since the instance ID is generated based on a hash code retrieved from javax.servlet.context.
tempdir, it cannot be pre-assigned, and is therefore impossible for you to create the <user.home>/.
jreportrc file. However, once the file has been created, you can edit it to change the reporthome for
each instance. The RC file can hold multiple records. The record format should be as follows:
jreport.rpthome.<instanceID>=the-instance-report-home
The instanceID is created by JReport Server during its first initializing. It is a string of HEX encoded
hash value. For example:
jreport.rpthome.12345678=/home/user1/.jreport/instance.12345678
jreport.rpthome.12345abc=/home/user1/.jreport/instance.12345abc
If JReport Server cannot get the reporthome from CustomizedServerEnv, it will create a default
reporthome in <user.home>/.jreport/default.
The following is an example of specifying reporthomes when deploying multiple server instances using
jet.server.MultipleInstanceServerEnv:
Example: Specifying reporthomes when deploying multiple server instances
JReport Server provides an internally implemented class of the jet.server.api.http.
CustomizedServerEnv interface - jet.server.MultipleInstanceServerEnv which supports multiple JReport
Server instances in one Java EE application server. The reporthome of each instance can be assigned
by the class automatically. To do this, follow the steps below:
1. In the file makewar.xml, use the <env-entry></env-entry> tags to specify jet.server.
MultipleInstanceServerEnv in the target "web.xml". For example:
<env-entry>
<env-entry-name>jreport.servenv</env-entry-name>
<env-entry-value>jet.server.MultipleInstanceServerEnv</env-entry-value>
<env-entry-type>java.lang.String</env-entry-type>
</env-entry>
2. Since different JReport instances cannot access the same JReport Server system database at the
same time, you will need to create a dbconfig.xml file to store the connection information, and put
it in jrenv.jar in workspace\bin (you can find the jrenv.jar file after extracting jreport.war) for
each JReport Server WAR/EAR.
For detailed information about modifying the dbconfig.xml, see Configuring the server database.
3. When the JReport Server WAR/EAR has been deployed, JReport will create a file .jreportrc in
<user.home>, and each JReport instance will read its reporthome from this file. This file must be
created by JReport Server, however, you can edit it in order to change the reporthome after it has
been created.
Using a customized implementation of jet.server.api.http.CustomizedServerEnv
You can implement the interface and add your class to the generated WAR/EAR file, then use the <env-
entry></env-entry> tags to specify your implemented class in the target "web.xml" in the makewar.
xml file or in ejb-jar.xml.
The following is an example of specifying a customized implementation of CustomizedServerEnv in the
target web.xml in the makewar.xml file or in ejb-jar.xml using the <env-entry></env-entry> tags.
Here the customized implementation of CustomizedServerEnv is named my.JReportServerEnv.
<!-- JReport Server calls my.JReportServerEnv to obtain reporthome
and server properties.-->
<env-entry>
<env-entry-name>jreport.servenv</env-entry-name> <!-- must be jreport.servenv-->
<env-entry-value>my.JReportServerEnv</env-entry-value> <!-- your class name -->
<env-entry-type>java.lang.String</env-entry-type>
</env-entry>
Notes:
● JReport Server will retrieve the reporthome and properties from your implemented class when the
WAR/EAR file has been deployed.
● The properties returned from getServerProperties() can be the properties listed in server.properties
file in the directory <install_root>\bin, JVM System properties, or self-defined ones.
Specifying a data source for JReport Server in a Java EE environment
See Configuring the server database when integrating with an application server for detailed
information.
Building a JReport Server WAR manually (deprecated)
This section introduces a method that has been used in earlier versions. If using this method, you will have to
specify the JReport Server installation root as the reporthome unless you make the WAR be a self-contained
solution.
This section takes creating a WAR file on Unix for example. The instruction is applicable to both Unix and
Windows platforms. However, the paths for Windows should use the Windows format, for example, C:\JReport
\Server, while paths for Unix should use the Unix format, for example, /opt/JReport/Server.
<web-app>
<listener>
<listener-class>jet.server.servlets.JRServerContextListener</listener-class>
</listener>
<servlet>
<servlet-name>jrserver</servlet-name>
<servlet-class>jet.server.servlets.JRServlet</servlet-class>
</servlet>
<servlet>
<servlet-name>sendfile</servlet-name>
<servlet-class>jet.server.servlets.SendFileServlet</servlet-class>
</servlet>
<servlet>
<servlet-name>dhtml</servlet-name>
<servlet-class>jet.web.dhtml.DHTMLlet</servlet-class>
</servlet>
<servlet>
<servlet-name>help</servlet-name>
<servlet-class>jet.web.dhtml.JHelplet</servlet-class>
</servlet>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name>jrserver</servlet-name>
<url-pattern>/jrserver/*</url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name>sendfile</servlet-name>
<url-pattern>/sendfile/*</url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name>dhtml</servlet-name>
<url-pattern>/dhtml/*</url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name>help</servlet-name>
<url-pattern>/help/*</url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
</web-app>
cp /opt/JReport/Server/lib/pages/* lib/pages
7. Create a jar file to include the resources folder which is located in /opt/JReport/Server and name it
languages.jar. For example, run the following command:
jar -cvf languages.jar resources
8. Copy the following jar files from /opt/JReport/Server/lib to the jreport/WEB-INF/lib directory:
commons-codec-1.2.jar, jai_codec.jar, jai_core.jar, JREngine.jar, JRESServlets.jar, JRWebDesign.jar,
languages.jar, log4j-1.2.8.jar, sac.jar, tar.jar, xercesImpl.jar, xml-apis.jar.
If you want to export reports to the following formats, you should copy the corresponding jar to the
jreport/WEB-INF/lib directory:
❍ To e-mail or use the e-mail Notification function, copy activation-1.1.jar and mail-1.4.jar.
9. Copy the index.htm file and the admin, dhtmljsp, images, javascript, jinfonet, skin, and style folders from /
opt/JReport/Server/public_html to the /opt/JReport/Server/jreport directory:
cp -r /opt/JReport/Server/public_html/* /opt/JReport/Server/jreport
Notes:
❍ The jsp files within the admin folder are used by the JReport Administration pages. Those within the
dhtmljsp folder are used when viewing reports in the DHTML format.
❍ If you copy index.htm and these folders mentioned above to a sub folder in /opt/JReport/Server/
jreport, for example, /opt/JReport/Server/jreport/sub, to view reports in DHTML format, you need:
■ Uncomment the following lines in dhtml.jsp in the dhtmljsp folder and make it adapt to the environment
as follows:
dhtmlConfig.setDHTMLContextPath(SessionID,"http://localhost:8080/jreport/sub");
dhtmlConfig.setDHTMLJspUrl(SessionID,"/jreport/sub/dhtmljsp/");
dhtmlConfig.setDHTMLServletUrl(SessionID, RptSetId, "/jreport/dhtml");
10. Edit the index.htm file and add the context path /jreport to the src tag. Note that the path separator
character is the Unix style "/" when referencing JSP. The result should be as follows:
<FRAME name="ind" src="/jreport/jinfonet/index.jsp" frameborder="0">
11. Using the following command to create a WAR file named jreport.war:
jar -cvf jreport.war index.htm admin dhtmljsp images javascript jinfonet skin style WEB-INF
Note: The jar utility is in the Java home bin directory. If it is not on your path you must call jar with the
entire path, for example, /opt/jdk1.6.0_17/bin/jar.exe.
● Creating manually
Make sure all necessary contents are included and then use a proper tool to package them into a jar file.
See also Building a WAR/EAR file to include a self-contained JReport Server for details about the structure of the
jrenv.jar.
Four ways of integrating JReport Server
You can either create a JReport Server WAR/EAR, or create your WAR/EAR and embed a self-contained
JReport Server inside it. The following are four ways of building a WAR/EAR file in order to include a
self-contained JReport Server:
● Integrating by building a JReport Server WAR
WEB-INF/web.xml
The following is the default content in the web.xml file of the JReport Server WAR:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?> <!DOCTYPE web-app PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems,
Inc.//DTD Web Application 2.3//EN"
"http://java.sun.com/dtd/web-app_2_3.dtd">
<web-app>
<listener>
<listener-class>jet.server.servlets.JRServerContextListener</listener-class>
</listener>
<servlet>
<servlet-name>jrserver</servlet-name>
<servlet-class>jet.server.servlets.JRServlet</servlet-class>
</servlet>
<servlet>
<servlet-name>sendfile</servlet-name>
<servlet-class>jet.server.servlets.SendFileServlet</servlet-class>
</servlet>
<servlet>
<servlet-name>dhtml</servlet-name>
<servlet-class>jet.web.dhtml.DHTMLlet</servlet-class>
</servlet>
<servlet>
<servlet-name>help</servlet-name>
<servlet-class>jet.web.dhtml.JHelplet</servlet-class>
</servlet>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name>jrserver</servlet-name>
<url-pattern>/jrserver/*</url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name>sendfile</servlet-name>
<url-pattern>/sendfile/*</url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name>dhtml</servlet-name>
<url-pattern>/dhtml/*</url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name>help</servlet-name>
<url-pattern>/help/*</url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
</web-app>
Integrating by building a JReport Server EAR
The self-contained JReport Server can be deployed as a single EAR file. After specifying the reporthome
and configuring the database information, you can build the EAR file using the tool makewar.bat/
makewar.sh in <install_root>\bin. To generate the EAR file, execute the command with the buildEar
parameter, for example:
makewar.bat/makewar.sh buildEar
META-INF/application.xml
Following the Java EE standard, you should configure the META-INF/application.xml file before
deploying the EAR:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE application PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems, Inc.//DTD J2EE Application 1.3//EN"
"http://java.sun.com/dtd/application_1_3.dtd">
<application>
<display-name>Self-contained JReport Server</display-name>
<module id="JReportWebModule">
<web>
<web-uri>jreport.war</web-uri>
<context-root>jreport</context-root>
</web>
</module>
</application>
META-INF/MANIFEST.MF of Web module
Since the JReport Server library is included in jreport-lib of the EAR layer, you must specify Class-Path
in the META-INF/MANIFEST.MF file. The contents below should be included in the MANIFEST.MF file:
Class-Path: jreport-lib/jrenv.jar jreport-lib/JRESServlets.jar jreport-lib/JREngine.
jar ...
Class-Path is a list of all packages in the JReport Server library. Each package name should start with
the prefix jreport-lib/, and you should use a blank space to separate package names.
META-INF/application.xml
Following the Java EE standard, you should configure the META-INF/application.xml file before
deploying your EAR:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE application PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems, Inc.//DTD J2EE Application 1.3//EN"
"http://java.sun.com/dtd/application_1_3.dtd">
<application>
<display-name>EJB with Embedded JReport Server</display-name>
<module id="MyEJBModule">
<ejb>MyEjb.jar</ejb>
</module>
</application>
Class-Path is a list of all packages in the JReport Server library. Each package name should start with
the prefix jreport-lib/, and you should use a blank space to separate package names.
META-INF/ejb-jar.xml
If you do not want to set the reporthome for the embedded self-contained JReport Server, but instead
want to use JReport's default settings, there is no requirement for configuring the ejb-jar.xml.
However, if you want to control the reporthome of the JReport Server, or specify a JNDI data source for
JReport Server to use, you should first configure the ejb-jar.xml file using the <env-entry></env-
entry> tags.
Here is an example:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE ejb-jar PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems, Inc.//DTD Enterprise JavaBeans 2.0//EN"
"http://java.sun.com/dtd/ejb-jar_2_0.dtd">
<ejb-jar id="ejb-jar_ID">
<display-name>MyEJB</display-name>
<enterprise-beans>
<session id="JReportEJB">
<ejb-name>JRptServer</ejb-name>
<home>demo.JRptServerHome</home>
<remote>demo.JRptServer</remote>
<ejb-class>demo.JRptServerBean</ejb-class>
<session-type>Stateless</session-type>
<transaction-type>Bean</transaction-type>
</session>
</enterprise-beans>
</ejb-jar>
Deploying JReport Server to a Java application server
After you have created a WAR/EAR file that includes a self-contained JReport Server, you can deploy
the WAR/EAR to an application server following the deploying instructions of the application server.
This section provides examples of deploying JReport Server to several leading Java EE application
servers. The instructions are applicable to Unix, z/Linux and Windows platforms. However, the paths
for Windows should use the Windows format, for example, C:\JReport\Server, while paths for Unix
and z/Linux should use the Unix and z/Linux format, for example, /opt/JReport/Server.
Before going on to the next sections, you should already have reviewed Building a WAR/EAR file to
include a self-contained JReport Server.
The following examples are based on the Unix platform with one exception of Sun Application Server on
Windows:
● Deploying to IBM WebSphere 7
● Deploying to Tomcat 6
● Deploying to GlassFish V3
Note: It is supported if you change the location of the two folders, skin and dhtmljsp, which are in the
\public_html directory in the application server side. What is need is creating a file jrserver.properties
in the \WEB-INF directory and then adding the following two properties and providing the correct paths
(the context root is excluded):
web.skin.dir
web.dhtml_jsp_path
Deploying to IBM WebSphere 7
The example directory paths listed below are based on Solaris or Linux (referred to as Unix). The
instructions are applicable to both Unix and Windows installations; however, the format of the paths for
Windows would use the Windows format, i.e. C:\JReport\Server instead of /opt/JReport/Server.
It is assumed that:
● WebSphere 7 is installed in the /opt/IBM/WebSphere7/AppServer directory.
4. After successfully log in, expand the Applications node, select Application Types and then
Websphere enterprise applications.
5. Click Install.
6. Click Browse to select the jreport.war file, and then click Next.
7. Keep clicking Next until you see the requirement for specifying context root.
8. In the Context Root field, type a context path such as /jreport/, then click Next.
9. Click Finish on the Summary page. The installing process may take several minutes, wait until the
process is completed.
11. Select jreport.war and then click Start to start JReport Server.
Troubleshooting
If you run into problems when using JReport Server in IBM WebSphere, send the log files of JReport
Server to [email protected]. The following procedure illustrates how to generate the log files:
1. Type -Dlogall=true in the Generic JVM arguments field. Go to Application servers > server1 >
Process Definition > Java Virtual Machine to access this field.
2. Restart the application server, and try to reproduce the problem. After reproducing the problem,
send [email protected] the log files in reporthome/logs.
The WebSphere log files may also help to identify the problem. The most useful one is in /opt/
IBM/WebSphere7/AppServer/profiles/AppSrv01/logs/server1/SystemErr.log.
Deploying to WebLogic 11g Release 1 (10.3.2)
The example directory paths listed below are based on Solaris or Linux (referred to as Unix). The
instructions are applicable to both Unix and Windows installations; however, the format of the paths for
Windows would use the Windows format, i.e. C:\JReport\Server instead of /opt/JReport/Server.
It is assumed that:
● WebLogic 11g Release 1 (10.3.2) is installed in the /opt/bea directory. This is referred to as
BEA_HOME in the WebLogic documentation.
4. After your successful login, in the Domain Structure panel on the left, click Deployments node.
6. In the Install Application Assistant panel, click the upload your file(s) link.
7. In the Deployment Archive section, click Browse to select the jreport.war file in C:\JReport
\Server\bin\distribute, and then click Next.
8. Keep clicking Next until the Finish button is enabled, and then click Finish.
9. Start JReport Server and then access it using the following URL:
http://localhost:7001/jreport/
Troubleshooting
If you run into problems when using JReport Server in BEA WebLogic, send the log files of JReport
Server to [email protected]. The following procedure illustrates how to generate the log files:
1. Add -Dlogall=true on the same line as -Dreporthome in the startWebLogic.sh shell script.
2. Restart the application server, and then try to reproduce the problem. After reproducing the
problem, send [email protected] the log files in reporthome/logs.
The WebLogic log file may also help to identify the problem. It is /opt/bea/user_projects/
domains/domain_name/logs.
Deploying to Tomcat 6
The example directory paths listed below are based on Solaris or Linux (referred to as Unix). The
instructions are applicable to both Unix and Windows installations; however, the format of the paths for
Windows would use the Windows format, i.e. C:\JReport\Server instead of /opt/JReport/Server.
It is assumed that:
● Tomcat 6 is installed in the /opt/apache-tomcat-6 directory.
Troubleshooting
If you run into problems when using JReport Server in Tomcat, send the log files of JReport Server to
[email protected]. The following procedure illustrates how to generate the log files:
3. To get the information about the JReport Server environment, you can access http://
localhost:8080/jreport/admin/info.jsp?cmd=info.
5. After reproducing the problem, send [email protected] the log files in reporthome/logs.
The Tomcat log files may also help to identify the problem. The most useful one is /opt/apache-
tomcat-6/logs/catalina.out.
Deploying to JBoss 5.0.1
The example directory paths listed below are based on Solaris or Linux (referred to as Unix). The
instructions are applicable to both Unix and Windows installations; however, the format of the paths for
Windows would use the Windows format, i.e. C:\JReport\Server instead of /opt/JReport/Server.
It is assumed that:
● JBoss 5.0.1 is installed in the /opt/jboss directory.
2. Remove the two files xercesImpl.jar and xml-apis.jar from jreport.war since they conflict with
JBoss. They are located in jreport.war\WEB-INF\lib.
Troubleshooting
If you run into problems when using JReport Server in JBoss, send the log files of JReport Server to
[email protected]. The following procedure illustrates how to generate the log files:
"$JAVA" $JAVA_OPTS \
-classpath "$JBOSS_CLASSPATH" -Dreporthome=/opt/JReport/Server \
-Dlogall=true \
org.jboss.Main "$@"
3. After reproducing the problem, send [email protected] the log files in reporthome/logs.
The JBoss log files may also help to identify the problem. The most useful one is /opt/jboss/
server/default/log/server.log.
Deploying to OC4J 10g R3 (10.1.3.5.0)
It is assumed that the JReport Server WAR file jreport.war is located in the /opt/JReport/Server/bin/
distribute directory. To create the WAR file refer to the instructions in Building a WAR/EAR file to
include a self-contained JReport Server.
3. In the Archive Location section, click Browse to select the jreport.war file in /opt/JReport/
Server/bin/distribute. Then click Next.
4. Type JRServer in the Application Name field, and type a context path such as /jreport in the
Context Root field. Then click Next.
Troubleshooting
If you run into problems when using JReport Server in the Oracle oc4j Application Server, send the log
files of JReport Server to [email protected]. The following procedure illustrates how to generate
the log files:
1. Type -Dlogall=true in oc4j.cmd located in /oc4jhome/bin.
3. After reproducing the problem, send [email protected] the log files in reporthome/logs.
Deploying to Sun Java™ System Application Server Platform Edition 8.2
The example directory paths listed below are based on Windows. The instructions are applicable to both
Unix and Windows installations; however, the format of the paths for Unix would use the Unix format, i.
e. /opt/JReport/Server instead of C:\JReport\Server.
It is assumed that:
● Sun Java™ System Application Server Platform Edition 8.2 is installed in the C:\Sun\AppServer
directory.
● It is assumed that the JReport Server WAR file jreport.war is located in the C:\JReport\Server\bin
\distribute directory. To create the WAR file refer to the instructions in Building a WAR/EAR file to
include a self-contained JReport Server.
To deploy JReport Server to Sun Java™ System Application Server Platform Edition 8.2:
1. Upgrade Sun Application Server's Derby jars by using the lib folder in C:\JReport\Server\derby
to replace the lib folder in C:\Sun\AppServer\derby.
Change
permission java.util.PropertyPermission "*", "read";
to:
permission java.util.PropertyPermission "*", "read,write";
5. Start the Sun Application Server by selecting Start > Programs > Sun Microsystems >
Application Server PE > Start Default Server.
6. Launch the Admin Console by selecting Start > Programs > Sun Microsystems > Application
Server PE > Admin Console.
7. In the left console tree, expand the Applications node, then click Web Applications.
8. In the Web Applications page, click Deploy.
9. Click Choose File to select the WAR file jreport.war. Then click Next.
10. Use the default settings and click OK. You will find a new application jreport is listed.
Troubleshooting
If you run into some problems when using the Sun Application Server, send the log files of JReport
Server to [email protected]. The following procedure illustrates how to generate the log files:
1. Start the Sun Application Server, and then launch the Admin Console.
4. In the JVM Option field, click Add JVM Option, and then type -Dlogall=true.
7. After reproducing the problem, send [email protected] the log files in reporthome/logs.
Deploying to GlassFish V3
The example directory paths listed below are based on Solaris or Linux (referred to as Unix). The
instructions are applicable to both Unix and Windows installations; however, the format of the paths for
Windows would use the Windows format, i.e. C:\JReport\Server instead of /opt/JReport/Server.
It is assumed that the JReport Server WAR file jreport.war is located in the /opt/JReport/Server/bin/
distribute directory. To create the WAR file refer to the instructions in Building a WAR/EAR file to
include a self-contained JReport Server.
5. Leave Application Name and Context Root as jreport and jreport. Then click OK.
6. Expand the Deployment node on the left and you will see a new node named jreport. Click jreport
and then on the displayed page click Save.
7. In the console tree, click Configuration. Go to the JVM Settings tab, and then click JVM Options.
In the JVM Options section, click Add JVM Option, and then type -Djava.awt.headless=true.
Click Save to save your changes.
You need not add this JVM option if you are using Windows.
Troubleshooting
If you run into some problems when using the GlassFish V3, send the log files of JReport Server to
[email protected]. The following procedure illustrates how to generate the log files:
1. Start the GlassFish in the default domain1 and then launch the Admin Console.
4. In the JVM Options section, click Add JVM Option, and then type -Dlogall=true. Click Save to
save your changes.
The GlassFish log file may also help to identify the problem. It is /opt/glassfish/domains/domain1/
logs/server.log.
Integrating remote JReport Server
Normally, JReport servlets are only integrated with other applications on the same machine. However,
you can now implement JReport Remote Server API in your JSPs, and integrate the JSPs with the
application server to call JReport Server, which is running on a different machine.
Notes:
● In a remote integration environment, the options for publishing resources are hidden since they are
not supported by JReport JSPs. If you want to publish report sets or catalogs to JReport Server, use
one of the following ways:
❍ Access the JReport Server (not the remote server) Administration page with 8889 as the default
port to perform publish work.
❍ Copy the report set or catalog files to the computer where JReport Server (not the remote server)
is located, and then call the RMI API to publish them.
❍ Publish the report set or catalog files from JReport Designer to the JReport Server.
● In a remote integration environment, running report sets to the Applet format is not supported.
● In a remote integration environment, the two tabs Monitor and Data are hidden on JReport
Administration page since they are not supported.
● You can change the location of the two folders, skin and dhtmljsp, in the \public_html directory in
the application server side. What is required is to create a file jrserver.properties in the \WEB-INF
directory and then add the following two properties and provide the correct paths (the context root is
excluded):
web.skin.dir
web.dhtml_jsp_path
● Integrating remote JReport Server with WebLogic 11g Release 1 (10.3.2) by a WAR file
Related Topics:
● Overall Remote Server APIs & unified JSPs
Integrating remote JReport Server with IBM WebSphere 7 by a WAR file
Here is an example illustrating the case of using JSPs based on Remote Server APIs to integrate with
IBM WebSphere 7.
It is assumed that:
● WebSphere 7 is installed in C:\WebSphere in computer A.
Take the following steps to integrate remote JReport Server with IBM WebSphere:
1. Generate a WAR file.
3. After successfully log in, expand the Applications node, select Application Types and then
Websphere enterprise applications.
4. Click Install.
5. Click Browse to select the remote.war file, and then click Next.
6. Keep clicking Next until you see the requirement for specifying context root.
7. In the Context Root field, type a context path such as /remote/, then click Next.
8. Click Finish on the Summary page. The installing process may take several minutes, wait until the
process is completed.
9. Click Save.
Take the following steps to integrate remote JReport Server with WebLogic:
1. Generate a WAR file.
4. After your successful login, in the Domain Structure panel on the left, click Deployments node.
6. In the Install Application Assistant panel, click the upload your file(s) link.
7. In the Deployment Archive section, click Browse to select the remote.war file in C:\JReport
\Server\bin\distribute, and then click Next.
8. Keep clicking Next until the Finish button is enabled, and then click Finish.
9. Start JReport Server in computer B. Then go to computer A and access JReport Server using the
following URL:
http://localhost:7001/remote/
Clustering
A JReport Server cluster is a distributed cluster in which a group of servers work together to provide
cluster-wide shared resources, security, schedules and version services. In a JReport Server cluster, all
clustered servers play exactly the same role. You can add a new server to the existing cluster or shut
down a server from the cluster any time.
This chapter shows you the infrastructure of the JReport Server cluster, what features it owns, how to
set it up, and how to manage it.
The following topics are covered:
● Cluster overview
Every clustered server in this distributed cluster has the same responsibility. You can set each clustered server in a
JReport Server cluster by configuring its properties. The following list shows all the tasks each clustered server in the
server cluster can complete.
Clustered Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Server
Related topics:
● JReport Server cluster
JReport Server cluster main features
This section describes the main features of the JReport Server cluster. Some of these features are also
available through the API. With these features in mind, you will be better able to understand JReport
Server clusters and easily use them.
● Edit resource nodes and sub resource nodes. Add reachable virtual resource nodes.
Load balancing
As for scheduled tasks in a cluster environment, JReport Server provides a load balancing mechanism
which enables the server to work more effectively.
Every clustered server has a scheduler, and among the schedulers those with a lease are active
schedulers. When the time of a scheduled task arrives, active schedulers compete and the winner gets
to trigger the schedule. When dispatching tasks, the server which has the active scheduler will select a
server according to load balancing algorithm and allocate the task to it.
Here are the benefits of deploying load balancing in a JReport Server cluster.
● Automatically allocates tasks to suitable servers according to their current load and performance.
● Makes sure that all of the servers in the cluster are fully utilized.
● Automatically re-balances the network load when one server is added or removed.
● Cluster Schedule Lease Check Interval will set the amount of time between when other non-lease
nodes will check to see if a lease is available to pick up. The default value is 30 seconds, i.e. every 30
seconds all the other nodes will check to see if one of the lease semaphores is available to take. The
number of semaphores is set by the Cluster Scheduler Lease Active Count.
Load detection
There is a JReport Server residing in each node of a JReport Server cluster. The main factor that affects
load balancing is the number of concurrent report sets that are running on every JReport Server. In
order to avoid heavy load, every member server in the cluster has been enabled to send the number of
concurrently running report sets on it to the other cluster nodes.
Performance Weight
Performance weight is a positive floating point number that you set to each server in a cluster on any
clustered server. Use Admin Console > Cluster > Weight panel and measure the performance of a
typical report on each node of the cluster. The higher performance weight you set to a clustered
server, the higher chance it may get selected by the server that holds the active scheduler during
load balancing. See Configuring performance weight for how to set performance weight and how this
algorithm works.
If you do not set performance weight, by default the algorithm will work the same as Round Robin
(loadbalance.type=1).
● Random (loadbalance.type=3)
The server that holds the active scheduler will select the server randomly.
Failover
You can check the status of the clustered servers on JReport Server Monitor and notice the failure of
any member server. If a member server is down, JReport cluster will remove it from the active
clustered server list.
Distributed storage
In pure distributed cluster the resource files are no longer stored in a central place. They might be
stored on any node in the cluster. You can set how many copies would be made in the cluster. Then if
you need to access the files from another node, JReport cluster will copy them to the node from where
it is stored. As a result, you can access your required files from anywhere in the cluster. If the copy
number is 0, then it means every node of the cluster will get a copy.
Here are the resources that can be stored on any single node of the cluster:
● Temp Directory
When viewing report sets from any server in a JReport Server cluster, some temporary files will be
generated. All temporary files are saved in the temp directory.
● History Directory
When publishing report sets to the versioning system from any server in a JReport Server cluster, all
the result files are saved in the history directory.
● Realm Directory
On each clustered server, the realm related files are saved in the realm directory.
Following are steps and examples for how to set up and start a JReport Server cluster:
● JReport Server cluster license
● Preparation
● Whether to use the default Derby DBMS or use your own DBMS?
JReport includes the Apache Derby DBMS for the server data such as resources and users, groups
and roles and a lot of other information. By default each installed node creates it's own database in
<install_root>/derby. In order to use a JReport cluster, all nodes must use the same database.
Select one of the nodes to manage the Derby DBMS and ensure that all the other nodes point to this
same instance. For an example, review the sample configuration Case 1.
Another option to consider is using your own DBMS for the server database. If you already have a
reliable DBMS which is already being backed up and provides the reliability you need such as MySQL
or Oracle we recommend you change the system DBMS to use your own managed DBMS rather than
maintain a separate one for JReport. For information on how to configure JReport to use a different
system DBMS, refer to Configure the server database.
Setting up and configuring a JReport Server cluster
Before setting up a JReport Server cluster, first you need to make the time difference between the
target computers that will join the cluster as small as possible (the time difference between the target
computers should be within one minute), and make sure all servers in the cluster will be set up on the
same architecture and operating system.
A JReport Server cluster can be set up either during the JReport Server installation or after the servers
have been installed using the appropriate license key for cluster.
2. Specifies your User ID. In the License Key text field, use the cluster enabled license key.
3. When choosing the installation type, choose Custom Installation for Standalone Server. Then
specify the installation directory for JReport Server.
4. In the Service tab of the Configuration panel, check the Network Address At option and type in
the IP address of the server.
5. In the Cluster tab, specify a cluster name in the Cluster Name text field. You can either make the
server join an existing cluster or specify a new cluster name to build another cluster.
7. Check the Cluster Scheduler Lease option to enable lease for the cluster, then set the active
count, valid time and check interval for the cluster scheduler lease. If you don't enable the lease
option, all clustered servers in the cluster will compete for a chance to trigger scheduled tasks
which could lower overall system throughput. Read main features for additional information.
8. Specify values for Cluster Storage History Number of Copies, Cluster Storage Realm Number of
Copies and Cluster Storage CRD Result Number of Copies. If you are using shared disk resources
for any of these directories you should set the value to 1. The default value is 2 which means
make one copy plus the original. This allows any one node to go down and the system will still be
able to find all resources. If you want to allow 2 simultaneous failures, set the number of copies to
3.
9. Set the Properties, Realm, Resource, History, and Temporary Directories if necessary. If they are
not specified, default directories will be used.
10. Type the IP address or host name of the server in the Server's RMI Host text field, and type the
port number in the Server's RMI Port text field.
11. In the Data Source tab, configure the System DB and Realm DB to make sure they point to the
database that the server will use.
12. Go on with the installation steps to complete the installation.
13. Install another server you want to join the cluster and repeat the above steps to configure its
cluster settings. Since JReport Cluster uses only one server DBMS, you need to make the system
database and realm database in the URL text field point to the same DBMS as the previous server.
This requires that you replace localhost with the IP address of the first cluster node that you
installed: jdbc:derby://localhost:1527/systemtables;create=true; jdbc:derby://
localhost:1527/realmtable.defaultRealm;create=true.
2. Log onto the JReport Administration page, and click Cluster > Configuration on the system
toolbar.
3. In the Cluster Name text field, specify a name for the cluster. You can either make the server join
an existing cluster or specify a new cluster name to build another cluster.
6. A cluster member ID will be generated automatically for the server. But if you need to modify it,
go to server.properties file located in <install_root>\bin and set the property cluster.member.
id.
7. Go to the JReport Administration > Data page, configure the databases to make sure they point to
the database that the server will use. For details, see Configuring the server database.
8. Restart the server you have enabled with cluster, then log onto the JReport Administration page,
go to the Cluster > Configuration panel.
9. To enable lease for the cluster, check the Cluster Scheduler Lease option and set the active
count, valid time and check interval of the cluster scheduler lease respectively.
10. Specify values for Cluster Storage History Number of Copies, Cluster Storage Realm Number of
Copies and Cluster Storage CRD Result Number of Copies.
11. Set the Properties, Realm, Resource, History, and Temporary Directories if necessary. If they are
not specified, default directories will be used.
12. In the Server's RMI Host text field, type the RMI IP address or host name of the clustered server.
13. In the Server's RMI Port text field, type the RMI port number of the clustered server.
15. Start up another server you want to join the cluster and repeat the above steps to configure its
cluster settings.
See also Cluster dialog for details about the cluster configuration options.
2. Modify cluster.name in any server's server.properties file to specify the cluster name. If not
specified, it will take jreport-cluster as the default name.
3. In the server.properties file of each clustered server, modify the properties file as follows:
❍ cluster.member.id=(integer)
Specifies the member ID of the local server. The value of this property should be an integer no
less than 1.
❍ server.rmi.host=localhost IP address
Specifies the RMI IP address or host name of the local server.
❍ server.rmi.port=1129
Specifies the RMI port number of the local server.
4. Specify the paths of the directories on the physical disk, such as properties directory, realm
directory, resource root, history directory, and temporary files directory. The directories on each
clustered server should point to a different physical disk.
Add the following properties to the server.properties file:
❍ resource.share.temp.dir=
Specifies the directories for storing temporary files.
❍ resource.share.hist.dir=
Specifies the directories for storing all versions of report set results in the cluster.
❍ resource.share.realm.dir=
Specifies the directories of the realm files.
❍ resource.share.properties.dir=
Specifies the directories of the properties files.
❍ resource.root=
Specifies the directories of the JReport demo report sets.
5. Modify dbconfig.xml in each server's <install_root>\bin, and make sure that the system
database and realm database all server nodes use point to the same DBMS. For details, see
Configuring the server database.
Notes:
● In JReport cluster, you can no longer use HSQLDB as the server's system database.
● If you set up a JReport cluster on one computer, you need to make sure that the settings of HTTP
Port, Administration Port, and Server's RMI Port on each cluster node be different from those on any
other nodes.
● It is strongly recommended that you do not change the auto generated cluster member ID in a
JReport cluster, because distributed storage uses the member ID to recognize on which node the
physical files are stored.
● No sub folders should be created under the realm directory because it may create a realm when
server is started.
● To use the old result files in <reporthome>\history, install the new JReport Server to the same
directory with a new license key, overriding the existing program files.
● In order to fax report results successfully in a cluster, you need to configure the fax settings for each
clustered server respectively.
● If the content of the resource root directory jreports is removed, the Public Reports folder in the
resource tree will be empty.
Starting a JReport Server cluster
To start a JReport Server cluster, start the servers you have configured for the cluster one by one. If
you are using the default Derby DBMS, be sure to start Derby first by running startNetworkServer.bat/
sh in the <install_root>/derby/bin directory on the server containing the server DBMS.
The servers in a cluster can also be shut down at any time, and by using the Server API, you can set
whether to notify somebody via e-mail when a server in a cluster is down. To do this:
1. Start a clustered server by using JReport Server API.
2. Call jet.server.api.admin.ClusterAdminService.
Notes:
● If you are using multiple IP address on a clustered server, you need to add -Djgroups.
bind_addr=IP address at which JReport cluster can work properly to its JRServer.bat file located in
<install_root>\bin to make sure the server can be started successfully.
● If you have two JReport clusters with the same cluster name in a network segment, although the
two clusters are pointing to different databases, only the one started earlier can work successfully.
● The cluster uses shared directories for resources so no resource copies are required.
3. Log onto the JReport Administration page of Server2, click Configuration > Service on the
system toolbar, then set Port and Administration Port respectively to 8886 and 8887 to make
them different from those of Server1. You may use any port numbers which are available on your
system.
5. In the Configuration panel, specify a cluster name and check the Enable Cluster option, then
click Save to enable the cluster.
7. Log onto the JReport Administration page of Server2 using the administration port 8887 set in
Step 3 (http://localhost:8887), go to the Cluster > Configuration panel, check the Cluster
Scheduler Lease option to enable lease for the cluster, then set the active count, valid time and
check interval for the cluster scheduler lease.
8. Change the Cluster Storage History, Realm and CRD Result Number of Copies to 1. We will just
use one resource directory.
9. Change the Properties, Realm, Resource, History Directories to C:\JReport\Server1. Leave the
Temp directory as the default.
10. Type the IP address or host name of Server2 in the Server's RMI Host text field, and type the port
number in the Server's RMI Port text field.
The port is the RMI port of the clustered server. The default port number is 1129. If there are two
or more JReport Servers started on one machine, the RMI port number of each clustered server
must be changed to a unique one, in order to avoid port conflicts.
In this example, the port number is changed to 1130, since the other server will use the default
port number 1129.
11. Click Save to accept all the changes, then shut down the server.
13. Launch the JReport Server installed to C:\JReport\Server1, log onto the JReport Administration
page (http://localhost:8889), then click Cluster > Configuration on the system toolbar.
14. Use the same cluster name as Server2, thus making Server1 join the existing cluster. Check the
Enable Cluster option, then click Save to enable the cluster.
16. Go to the Cluster > Configuration panel, change the Cluster Storage History, Realm and CRD
Result Number of Copies to 1.
17. Configure its Server's RMI Host and Server's RMI Port. Remember to keep Server's RMI Port to its
default value 1129.
18. Upon finish, click Save to accept all settings and shut down Server1.
21. Start the server Derby DBMS service by double-clicking the startNetworkServer.bat file in C:
\JReport\Server1\derby\bin.
22. Restart Server1 and Server2. It doesn't matter which one you started first.
23. Start JReport Server Monitor and check the cluster on the JReport Monitor page.
24. Access the JReport Console page of the first server using port 8888 as an administrator, and then
submit a scheduled task. In the Scheduled tab, you will see the newly scheduled task.
25. Log onto the JReport Administration page of the second server and create a new user Tom in the
Security > User panel. Access the JReport Console page of the second server using port 8886 as
Tom, and then submit another scheduled task.
Notes:
● Publishing to disk is not supported when you schedule to run a report in JReport cluster.
● You can only view scheduled tasks that you have submitted.
● From the JReport Console page of the clustered servers, you can only view completed tasks that you
have submitted.
● If there are more than two clustered servers in the cluster, then after you shut down one server, all
the scheduled tasks running on this server will be run on other servers.
Example 2: Setting up a JReport Server cluster for a production environment
This example demonstrates how to set up a JReport Server cluster on Unix/Linux by configuring the
cluster UI on each JReport Server. There will be three computers in the cluster. They are node1 (IP
address: 192.168.0.1), node2 (IP address: 192.168.0.2) and node3 (IP address: 192.168.0.3). All
JReport Servers in the cluster use Apache Derby as the server system database.
Take the following steps to set up the cluster:
1. Make the time difference between the target computers be within one minute.
2. Install JReport Server on each of the three nodes in directories /home/JReport/Server1, /home/
JReport/Server2 and /home/JReport/Server3 respectively using the appropriate license key for
the cluster, and install JReport Server Monitor on one of the nodes.
3. Launch the JReport Server installed to /home/JReport/Server1 on node1. Log onto the JReport
Administration page, and click Cluster > Configuration on the system toolbar. In the
Configuration panel, specify a cluster name and check the Enable Cluster option, then click Save
to enable the cluster.
4. Restart the JReport Server on node1, and go to the JReport Administration page > Cluster >
Configuration panel.
5. Check the Cluster Scheduler Lease option to enable scheduler leases for the cluster, then set
the active count, valid time and check interval for the cluster scheduler lease respectively. The
defaults of 2 active schedules with a time of 300 seconds and check interval of 30 seconds are a
good starting point.
6. Keep the cluster storage history, realm and CRD result number of copies to 2. This means that
each resource will be copied to 2 of the 3 servers so there will be no single point of failure for the
resources.
7. The default properties for realm, resource, history and temporary file directories are OK.
8. In the Server's RMI Host text field, type the IP address or host name of Server1 as 192.168.0.1.
Type the port number in the Server's RMI Port text field as 1129.
10. Go to the Data > System DB panel of Server1, in the Configuration tab, copy the URL in the URL
text field to a temporary file, and go to the Realm DB panel to copy the URL using the same way.
In order to use a JReport server cluster, all nodes in the cluster must use the same database. In
this case, all three nodes will use the database server1 uses. The ensures that all servers in the
cluster share a single DBMS instance.
12. Launch the JReport Server installed to /home/JReport/Server2 on node2. Log onto the JReport
Administration page, and click Cluster > Configuration on the system toolbar. In the
Configuration panel, use the same cluster name as Server1, thus making Server2 join the existing
cluster. Check the Enable Cluster option, then click Save to enable the cluster.
13. Restart the JReport Server on node2. Go to the JReport Administration page > Data > System DB/
Realm DB, make the system database and realm database in the URL text field the same as those
of node1.
15. Similarly, keep the cluster storage history, realm and CRD result number of copies to 2.
16. The default properties for realm, resource, history and temporary file directories are OK.
17. In the Server's RMI Host text field, type the IP address or host name of Server2 as 192.168.0.2.
Type the port number in the Server's RMI Port text field as 1129.
18. Click Save to accept all the changes, then shut down the server.
19. Launch the JReport Server installed to /home/JReport/Server3 on node3. Just like what we did
with node2, enable cluster and make node3 join the existing cluster too.
20. Restart the JReport Server on node3. Go to the JReport Administration page > Data > System DB/
Realm DB, make the system database and realm database in the URL text field the same as those
of node1.
22. Just as we did with node2, keep the cluster storage history, realm and CRD result number of
copies to 2. The default properties for realm, resource, history and temporary file directories are
OK.
23. In the Server's RMI Host text field, type the IP address or host name of Server3 as 192.168.0.3.
Type the port number in the Server's RMI Port text field as 1129.
24. Click Save to accept all the changes, then shut down the server.
25. Start the server Derby DBMS service by running the startNetworkServer.sh file in /home/JReport/
Server1/derby/bin.
26. Launch the server on node1. In the Command Prompt window, you will see the following
information:
JReport Server is ready for service.
28. Start JReport Server Monitor and go to the JReport Monitor page to track the cluster.
Managing JReport Server clusters
The JReport Server Cluster page allows you to enable a cluster and configure and evaluate the
performance weight of the servers in the cluster. On this page, you can:
● Enable and set up a cluster.
On the JReport Administration page, you can also administer the servers in a cluster. In this section,
JReport Server cluster administration is described in the following topics:
● Configuring performance weight
2. Specify a weight value for each clustered server manually. Performance weight is a positive float
number.
4. If you want to test each clustered server's performance weight value at current time, specify a
catalog and a report that will be used for the testing in the Catalog and Report text fields and then
click the Test button.
The following are two examples for how Least Weighted Current Report Sets algorithm works:
Example 1 - when there are free servers:
2. The server that has the active scheduler selects a server in the cluster according to the load
balancing algorithm specified which can either be a built-in one or a customized one, and then
sends the task to the selected server.
Tip: You can also directly specify a server in a cluster to perform a scheduled task instead of using load
balancing. To do this, first make sure that the Identify Server Preference option is enabled in the Profile
dialog (Profile > Customize Server Preferences > Advanced > Identify Server Preference), and
then use the Specify a preferred server to run the task option in the General tab of the Schedule dialog
to specify a server manually.
A demo DemoLoadBalancer.java has been provided to illustrate how to customize load balancing using
APIs. You can find it in <install_root>\help\server\en\samples.
5. Submit some tasks for running. You will now find that these tasks are allocated to the clustered
servers based on the DemoLoadBalancer code.
Reference: For more details, see the jet.server.api.cluster.LoadBalancer interface in JReport Server
Javadoc located in <install_root>\help\server\en\api\jet\server\api\cluster.
Notes:
● You can choose the load balancing type by setting the API method setLoadBalanceType() at jet.
server.api.admin.ClusterAdminService. For example, setting the API method as setLoadBalanceType
(0), setLoadBalanceType(1), setLoadBalanceType(2), and setLoadBalanceType(3) means respectively
the algorithm Least Current Report Sets (Min-load), Round Robin, Least Weighted Current Report
Sets (Weighted Min-load) and Random will be chosen.
● For the load balancing algorithms: the server that holds the active scheduler selects from the servers
with the number of concurrently running report sets less than maximum number first. However, if all
servers are full, it will select from all of them.
Monitoring clustered servers
JReport Server Monitor is a standalone web-based application used for monitoring the overall
performance of JReport Server. JReport Server Monitor should be used together with JReport Server.
JReport Server Monitor contains the following main features:
● Inspects the status of JReport Server.
Before you can use JReport Server Monitor to monitor servers in a cluster, the following steps must be
taken:
1. Download and install JReport Server Monitor.
3. Copy rmi.auth from <server_install_root>\bin of the clustered server whose IP address and
port information you modified in the last step to <monitor_install_root>\bin, or remove rmi.
auth from <server_install_root>\bin of this clustered server.
Note: The Monitor link will not be displayed on the JReport Administration page when the web.monitor.
link.enable property in the server.properties file in <server_install_root>\bin is set to false. You can
specify the monitor port by setting monitor.jmx.htmladaptor.port in server.properties.
Related topics:
● Monitoring JReport Server
Dispatching RMI Server Pages requests in multiple server environment
You can dispatch RMI Server Pages requests in multiple server environment, which includes JReport clustered and non-clustered server
environment.
Sample solution: dispatch RMI Server Pages requests in clustered server environment
This sample solution is to visit Server Pages JSPs remotely from WebSphere 7 to JReport Clustered Server. See the below diagram for
the structure:
You should be able to set up a similar service with any Java EE server by following the same procedure based on your preferred
application server documentation.
This demo dispatcher dispatches requests from different sessions to different JReport Servers according to Round-Robin algorithm. The
dispatcher has the Fail Over function, which will periodically check whether there is any unavailable server in the cluster. No request will
be dispatched to the unavailable server until the server is checked to be available again.
In general, the solution can be categorized into the following major steps:
1. Set up the server cluster.
2. Generate a WAR file containing Server Pages RMI JSP and dispatcher for WebSphere.
In the following sections, we will explain clearly the exact operations you are expected to make in each of the main steps.
Generating a WAR file containing Server Pages RMI JSP and dispatcher for WebSphere
1. Build a JReport Server WAR file as defined by makewar.xml for remote integration. The generated WAR file is saved to the default
directory <install_root>\bin\distribute.
makewar.bat buildRemoteWar -Djrs.remote.host=192.168.0.1 -Djrs.remote.rmiport=1129 -Djrs.rmi.auth_file=C:
\JReport\Server\bin\rmi.auth
3. In the WAR file, drag the class files generated in step 2 to the classes\demodispatch folder, assuming that this folder has already
been created in the WAR file.
2. Open Administrative Console. You can open Administrative Console by using the Start Menu, or by using the URL: http://
hostname:9060/ibm/console, where hostname is host name or IP address, and 9060 is the port number.
3. After successfully logging in, expand the Applications node, and then click Install New Application.
4. Click Browse to select your .war file. In the Context root field, type a context path such as /servlet/ ("/servlet" is also ok). Click
Next.
5. Do not check any option in this page, and then click Next.
6. Type RMI_Server Pages in the Application name field. DO NOT check the Precompile JavaServer Pages files option. Click Next.
8. Click Finish in the Summary page. The installing process may take several minutes, wait until the process is completed.
9. After the installation process is completed, click Save directly to the master configuration. Then in the Save directly to the
master configuration dialog, click Save.
10. This step is to configure the dispatcher and cluster server. Go to WebSphere Admin Control to add some properties for this
dispatcher. Expand Servers, go through Server Types > WebSphere application Servers > server1 > Process definition (in
the Server Infrastructure table > Java and Process Management) > Java Virtual Machine > Custom Properties (in the Additional
Properties table).
Click the New button to add properties for our demo dispatcher com.jinfonet.dispatcher.configFile and jrs.remote.dispatcher.
Note that the dispatcher DemoRemoteDispatcher.java will read the clustered server information in the hostport.properties file
like below:
rmiserver=192.168.0.1:1129
rmiserver=192.168.0.2:1130
...
11. If you have set up JReport Server in a cluster, you can append their host and port information to the above text file.
12. Click the Save link in the Messages table and click Save button to save the changes, and then restart WebSphere 7.
Then you can start JReport Server and access your Server Pages with a URL such as:
http://hostname:9080/remote/jinfonet/submitSchedPage.jsp?jrs.cmd=jrs.submit_schedule&jrs.catalog=/SampleReports/
SampleReports.cat&jrs.task_class=jet.server.schedule.jrtasks.PublishRptTask&jrs.launch_type=0&jrs.
to_version_pdf=true&jrs.to_version=true&jrs.report=/cheping/CustomerAnalysis.cls&jrs.auth_uid=admin&jrs.
auth_pwd=admin
JReport Security System
In JReport Server, there are two types of security mechanisms. One is to deal with report security, and
the other is to manage user permissions on JReport Server. This chapter discusses these two
mechanisms respectively.
● Report security system
● On-Demand and schedule non-DHTML and non HTML reports build a separate data result for each
request containing only the data the security identifier allows. In this way, it is similar to a report
using Record-level Security; however, the setup mechanism is different.
For detailed descriptions about setting up cached report bursting in reports, see Setting up a cached
report bursting policy for a report in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
This section focuses on how to view and schedule a report that has cached report bursting with JReport
Server.
● Viewing a report with cached report bursting
● The user ID jennifer has the privilege to view the BC group of the report.
Then,
1. Access the JReport Console page via a web browser with the user ID admin.
3. Click the report set name, and you will then be able to view the CA and MN groups of the report.
4. If you log onto JReport Server with the user ID jennifer, you will then only be able to view the BC
group.
Note: When designing the report in JReport Designer, if the Cascade property is set to be false, the
specified group will only display its group header and footer.
Scheduling a report with cached report bursting
You can schedule a report with cached report bursting as a normal report. However, there are some
differences between the formats in which the report is to be published.
Note: If the report is cached report bursting and RLS/CLS mixed, then when other users other
than the user who did the scheduling view the scheduled HTML or DHTML result, a blank page is
displayed.
● When server.enable.cachedreportbursting=false, the scheduled result only contains the data
that the user who did the scheduling is allowed to see. This is primarily for compatibility with pre-8.2
versions of JReport.
Scheduling to e-mail
When you schedule a report with cached report bursting to publish it to e-mail, there is a slight
difference. JReport Server supports a multiple mail feature which enables sending the data results
directly to each user who is authorized to view the report.
Assuming that the catalog and report set containing the report have been published to JReport Server,
and two users admin and jennifer both have the permission to view the report. The following procedure
shows how to schedule a task on a report with cached report bursting to be published to e-mail.
1. Access the JReport Console page with user ID admin or jennifer.
2. Browse to the row that the report set is in, put the mouse pointer over the report set row and click
the Schedule button on the floating toolbar.
3. In the General tab, select the report with cached report bursting.
4. In the Publish tab, switch to the To E-mail sub tab and then check This report has Cached
Report Bursting. E-mail the report to each specified user.
5. Type the subject and select the result format, then click Finish.
JReport Server will get the e-mail addresses from the user accounts, and then send the report result to
admin and jennifer, with the contents in accord with their access right to the report.
Note: Before publishing to e-mail, make sure you have input the e-mail addresses of the users when
configuring JReport Server. To do this:
1. Access the JReport Administration page, click Security on the system toolbar, and then select
User from the drop-down menu.
2. In the User panel, choose the user name that you want to edit in the User ID column, and then
click it. You can then type in the e-mail address of the user.
● jet.server.api.UserMailList
Used to get e-mail information from a customized source.
You can implement multiple classes of interface UserMailList. Each of them may refer to a particular
report. By using the getInstance() method in the jet.server.api.UserMailListFactory interface, you can
get one implementation of the UserMailList. For more information on these two interfaces, see JReport
Server API Documentation.
The following is a simple example:
1. Here, there is a Customers table with customer names and their e-mail addresses, as illustrated
below. You can design a report using this table and others. Then apply cached report bursting for
this report, so that later in the server side, you can schedule the report and send pertinent data to
different recipients saved in this Customers table.
2. In JReport Designer, design a report and set cached report bursting for it. In this case, group the
report data by Customer Name, and then grant a formula FPageLevel to it. The content of the
formula FPageLevel is as below:
@"Customer Name";
This means that only the records of the specified group will be shown at runtime when you enter
with different IDs -- Customer Name, in this example.
3. Then in the server side, implement the two interfaces to import the e-mail lists saved in the
Customers table. Specifically, implement the jet.server.api.UserMailListFactory interface. The
getInstance() method should be implemented in this interface to get an instance of jet.server.api.
UserMailList. Take the following implementation as a reference, where the implementing class
name of the UserMailList interface is formatted as "UserMailList_" + report + "_Impl", such as
"UserMailList_InvoiceReport_cls_Impl".
import jet.server.api.*;
import jet.cs.util.*;
public class DemoUserMailListFactoryImpl implements UserMailListFactory {
public UserMailList getInstance(ServerInfo serverInfo) {
if (serverInfo == null) {
return null;
}
String rpt = null;
try {
rpt = serverInfo.getTaskProperties().getProperty(APIConst.TAG_REPORT);
} catch (RptServerException e) {
e.printStackTrace();
return null;
}
rpt = rpt.substring(rpt.lastIndexOf("/") + 1);
rpt = rpt.replace('.', '_');
rpt = rpt.replace(' ', '_');
String clsName = "UserMailList_" + rpt + "_Impl";
try {
UserMailList mailList = (UserMailList)Class.forName(clsName).newInstance();
return mailList;
} catch (InstantiationException e1) {
e1.printStackTrace();
} catch (IllegalAccessException e1) {
e1.printStackTrace();
} catch (ClassNotFoundException e1) {
e1.printStackTrace();
}
return null;
}
}
4. Then implement the jet.server.api.UserMailList interface, which gets the user and e-mail
information from the customized data source. The following implementation gets the e-mail list
from the Customers table, which contains Customer Name and Customer E-mail columns.
import jet.server.api.*;
import java.util.*;
import java.sql.*;
public class UserMailList_InvoiceReport_cls_Impl implements UserMailList {
public static Hashtable userEmails = new Hashtable();
private String curRealmName = "defaultRealm";
public UserMailList_InvoiceReport_cls_Impl()
{
loadData();
}
private void loadData ()
{
try{
String jdbcDriver = "sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver";
DriverManager.registerDriver((Driver)Class.forName(jdbcDriver).newInstance());
Connection conn = DriverManager.getConnection("jdbc:odbc:jinfonet4");
Statement stmt = conn.createStatement();
ResultSet rs = stmt.executeQuery("select * from Customers");
String userName = null;
String userEmail = null;
while(rs.next()){
userName = rs.getString("Customer Name");
userEmail = rs.getString("Customer Email");
if (userEmail != null) {
userEmails.put(userName, userEmail);
}
}
}catch(Exception e){
e.printStackTrace();
}
}
public java.util.Enumeration getAllMailAddresses(String realmName){
if (realmName.equals(curRealmName)) {
return userEmails.elements();
}else{
return null;
}
}
public java.util.Enumeration getGroupMailAddresses
(String realmName, String groupName) {
if (realmName.equals(curRealmName) && userEmails.containsKey(groupName)) {
Vector groupEmails = new Vector();
groupEmails.addElement(userEmails.get(groupName));
return groupEmails.elements() ;
}else{
return null;
}
}
public java.util.Enumeration getRoleMailAddresses
(String realmName, String roleName) {
if (realmName.equals(curRealmName) && userEmails.containsKey(roleName)) {
Vector roleEmails = new Vector();
roleEmails.addElement(userEmails.get(roleName));
return roleEmails.elements() ;
}else{
return null;
}
}
public java.lang.String getMailAddress(String realmName, String userName) {
if (realmName.equals(curRealmName) && userEmails.containsKey(userName)) {
return (String)userEmails.get(userName);
}else{
return null;
}
}
}
5. Register the above classes to JReport Server before the server is started.
a. Add the parameter -Dcom.jinfonet.mailListFactory=UserMailListFactoryImplName to the
command line/batch file that starts JReport Server, where UserMailListFactoryImplName
indicates the implementation of the jet.server.api.UserMailListFactory interface.
In this case, the parameter should be -Dcom.jinfonet.
mailListFactory=DemoUserMailListFactoryImpl.
b. Add the path of the implementation classes to the class path of the command line/batch file.
6. Start JReport Server and then publish the report and catalog.
7. Schedule the report, publish to e-mail, check the option This report has Cached Report
Bursting. E-mail the report to each specified user. Provide the necessary information and
then submit the schedule.
The report will be processed and sent to the corresponding recipients with pertinent report data.
Record-level security and column-level security
The record-level security (RLS) and column-level security (CLS) of JReport Designer allow you to
control user access to different subsets of data and ensure that people only see what they are
supposed to see: record-level security allows you to define which records are to be revealed to any
given user, while column-level security allows you to define which report column is revealed to any
given user. This enables you to provide different users with accordingly different, but appropriate
contents. No matter to whom you need to provide information, a plant manager or thousands of
customers, JReport Designer allows you to control access to information according to your
requirements.
JReport Designer have two types of the security policies, one is a security policy based on a data
source connection (connection-scope security policy), and the other is a security policy based on a
single report (report-scope security policy).
● Connection-scope security
You can build connection-scope security policies: where each security policy refers to a data source
connection in the catalog. If you want to implement the same security policy in a group of reports,
you can simply apply an existing security policy to the report, without having to repeatedly build
security information for each report. Both RLS and CLS can be connection-scope security.
● Report-scope security
Additionally, record-level security can be of report scope, based on the security information file. That
is, you can use the security information file to set the security policies for a report. Report-scope
security policy doesn't support column-level security.
Record-level security can be applied simultaneously to both connection and report scopes. However, if
a report-scope security policy has already been applied to a report, it will override a connection-scope
security policy applied to the report. That is, report-scope security policies have a higher priority than
connection-scope security policies.
Go through the following topics for details about the server security system:
● Built-in security system
● Single sign-on
● Using an LDAP server's security system
Built-in security system
JReport Server provides a built-in security system for you to set up and maintain security on it and
protect resources from inappropriate access by users.
The below diagram illustrates the built-in security structure in JReport Server:
And the below diagram illustrates the inherited relationship among User, Group and Role.
● User
To use JReport Server, you must have a user account, which consists of a unique user name and
password. JReport Server verifies your identity when you type in your user name and password, and
then logs you on. If your user account has been disabled or deleted, JReport Server prevents you
from accessing the web services that it provides, in order to ensure that only valid users have access.
JReport Server comes with two built-in user accounts, admin and guest. The built-in user accounts
cannot be deleted. The Admin user account can neither be deleted nor disabled.
● Group
The principle group, which represents an organization of user accounts, is available for managing
users. Users or groups can be added into a group as its child members, and therefore inherit the
resource and folder permissions from the group.
● Role
Users must have certain user rights and permissions in order to perform tasks on resources. Roles,
which represent an aggregate of permissions, help you to efficiently assign the appropriate user
rights and permissions to users. Assigning roles to users gives the users all of the user rights and
permissions of the roles to perform their jobs with. A role can also be assigned to other groups or
roles, and thus groups or roles can inherit the permissions of other roles. JReport Server comes with
two built-in role accounts, administrators and everyone. The built-in role accounts cannot be deleted.
The administrator role account can neither be deleted nor disabled.
● Permission
Permissions, associated with resources and folders, are the rules that are granted to users to control
their access to the resources and folders.
Permissions in JReport Server include:
Permission Description
Visible Allows or denies viewing object names in the resource tree or version table, such as
folders, resources, and archive versions.
Read Allows or denies viewing object properties, versions, and, if it is a folder, folder
content.
Write Allows or denies publishing folders and resources, changing the properties (not
including permission settings) of the objects in the resource tree or version table,
such as folders, resources, and archive versions, and modifying version table settings.
Delete Allows or denies deleting objects in the resource tree or version table, such as
folders, resources, and archive versions.
Execute Allows or denies running resources in normal and Advanced mode (report set type
resources only).
Schedule Allows or denies submitting resources to schedules (report set type resources only).
Grant Allows or denies granting permissions to other users, groups or roles. Users, groups
or roles that have obtained the Grant permission are also endowed with the other
seven permissions - Visible, Read, Write, Delete, Execute, Schedule, and Update
Status, and can grant these seven permissions except the Grant permission itself.
Update Allows or denies updating report set status, and if it is a folder, the status of report
Status sets in the folder.
● Privilege
Privilege is a mode for managing permissions. It can be used to manage different access permissions
unrelated with nodes. JReport Server offers two types of privileges for users: Publish and Advanced
Properties. Users that are granted the Publish privilege will be able to publish resources to JReport
Server, while users that have the privilege of Advanced Properties are allowed to view advanced
information of version properties such as catalog connections and report set related resources.
● Alias
JReport Server organizes file and directories into a Resource Tree. Aliases are used to provide
different "views" of a tree for different users to enter the Resource Tree. For example, you may set
an alias resource tree (based on the resource tree) for Tanya, so that she can only see the market
resource node and thus can directly walk into the report set file she is interested in. In summary, an
alias is a combination of users and resource nodes.
To manage JReport Server's built-in security, you must be a member of the administrator role in order
to access the JReport Administration page.
Related topics:
● Managing security
Role based security
In addition to the security system based on users, groups and roles, JReport Server also supports a
role based security system in which permissions are defined on roles only, and users and groups are
mapped to roles.
To switch to the role based security system, you can use either of the following two methods:
● Check the Role Based Authorization option on the JReport Administration page > Configuration >
Advanced panel.
By default, the option is unchecked and the security mechanism of setting permissions for users,
groups and roles is applied. If the option is checked, the Permission Setting UI Displays option will be
hidden automatically, since it is used to control UI display and is of no use in the role based security
environment.
If the role based security system is used, in both the JReport Administration page (port 8889 by
default) and Console page (port 8888 by default), when you set permissions of a resource node, there
are only roles displayed. Role only based security is similar to Java EE security where the developer
assigns roles and during deployment users and groups can be mapped to the roles so if you are already
using Java EE security, this would be the best method.
Security cache system
The security cache system temporarily stores security objects such as users, roles, groups and ACLs.
ACL, short for Access Control List, is the core object of the security authorization system, and is in
charge of storing and checking principal permissions. When JReport Server requires information from
the security system, it can fetch it from the cache for better performance.
The cache system caches not only security objects for the built-in security system, but also those
implemented by the Security API from the external security system. It caches security information in
the security data. If the security service needs security information, it will fetch it from the security
data. However, if the security data cannot find the information, it will request it from the Security API,
and then cache it in the cache system. When the security information is modified in the security
system, the Security API is invoked directly in order to modify the security data.
Note: There is a special interface SecurityListener in the cache system, through which the cache is
noted to update the cached information. It is recommended that you invoke it when you access the
external security system, so as to synchronize security data between the cache system and the
external security system.
The following focuses on the configuration and synchronization of the security cache system:
● Configuration of the security cache system
● server.security.role.cache.size
This should be an integer value. Its value indicates the maximum number of role objects that the security cache
can store. The default value is 50.
● server.security.group.cache.size
This should be an integer value. Its value indicates the maximum number of group objects that the security
cache can store. The default value is 50.
● server.security.protection.cache.size
This should be an integer value. Its value indicates the maximum number of ACL objects that the security cache
can store. The default value is 100.
For instance,
● If server.security.user.cache.size=1000, the cache can then store at most 1000 user objects.
2. In the Cache panel, switch to the Security Cache tab, four options are provided for specifying the cache size:
❍ User Cache Size
The maximum number of user objects that the security cache can store. Should be an integer value.
/**
* Get the size of the security user cache
* @return the size of the security user cache
*/
public int getSecurityUserCacheSize();
/**
* Set the size of the security role cache
* Setting the size of the cache to zero or negative means closing the security role cache
* @param size
*/
public void setSecurityRoleCacheSize(int size);
/**
* Get the size of the security role cache
* @return the size of the security role cache
*/
public int getSecurityRoleCacheSize();
/**
* Set the size of the security group cache
* Setting the size of the cache to zero or negative means closing the security group cache
* @param size
*/
public void setSecurityGroupCacheSize(int size);
/**
* Get the size of the security group cache
* @return the size of the security group cache
*/
public int getSecurityGroupCacheSize();
/**
* Set the size of the security protection cache
* Setting the size of the cache to zero or negative means closing the security protection cache
* @param size<
*/
public void setSecurityProtectionCacheSize(int size);
/**
* Get the size of the security protection cache
* @return the size of the security protection cache
*/
public int getSecurityProectionCacheSize();
Synchronization of the security cache system
A synchronization system has been provided for synchronizing JReport Server's security system with
your external security systems. When the security cache system receives a security information
modification event, it will then fetch the security information from the API and update the cached
information.
The following is a diagram of the synchronization system mechanism:
There are two ways to invoke the synchronization system. The first is to modify the security
information on our Server web UI (red line), and the second is to modify the external security system
(blue line).
Customized implementation of the Security API
JReport Server provides a set of Security APIs which you can implement in order to build your preferred security
system. This section discusses the basic rules and implementation of the Security API.
● AuthorizationProvider
Example 2
Requirements: You want to customize authentication and users, while the JReport Server maintains other functions of
the security system.
The following interfaces are required to be implemented:
● AuthenticationProvider
● UserProvider
Example 3
Requirements: For CLS/RLS scenario, you must provide user/role information.
The following interfaces are required to be implemented:
● AuthenticationProvider
● UserProvider
● RoleProvider
● RoleUserRelationProvider
<jreport-customized-api>
<security>
<authentication-provider>com.customer.security.AuthenticationProviderImpl</authentication-provider>
<authorization-provider>com.customer.security.AuthorizationProviderImpl</authorization-provider>
<user>
<provider>com.customer.security.user.UserProviderImpl</provider>
<permission-provider>com.customer.security.user.UserPermissionProviderImpl</permission-provider>
<privilege-provider>com.customer.security.user.UserPrivilegeProviderImpl</privilege-provider>
</user>
<group>
<provider>com.customer.security.group.GroupProviderImpl</provider>
<permission-provider>com.customer.security.group.GroupPermissionProviderImpl</permission-provider>
<privilege-provider>com.customer.security.group.GroupPrivilegeProviderImpl</privilege-provider>
</group>
<role>
<provider>com.customer.security.role.RoleProviderImpl</provider>
<permission-provider>com.customer.security.role.RolePermissionProviderImpl</permission-provider>
<privilege-provider>com.customer.security.role.RolePrivilegeProviderImpl</privilege-provider>
</role>
<relation>
<role-group>com.customer.security.relation.RoleGroupRelationProviderImpl</role-group>
<role-user>com.customer.security.relation.RoleUserRelationProviderImpl</role-user>
<group-user>com.customer.security.relation.GroupUserRelationProviderImpl</group-user>
</relation>
</security>
</jreport-customized-api>
● If you partly implement the Security API, the JReport Server will automatically provide implementation of some
missed but required interfaces, in order to build an integrated security system. Below are the rules:
❍ If customized implementations of Providers have not been applied, the JReport Server will apply built-in
implementations of these Providers, including: AuthorizationProvider, UserProvider, GroupProvider, RoleProvider,
GroupUserRelationProvider, RoleGroupRelationProvider, and RoleUserRelationProvider.
❍ If you have applied a PermissionProvider or PrivilegeProvider, but not applied an AuthorizationProvider, the JReport
Server will apply the built-in implementation of the AuthorizationProvider.
● If you have applied an AuthorizationProvider, but not applied a PermissionProvider or PrivilegeProvider, for example,
UserPermissionProvider or UserPrivilegeProvider, the JReport Server will not apply the built-in implementation of the
PermissionProvider or PrivilegeProvider.
Notes:
● For details about the Security APIs, see the jet.server.api.custom.security package in JReport Server Javadoc in
<install_root>\help\server\en\api.
● Demo references available in <install_root>\help\server\en\samples:
❍ DemoAuthenticationProvider.java
Demo for implementation of the jet.server.api.custom.security.AuthenticationProvider interface.
❍ DemoAuthorizationProvider.java
Demo for implementation of the jet.server.api.custom.security.AuthorizationProvider interface.
● In V8, two new methods addSecurityListener() and isEnableEdit() are added into the API jet.server.api.custom.
security.AuthenticationProvider. If you have upgraded your JReport Server from V7 to a higher version, and have
applied customized implementation of AuthenticationProvider in V7, you need implement the new methods in the API.
● JReport Server provides the ability to use customized user authentication scheme by the implementation of the two
interfaces jet.server.api.custom.security.AuthenticationProvider and jet.server.api.custom.security.
AuthorizationProvider. In addition, the way of implementing the deprecated Security API interface jet.server.
userman.UserAuthenticator is also supported and you can refer to the following demos for reference, which are
located in <install_root>\help\server\en\samples:
❍ If you want to use JReport Server as a servlet in your system, see Demo1UserAuthenticator.java.
❍ If you want to use your user data, you need load your data in the structural method. See Demo2UserAuthenticator.
java, Demo2Realm.java, Demo2User.java and demo2data.txt for reference.
Single sign-on
When JReport Server is integrated into your system, it will implement a security check. If your system
also checks security, you will have to pass through authentication twice. To deal with this problem,
JReport Server provides Single Sign-On APIs for you to pass login information from your external
security system to the JReport Server security system in order to avoid a second login requirement by
JReport Server after you have logged into your external system. You can either disable the JReport
Server security check or customize security for JReport Server by implementing the interface - jet.
server.api.http.HttpExternalAuthorized.
Interface ExternalAuthorized
The interface jet.server.api.ExternalAuthorized maintains externally authorized user sessions. It has
the following methods:
● getExternalAuthorizedUser
Gets and returns the externally authorized user ID. The user ID should be a valid user ID of the
report server. Null will be returned if the authorized user info cannot be obtained from the userInfo
object.
● askInvalidate
Asks whether to invalidate an externally authorized user session (i.e. the session has expired). The
report server calls this method before the session is invalidated. The server does not call this method
if a user logs out.
● notifyLogout
Notifies an external authorized user session logout. The report server calls this method after user
logout.
Interface HttpExternalAuthorized
The interface jet.server.api.http.HttpExternalAuthorized extends jet.server.api.ExternalAuthorized. By
this interface, the report server gets the user ID that is authorized by an external authenticator. It has
the following methods:
● getExternalAuthorizedUser
Gets the externally authorized user ID. Returns null if the authorized user info cannot be obtained
from the HttpServletRequest object. The user ID should be a valid user ID of the report server.
● handleUnAuthenticatedRequest
Handles unauthenticated requests. The report server calls this method before sending the HTTP
unauthorized response (HTTP 401) to the client. This method allows you to send your response to the
client to handle an unauthenticated request. If this method returns true, the report server will send
the HTTP unauthorized response (HTTP 401) to the client. Otherwise the report server does nothing.
Implementation
For implementation in an integration environment, the following steps are required:
1. Write your HttpExternalAuthorized implementation.
2. Compile Java classes. Compiling requires the library JRESServlets.jar, which can be found in WEB-
INF\lib directory.
3. Create a folder classes in the WEB-INF folder and then add the authentication classes in the
classes folder.
Demos
The following demo programs are provided to illustrate the implementation of the
HttpExternalAuthorized interface. These demos are available in <install_root>\help\server\en
\samples.
● CustomHttpExternalAuthorized.java
Demo for implementation of HttpExternalAuthorized.
● CustomServlet.java
Demo to set implementation of HttpExternalAuthorized into the report server.
● customViewReport.jsp.zip
The following demos are contained in the zip:
❍ customNoAuth.jsp
Demo to set implementation of HttpExternalAuthorized into the report server. No external
authorized user name is submitted in this demo.
❍ customParamAuth.jsp
Demo to set implementation of HttpExternalAuthorized into the report server. External authorized
user name is submitted by parameter in this demo.
❍ customSessionAuth.jsp
Demo to set implementation of HttpExternalAuthorized into the report server. External authorized
user name is submitted by http session in this demo.
❍ customViewReport.jsp
Demo to work together with customNoAuth.jsp, customParamAuth.jsp and customSessionAuth.jsp
to view a report.
Using an LDAP server's security system
The server security system can run two modes in which you can use an LDAP server's security system.
The first is importing mode. In this mode, if you want to use the LDAP feature, you will have to import
the security information from an LDAP server. The second is non-importing mode. With this mode,
JReport Server can access an LDAP server and obtain LDAP security information directly without having
to import it.
Below is a diagram which illustrates these two working modes:
JReport Server can access an LDAP server using the LDAP implementation of the Security API (blue
line), and import security information from an LDAP server into the built-in security system (red line).
To use an LDAP server's security system, you should first enable JReport Server to adapt to a directory
server by configuring the settings in the Server tab (accessed by selecting Configuration > LDAP on
the JReport Administration page), making sure that the Enable LDAP Support option has been checked.
Notes:
● Make sure that the Directory Manager DN is a user with prior LDAP Server permission, and who can
retrieve other LDAP users.
● Make sure that the users and groups you want to query and import into JReport Server belong to the
organization you typed into the Distinguished Name field.
● Using LDAP server security information via the LDAP implementation of the Security API
Examples of LDAP server configuration
Six directory servers are currently supported. These are:
● Novell Directory Server
If you need access to a different directory server, contact your JReport Sales Representative. New
servers are frequently being added.
The following sections provide examples of settings which enable JReport Server to adapt to these
directory servers. They are as follows:
● Example 1: Configuration for adapting to a Novell Directory Server
2. Check the Enable LDAP Support checkbox, and input the following information:
❍ LDAP URL: ldap://IP address or host name of your Novell Directory Server (for example:
ldap://127.0.0.1)
❍ Directory Manager DN: cn=user name of the directory manager,o=context (for example:
cn=admin,o=context)
❍ User Schema
■ Distinguished Name:ou=the name of the organization unit where you want to perform a
search for users (for example: ou=orgunit)
■ Filter: (&(cn=the filter criteria that you want to set )(objectclass=person)) (for example: (&
(cn=*)(objectclass=person)))
❍ Group Schema
■ Distinguished Name: ou=the name of the organization unit that you want to perform a search
for groups (for example: ou=orgunit)
■ Filter: (&(cn=the filter criteria that you want to set )(objectclass=groupofuniquenames)) (for
example: (&(cn=*)(objectclass=groupofuniquenames)) )
■ Admin Group: The name of the group you want to add to the Admin group (for example:
develop)
3. You can test the connection settings by clicking the Test Connection button, get the query result
of the users specified in the option Filter by clicking the Query User button, and get the query
result of groups specified in the option Filter by clicking the Query Group button.
2. Make sure that the Enable LDAP Support checkbox is selected, and input the following
information:
❍ LDAP URL: ldap://IP address or host name of your Microsoft site Server (for example:
ldap://127.0.0.1)
❍ Password: test
3. You can test connection settings by clicking the Test Connection button, get the query result of
users specified in the option Filter by clicking the Query User button, and get the query result of
groups specified in the option Filter by clicking the Query Group button.
2. Make sure that the Enable LDAP Support checkbox is selected, and input the following
information:
❍ LDAP URL: ldap://IP address of your iPlanet Directory Server
❍ Password: jinfonet
3. You can test the connection settings by clicking the Test Connection button, get the query result
of users specified in the option Filter by clicking the Query User button, and get the query result
of groups specified in the option Filter by clicking the Group Query button.
2. Make sure that the Enable LDAP Support checkbox is selected, and input the following
information:
❍ LDAP URL: ldap://IP address of your Windows 2000 Advanced Server
❍ Password: 1234
❍ User Schema
■ User Attribute Name: cn
■ Filter: (&(cn=*)(objectclass=person))
❍ Group Schema
■ Group Common Name: cn
■ Filter: (&(cn=*)(objectclass=group))
3. You can test the connection settings by clicking the Test Connection button, get the query result
of users specified in the option Filter by clicking the Query User button, and get the query result
of groups specified in the option Filter by clicking the Group Query button.
2. Make sure that the Enable LDAP Support checkbox is selected, and input the following
information:
❍ LDAP URL: ldap://IP address of your Lotus Domino Server
❍ Root Entry:
❍ Password: 123456
❍ User Schema
■ User Attribute Name: uid
■ Filter: (&(cn=*)(objectclass=person))
❍ Group Schema
■ Group Common Name: cn
■ Distinguished Name:
■ Filter: (&(cn=*)(objectclass=groupofnames))
3. You can test the connection settings by clicking the Test Connection button, get the query result
of users specified in the option Filter by clicking the button Query User, and get the query result
of groups specified in the option Filter by clicking the Query Group button.
2. Make sure that the Enable LDAP Support checkbox is selected, and input the following
information:
❍ LDAP URL: ldap://IP address of your OpenLDAP Directory Server (for example:
ldap://127.0.0.1)
❍ Password: 123456789
❍ User Schema
■ User Attribute Name: uid
❍ Group Schema
■ Group Common Name: cn
■ Filter: (&(cn=*)(objectclass=groupofuniquenames))
■ Admin Group:
3. You can test the connection settings by clicking the Test Connection button, get the query result
of users specified in the option Filter by clicking the Query User button, and get the query result
of groups specified in the option Filter by clicking the Query Group button.
Note: The LDAP service provider uses JSSE for its SSL support. JSSE is available as part of Java 2
SDK, v1.4. As for earlier versions of the Java platform, you can turn to http://java.sun.com/products/
jsse for information. To use JSSE on a platform earlier than Java 2 SDK, v1.4, first install JSSE, and
then configure a JSSE provider either by updating the JAVA_HOME/lib/security/java.security file with
the provider or by adding the provider programmatically. Here JAVA_HOME refers to the directory
where the Java Runtime (JRE) software has been installed. Detailed steps can be found in the JSSE
Reference Guide.
Limitations of LDAP support
In the LDAP page, sessions are used to remember passwords and the status of the remember password
checkbox. Due to this, when the session exceeds the time limit, there are some limitations:
● If the Load Settings button is clicked, and the session has expired, the user must log onto JReport
Server again. After that, the retained password will be lost.
● If the session expires due to idling, when logging back onto JReport Server again, the retained
password will be lost.
Using LDAP server security information by importing
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) is a lightweight client-server protocol for accessing
directory services. With LDAP support, JReport Server enables you to import users/groups from
directory servers.
To import LDAP security server information, on the JReport Administration page, click Configuration >
LDAP > Import. In the Import tab, you can use LDAP users and groups in JReport Server by
importing them. In addition, in order to have the most current security information, you can
synchronize the security information from your local server with that of the LDAP server. To do this, on
the JReport Administration page, click Configuration > LDAP > Synchronize, where you can
predefine a role map for the imported LDAP users.
However, if you have checked Enable Auto-Import of Users from LDAP Server, users will automatically
be imported into JReport Server when they log in for the first time. The Enable LDAP Support and
Enable Auto-Import of Users from LDAP Server options in the Configuration > LDAP > Server tab work
together. The former determines whether an imported LDAP user can be used in JReport Server, and
the latter determines whether LDAP users can be imported automatically, as shown in the following
table:
=Checked; =Unchecked
Enable
Auto-
Enable Import of Can
LDAP Users be
Support from used
LDAP
Server
Local User YES
YES
YES
YES
Imported YES
LDAP User
YES
NO
NO
None- YES
Imported
NO
LDAP User
NO
NO
Using LDAP server security information via the LDAP implementation of the Security API
JReport Server can access an LDAP server directly using the LDAP Security API implementation. To achieve
this, you will need to turn on the LDAP security providers. There are three approaches to achieve this:
● Configuring on the JReport Administration page
You must be a member of the administrators role in order to access the JReport Administration page. To
use the LDAP security providers, on the JReport Administration page, click Configuration > LDAP >
Server, then check Enable Direct Authentication to LDAP Server.
If the value is true, JReport Server security system will then use the LDAP providers. The default value of
this property is false.
Note: In order to use LDAP providers, a valid admin user is required to manage the JReport Server. The
following are rules for checking whether or not a user is an admin user:
● Whether or not the user is a member of the LDAP admin group. The LDAP admin group is a configuration
option in the LDAP configuration XML file.
● Whether or not the user is a member of the administrators role. The user can be granted the role by a
role map.
A user that meets one of these two rules is regarded as an admin user, and is thus allowed to access the
JReport Administration page.
2. Restart JReport Server and log in as a built-in security admin user to correct the LDAP configuration.
● If the admin group specified does not exist in the LDAP server.
Configuring
Once JReport Server has been installed and you have prepared the reporting environment, you can
then start it. However, you may find that JReport's default port number conflicts with an existing one in
your computer, or that you need to generate log files for analyzing a problem. In these cases, you will
need to configure your server. Before or while running the server, you can configure it according to
your systems.
The configuration work can be performed in two ways: via the JReport Server UI or via configuration
files. Some server UI options and properties in the configuration files are mapped and both function the
same way. For these types of settings, you can take either way to do the configuration. Appendix 4:
Mapping list of server UI options and properties details which server UI option are mapped to which
properties in the configuration files.
This chapter focuses on the following topics:
● Configuration files
● Configuring logs
Related topics:
● Appendix 4: Mapping list of server UI options and properties
Performing administrative configuration work on UI
JReport Server UI can be accessed remotely from a client machine through a web browser such as
Internet Explorer. The JReport Administration page is available to administrators only. To perform
administrative configuration work as an administrator, first log onto the JReport Administration page.
On the JReport Administration page, these tabs are entry to different-purposed configuration panels:
● Configuration - A comprehensive place for server configuration containing further-divided categories.
● Profile - Where you define some initial settings for users' profiles.
● Cached Data - Where you create and manage report data caches.
Configuring the server database
There are three databases in JReport Server: system, realm, and profiling. The system database holds
resources of the global server scope, such as server.properties, global NLS, etc. The realm database
holds information of folders, nodes, versions, the security system, and the completed table. The
profiling database holds server runtime related information. The realm database is necessary in order
to run JReport Server. For best performance, you may want to configure the realm and profiling
databases separately, depending on your environment.
When you install JReport Server, a dbconfig.xml file is automatically created in the directory
<install_root>\bin. The database configuration information is stored in this configuration file. You
can configure your database by using the dbconfig.xml file.
JReport Server provides multiple database support, allowing you to configure your own database to
store the server data.
This section presents the ways of configuring a server database for JReport Server in two different
environments. Also, you can specify a table space in the database configuration for JReport Server to
create tables in it.
● Configuring the server database in a standalone environment
● Schema support
● Configuring JdbcDriversConfig.properties
Notes:
● If you are using MySQL, make sure it is of version 5 or above.
● If your server database uses DB2 and the charset is DBK, there will be the exception of encoding not
supported.
Related topics:
● Managing server data
Configuring the server database in a standalone environment
When JReport Server is running in a standalone environment, you can configure the database for it
remotely on the JReport Administration page. Also, since the server database configuration information
is stored in the dbconfig.xml file in the directory <install_root>\bin, you can also configure the
server database in this file.
The following presents the two ways of configuring the server database in a standalone environment:
Note: The Profiling DB option is not shown by default on the drop-down menu. In order to
make it shown, you should set the server.profiling.enable property to true in the server.
properties file in the <install_root>\bin directory.
3. In the Configuration tab, select a DBDriver from the Driver drop-down list and provide the driver
class path information in the Driver Class Location field.
Note: For the Access, HSQLDB and Derby databases, you do not need to specify the Driver
Class Location. For all other databases, you will have to provide the driver class path
information unless it has already been added to the class path of setenv.bat (setenv.sh on
Unix) file during installation or by editing the setenv.bat file.
4. Type a valid URL that can be used to establish a connection to the database. The valid format of
the URL should be provided by the DBDriver vendor.
6. To test the connection, click Test. To update the database configuration and to apply the settings,
click Update and then restart the server to finalize the function.
If you want to change user or password, delete the <encrypt-sign> tag and add the <user> and
<password> tags in the dbconfig.xml file.
The other is to use the <datasource> tag. For example:
<database name="systemtables/realmtables/profile">
<datasource>
jdbc://user:password@jdbc:odbc:jreport-realmtables#driver=sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver
</datasource>
</database>
● The following example is for a DataDirect driver. Modify the dbconfig.xml file as follows:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<dbconfig>
<workspace name="defaultRealm">
<database name="realmtables">
<user>test</user>
<url>
jdbc:datadirect:sqlserver://dbhost:1433;DatabaseName=realmdb
</url>
<password>1234</password>
<driver classpath="D:\DBDriver\connectjdbc\lib\base.jar;
D:\DBDriver\connectjdbc\lib\util.jar;
D:\DBDriver\connectjdbc\lib\sqlserver.jar">
com.ddtek.jdbc.sqlserver.SQLServerDriver
</driver>
<dbtype>Microsoft SQLServer</dbtype>
</database>
</workspace>
</dbconfig>
Note: Usually, JReport Server automatically creates database tables the first time it is started. The
database information that JReport Server uses is defined in the dbconfig.xml file. However, if the user
ID defined in this file does not have the permission to create tables in the database, JReport Server will
fail to complete the operation. In this case, you will need another user, such as the database
administrator (who holds the relevant permissions), to create a set of empty tables in the user's
schema using the provided SQL files. These SQL files can be found in <install_root>\script_files.
Configuring the server database when integrating with an application server
JReport Server supports connecting an RDBMS to access its system data via JDBC. The JDBC
configuration information is stored in the file dbconfig.xml in <install_root>\bin. You can create a
database connection according to this configuration file. Also, with the Java EE Data Source Support
feature, in a Java EE environment, JReport Server can get the predefined javax.sql.DataSource by JNDI
APIs.
Here, the term dsInfo is used to indicate where JReport Server can obtain the JDBC connection
information. It is a key-value pair. The name and value for dsInfo are defined as below:
● The name should be: jreport.datasource.<dbname>, where, <dbname> is JReport Server's inner
database name. It must be systemtables, realmtables, or profile. For example, the dsInfo name is
jreport.datasource.realmtables.
● The value should be in the form of a URL. There are three protocols supported by JReport Server:
❍ file:///absolute_path_of_config_file
❍ jdbc://[<jdbc-user:jdbc-password>@]<jdbc-url>[#<attribute-name=attribute-value>,]
❍ jndi://[<jdbc-user:jdbc-passoword>@]datasource_name[#<attribute-name=attribute-
value>,]
The dsInfo can be specified in several places or levels, such as VM properties, ejb-jar.xml, web.xml and
<install_root>\bin\dbconfig.xml. The sequence to load the information is:
VM system environment > ejb-jar.xml (EAR mode) > web.xml (WAR mode) > dbconfig.xml.
Notes:
● The jreport.ear file that JReport Server creates does not specify any Java EE information. By default
it will load from the dbconfig.xml file.
● There is a limitation in WebSphere. JReport Server's dsInfo can be configured to the WEB-INF/web.
xml with JNDI name but not RESOURCE name. JBoss works fine for either one.
The following shows specifying the dsInfo in web.xml, ejb-jar.xml, and dbconfig.xml respectively:
<web-app>
...
<env-entry>
<env-entry-name>jreport.datasource.realmtables</env-entry-name>
<env-entry-value>jndi://resource-name</env-entry-value>
<env-entry-type>java.lang.String</env-entry-type>
</env-entry>
</web-app>
The following is an example of specifying the dsInfo in WEB-INF/web.xml using the <context-param></
context-param> tags:
<web-app>
<context-param>
<param-name>jreport.datasource.realmtables</param-name>
<param-value>jndi://datasource_name_which_is_predefined</param-value>
</context-param>
...
</web-app>
For information about specifying a data source in the web.xml file, see section Specifying data source in
web.xml (for the WAR mode).
Note: If the dsInfo is stored in a Web module, you should add the JReport Server context listener to
the WEB-INF/web.xml file. Here is an example:
<web-app>
<listener>
<listener-class>
jet.server.servlets.JRServerContextListener
</listnener-class>
</listener>
...
</web-app>
You can specify the dsInfo in the META-INF/ejb-jar.xml file using the <env-entry></env-entry> tags.
For example, here is an EJB named firstEJB which creates the JReport Server instance. You can add the
<env-entry></env-entry> tags to the EJB's configuration file - META-INF/ejb-jar.xml as follows:
<ejb-jar>
<enterprise-beans>
<session>
<ejb-name>firstEJB</ejb-name>
...
<env-entry>
<env-entry-name>jreport.datasource.realmtables</env-entry-name>
<env-entry-value>jndi://resource_name</env-entry-value>
<env-entry-type>java.lang.String</env-entry-type>
</env-entry>
</session>
...
</enterprise-beans>
...
</ejb-jar>
For details about configuring the JDBC data source, see Configuring the server database in a
standalone environment.
...
<database name="realmtables">
<driver classpath="...">jdbc_driver_name</driver>
<url>jdbc_url</url>
<user>jdbc_user</user>
<password>jdbc_password</password>
<tablespace>table_space_name</tablespace>
</database>
...
In dsInfo
Since the dsInfo supports JNDI and JDBC protocols, you can add the attribute
tablespace=table_space_name in the JNDI or JDBC statement.
● jdbc://[<jdbc-user>:<jdbc-password>@]<jdbc-url>[#<attribute-name=attribute-value>,]
For example:
jdbc://user:password@jdbc:odbc:jreport-realmtables#driver=sun.jdbc.odbc.
JdbcOdbcDriver,tablespace=myTablespace
● jndi://[<jdbc-user>:<jdbc-password>@]<datasource-name>[#<attri-name=attri-value>,]
For example:
jndi://jdbc/jreport-realmtables#tablespace=myTablespace
Schema support
JReport Server supports DBMS schemas in order to work well with DBMSs that are currently supported
by JReport Server and that support schemas. Those DBMSs include Oracle, DB2, SQL Server, and
Sybase. You can specify schema information either in the dbconfig.xml file using the <schema></
schema> tags, or in dsInfo by adding the attribute schema=schema_name.
Note: For Sybase, the schema name must use capital letters, for example, ABCDE.
In dbconfig.xml
Add the <schema></schema> tags in the dbconfig.xml file as follows:
...
<database name="realmtables">
<driver classpath="...">jdbc_driver_name</driver>
<url>jdbc_url</url>
<user>jdbc_user</user>
<password>jdbc_password</password>
<schema>schema_name</schema>
</database>
...
In dsInfo
Since the dsInfo supports JNDI and JDBC protocols, you can add the attribute
schema=schema_name in the JNDI or JDBC statement. The JNDI approach is only available when
deploying JReport Server into a Java Application Server, not when it is running in standalone mode.
● jdbc://[<jdbc-user>:<jdbc-password>@]<jdbc-url>[#<attribute-name=attribute-value>,]
For example:
jdbc://user:password@jdbc:odbc:jreport-realmtables#driver=sun.jdbc.odbc.
JdbcOdbcDriver,schema=db2admin
● jndi://[<jdbc-user>:<jdbc-password>@]<datasource-name>[#<attri-name=attri-value>,]
For example:
jndi://jdbc/jreport-realmtables#schema=db2admin
Configuring JdbcDriversConfig.properties
This document describes how to configure the file JdbcDriversConfig.properties in the <install_root>
\bin directory for better performance.
DriverName_[Name]
Database driver name that should be used to establish a connection. You can use connection.
getMetaData().getDriverName() to obtain the value.
Vendor_[Name]
The vendor of current JDBC driver. It is a string value.
Version_[Name]
The version of current JDBC driver. You can use connection.getMetaData().getDriverVersion() to obtain
the value.
setFetchSize_[Name]
The number of rows retrieved in each buffer from the database. It is an Integer value that should be
larger than 0 and less than or equal to getMaxRows(). The default value is different according to the
driver in use. You can refer to your own database driver specification.
_[Name]
It is a user-defined name used to mark a group of driver settings different from the other groups.
Specifying where to implement the maximum query run time and number of records
In the JdbcDriversConfig.properties file, you can also specify where the properties, Maximum Rows and
Maximum Duration will be implemented, on JReport side or on the database side. For details about
usage of these two properties, see Limiting the query run time and number of records in the Queries
chapter of the JReport Designer User's Guide.
The following is an example of setting the two properties:
DriverName_D2 = Oracle JDBC driver
Vendor_D2 = Oracle
Version_D2 = 9.2.0.3.0
supportMaxRowPushDown_D2 = true
supportMaxDurPushDown_D2 = true
DriverName_[Name]
Database driver name that should be used to establish a connection. You can use connection.
getMetaData().getDriverName() to obtain the value.
Vendor_[Name]
The vendor of current JDBC driver. It is a string value.
Version_[Name]
The version of current JDBC driver. You can use connection.getMetaData().getDriverVersion() to obtain
the value.
SupportMaxRowPushDown_[Name]
Specifies where the property Maximum Rows will be implemented, on JReport side or on the database
side. By default, it is set to true, which means the property will take effect on the database side. If it is
set to false, the property will take effect on JReport side.
SupportMaxDurPushDown_[Name]
Specifies where the property Maximum Duration will be implemented, on JReport side or on the
database side. By default, it is set to true, which means the property will take effect on the database
side. If it is set to false, the property will take effect on JReport side.
_[Name]
It is a user-defined name used to mark a group of driver settings different from the other groups.
Remove the sign # and use your driver number instead of D5 to activate the feature.
3. Restart your JReport Server, then the next time, when you choose to cancel a running task, the
query used by the report set will also be cancelled in the database, provided that the DBMS
supports this action.
Notes:
● After you modified the JdbcDriversConfig.properties file, you need start the server to load the
changes.
● If there are more than one group with the same group marking name, the last group will be adopted.
● If the sign # is seen before "DriverName" of a group, or if setFetchSize is given a negative value, the
whole group will be disabled.
Configuring another connection as a substitute for the catalog
connection
Normally, after a report set has been created, it is fixed to a specific catalog connection. With the Java
EE Data Source Support feature, you can change to another runtime JDBC or JNDI data source to run
report sets. This allows you to control the catalog data source connections in JReport Server to connect
dynamically to your production data sources.
This section focuses on the following:
● Configuring the datasource.xml file
Note: The <user> and <password> information is encrypted. The <user> and <password> tags will
be replaced by the <encrypt-sign> tag after JReport Server's startup as follows:
<encrypt-sign>enDkq7srM9cHhoUwzYXJ3NvcDIYk</encrypt-sign>
If you want to change user or password, delete the <encrypt-sign> tag and add the <user> and
<password> tags in the datasource.xml file.
Element descriptions
● catalog-connection-name
Specifies the name of the catalog connection that you want to substitute. Note that this is the
connection name that you can see in JReport Catalog Browser. A unique connection name in a
catalog is suggested.
● connection-type
Specifies the connection type, which can be either JNDI or JDBC.
● jndi-datasource
If you are using a JNDI data source, specify the JNDI data source name you defined in your Java
application server which you want to use as the substitute connection.
Notes:
● There can be multiple <datasource></datasource> tags. Each pair will map one of the connections
in your catalog. You can define mapping connections for multiple connections for more than one
catalog. The catalog connection name should be unique in the datasource.xml file, otherwise the
latter <datasource> information will overwrite the previous ones.
● You can choose whether to provide database user and password information for the JNDI connection,
using the <user> and <password> tags. If the user and password information is provided in this file,
it will be used to set up the connection regardless of the settings defined in your application server.
Otherwise, the settings defined in your application server will be used. Specially, for WebLogic users,
you should provide user name and password for WebLogic console instead of the database.
The connection priority
If you are using a catalog connection, datasource.xml, and at the same time, you have set new
connection information via the Server API/URL ((jrs.jdbc_driver, jrs.jdbc_url, jrs.db_user, jrs.
db_pswd), the priority of these three is as follows:
Server API > datasource.xml > catalog connection
This means that if the approach with higher priority fails to get the connection, the one with the next
lower priority will be used.
Reloading connection information from datasource.xml
After you have made changes to the datasource.xml file, you need to reload it in JReport Server. This
file can be reloaded using the following ways:
● Call jet.server.api.admin.ConnectionInfoProviderService.reloadFile().
● Log onto the JReport Administration page, go to Configuration > Connection panel, and then click
the Reload button.
2. Browse to <YourProjectName> > Services > JDBC > Data Sources. In the Configuration tab,
create a data source using the JNDI name MyJNDISample. Select the correct connection from the
Pool Name drop-down list.
4. Build the JReport Server WAR file using the makewar utility in the <install_root>\bin directory.
3. Modify datasource.xml in <install_root>\bin. Make sure that the following are included:
<datasource-mapping>
<datasource>
<catalog-connection-name>ConnectionName</catalog-connection-name>
<connection-type>JNDI</connection-type>
<jndi-datasource>java:/DB2DataSource</jndi-datasource>
</datasource>
</datasource-mapping>
4. Build the JReport Server WAR file using the makewar.bat utility in the <install_root>\bin
directory.
URL
JDBC URL that can establish a connection to your database.
Expire_URL
You can define how long in seconds it takes for an active connection to expire. The value for this
property by default is "0", which means that the active connection will not expire.
IdleExpire_URL
You can define how long a free connection can be idle before it is closed. The connection will not be
released until the defined time has reached its limit. The value for this property by default is "1", which
means that the connection will be released after 1 second. If the value is "0", the connection will be
closed right after it starts idling.
MaxCount_URL
The maximum number of connections based on the URL. The value for this property by default is "50".
Once the number of the connections reaches the maximum, a new connection will be blocked until a
free connection becomes available. Generally speaking, the fewer the connections, the better the
performance of JReport Server. If the value is set to "0", it means that there will be no limit on the
number of the connections.
MaxShare_URL
The maximum number of requests in one connection that can be executed simultaneously. Once the
number of the requests reaches the maximum, a new connection will be created to connect to the
database. The value for this property by default is "1", which means that one request in one connection
can be executed simultaneously. The smaller the number of requests, the better the performance of
JReport Server. If the value is set to "0", it means that there will be no limit to the maximum number
of requests sharing one connection and that all the requests in one connection can be executed
simultaneously.
Since the property MaxShare_URL* and MaxCount_URL* are incompatible, you should make a balance
between these two properties to achieve the best performance of JReport Server.
Attempt_URL
This property has a close relation to the property MaxCount_URL*. Once the number of the connections
reaches the maximum, a new connection will be blocked until a free connection becomes available. To
make the maximum use of the available connections in the pool, the property Attempt_URL* allows
you to set how many times the engine will try to establish a new connection. The default value for this
property is "1", which means that the engine will only try once to create a new connection.
Interval_URL
The interval the engine will wait for between attempts to create a new connection if a previous try has
failed. The default value for this property is "0", which means that the engine will start the next
attempt immediately. The unit of the property value is milliseconds.
Notes:
● You are forced to give a value to the property URL in order to establish a connection to the database.
For the other six properties which configure the URL, it is not necessary to set their property values
(the default values will be used).
● getConnectionPool.jsp is still available for customers who have updated JReport Server from earlier
versions. It is now deprecated in the current version. getConnectionPool.jsp is used for viewing
connection information and for deleting unused connection information. You can gain access to it
using the URL http://localhost:8889/admin/getConnectionPool.jsp.
Configuring logs
JReport provides a robust, flexible and configurable logging system, which is based on log4j version
1.2.8. JReport also supports versions of log4j version 1.2.8 to 1.3alpha7.
The logging system is used for obtaining meaningful and helpful JReport logging information in a
convenient way. It is easy to configure and manage. The following are the significant benefits of the
JReport logging system:
● It is compatible with your application which is based on log4j.
● It can be configured to output the logging information of different modules separately or to output
them all together.
Configuring logs
Log configuration tasks can be achieved in three ways. They are:
● Using the JReport Administration page > Configuration > Log panel.
Options Description
-vDebug Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets engine log file's
trace level to INFO and error level to WARN.
-vError Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets engine log file's
trace level to OFF and error level to ERROR.
-logall Sets all loggers' trace level to INFO and error level to WARN.
-log[:file Name] Outputs JReport Engine messages to the file as specified and uses the -vDebug
level.
Note: Any settings made using the command options will override the trace and error type level
settings in the LogConfig.properties file.
If you want the least amount of information to be logged, you can set trace level to OFF and error level
to ERROR. If you want the most amount of information to be logged, you can set trace level to TRIVIAL
and error level to WARN. Setting these to the highest level could affect system performance as well as
disk usage.
By default, different log categories are output to different rolling files. For example, the Engine log is
output to Engine.log in the <install_root>\logs directory. If you want to customize the location of
the Engine log file, take the following steps:
1. Open the LogConfig.properties file located in the <install_root>\bin directory.
2. Modify the parameter log4j.appender.EngineRollingFile.File. Set its value to an absolute path with
a log file name, for example: C:\logs\Engine.log (on Windows) or /logs/Engine.log (on Linux/
Unix).
● The levels of trace and error affect the amount of logging output. The higher the level, the more the
output. The settings for error level will have a negligible affect on performance but a high level for
trace may affect performance.
● The use of the following conversion characters in ConversionPattern property results in the slow
generation of caller class or location information: %C, %F, %L and %M. Their use should be avoided
unless execution speed is not an issue. For information about the ConversionPattern property, see
comments in the LogConfig.properties file, which is located in the <install_root>\bin directory.
Changing the server context path
In some circumstances you may want to change the server context path for accessing JReport Server
console and running JReport report sets. This section introduces how to do this in a standalone or an
integrated environment.
To do this:
1. Copy all contents in <install_root>\public_html to <install_root>\public_html\jrp.
2. Modify the following property values in server.properties in <install>\bin directory by adding "/
jrp":
web.design_servlet_path=/jrp/webreporting
web.dhtml_jsp_path=/jrp/dhtmljsp
web.dhtml_servlet_entry_path=/jrp/jrdhtml
web.dhtml_servlet_path=/jrp/dhtml
web.help_servlet_path=/jrp/help
web.jreport_servlet_path=/jrp/jrserver
web.skin.dir=/jrp/skin
To do this:
1. Move index.htm and the following folders from jreport\ to jreport\myjsp\:
admin
dhtmljsp
images
javascript
jinfonet
skin
style
2. Create a file jrserver.properties in the \WEB-INF directory, add the skin and dhtmljsp properties
and provide the correct paths (the context root is excluded):
web.skin.dir=/myjsp/skin
web.dhtml_jsp_path=/myjsp/dhtmljsp
● Managing versions
● Managing security
● Managing tasks
Note: Catalogs are by default not displayed in the server resource tree on the JReport Console page.
In order to perform operations on catalogs published from outside of JReport Server on the JReport
Console page, you need to enable them to be displayed first by setting the web.page.option.
show_catalog property to true in the server.properties file.
This section includes the following topics:
● Publishing resources
● Deleting resources
Publishing resources
Before you can perform any tasks on JReport Server, you first need to have your resources (catalogs, report sets, studio reports and folders)
published and organized.
There are three ways of publishing resources:
● Publishing resources from JReport Designer
Note: After resources have been delivered to JReport Server, you may find that the publish time shown on the server UI is different from the
client time. That is because the publish time takes the server time instead of the client time.
❍ For end users, on the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the folder in which to publish the resources, then on the task bar of
the Reports page, click Publish > To Local Server.
2. In the Resource Node Name field, specify a name for the report set. This name is required and is used as the display name of the
resource node in the server resource tree.
3. Type a brief description to describe the report set in the Resource Description field.
4. From the Status drop-down list, select the status of the report set.
5. Specify values of the custom fields for the report set if there are custom fields.
6. Click the Browse button to specify a font directory for the resources.
7. Click the Browse button to specify a style directory for the resources.
2. In the Resource Node Name field, specify a name for the catalog. This name is required and is used as the display name of the
resource node in the server resource tree.
3. Type a brief description to describe the catalog in the Resource Description field.
4. Specify values of the custom fields for the catalog if there are custom fields.
2. Type a brief description to describe the folder in the Resource Description field.
3. To enable getting resources from a real path, check the Enable Resources from Real Paths option, and then type a path in the
Resource Real Path box.
4. Specify values of the custom fields for the folder if there are custom fields.
2. In the Resource Node Name field, specify a name for the folder. This name is required and is used as the display name of the
resource node in the server resource tree.
3. Type a brief description to describe the folder in the Resource Description field.
4. To enable getting resources from a real path, check the Enable Resources from Real Paths option, and then type a path in the
Resource Real Path box.
5. Specify values of the custom fields for the folder if there are custom fields.
6. Click the Browse button to specify a font directory for the resources.
7. Click the Browse button to specify a style directory for the resources.
8. If you want to use Advanced Publish, click the Advanced Publish button. All sub folders and report sets contained within the
specified folder will then be displayed. Check the resources you want to publish and specify the properties for each resource as
required.
❍ If the Catalogs, Report Sets, Studio Reports, and Folders in Folder or Catalogs, Report Sets, Studio Reports in Folder
resource type is selected:
1. Click the Browse button next to the From Folder text field to specify the folder where the resources you want to publish are
saved.
2. Click the Browse button to specify a font directory for the resources.
3. Click the Browse button to specify a style directory for the resources.
4. If you want to use Advanced Publish, click the Advanced Publish button. All resources contained within the specified folder will
then be displayed. Check the resources you want to publish and specify the properties for each resource as required.
4. If the resources you specify to publish contain reports created in earlier versions, check Automatically Convert Old Report Schemas,
the reports will then be automatically converted into current version JReport report sets when publishing finishes.
5. To apply an archive policy to the resources that you are publishing, check the Apply Archive Policy option, then specify the archive
policy as required: Archive as New Version or Replace Old Version.
Note that a folder by itself does not have versions; the archive policy specified for a folder applies to the folder contents.
6. If the resources are to be published to the Public Reports folder, click the Set Permissions link to specify user permissions to them
according to your requirement. Permissions that can be specified to a user or role include: Visible, Read, Write, Execute, Schedule,
Delete, and Grant.
Note: The Publish to Local Server option is always available to administrators on the JReport Console page. For end users, the option is
displayed only when he/she has the privilege of publishing resources and has logged onto JReport Server from a local browser.
❍ For end users, on the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the folder in which to publish the resources, then on the task bar of
the Reports page, click Publish > To Remote Server.
The Publish to Remote Server dialog is then displayed.
2. Click the Browse button to specify the zipped file which contains the resources you want to publish.
❍ If you want to create a new folder in the current open folder in the server resource tree to locate the resources,
1. Make sure the Publish files and folders in the zipped file to /XXX checkbox is not selected.
2. In the Resource Node Name box, specify the name for the folder. The name will then be used as the display name of the resource
node in the server resource tree.
3. Type a brief description to describe the folder in the Resource Description box.
4. Specify values of the custom fields for the folder if there are custom fields.
5. To enable getting resources from a real path, check the Enable Resources from Real Paths option, and then type a path in the
Resource Real Path box.
4. If the resources you specify to publish contain reports created in earlier versions, check Automatically Convert Old Report Schemas,
the reports will then be automatically converted into current version JReport report sets when publishing finishes.
5. To apply an archive policy to the resources, check the Apply Archive Policy option, then specify the archive policy as required: Archive
as New Version or Replace Old Version.
6. To enable user permissions on the resources, click the Set Permissions link and set the permissions according to your requirements
(the Set Permissions link is available only when the resources are to be published to the Public Reports folder). Permissions that can be
specified for a user or role include: Visible, Read, Write, Delete, Execute, Schedule, and Grant.
7. If you want to use Advanced Publish, click the Advanced Publish button. All sub folders and report sets contained within the zip file will
then be displayed. Check the resources you want to publish and specify the properties for each resource as required.
Note: When publishing resources from a remote computer, the process is similar to that for a local publish. However, there are differences.
They are:
● Local Publish publishes resources from the machine where the server runs, while a Remote Publish publishes resources from a client
machine using a web browser to the machine where the server runs.
● The resource type of Remote Publish can ONLY be a compressed file. You should compress the report set and catalog files in advance, and
if special fonts are used in the report sets, add the corresponding font files into the compressed file as well. There are two approaches to
building a compressed file.
❍ You can compress the resources manually using a third-party tool, such as Winzip and gzip.
❍ You can use jar.exe that the JSDK provides to build a compressed jar file directly. Use the command as follows:
%JAVAHOME%\bin\jar.exe -cvfM %DEST_JAR_FILE% %SOURCE_RESOURCES%
Parameter Description
%JAVAHOME% The Java SDK install root.
%DEST_JAR_FILE% The destination file path and file name. The .jar file will be generated to the path you specify here, using
the file name you provide.
%SOURCE_RESOURCES% The source file path and file name. Note that specifying a path for this parameter will cause the generated
jar file to contain the same path information. For example, when you extract a jar file compressed using
myReports\*.* for this parameter, the files will be extracted to a folder called myReports. JReport Server
is not able to import a compressed file which contains the path information, so do not specify a path for this
parameter.
To generate a jar file containing no path information, switch to the source folder, and then carry out the compression. For example,
C:\myReports>C:\jdk1.6.0_17\bin\jar -cvfM c:\temp\aa.jar.
The jar file will be generated to c:\temp, as aa.jar, compressing all the files in c:\myReports, and containing no path information.
Always use this method if the folder you are compressing contains report sets with Chinese, Korean, or Japanese names.
Converting reports of earlier versions into current version
If your JReport product has been upgraded from a version earlier than V10, when running reports of
the earlier version, you may encounter decreased performance due to the JReport Engine having to
first convert the earlier version report into a current version report set before running the report. In
order to enhance performance, JReport Server allows administrators to permanently convert reports of
earlier versions in the server resource tree to adapt to the current version.
Report converting applies to reports of all previous server versions.
2. Specify the folders which contain the reports you want to convert.
2. If the catalog is not modified, you can only update the authorization file to update the permission
settings either using JReport Designer or by hand.
3. After you have updated the authorization file in JReport Designer, upload it to JReport Server from
the JReport Administration page if you are an administrator:
a. Click Reports on the system toolbar and select Reports from the drop-down menu.
b. In the Reports panel, browse to the row the catalog is in, then click the Cube Security
c. In the Cube Security dialog, first select a catalog version, and then select the updated
authorization file using the Browse button.
The updated authorization file will be uploaded to JReport Server and replace the old file. Then the
server will invoke the method of the cube/business view authorize manager to reload all the permission
settings, and the permission settings will take effect right after reloading.
Getting and using resources from a real path
Not only can you use the published resources described in section Publishing resources, but also those
resources obtained from a real path. The difference between real path resources and published
resources lies in the way of managing them. Published resources are managed in JReport Server
totally. Real path resources are managed in both the server and OS system. In the server, when
accessing a resource node which is linked with a real path, the local resources in the real path are
loaded to the node and displayed together with other server resources (including the published
resources) in the node. You cannot delete the real path resources directly from the server UI, but can
only achieve it by removing the resources from the local disk.
To use real path resources, you should specify a real path for a virtual folder. You can then add or
remove resources into or from JReport Server by adding or removing them into or from the real path.
Also, if you do not want to publish resources to the server by using the publish feature, you can set a
real path instead.
The following example uses the resources in the folder /SampleReports obtained from the real path:
1. On the JReport Administration page, click Configuration on the system toolbar, then select
Advanced from the drop-down menu.
2. In the Advanced panel, check the Enable Resources from Real Paths option, save the changes
and then restart the server.
3. Open the Properties dialog of the folder /SampleReports, check Enable Resources from Real
Paths, specify a real path for the demo virtual folder as C:\JReport\Server\reportbak, then
click OK to save the changes.
5. On starting JReport Server, click the virtual folder /SampleReports. You will then see the three
sub folders: report1, report2, and report3 within it, including their report sets and catalogs.
Now end users can perform operations on the real path resources, including running, advanced
running, scheduling, viewing versions and setting properties.
Notes:
● You cannot publish resources from real path.
● The relationships of folder real paths do not need to be consistent with that of the resource tree
folders. That is, they are independent of each other. For example, in the resource tree, the folder
ABC, whose real path is C:\FolderABC, has a sub folder DEF. The real path of DEF need not
necessarily be a folder in C:\FolderABC. It can be any folder.
● After using the real path resources, under certain special conditions some invalid nodes will be
generated in the server databases. In order to delete the invalid nodes, administrators can perform
the corresponding option on the JReport Administration page to clear unused nodes from the internal
JReport Server database. For details, see Clearing unused nodes from the system database.
Setting a default real path for the Public Reports folder before the server starts
JReport Server enables setting a default real path for the Public Reports folder without having to log
onto the server. There are two ways to achieve this goal: setting the real path during or after
installation.
● Setting during installation
1. When installing JReport Server using the Installation Wizard, select the installation type Custom
Installation for Standalone Server.
The Configuration screen is then available for you to configure the server properties.
3. Check the Enable Resources from Real Paths option, and then type in a path in the Public
Reports Real Path text field or specify a path using the Browse button.
● Add a property server.font.path in the server.properties file and set a full path to it.
Notes:
● The value specified by -D is not stored into the server.properties file.
● The value specified using API is stored into the server.properties file.
Working with custom fields
Custom fields are user defined fields which can be used as resource properties, the same as Type,
Description, Last Modified, etc.
After a custom field is created and enabled by administrators, it will be available in the resource
information table on both the JReport Administration > Reports panel and the JReport Console >
Reports page. End users can define its value by setting properties.
2. In the Custom Field panel, click New Custom Field on the task bar.
3. In the New Custom Field dialog, provide a name and description for the custom field.
2. In the displayed dialog, modify the name and description for the custom field, and change its
status if required.
2. In the General tab, in the Columns Shown in Reports List section, unselect the checkbox in front of
the corresponding custom field.
2. In the General tab of the Preferences dialog, unselect the checkbox in front of the corresponding
custom field, then click OK.
Changing resource and folder properties
To change the properties of a resource or folder:
● For administrators, on the JReport Administration page, click Reports on the system toolbar and
select Reports from the drop-down menu. In the Reports panel, browse to the row that the resource
or folder is in and click the Properties button in the Control column. In the Properties dialog,
change the settings as required.
● For end users, on the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the row that the resource or folder
is in and do either of the following:
❍ Select the row and click Tools > Properties on the task bar of the Reports page.
❍ Select the row, right-click in the row and select Properties from the shortcut menu.
❍ Put the mouse pointer over the row and click the Properties button on the floating toolbar.
See also the following documents for details about the property settings:
● Catalog Properties dialog
Assigning permissions
Permissions, associated with resources and folders, are the rules granted to users which control their
access to resources and folders.
After you have set permissions for a parent folder, any new resources and sub folders created in that
folder will inherit the same permissions. If you do not want them to inherit these permissions, you can
enable their user permissions and set their permissions separately. Resources and folders will inherit
permissions from their parent folder if their user permissions are not enabled.
To set, view, change, or remove resource/folder permissions:
● For administrators, in the Properties dialog, click the Set Permissions link, then in the Set
Permissions dialog,
❍ To set up or change permissions for a role, user or group, check Enable Setting Permissions,
select the user, group, or role in the Role Permissions, User Permissions, or Group Permissions
table, and then check or uncheck each permission as required. If the user, group or role is not
listed in the corresponding table, click the Add button to add it and then assign the permissions
accordingly.
❍ To remove resource/folder permissions for all users, groups and roles, uncheck the Enable
Setting Permissions option.
❍ To remove resource/folder permissions for all users, groups and roles, uncheck the Enable
Setting Permissions option.
Notes:
● Security permissions do not apply to the built-in version folders, the My Reports folder, and their
contents.
● To complete a task, you may require more than one permission. For example, to view the properties
of a report set, you must have both the Visible and Read permissions.
● Some permissions depend on other permissions in order to work, such as Write, Execute, and
Schedule. Allowing anyone of these will also allow the Read permission.
● Some special permissions, such as Execute and Schedule, only apply to the report set type resource.
● Only members in the administrator role can assign the Grant permission to other users or groups or
roles.
● Users that are given the Grant permission can grant permissions to other users in the same group.
Deleting resources
To delete a resource or folder:
● For administrators, on the JReport Administration page, click Reports on the system toolbar and
select Reports from the drop-down menu. In the Reports panel, browse to the row that the resource
or folder is in, then click the Delete button in the Control column.
● For end users, on the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the row that the resource or folder
is in, then do either of the following:
❍ Select the row, right-click in the row and select Delete from the shortcut menu.
❍ Put the mouse pointer over the row and click the Delete button on the floating toolbar.
Notes:
● The Public Reports folder and My Reports folder cannot be deleted.
● Deleting a resource or folder removes the resource or folder from disk. The deleted resources and
folders cannot be retrieved. Any relevant versions belonging to the resource will also be deleted.
Managing versions
Your resources might change over time. JReport Server uses a versioning system to create and
manage resources that have changed in content and properties owing to updates made to them.
All the resources in the server resource tree: report set resources, catalog resources and report set
result resources, are controlled by versions. A great proportion of resource management tasks are
carried out by managing resource versions.
In addition, JReport Server uses an archive policy to control the resource versions. You can control
whether or not to use multiple versions for a specific resource. Also, you can define the maximum
number of versions that can be listed in the version table. The archive policy can be applied to a single
resource individually, or to many resources in a folder as a whole.
This section shows how to manage resource versions as follows:
● Creating versions
● Browsing versions
● Deleting versions
❍ For end users, on the JReport Console > Reports page, open the folder that contains the report
set/catalog for which you want to create a new version, then on the task bar of the Reports
page, click Publish > To Local Server or Publish > To Remote Server.
❍ If publishing to remote server, specify the path and name of the zipped file which includes the
report set/catalog you want to publish in the From Zipped File text field.
3. In the Resource Node Name box, type the name of the resource node for where you want to
create the new version to. The name you provide must be exactly the same as the original
resource node name.
6. Click OK to publish the report set/catalog (for details about publishing resources from a local or
remote computer, see Publishing resources).
The report set/catalog will then be added to the server resource tree, and serve as a version of the
report set/catalog.
Note: Catalogs are by default not displayed in the server resource tree on the JReport Console page.
In order to perform operations on catalogs published from outside of JReport Server on the JReport
Console page, you need to enable them to be displayed first by setting the web.page.option.
show_catalog property to true in the server.properties file.
1. Specify where to save the result version by setting the Archive Location option.
■ To generate the report set result version in the built-in folder, select Built-in Version Folder.
■ To generate report set result version in a standalone resource node in the resource tree,
select The My Reports folder or The Public Reports folder, and then provide the path and
resource name information in the corresponding box.
2. Apply an archive policy to the version as required and submit the task.
Then, when the report set finishes running, a report set result version will be generated to the
location specified.
● When scheduling a report set to publish it to the versioning system, in the Publish > To Version tab
of the Schedule dialog:
1. Specify where to save the result version by setting the Archive Location option.
■ To generate the report set result version in the built-in folder, select Built-in Version Folder.
■ To generate report set result version in a standalone resource node in the resource tree,
select The My Reports folder or The Public Reports folder, and then provide the path and
resource name information in the corresponding box.
2. Apply an archive policy to the version as required and submit the task.
Then, when the schedule task is finished, a report set result version will be generated to the location
specified.
Notes:
● The resource path and name refers to the resource path and name in the resource tree. For
instance, /foldername/filename.
● For The Public Reports folder option, the first slash mark (/) refers to the Public Reports folder in the
resource tree, and the folder name (foldername) refers to an existing folder in the resource tree.
● For The My Reports folder option, the first slash mark (/) refers to the My Reports folder in the
resource tree, and the folder name (foldername) refers to an existing folder in the resource tree.
● When generating report set result versions in an existing standalone resource node in the resource
tree, for example, creating a new version for a resource node, you should make sure to provide the
path and name of the existing resource for The Public Reports folder or The My Reports folder option.
Browsing versions
To view the version information of a resource:
● For administrators, on the JReport Administration page, click Reports on the system toolbar and
select Reports from the drop-down menu. In the Reports panel, browse to the resource, then click
the Version button in the Control column.
● For end users, on the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the resource, then do either of the
following:
❍ Select the resource row and click Tools > Version on the task bar of the Reports page.
❍ Select the resource row, right-click in the row and select Version from the shortcut menu.
❍ Put the mouse pointer over the resource row and click the Version command button on the
floating toolbar.
The versions that a resource hosts are organized in the version table.
Version table
Relevant information about the versions that a resource hosts, such as the version date, version
number, is collected and represented in a table, called the version table.
The version table is composed of the following columns:
● Catalog Versions Table
Column Description
Version Date The date and time of when the version was generated.
Version Number The serial ID that identifies a version in the version table.
You can perform operations such as sorting/viewing properties, and output files/parameters in the
version table.
Tip: Some columns in the tables are not shown by default. To have them displayed, locate the table,
click Tools > Preferences on the task bar, check the corresponding items in the Preferences dialog,
then click OK to save the settings.
Applying an archive policy
JReport Server uses an archive policy to control resource versions. The archive policy can be applied to
a single resource individually or to many resources in a folder as a whole. It can also be applied when
you run (Advanced Mode) or schedule a report set.
The archive policy includes settings for controlling the use of multiple versions for a specified resource,
and the maximum version amount that will be listed in the version table:
● Archive as New Version
Specifies whether to use multiple versions for the specified resource. Available only for resources in
the resource tree.
If there is no archive policy specified for a resource, the resource will inherit the archive policy from its
parent object. If afterwards you then specify an archive policy for the resource, the new policy will
override the one inherited from the parent object.
If you
Then do Result
want to
Apply 1. Access the Properties dialog for the folder (for how to The archive policy will be
archive access the dialog, see Changing resource and folder applied to all of the
policy to a properties). folder content.
folder
Note: This does not
2. In the dialog, set the Apply Archive Policy option as
include resources that
required, then click OK.
already have individually
applied archive policies.
Apply 1. Access the Properties dialog for the resource. The archive policy is
archive applied to the resource,
policy to a 2. In the Properties dialog, set the Apply Archive Policy overriding its inherited
resource option as required, then click OK. archive policy.
Note: If you leave the
Apply Archive Policy
option unchecked, the
resource will inherit the
archive policy from its
parent object, for
example, the folder it
resides in.
Apply 1. On the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the The archive policy will be
archive resource you want to run. applied to a result type
policy when resource.
running a 2. Put the mouse pointer over the resource row and click
task in Note: If you leave the
Advanced the Advanced Run button on the floating toolbar. Apply Archive Policy
mode option unchecked, the
3. In the Archive tab, check the Auto Archive Properties resource will use its old
option. archive policy or inherit
the archive policy from
4. Finish the other relevant information, making sure that its parent object, for
Archive Location is set to the resource tree folder. example, the folder it
5. Set the Apply Archive Policy option as required, and resides in.
then click Finish.
Apply 1. On the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the The archive policy is
archive resource you want to schedule. applied to a result type
policy when resource.
scheduling 2. Put the mouse pointer over the resource row and click
a task Note: If you leave the
the Schedule button on the floating toolbar. Apply Archive Policy
option unchecked, the
3. In the Publish tab, click the To Version sub tab, then resource will use its old
check the Publish to Versioning System option. archive policy or inherit
the archive policy from
4. Finish the other relevant information, making sure that
its parent object, for
Archive Location is set to the resource tree folder.
example, the folder it
5. Set the Apply Archive Policy option as required, then resides in.
click Finish.
If you
Then do
want to
Apply 1. Access the version table for the resource (report set type) (for how to access the
archive table, see Browsing versions).
policy to a
built-in 2. In the Report Set Result Versions tab, check the Maximum Number of Versions
version table option, specify the versions to be saved as required, then click OK.
Apply 1. On the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the resource you want to run.
archive
policy when 2. Put the mouse pointer over the resource row and click the Advanced Run button
running a
task in on the floating toolbar.
Advanced
3. In the Archive tab, check the Auto Archive Properties option.
mode
4. Finish the other relevant information, making sure that Archive Location is set to
the Built-in Version Folder.
5. Set the Apply Archive Policy option as required, then click Finish.
Apply 1. On the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the resource you want to
archive schedule.
policy when
scheduling
a task 2. Put the mouse pointer over the resource row and click the Schedule button
on the floating toolbar.
3. In the Publish tab, click the To Version sub tab, then check the Publish to
Versioning System option.
4. Finish the other relevant information, making sure that Archive Location is set to
Built-in Version Folder.
5. Set the Apply Archive Policy option as required, then click Finish.
Deleting versions
After creating versions, periodically you may want to delete some expired or unused versions. You can
choose to remove these versions manually or configure JReport Server to delete them automatically.
When removing the versions using the user interface, the archive versions stored on disk are also
physically deleted.
Deleting manually
To delete some versions of a resource manually, first open the version table of the resource (for how to
access the table, see Browsing versions), then:
● For administrators, in the version table, check the checkbox ahead of the versions that you want to
remove and then click the Delete link.
● For end users, in the version table, find the version you want to remove, then:
❍ Select the version row and click Edit > Delete on the task bar.
❍ Select the version row, right-click in the row and click Delete on the shortcut menu.
❍ Put the mouse pointer over the version row and click the Delete button .
After receiving "The version has been deleted" message, view the version information again. You will
find that the version you selected has now been removed from the version table.
Deleting automatically
There are two approaches to automatically deleting versions:
● Apply Archive Policy
The Apply Archive Policy controls the number of versions that will be recorded in the version table of
a resource.
When creating a resource version, you can specify the maximum number that will be saved. If the
number of versions exceeds the specified number, the oldest version will automatically be removed
from the version list.
For example, if you specify Maximum Number of Versions as 5, when the sixth version is created, the
first version will automatically be removed.
● Result Auto-delete
Result Auto-delete controls the duration of versions. It is only applicable to report set result versions.
When creating a report set result version, you can specify a certain period of time to keep the
version. The version will automatically be removed from the version list after the number of days or
the specified date.
For example, if you specify "Result Expires in 30 days", it will be automatically removed 30 days after
its creation.
Advanced version topics
The following sections cover advanced version topics for administrators and developers. It will give you
an understanding of version structure in depth.
● Version resource structure in the server database
2. Connect to database. To connect to a Derby database, you need to perform a valid database
connection URL. ij automatically loads the appropriate driver based on the syntax of the URL. The
following example shows how to connect defaultRealm by using the Connect command and the
client driver:
D:>java org.apache.derby.tools.ij
ij version 10.5
ij> connect 'jdbc:derby://localhost:1527/defaultRealm';
ij>
3. After connected to the database successfully, ij allows the execution of Derby SQL statements
interactively or via scripts.
4. For more information about Derby and ij, please visit Apache website http://db.apache.org/
derby/.
Note: Don't delete, update or insert data into the database. It is recommended that all modifications to
the database be done from JReport Server instead of in the ij. Otherwise, it may result in JReport
Server crashing if invalid data is found.
Storage of versions on disk
A working directory <reporthome>\history has been defined for use by the system database. Rather
than store all the actual resources in the DBMS, the DBMS stores only pointers to the actual files.
JReport Server uses this folder to store all of the parameter information and version files. By default,
JReport Server creates 100 folders in its history folder (<reporthome>\history), and each of these
folders can contain a further 3000 subfolders. These subfolders however cannot hold any further
subfolders.
First, JReport Server puts the history information, such as archive versions and parameter files in folder
1. When the amount of subfolders in folder 1 reaches the maximum subfolder amount, it starts to put
files in folder 2. When folder 2 is filled up, folder 3 will be used, then folder 4, folder 5, and so on, until
all 100 folders have been filled up.
When all the 100 folders have been filled up with subfolders, JReport Server will then create another
100 folders, named 101 to 200, and will continue to store the history information in these folders,
starting from folder 101. When the second 100 folders are full, another 100 folders will be created, and
so on.
2. Delete the properties, profiling and history sub folders from the <install_root> folder.
3. Restart JReport Server. The demo report sets/catalogs in the <reporthome>\jreports directory
will now be stored in the specified ServerData folder.
4. After the above procedures have been performed, all parameter information and version files
created will be stored in the specified ServerData folder.
Topics for developers
Other than implementation from the JReport Server UI, advanced users are also allowed to manage versions
using the JReport Server API and RMI API.
The JReport Server API and RMI API is a set of Java programming interfaces that run report sets, explore
report resources, and provide access control for report servers. It is mainly used for writing servlets, JSPs
and Java applications with report server features. You can find documentation that describes the usage of
the JReport Server API in the section JReport Server APIs and Remote APIs.
Program examples to show how to publish a report set to the versioning system, how to run a report set,
and how to publish a catalog/report set can be found in the <install_root>\help\server\en\samples
folder.
❍ Catalog version
getCatalogVersions(java.lang.String userID, java.lang.String catName)
❍ Result version
getResultDocVersions(java.lang.String userID, java.lang.String resultDocName)
Note: userID is only used for checking privilege in this method, and not for filtering the submitter.
Managing security
JReport Server provides a security system which allows you to set up and maintain security on the
server and protect your resources from inappropriate access by users.
This section focuses on accomplishing security management in JReport Server by means of setting up
roles, users, and assigning certain permissions.
You can find other information related to server security in the sections Security and Server security
system.
● Managing groups
● Managing roles
● Managing privileges
● Managing aliases
Managing realms
To manage realms, you must be a member of the administrator role in order to access the JReport Administration page.
Then, on the JReport Administration page, click Security on the system toolbar and go to the Realm panel, where you
can manage the realms as required.
2. In the New Realm dialog, type a name for the realm, and select an authentication mode as the scheme.
Basic Authentication uses the base64 encryption method as defined by RFC 1945. Digest Authentication uses the
MD5 encryption method as defined by RFC 2069. Basic Authentication is lower security but is usually what is used on
intranets. Digest Authentication provides much higher security and is usually used with SSL in a highly secure
environment.
3. When done, click OK, and the realm will then be added to the realm list table.
When a new realm is created, it is assigned with built-in users, groups, and the default resource tree. Remember to
activate the correct realm before allowing clients to visit.
Activating a realm
The realm must be activated before its content, such as resources, users, groups, and roles, and it can then be accessed
by the client users. There can be only one active realm at any time.
To activate a realm:
1. On the JReport Administration page, click Configuration on the system toolbar, and then click Service from the
drop-down menu.
2. Select the realm you want to activate from the Active Realm drop-down list.
2. Click Security and then User, Group or Role to manage the selected realm.
Information about users, groups and roles in the selected realm is listed in the User, Group, and Role panels.
Deleting a realm
If you find a realm is no longer required, you can delete it by clicking the corresponding Delete link in the Control column
of the realm list table.
Managing user accounts
To manage user accounts, you must be a member of the administrator role in order to access the JReport Administration
page. Then, on the JReport Administration page, click Security on the system toolbar and go to the User panel, where you
can manage the user accounts as required.
2. In the Security > User panel, click the Create a New User link.
3. In the New User dialog, provide the information for the user as required.
4. Click OK, and the user will then be added to the user account table.
2. In the Security > User panel, click the name of the user.
2. In the Security > User panel, click the role(s) link of the user.
4. In the role table, check the roles that you want to add to the user, then click the Add button.
2. In the Security > User panel, click the group(s) link of the user.
4. In the group table, check the groups that you want to add the user to, then click the Add button.
2. In the Security > User panel, click the role(s)/group(s) link of the user.
3. In the roles/groups table of the user, check the roles/groups you want to remove, then click the Remove button.
Once a role or group is removed from a user, the user will no longer have the privileges the role or group has.
2. In the Security > User panel, click the Auditing link of the user.
3. In the Auditing dialog, specify the events which you want to have audited for this user.
2. In the Security > User panel, click the Change Password link of the user.
3. In the Change Password dialog, specify the password of the current logged in user.
4. Specify the new password for the user and confirm it by entering it a second time.
2. In the Security > User panel, click the Preferences link of the user.
3. In the Preferences dialog, specifies the server preferences and DHTML preferences for the user accordingly.
2. In the Security > Group panel, click the Create a New Group link.
3. In the New Group dialog, specify the settings for the new group.
4. When done, click OK, and the new group will then be added into the group list table.
Modifying a group
1. In the Security > Realm panel, select the realm in which the group is.
2. In the Security > Group panel, click the name of the group.
2. In the Security > Group panel, browse to the specific group, and then click the member(s) link.
❍ To add a member to the group, click the Add Members link, check the new member, and then click the Add
button.
Notes:
● A group can have more than one child member and parent member.
● A parent member cannot be added to the current group as its child member.
Deleting a group
If you find a group is no longer required, you can delete it by clicking the corresponding Delete link in the Control column
of the group list table. However, groups that are not empty, having child members or parent members, cannot be deleted.
Managing roles
To manage roles, you must be a member of the administrator role in order to access the JReport Administration page. Then,
on the JReport Administration page, click Security on the system toolbar and go to the Role panel, where you can manage
the roles as required.
2. In the Security > Role panel, click the Create a New Role link.
3. In the New Role dialog, specify the settings for the role.
4. Click OK, and the new role will then be added to the role list table.
Modifying a role
1. In the Security > Realm panel, select the realm in which the role is.
2. In the Security > Role panel, click the name of the role.
2. In the Security > Role panel, browse to the specific role, and then click the member(s) link.
❍ To add a member to the role, click the Add Members link, check the new member, and then click the Add button.
Notes:
● A role can have more than one child group, child role and parent role.
● A parent role cannot be added to the current role as its child.
● Some members cannot be removed from the role they belong to, such as admin in the administrator role and guest in the
everyone role. A user cannot remove himself from the administrators role.
Deleting a role
If you find a role is no longer required, you can delete it by clicking the corresponding Delete link in the Control column of the
role list table. However, the built-in roles, such as administrators and everyone, and roles that are not empty, cannot be
deleted.
Managing privileges
JReport Server offers two types of privileges for users, groups, and roles: Publish and Advanced Properties. Users that are
granted the Publish privilege will be able to publish resources to JReport Server, while users that have the privilege of
Advanced Properties are allowed to view advanced information of version properties such as catalog connections and report
set related resources.
To manage privileges, you must be a member of the administrator role in order to access the JReport Administration page.
Then on the JReport Administration page, click Security on the system toolbar and select Realm from the drop-down
menu. Select the realm in which the role/group/user is. Then click Security on the system toolbar and select Privilege
from the drop-down menu. You can then grant and remove role/group/user privileges in the panel.
2. To assign privileges to a role/group/user, select the Role Privileges/Group Privileges/User Privileges tab accordingly.
3. Choose the specific role/group/user from the list by selecting the checkbox before its name.
4. Check the checkbox below the type of privilege you want to grant.
5. Click the OK button to apply the changes. The role/group/user that has been granted new privileges will be added
into the Role Privileges/Group Privileges/User Privileges table.
Removing privileges from a role/group/user in the Privilege panel
To remove privileges from a role/group/user, you can choose either of the following two methods:
● To remove a privilege from a role/group/user, uncheck the checkbox below the privilege, and then click Save to apply
the changes.
● To remove all privileges from a role/group/user, first select the role/group/user, and then click the Remove button. By
doing this, the role/group/user will be deleted from the Role Privileges/Group Privileges/User Privileges table.
2. In the Security > Role/Group/User panel, click the underlined role/group/user name.
3. In the Edit Role/Edit Group/Edit User dialog, check or uncheck the Publish or Advanced Properties privileges.
2. Click Security on the system toolbar and select Realm from the drop-down menu.
4. Click Security on the system toolbar and select Alias from the drop-down menu.
5. Set an alias resource tree for a role/group/user, click the corresponding set alias link.
6. Select a role/group/user, and then click the Next button to open the Set Alias dialog.
7. Click the New button to create a new alias node in the root node.
8. In the Alias Name field, replace the default name newAlias with a name for the alias.
9. Click the Browse button to specify a destination resource from the server resource tree that is to be associated
with the new alias node. If you do not want the alias node to be shown in the alias resource tree, check the Hide
This Alias option.
10. Click the OK button to complete the creation of the new alias node.
c. In the Alias Name field, replace the default name newAlias with a name for the alias.
d. Click the Browse button to specify a destination resource from the server resource tree that is to be
associated with the new alias node.
e. If you do not want the alias node to be shown in the alias resource tree, check Hide This Alias.
f. Click the OK button to complete the creation of the new alias node.
12. After you have finished with the alias resource tree, click the Close button to exit the dialog.
You will now see that the just set role/group/user is listed in the corresponding alias list in the Alias panel.
2. In the alias list of the Security > Alias panel, select the underlined name of the role/group/user you want to view.
3. The Set Alias dialog will then be opened for you to view the alias resource tree information of the role/group/user.
2. In the alias list of the Security > Alias panel, select the underlined name of the role/group/user you want to edit.
3. The Set Alias dialog will then be displayed for you to edit the alias resource tree of the role/group/user. You can
edit by hiding/unhiding an alias node, creating a new alias node, or removing an existing alias node.
❍ To hide/unhide an alias node:
a. Select the alias node in the alias resource tree.
b. Check/uncheck the Hide This Alias option, and then click OK.
b. Click New.
c. In the Alias Name field, replace the default name with a name.
d. Click the Browse button to search for the destination resource from the Server resource tree that is to be
associated with the alias node.
e. Click OK to create the alias node.
Notes:
● An alias tree is based on the resource nodes (not virtual resource nodes) of the resource tree.
● By default, the alias resource tree root for each user refers to the resource tree root.
● When an alias tree is activated for a user, all resource access is then controlled by the alias resource tree.
Managing tasks
Usually, a task is a set of operations you perform on JReport Server to achieve a goal, such as
publishing a folder, deleting a resource, and viewing resource properties. However, the tasks that the
JReport Server manages are those associated with report-running issues, the report-running tasks.
JReport Server allows you to quickly view a report set result (Run), view a report set result using
selected options and parameters (Advanced Run), and schedule a report set to run unattended at a
specific time or periodically (Schedule). These are the fundamental modes that JReport Server uses to
perform its report-running tasks.
You can view the status of these report-running tasks, such as scheduled tasks that are waiting to be
performed by JReport Server, the tasks that are currently being performed, and the tasks that have
already been performed.
This section describes the following:
● Accessing the task information tables
❍ Running table
Shows the status information of tasks that are currently being performed, such as task ID, time
when the task was started, and engine status.
❍ Completed table
Shows the status information of tasks that have already been performed, such as task ID, time
when the task was completed, whether or not the task was successfully performed, result files, and
error messages.
● Tasks that are performed in the Run, Advanced Run or Background Run mode
❍ Background Tasks table
Shows the status information of the tasks submitted using the Run, Advanced Run, or Background
Run mode, such as report name, report set path and name, catalog path and name, running
format, time when the task was started/completed, time elapsed since the task was performed,
and the status of the task.
To access a specific table, on the JReport Console page, click My Tasks on the system toolbar, then
click the corresponding tab. The following shows the columns that are displayed in each table in detail.
Tip: Some columns in the tables are not shown by default. To have them displayed, switch to the
table, click Tools > Preferences on the task bar of the My Tasks page, check the corresponding items
in the Preferences dialog, then click OK to save the settings.
Scheduled table
The Scheduled table consists of the following columns:
Column Description
Schedule Name The name of the schedule task.
Task ID The internal ID for this task, which is a unique time stamp.
Report Set The report set path, name and its status.
Reports The name of the reports in the report set that are included in this task.
Next Run Time The next scheduled time for when this task is to be performed.
Last Run Time The last scheduled time this task was performed.
Task Type The type of task, such as Versioning System, File System, E-mail, or Printer.
Is Enabled Shows whether this task is enabled. Can be Enabled or Disabled.
Is Successful Shows whether or not the last running of this task was successfully performed.
The value true means that the last running was performed successfully and false
means the task failed. If the column is empty, the task has not been run before.
Catalog The catalog path and name that the report set belongs to.
Launch Type The way in which this task is executed, such as Repeatedly or One Time.
Requester The user who submitted this task.
Running table
The Running table consists of the following columns:
Column Description
Schedule Name The name of the scheduled task.
Task ID The internal ID for this task (a unique time stamp).
Report Set The report set path and name.
Reports The name of the reports in the report set that are included in this task.
Start Time The time when this task was started.
Task Type The type of the task, such as Versioning System, File System, E-mail, or Printer.
Catalog The catalog path and name that the report set belongs to.
Launch Type The way in which this task is executed, such as Repeatedly, One Time, or Instant.
Requester The user who submitted this task.
Parameter File The parameter file name. You can click the underlined file name to view the
parameter values.
Parameters The list of parameter values according to the size specified.
To specify the size, click Preferences on the task bar, then in the Preferences
dialog, set a value for the Parameter Display Size option as required.
Engine Status The current status of the JReport engine, such as record fetching, grouping,
memory paging, and engine initializing.
Completed table
The Completed table consists of the following columns:
Column Description
Schedule Name The name of the scheduled task.
Task ID The internal ID for this task (a unique time stamp).
Is Successful Shows whether this task was successfully performed. The value true means that
the task was performed successfully and false that the task failed.
Report Set The report set path and name.
Reports The name of the reports in the report set that are included in this task.
Completed Time The time when this task was completed.
Task Type The type of task, such as Versioning System, File System, E-mail, or Printer.
Catalog The catalog path and name that the report set belongs to.
Launch Type The way in which this task is executed, such as Repeatedly, One Time, or Instant.
Requester The user who submitted this task.
Parameter File The parameter file name. You can click the underlined file name to view the
parameter values.
Parameters The list of parameter values according to the size specified.
To specify the size, click Preferences on the task bar, then in the Preferences
dialog, set a value for the Parameter Display Size option as required.
Engine Status The status of JReport Engine when the task was completed, such as record
fetching, grouping, memory paging, and engine initializing. When a task fails to
perform, here you can see the status of the engine at the time of the error.
Error Message The error message for when the task failed to complete the task.
Result Files The report set result file names and links to the report set result files.
Background Tasks table
The Background Tasks table consists of the following columns:
Column Description
Reports The name of the reports in the report set that are included in this task.
Result The result in the format in which the report ran.
Report Set The path and name of the report set that the reports belong to.
Start Time The time when this task was started.
Finish Time The time when this task was completed.
Status The status of the task.
Catalog The path and name of the catalog that the report set belongs to.
Elapse Time The time elapsed since the start of this task.
Catalog Version The version number of the catalog that the report set belongs to.
Number
Report Set Version The version number of the report set.
Number
Parameters The parameters of the report set.
Cancelled Shows whether the task is cancelled or not.
Managing tasks in the task tables
You can manage tasks in the task tables according to your requirements. For example, you can run a
scheduled task at once, or stop a running task from running.
● Select the row the task is in, right-click in the row and select
Delete from the shortcut menu.
● Put the mouse pointer over the row the task is in and click the
● Select the row the task is in, right-click in the row and select Run
from the shortcut menu.
● Put the mouse pointer over the row the task is in and click the
Duplicate a task ● Select the row the task is in and click Edit > Copy on the task
bar of the My Tasks page.
● Select the row the task is in, right-click in the row and select
Copy from the shortcut menu.
● Put the mouse pointer over the row the task is in and click the
● Select the row the task is in, right-click in the row and select
Enable from the shortcut menu.
● Put the mouse pointer over the row that the task is in and click
Disable a task ● Select the row the task is in and click Edit > Disable on the task
bar of the My Tasks page.
● Select the row the task is in, right-click in the row and select
Disable from the shortcut menu.
● Put the mouse pointer over the row the task is in and click the
The disabled task will not be performed until you enable it again.
Export a scheduled task to a See Importing and exporting scheduled tasks for details.
script on disk
Import a scheduled task from See Importing and exporting scheduled tasks for details.
a script saved on disk
Notes:
● You can perform the Run action on a disabled scheduled task.
● When copying a disabled scheduled task or exporting it to script, the disabled state will not be
included since it is not a property of the task.
● Select the row the task is in, right-click in the row and select
Stop from the shortcut menu.
● Put the mouse pointer over the row the task is in and click the
Stop button on the floating toolbar.
Note: When you stop a bursting task from running, some sub tasks
in the bursting task may have already been finished, so some results
may have been sent to some recipients.
View parameter information Refer to the Parameters column of the Running table.
● Select the row the task is in, right-click in the row and select
Details from the shortcut menu.
● Put the mouse pointer over the row the task is in and click the
View parameter information Refer to the Parameters column of the Completed table.
● Put the mouse pointer over the row the task is in and click the
Stop button on the floating toolbar.
Restart a stopped task ● Select the row the task is in and click Edit > Restart on the task
bar of the My Tasks page.
● Select the row the task is in, right-click in the row and select
Restart from the shortcut menu.
● Put the mouse pointer over the row the task is in and click the
View parameter information Refer to the Parameters column of the Background Tasks table.
Task-level timeout for advanced run and schedule tasks
A task-level timeout mechanism is introduced in order to avoid the never-finished running tasks
consuming server resources and thus decreasing the server performance. With the mechanism, you
can specify a time duration for a task, and ask JReport Server to cancel the task or to notify you or
someone else of the task status via e-mail if the task has not yet finished running when the task
duration is up. To do this:
1. Do either of the following to enable the task-level timeout mechanism.
❍ In the server.properties file, set the task.duration.en able property to true.
❍ On the JReport Administration page, click Configuration on the system toolbar, select
Advanced, and then check the Enable Task Duration option.
2. Set task duration check frequency. By default, JReport Server checks task duration every 30
seconds. The period value can be reset either by the task.duration.che ck_cycle property in the
server.properties file or by the Status Refresh Interval option in the Configuration > Advanced
panel on the JReport Administration page. Note that the value must be an integer greater than 0.
Since task duration check frequency affects server performance, it is recommended that you set
the value according to your system environment.
4. Use the Duration tab in the Advanced Run and Schedule dialogs to specify task duration.
a. In the Timeout text box, specify the time limit for when the task can run before notifying of
the timeout or canceling the task.
b. If you want to notify someone of the task status if the task has not yet finished running when
the task duration is up, check Notify by e-mail after the specified time and specify the
mail address in the Mail To text box.
c. If you want JReport Server to cancel the task when the task duration is up but the task is not
finished yet, check Cancel the task after the specified time.
Then, when the specified task duration is up but the task has not finished running,
● For an Advanced Run task,
❍ If you have specified to have server cancel the task when the task duration is up, the task will be
cancelled automatically, however a record for the task will be still remained in the Background
Tasks table of the My Tasks page, shown with a sign of cancellation.
❍ In the Duration tab, if you haven't checked the option Cancel the task after the specified time, the
task will be switched to run in background mode when the task duration is up, in which case, you
can choose to cancel the task manually. To do this, in the Background Tasks table,
■ Select the task row and click Edit > Delete on the task bar of the My Tasks page.
■ Select the task row, right-click in the row and select Delete from the shortcut menu.
■ Put the mouse pointer over the task row and click the Delete button on the floating toolbar.
● For a Schedule task,
❍ If you have specified to have server cancel the task when the task duration is up, the task will be
cancelled automatically, and a task completed record will be added in the Completed table of the
My Tasks page, with the Is Successful status shown as No.
❍ In the Duration tab, if you haven't checked the option Cancel the task after the specified time, the
task will still be listed in the Running table of the My Tasks page when the task duration is up.
Then, if you want to cancel the task manually, in the Running table,
■ Select the task row and click Stop on the task bar of the My Tasks page.
■ Select the task row, right-click in the task row and select Stop from the shortcut menu.
■ Put the mouse pointer over the task row and click the Stop button on the floating toolbar.
Notes:
● JReport Server may not cancel a task right after the specified task duration is up due to check
frequency.
● It is recommended that the task duration is set to about five times of the required time for finishing
running the task.
Managing server data
During its running process, JReport Server keeps track of server information and stores it to its own
database for the purpose of running various managing and monitoring tasks, such as managing the
resources on the server, monitoring the task running status, and collecting server running statistics.
The server database includes system, realm, and profiling. The system database holds resources of the
global server scope, such as server.properties, global NLS, etc. The realm database holds information
of folders, nodes, versions, the security system, and the completed table. The profiling database holds
server runtime related information. You can refer to Configuring the server database for details about
how to configure the databases.
JReport provides completed SQL files to create tables for all databases supported. They reside in
<install_root>\script_files.
2. The non-admin database user starts JReport Server. In this phase, the old version's database
tables will be updated if they exist. If the server has updated the old version's table data, you will
be able to see a record of it in the debug file.
3. The database administrator deletes the old version' tables in the database using script files.
Script files
JReport Server supports these different databases: Apache Derby, HSQLDB, MySQL, Microsoft SQL
Server, IBM DB2, Oracle, Sybase, and Informix.
The script files are stored in <install_root>\script_files. There are three types of script files:
● sqlserver_do.txt - Deletes old version tables for Microsoft SQL Server database.
● sqlserver_dc.txt - Deletes current version tables for Microsoft SQL Server database.
● Integrality and consistency between realm database and the external files - checking to see whether
the records in the tables match the related external files.
If any inconsistent or incomplete server data is found, it will be removed from the realm database since
it is unused. The same process also applies to files.
To check server data integrity, do one of the following:
● Launch JReport Server on the command line, using parameter -cleanup.
C:\JReport\Server\bin>JRServer -cleanup
● Open the batch file used to start JReport Server, add -Dcheck.realmtables=true to the line that
starts JReport Server:
"%JAVAHOME%\bin\java.exe" -Dcheck.realmtables=true "-Dinstall.root= <install_root>" ...
3. Click the Backup tab, type the file path and name in the Backup System DB/Realm DB/Profiling
DB field (or use the Browse button to specify the file path), and then click Backup. Note that the
file extension should be included.
Exporting the server data through the command line on Windows or on Unix/Linux
A tool is provided to backup the server data. It is DBMaintain.bat/DBMaintian.sh in <install_root>
\bin. It has two parameters:
● -Bsystemtables/-Brealmtables/-Bprofiling: Backup the data with the server data in a JReport cluster.
To export the server data from the command line on Windows or on Unix/Linux:
1. In a DOS window, switch to the <install_root>\bin folder.
Backup/restoration limitations
The backup/restore feature does not support cross-platform operation. The backup and restore
operations must be done on the same operating system. For example, if you backup the server data to
a zip file on a Windows platform, you will then not be able to restore it on a Unix system.
Notes:
● On the JReport Administration page, the Profiling DB option is not shown by default on the Data drop-
down menu. To make it shown, you need to set the server.profiling.enable property to true in the
server.properties file in the <install_root>\bin directory.
● When running DBMaintain.bat/DBMaintian.sh, error may occur if the backup zip file is too large,
which is caused by JVM limitation. You can try the -B0realmtables and -R0realmtables options to
backup and restore data separately.
● When backing up server data in cluster environment, it is recommended that you back up the data
on every cluster node to make sure no files get lost on any node after they are restored. Also, the
system DB and realm DB should better be backed up together. Since the external data cannot be
backed up once just on one single cluster node, to avoid redundant data backup, you need to
manually back up the external files on every cluster node after backing up the system DB and realm
DB on any of the cluster nodes.
● When restoring server data in cluster environment, first make sure all the cluster nodes are shut
down, and then restore the data on each cluster node.
Archiving and restoring server data
You can archive and restore server data in the realm and profiling databases.
Note: The Profiling DB option is not shown by default on the drop-down menu. To make it
shown, set the server.profiling.enable property to true in the server.properties file in the
<install_root>\bin directory.
4. Specify a date in the Move to Archive Data Before field, and then type or use the Browse button
to specify the file path and name.
If you don't want to backup the archived server data, leave this field blank. The server data will
then be removed from the database.
5. Click Archive. Server data prior to the date specified will be archived and saved to the backup file
using the name specified.
4. Type or use the Browse button to provide the archive file name and location in the Restore from
archive field, and then click Restore.
Viewing the summary information of archive files
After archiving or backing up files, you can view the results. The summary information includes
Archive, Date, Type, Version, Realm, Database and Scope.
To view the summary information of a specified file:
1. On the JReport Administration page, click Data on the system toolbar and then select Realm DB/
Profiling DB from the drop-down menu.
Note: The Profiling DB option is not shown by default on the drop-down menu. To make it
shown, set the server.profiling.enable property to true in the server.properties file in the
<install_root>\bin directory.
4. Type or use the Browse button to specify an archive file name and location in the Archive field,
and then click Summary.
Clearing unused nodes from the realm database
Making operations on real path resources may generate unused nodes from the realmdatabase. The
generated unused nodes can be cleared through the JReport Administration page.
3. Click the Check button. All invalid resource nodes will then be listed.
4. Check the checkbox on the header of the first column to specify whether you want to select all or
unselect all. Otherwise, you can check the corresponding checkbox to select the invalid nodes that
you want to delete.
● Many users can run reports from data created from a single query thus not having the reporting
users impacting production DBMS users.
● Users running a report will all see the same view of the data, thus the data will not change minute
by minute based on current DBMS updates.
● Caching report data can be scheduled for any time frame to simulate real time on-demand reporting
for many users while not slowing down the production DBMS.
Cached report data can be created for query resources such as queries, stored procedures, imported
SQLs, user defined data sources, hierarchical data sources, and parameters whose type is Bind with
Single Column or Bind with Cascading Columns.
There are two types of cached report data in JReport Server: auto CRD and scheduled CRD. For details
about each type, see the specific topics below.
Auto CRD
When running a report set, if there is no scheduled CRD created for the query that the report set is
using directly or indirectly (for example, the report is created based on a report cube and the report
cube is built from a query), data will be fetched from the data source, and at the same time the fetched
data is cached and becomes an auto CRD.
Auto CRDs will only be available within one server running life cycle, which means that once the server
closes or restarts, they will be removed and a new cycle of auto CRD generation will begin.
Auto CRDs are disabled for generation by default. You can enable them and configure the maximum
hard disk space for auto CRDs and how long an auto CRD is stored. For details, see Automatic Cache
section in the Cache Configuration dialog.
2. In the Cached Report Data panel, click New Cache on the task bar.
3. In the New Cache dialog for selecting queries, click next to the Select a Folder text field.
4. In the Select Folder dialog, browse to the folder containing the required catalog and click OK.
5. From the Select a Catalog drop-down list, select the required catalog in the specified folder.
7. In the Select Queries dialog, select the query resources you want to create data caches for from
the resource tree. Then click OK.
8. Click OK in the New Cache dialog for selecting queries and you are then redirected to the New
Cache dialog for scheduling.
9. In the General tab, you can specify values to the parameters of the query resources listed in the
Select Query drop-down list. If no values are provided, the default values will be applied. The
query resource names will be used as the new CRD names.
11. In the Conditions tab, specify the time for when the task is to be performed in the Time sub tab,
and select or create a trigger to bind with the task in the Trigger sub tab. The setting in the
Conditions tab decides when the CRDs will be created and when they will be updated.
12. In the Notification tab, specify to notify someone via e-mail when the task is finished and whether
it is successful or unsuccessful.
13. In the Duration tab, specify the time duration for the task, and ask JReport Server to cancel the
task or to notify you or someone else of the task status via e-mail if the task has not yet finished
running when the task duration is up. For detailed information, see Task-level timeout for
advanced run and schedule tasks.
14. Click Finish, and JReport Server will then perform the task at the requested times.
See also New Cache dialog for scheduling for details about options in the dialog.
● Initiating
CRD is preparing its data for the first time, but still not ready. The reports will wait for the CRD to be
ready and then fetch data from the ready CRD.
● Ready
CRD is prepared and ready to use. All reports based on the same query will fetch data from the CRD.
● Updating
CRD is updating itself at a scheduled point. All reports based on the same query will use the ready
CRD before the update happens. Once the update is finished, the reports running later will get data
from the updated CRD.
After a scheduled CRD is created, all reports based on the same query as the CRD will automatically
use the CRD for retrieving data.
Since a scheduled CRD freezes parameters in the query, if a report uses a scheduled CRD and its query
contains parameters, only parameters used in the report are prompted for specifying values, the query
parameters will be disabled for specifying or changing. In JReport, a parameter may depend on another
parameter, if the latter is frozen, the former will be frozen too.
Column Description
Name The name of the scheduled CRD.
Path The path of the scheduled CRD in the server resource tree.
Catalog Name The catalog that the scheduled CRD belongs to.
Data Source The data source that the scheduled CRD belongs to.
Data Type The type of the query resource that the scheduled CRD is based on.
Last Modified The last time when the scheduled CRD was modified.
You can further edit the scheduling information of the CRDs if required. To do this, select the row
where the CRD you want to edit is located, then click Edit > Properties on the task bar; or right-click
in the row and select Properties from the shortcut menu. If parameters or schedule policy is changed,
they will only take effect after next CRD updating, before that, all reports using the CRD will still get
the old data.
In addition, if you find any of the scheduled CRD is no longer required, you can remove it. To do this,
select the row where the CRD is, then clicking Edit > Delete on the task bar; or right-click in the row
and select Delete from the shortcut menu.
Column Description
Name The name of the scheduled CRD.
Path The path of the scheduled CRD in the server resource tree.
Catalog Name The catalog that the scheduled CRD belongs to.
Data Source The data source that the scheduled CRD belongs to.
Data Type The type of the query resource that the scheduled CRD is based on.
Last Modified The latest time when the task was modified.
Next Run Time The next scheduled time this task is to be performed.
Last Run Time The last scheduled time this task was performed.
Is Successful Shows whether or not the last running of this task was successfully performed.
The value true means that the last running was performed successfully and false
means the task failed. If the column is empty, the task has not been run before.
CRD tasks that are currently being performed are listed in the Running table, which consists of the
following columns (to access the table, click Cached Data on the system toolbar and then select
Running from the drop-down menu):
Column Description
Name The name of the scheduled CRD.
Path The path of the scheduled CRD in the server resource tree.
Catalog Name The catalog that the scheduled CRD belongs to.
Data Source The data source that the scheduled CRD belongs to.
Data Type The type of the query resource that the scheduled CRD is based on.
Start Time The time when this task was started.
Parameters The parameters of the query.
CRD tasks that have already been performed are listed in the Completed table, which consists of the
following columns (to access the table, click Cached Data on the system toolbar and then select
Completed from the drop-down menu). You can remove the record of a completed CRD task from the
table if required. To do this, select the row where the record is located and then click Delete, or right-
click in the row and select Delete from the shortcut menu.
Column Description
Name The name of the scheduled CRD.
Path The path of the scheduled CRD in the server resource tree.
Catalog Name The catalog that the scheduled CRD belongs to.
Data Source The data source that the scheduled CRD belongs to.
Data Type The type of the query resource that the scheduled CRD is based on.
Is Successful Shows whether this task was successfully performed. The value true means that
the task was performed successfully and false that the task failed.
Completed Time The time when this task was completed.
Parameters The parameters of the query.
Notes:
● Some columns are not shown by default. To have them displayed, focus on the required table, click
Preferences above the table, check the corresponding items in the Preferences dialog, and then
click OK to apply the settings.
● Scheduled CRD tasks share the total number of users defined in the license and share task priority
with report tasks.
● If a query resource is modified, the scheduled CRD based on the old query will behave as follows:
❍ Before the next schedule time, the CRD will be disabled for retrieving data to reports.
❍ When it is the next schedule time, data is fetched from the new query to generate an updated
scheduled CRD:
■ If new parameters are added in the new query, default values will be used until an administrator
specifies values to them.
■ If old parameters are deleted from the new query, the parameter values previously specified in
the CRD will be removed.
■ If parameters are changed and the previously specified values do not match the type, error
messages will be given in the server error log and the CRD is disabled for service.
Related topics:
● Appendix 6: Language and Region name list for National Language Support
NLS at application level
In JReport Server, a folder "resources" is added in the installation root directory for holding language
packages. Each language package contains all the UI text and messages available in JReport Server,
including JReport Viewer and JReport Studio, and specifies the UI text in a specific language. When a
language package is applied, the UI will be displayed in the language specified in the language
package. When there are more than one language packages, you can select the one you are familiar
with for your own convenience as the JReport Server environment language. For example, if you are a
German you may be glad to apply the German language package.
Moreover, when creating a WAR/EAR file to include a JReport Server, the languages.jar which packs all
language resources in the <server_install_root>\resources directory will be generated and
included for the multiple language support. The languages.jar makes sure the server UI text is
displayed correctly after deploying the WAR/EAR to other application servers.
● dhtml.properties
This property file stores UI text and messages referred by JReport Viewer and JReport Studio in the
specific language.
● server.properties
This property file stores UI text and messages referred by JReport Server in the specific language.
\LanguageName
\properties
common.properties
dhtml.properties
server.properties
To add a language package, follow the steps below:
1. Browse to the <server_install_root>\resources\server\languages directory.
2. Create a folder named fr. The folder name should keep to the naming criterion.
3. Copy the properties folder in the existing <server_install_root>\resources\server\languages
\en directory to the \fr folder.
4. Modify the three property files: common.properties, dhtml.properties, and server.properties in the
\fr folder. Translate all the text and messages after "=" in these files to French.
6. Convert the contents in the three property files into Unicode using native2ascii.exe in the
<jdk_install_root>\bin directory by running the following line in the Command Console:
C:\jdk1.6.0_17\bin>native2ascii -encoding utf-8 common.properties >newcommon.
properties
C:\jdk1.6.0_17\bin>native2ascii -encoding utf-8 dhtml.properties >newdhtml.
properties
C:\jdk1.6.0_17\bin>native2ascii -encoding utf-8 server.properties >newserver.
properties
Note: When you convert your property files to the same directory as the original ones you
need give them new names instead of replacing the original in order to avoid problems.
7. Rename the original property files, you may want to modify them more at a later time.
8. Change the names of the generated property files back to the same names as the original
property files: newcommon.properties to common.properties, newdhtml.properties to dhtml.
properties, and newserver.properties to server.properties.
The country argument is a valid ISO Country Code. These codes are the lower-case two-letter codes as
defined by ISO-3166. You can find a full list of these codes at a number of sites, for example: http://
www.chemie.fu-berlin.de/diverse/doc/ISO_3166.html.
The variant argument is a vendor or browser-specific code. For example, use win for Windows, mac for
Macintosh, and posix for POSIX. Where there are two variants, separate them with an underscore, and
put the more important one first.
❍ For end users, on the JReport Console page, click Profile on the system toolbar, then click
Customize Server Preferences on the task bar of the Profile page, select the Advanced tab and
set an application language for themselves.
The value of jrs.language should be the same as the language package folder name in the
<server_install_root>\resources\server\languages directory and be lower-case letters.
❍ URL for opening a report set in the DHTML format in JReport Viewer UI:
http://127.0.0.1:8888/dhtmljsp/dhtml.jsp?jrs.cmd=jrs.try_vw&jrs.report=/
SampleReports/EmployeeInformation.cls&jrs.catalog=/SampleReports/SampleReports.
cat&jrs.cat_version=1&jrs.path=/SampleReports/EmployeeInformation.cls&jrs.
result_type=8&jrs.language=zh-cn
Note: The specified application language by URL parameter has higher priority than that specified by
UI option; however, it takes effect only in the current user session.
NLS at report set level
If the NLS feature is enabled for a report set when it is designed in JReport Designer, it will also be
available after the report set has been published to JReport Server (for detailed information about how
to use the NLS feature in JReport Designer, see National Language Support in the JReport Designer
User's Guide). Then, when the report set is run in the client/server scenario, different clients can select
different languages for the rendering of the report set. Also, JReport provides you with the NLS Editor
on JReport Server, with which you can edit NLS for any report set the same as the report designer does
in JReport Designer, and what's more, you can create global NLS resources that can be shared by all
report sets to reduce the translation cost.
The following topics show how to use the NLS feature in JReport Server:
● Creating global NLS for report sets
2. Click Reports on the system toolbar and select Global NLS from the drop-down menu.
3. Click the Add button above the Language box. The Select Language Source dialog is then displayed.
❍ If NLS Resource File is checked in the dialog, the File Upload dialog will be displayed. Browse to the local folder where the NLS
resource file is located, select the file and then click Open.
The specified languages are now displayed in the Language box in the Global NLS dialog.
6. Select a language from the Language box to edit global NLS for it.
7. In the Display tab, click the Add button to add a new row of display. Select the type of the display from the Type drop-down
list, specify the key in the Key column, then give the corresponding target language text in the Translation column. Click to
add more rows and specify the key and translation according to your requirements.
8. In the Font tab, click the Add button to add a new row of font. In the Key column, choose from the drop-down lists the font
face and font size of the key, in the Font Face column, choose from the drop-down list the font face for the target language, then
in the Font Size column, choose from the drop-down list the font size for the target language or check to use relative font size.
Click to add more rows and specify the font information according to your requirements.
9. Repeat the above steps to define global NLS for the other languages as required.
See also the Global NLS dialog for detailed explanation about options in the dialog.
Editing local NLS for report sets
JReport allows you to edit NLS for each report set on the Administration page of JReport Server as the report designer
would with the NLS Editor in JReport Designer. With the NLS Editor, you can translate a report set into different languages
from the original one. Note that this feature is provided to administrators only.
To edit NLS for a report set on JReport Server:
1. Start JReport Server and log onto the JReport Administration page.
2. In the resource tree, browse to the report set you want to edit.
3. Select the row that the report set is in, then click the NLS Editor button in the Control column. The NLS Editor
dialog appears.
7. The selected languages are now listed in Language box of the NLS Editor dialog. Select a target language from the box
to edit NLS for it.
8. In the Display tab, click , then in the Add Display dialog, where all the display text in the report set are listed, add
the display text you want to translate and click OK. Then, enter all the corresponding target language text in the
Translate column. If you have defined global NLS for the target language, you can also click Fetch from Global NLS
to fetch the corresponding display information. If required, click Add to Global NLS to add the display information
you specify for the report set to the global NLS library of the target language.
9. Switch to the Format tab, click , then in the Add Format dialog, where all the formats used in objects of the report
are listed, add the formats you want to customize and click OK. Then, provide the corresponding format in the Format
column for the target language.
10. Click the Font tab, click , then in the Add Font dialog, where all the fonts used in objects of the report set are
listed, add the fonts you want to customize and click OK. Then, give the font face and font size you want for the target
language in the Font Face and Font Size columns. If you have defined global NLS for the target language, you can also
click Fetch from Global NLS to fetch the corresponding font information. If required, click Add to Global NLS to add
the font information you specify for the report set to the global NLS library of the target language.
11. Select another language and edit NLS for it as shown above.
See also the NLS Editor dialog for detailed explanation about options in the dialog.
Notes:
● You can also edit NLS for a specific report set version. To do this, on the JReport Administration page, access the version
table of the report set, then click the NLS Editor link for the report set version.
● When you switch among different languages by choosing languages from the Language box, you may find that the text
in the Translate column become unreadable. To resolve this problem, you can add -Djreport.url.encoding=UTF-8 to
the batch file that starts the server and then restart it. This changes the encoding to Unicode which supports all
languages.
Running NLS report sets
When you have NLS edited for a report set on the JReport Administration page, or have an NLS report
set published to the server from JReport Designer, you can then run the report set in the specified
languages. However, before doing this, you need to first make sure that the NLS feature is already
enabled for the report set by the administrator.
To enable NLS for a report set:
1. On the JReport Administration page, click Reports on the system toolbar and select Reports from
the drop-down menu.
2. In the Reports panel, browse to the report set, then click its Properties button in the Control
column.
3. In the Properties dialog, check the National Language Support option, then click OK to confirm.
2. Select the Advanced tab, check Specify Default Language and choose the language from the
Language drop-down list.
5. Browse to the report set you want to preview and click its name. The report result will then be
displayed in the language you have specified.
pointer over the report set row and click the Advanced Run button on the floating toolbar.
2. In the Format tab, select the Enable NLS checkbox, choose the language from the Using
Language drop-down list, then select the corresponding encoding from the Encoding drop-down
list.
3. Finish the other related options and click Finish to run the report set. The report result will then
be run in the selected language.
2. In the General tab, select the Enable NLS checkbox, then choose the language from the Using
Language drop-down list, select the corresponding encoding from the Encoding drop-down list.
3. Finish the other related options and click Finish to perform the task. The report result will then be
run in the selected language.
Localizing page navigation links in HTML report outputs
When you schedule to publish a report set to HTML format, or run it in Advanced mode in HTML format, you can
localize the names of page navigation links in the HTML report outputs, such as First, Previous, Next, and Last,
according to your requirements.
The localizing process is divided into three steps:
1. Create a property file for the desired language.
For detailed information about the abbreviation for each language and locale, see Appendix 6: Language and
region name list for National Language Support.
3. Open the property file and copy the following contents to it:
# The following is the report properties file format that can localize the link names in HTML.
4000101=First
4000102=Prev
4000103=Next
4000104=Last
4000105=Back
4000106=Refresh
4000107=@CurrentPageNumber; of @TotalPageNumber;
4. Translate the text after = to the language specified by the folder name.
Note: For the line "4000107=@CurrentPageNumber; of @TotalPageNumber;", you just need to translate
"of" to the desired language. In the HTML outputs, @CurrentPageNumber will be replaced by the current
page number, and @TotalPageNumber by the report total page number.
5. Save the property file with UTF-8 encoding.
Note: You can just add the <jdk_install_root>\bin directory to your PATH instead of copying the file.
7. Convert the contents in the property file into Unicode using native2ascii.exe in <jdk_install_root>\bin by
running the following command:
C:\jdk1.6.0_17\bin>native2ascii -encoding utf-8 report.properties > newreport.properties
Note: When you convert your property file to the same directory as the original one, you need to give it a
new name instead of replacing the original in order to avoid problems.
8. Delete report.properties in <server_install_root>\resources\report\languages\[language-locale]
\properties and copy newreport.properties in <jdk_install_root>\bin to it, then rename the property file
back to report.properties.
2. Browse to the row that the report set is in, then click the NLS Editor button in the Control column.
3. In the NLS Editor dialog, specify a report set and catalog version as required.
4. Click the button above the Language box, then in the Add Language dialog, choose the specified language
and click OK.
6. Browse to the row that the report set is in again and click the Properties button in the Control column.
7. In the Properties dialog, check the National Language Support option, then click OK to confirm.
Now the language will have been enabled for the report set.
2. Put the mouse pointer over the report set row and click the Advanced Run button or Schedule button
on the floating toolbar.
3. In the Format/General tab of the Advanced Run/Schedule dialog, check Enable NLS and select the specified
language from the Using Language drop-down list.
4. Specify the other settings and finish the task. Then in the generated HTML outputs, you can see that the page
navigation links are displayed in the language you defined for the property file.
Tuning Performance
Many variables affect the performance of JReport Server. For example, the hardware and software
environment that it runs in. You may or may not have any influence in this regard, but you are able to
carry out performance tuning to make JReport Server efficient, reliable, and fast.
The following lists the factors that help with the server performance:
● Use Connection Pooling either by using JNDI and the connection pool of the application server or
JReport connection pooling using ConnectionPoolConfig.properties. See Configuring connection pool.
● For best performance and reliability you should change the JReport Server DBMS from Derby (the
internal Java DBMS) to your standard production DBMS or other DBMS you are familiar with. Derby is
included for out of the box ease of use but is not recommended for production use. See Configuring
the server database on the JReport Administration page.
● Limiting the number of actively running reports can avoid momentary system overload. Setting the
property performance.max.reports to a limited number in server.properties in the <install_root>
\bin directory can smooth out performance and provide higher overall throughput. The best number
depends entirely on your environment so needs to be configured after testing which setting provides
the highest throughput in your environment.
● When using an application server, you can achieve a similar result to performance.max.reports by
limiting the total number of active threads for JReport. You can assume a report consumes around 5
threads on average so setting the number of active threads to 50 is similar to setting performance.
max.reports=10 but may provide better overall throughput since it is has finer granularity to control
CPU utilization.
● Cache catalogs, report sets, and JReport web images by configuring the Configuration > Cache panel
on the JReport Administration page. This is effective when the same catalogs, templates and images
are used frequently but may harm performance when many different catalogs, templates and images
are used and the requested resource is not in the cache. In this case, it slows performance checking
the cache and wastes memory.
● Preloads catalogs and report sets by configuring the Configuration > Performance panel on the
JReport Administration page. This will improve the performance the first time the report or catalog is
used.
● Set log trace level and error level to record less information. In production servers trace level should
be OFF and error level should be ERROR unless you are searching for specific issues such as
monitoring the SQL statements sent to the DBMS.
● Set task-level timeout for advanced run and scheduled tasks. This will ensure that users do not run
extremely long jobs accidentally.
● Modify the JVM heap size. Again this needs some testing on your system to determine the best
overall throughput. On 32-bit systems the maximum size is 2GB; however, on 64-bit systems the
maximum size is extremely large. The heap usage can be monitored by tools such as the JDK
jconsole application. Set a starting heap size just under your normal average usage (Use -Xms in
JRServer.sh/bat) and set the maximum heap (Use -Xmx) to the maximum that you want the heap to
grow. JReport can use additional heap to improve performance of queries and sorting and reducing
the number of garbage collections (GC) which use CPU time. However, using too much memory for
Java heap can impact performance of other applications.
● Configure dhtml.properties to queue DHTML actions to ensure JReport Viewer features do not take
too many system resources and impact other functions.
● Set the maximum number of user handlers to the optimal size by setting the httpserver.max.
handlers property in the server.properties file. This is the number of threads which are waiting to
handle user requests. Setting this larger than needed wastes resources; however, setting it too small
will mean that some users will not be able to access reporting until someone else exits.
● Adjust the engine's utilization of the CPU in accordance with your own requirements, by setting the
Engine Priority property to a higher or lower priority on the JReport Administration page >
Configuration > Advanced panel.
● Select the two options View Incomplete Pages and Format Page on Demand on the JReport
Administration/Console page > Profile > Configure DHTML Profile > Properties > Advanced tab for
faster viewing of the first page of large reports in DHTML format. The disadvantage is that to see the
actual number of pages, calculate complete report totals and create the TOC, the user has to
manually select the last page of the report.
● Be sure performance.exe_gc=false as the default in the server.properties file. This allows the JDK to
schedule garbage collections as needed rather than at specific times.
● Minimize the usage of Word Wrap to columns which really require it. Word Wrap requires that we pre-
format the data in memory to determine its size then wrap the field as necessary then continue to
format it. If fields never are large enough to wrap, especially objects like labels, it is a lot of
overhead.
● True Type Fonts (TTF) provide better throughput by reducing font substitution and scaling time.
Changing all the fonts to use TTF fonts improves the quality of the output as well as the performance
when a mixture of operating system is used such as report design on Windows and production on
Unix.
● Use binary versions of .cls and .cat, not the xml versions when you publish report sets to JReport
Server. This saves processing time and I/O time when converting the files to Java classes.
Monitoring
JReport Server Monitor, which is a standalone web-based application used to monitor the overall
performance of JReport Server, allows you to inspect the status of JReport Server, including the status
of the servers in the cluster, the status of different reports, the status of on-line users and so on.
JReport Server Monitor is able to generate and display the performance chart of JReport Server
according to its statistics. Thus you can view the performance of JReport Server in the form of Line
Chart Graph and Text. You can also use JReport Server Monitor to maintain JReport Server, such as
shutting down servers, stopping waiting/running tasks, logging out a valid user session and so on. By
creating profiling reports using JReport Server Monitor, you can inspect server performance in a certain
period of time.
To access JReport Server Monitor:
1. Launch MonitorServer.bat in <monitor_install_root>\bin.
● Task Queue - The task is currently in the task thread queue waiting to be
processed.
3. Select a task type from the drop-down list, click to select the counters you want to add, and then click Add.
Monitoring the server performance using JMX MBean API or web service API
To monitor server performance via JMX MBean API:
1. Make your application environment consistent with the JMX specification.
//Setup properties
Client client = Client.getInstance(o);
client.setProperty("mtom-enabled", "true");
client.setProperty(HttpTransport.CHUNKING_ENABLED, "true");
//try call getCounter first before check login
try{
System.getCounter("totalcompletedtasks"));
}catch(Exception e) {
e.printStackTrace();
}
//call check login then call getCounter and getCounterType
o.checkLogin("admin", "admin");
System.getCounter("totalcompletedtasks"));
5. Check the monitoring result. When you run your code, you can call the two methods getCounter() and
getCounterType() to get the information you want.
The available counters used in JMX MBean API and web service API are:
Counter
Performance Counter Counter Name Description
Type
Total Completed Tasks TotalCompletedTasks int The tasks that are totally completed.
Number of Reports per NumberofReportsPerMinute float The number of the reports running per minute.
Minute
Total Number of Pages TotalNumberofPageExported long The total number of the exported report pages.
Exported
Exported Pages per Minute ExportPagesPerMinute float The number of exported report pages per minute.
Successful Tasks SuccessfulTasks int The tasks that have been run successfully.
On-demand Tasks OnDemandTasks int The tasks that have been run on-demand.
Average Number of Pages TaskAveragePages float The average number of report pages for each task.
Maximum Number of TaskMaximumPages long The maximum number of report pages for all tasks.
Pages
Average Running Time TaskAverageRunTime float The average running time of each task.
per Task
Maximum Running Time TaskMaximumRunTime float The maximum running time of the tasks.
Average Waiting Time per TaskAverageWaitTime float The average waiting time of each task.
Task
Maximum Waiting Time TaskMaxWaitTime float The maximum waiting time of the tasks.
Average Engine Time per TaskAverageEngineTime float The average running time of each task on engine.
Task
Maximum Engine Time TimeTaskMaximumEngine float The maximum running time of all tasks on engine.
Average Concurrent AverageConcurrentEngines float The average number of concurrent engines for each task.
Engines
Maximum Concurrent MaximumConcurrent long The maximum number of concurrent engines for all tasks.
In JMX MBean API and web service API, the data type of the profiling counters has to be Decimal. Below is a figure of
built-in data type hierarchy that you could refer for the return value:
Accessibility
JReport supports accessibility attributes and a built-in accessible JReport Server console. The
implementation standard is based on HTML specification 4.01 http://www.w3.org/TR/WCAG10-HTML-
TECHS/ and information on Section 508 Standards: www.section508.gov and www.access-board.gov.
2. Enable Section 508 compliant output when exporting the report to HTML format.
In the HTML export option UI, check the option Section 508 Compliant Output.
If you only want to convert table/crosstab components into HTML data table in the HTML format
report result, check the option Use HTML Data Table.
The above two options are available on all HTML export option UIs in JReport Designer, JReport
Server and JReport Viewer.
2. Click Profile on the system toolbar and then select Customize Server Preferences from the
drop-down menu.
4. Check the Use Accessible Version option, then click OK to apply the change.
2. Click Security on the system toolbar and then select User from the drop-down menu.
3. Locate the wanted user ID, then click the Preference link for the user.
4. In the Preference dialog, go to the Customize Server Preferences > Advanced tab.
5. Check the Use Accessible Version option, then click OK to save the change.
And a non-administrator user can also enable the accessible version by self on the JReport Console
page in the following way:
1. Log onto the JReport Console page and click Profile on the system toolbar.
2. Click Customize Server Preferences on the task bar of the Profile page, then select the
Advanced tab.
3. Check the Use Accessible Version option, then click OK to save the change.
After a user has been enabled the access to Accessible Version, the user will be directed to the
accessible version when he/she logs in next time. With the help of reader agent the user can navigate
through the server resource to view the target report.
● The Portlet Report property of the report is set to true in JReport Designer. By default, this property
is false.
Also, the reports you want to run in JReport Portlet should also be published to the JReport Webservice
Server, in advance, so that they can be loaded to the corresponding folder in JReport Portlet
automatically.
Assume that:
● You have downloaded the JReport demo portlet reports, which are available in PortletReports.zip in
<server_install_root>\help\server\en\samples, to C:\PortalDemo.
● The font and style files the demo portlet reports use have also been downloaded to C:\PortalDemo
\font and C:\PortalDemo\style. These files can be found in PR_Resources.zip which locates in
<server_install_root>\help\server\en\samples.
Note: If you want to use the demo reports JReport provides in JReport Portlet, before deploying jreport.
war to the web server, you need to add mysql-connector-java-5.x-bin.jar into \WEB-INF\lib, this is
because the JReport demo portlet reports are based on MySQL database. You can get the database
driver from PR_Resources.zip which is available in <server_install_root>\help\server\en\samples.
3. Open the My Reports/Public Reports folder, then click Publish > To Local Server on the task
bar.
4. In the Publish to Local Server page, click the Browse button next to the From Folder field to
select the folder C:\PortalDemo where the portlet reports are saved.
5. Click the Browse button next to Font Directory, and then browse to select C:\PortalDemo\font.
6. Click the Browse button next to Style Directory, and then browse to select C:\PortalDemo\style.
7. Specify a name in the Resource Node Name box. This name is required and is used as the display
name of the resource in the server resource tree.
8. Click OK to publish the resources. Upon finishing, you will find a new folder of the specified
resource node name is added in the My Reports/Public Reports folder with the portlet reports.
After the portlet reports are published to the My Reports/Public Reports folder in the JReport
Webservice Server, they will also be automatically loaded to the My Portlet Reports/Public Portlet
Reports folder in JReport Portlet.
Reference: You can refer to Publishing resources for more detailed instruction about the publishing
steps.
Deploying JReport Portlet to portal servers
Assume JReport Server is installed to C:\JReport\Server, before you can deploy JReport Portlet to
any portal server, you need to package the JReport Portlet WAR file by running the following command.
C:\JReport\Server\bin\makewar buildPortletWar
When this is done, you can find the file jrportlet.war in C:\JReport\Server\bin\distribute. Then
you need to edit web.xml in \WEB-INF as follows:
● Modify the host and port of of the webservice server according to your environment.
● Set the value of jreport.authorized according to the portal server you install.
The following introduces how to deploy JReport Portlet to some specific portal servers. The web portal
servers supported are WebSphere 6.0.0.1, JBoss 2.6.5.SP1, Liferay 4.3.5, and above.
2. Enter wpadmin for the User ID and admin for the Password, click Login and the WebSphere
Portal home page is displayed.
3. Click Launch to open the main menu, then click Administration > Web Modules on the menu.
Deploying to Liferay
Assume that you have installed Liferay in C:\liferay, to deploy JReport Portlet to the portal server,
you can use one of the following two methods:
● Method 1:
1. Copy jreport.war in C:\JReport\Server\bin\distribute to C:\liferay\webapps.
● Method2:
1. Start Liferay, then open a web browser and set the URL to http://localhost:8080/user/
joebloggs to access the Liferay home page.
Note: Because the Liferay Portal Server is integrated with Tomcat, you can deploy jreport.war to
Liferay directly instead of to the web server as explained in Preparing the webservice for JReport Portlet.
Adding JReport Portlet to the portal server
When JReport Portlet is successfully deployed to the portal server, the next step is to add it to the
portal server, so that you can work on the reports you have published to the JReport Webservice
Server, which are also available in JReport Portlet. This section explains adding JReport Portlet to
WebSphere Portal, JBoss Portal and Liferay specifically.
2. On the WebSphere Portal home page, click Launch to open the main menu.
3. On the main menu, click Administration > Manage Pages. The Manage Pages page is then
displayed.
4. Click the Content Root link in the My pages table, and then click the New Page button to access
the Page Properties page.
5. Specify the title of the page as JReport in the Title text field, then click OK to add the page.
6. Click Launch again to open the main menu, then click JReport on the menu to access the
JReport page.
7. Click at the upper right corner of the page to open the portlet palette.
8. Enter JReport in the Search field, then click . JReport Portlet View is then displayed in the
search result list.
2. Click Login in the upper right corner of the JBoss Portal page.
3. In the JBoss Login Portal dialog, enter admin for Username and admin for Password, then click
Login.
4. On the JBoss Portal home page, click Admin at the upper right corner, then click the Admin tab.
5. Click the Portlet Definitions sub tab, and then click the Create instance link in the JReport
Portlet View row.
6. In the JReport Portlet View instance creation dialog, enter JReport in the Create an instance
named text field, and then click the Create instance button.
7. In the Portlet Instances sub tab, enter JReport in the Add Instance Display Names text field,
select English in the Locale drop-down list and click Add Name.
8. Click Dashboard > Configure dashboard at the upper right corner of the JBoss Portal page.
9. In the Create a New Page dialog, specify JReport in the Page name text field, then click Save to
create the page.
10. Enter JReport in the Window Name text field, click Add button in the Page Layout panel, then the
JReport page will be added to the Portlet Instance associated to this window box.
11. Click Dashboard at the upper right corner to return to the JBoss Portal home page.
12. Now you can see the JReport tab is added on the JBoss Portal page.
Adding to Liferay
To add JReport Portlet to Liferay, follow these steps:
1. Start Liferay, open a web browser and set the URL to http://localhost:8080 to access the
Liferay home page.
2. Point to Welcome at the upper right corner of the home page, then click Sign In.
3. In the Sign in with a regular account box, enter [email protected] for Login and test as the
password, then click SIGN IN.
4. On the Liferay home page, click Add Page, enter JReport in the page name text field, then click
Save. A tab named JReport is then added.
5. Click the JReport tab, then expand the Welcome Joe Bloggs list and click Add Content on the
list.
6. In the Add Content dialog, click on JReport and then click the Add button to add one JReport
Portlet View window. You can add several windows according to your requirements by clicking the
Add button.
7. Close the Add Content dialog. Now JReport Portlet is ready on Liferay.
Working with reports in JReport Portlet
When reports are published to JReport Portlet, you can then run them and perform actions like sorting,
filtering, drilling, etc to the reports according to your requirements just as you do on JReport Server.
Running reports
To run a report in JReport Portlet:
1. Open JReport Portlet on the portal server.
2. In the Select Report window, select the report you want to run from the report list.
3. Click OK. If the report has parameters, you will be asked to specify the parameter values. Enter the
parameter values as required and then click Submit.
Note that, in the report list, only the reports that are published to the My Reports folder on the JReport
Webservice Server are listed. So if your reports are published to the Public Reports folder, to make them
available in the list, click Customize Report List button in the Select Report window, then add the
reports from the Public Portlet Reports box to the My Portlet Reports box.
In the Select Report window, you can also rename the reports, or remove any report that is not required
according to your requirements.
● To rename a report, select the report from the report list, click the Rename Report button , then give
a new name for the report in the Rename Report dialog as required. Or, you can just double-click the
report row to rename it.
● To remove a report, select the report you from the report list, then click the Remove Report button .
Open
Opens another report in the window.
Rerun
Reruns the report to refresh the report data.
Export Excel
Exports the report result to Excel format.
Export PDF
Exports the report result to PDF format.
Sort
Sorts the report data in ascending or descending order on the fields you select.
Filter
Filters the report data according to the filter criteria you specify.
<Select a chart type>
For a chart report, you can change its chart type by selecting another type from the drop-down list.
Page navigation
If a report contains several pages, you can click the page number and the arrow buttons to navigate through
the report pages.
Besides the above operations, you can also drill the data in a crosstab into other dimensions, go to the
details of a group in a report, and link to another report or a detail report, so as to make the analysis of a
report more diverse and useful.
For details about the operations, refer to the specific topics in JReport Viewer - Interactive Reports.
Tip: The JReport Portlet window for each report can be customized according to your requirements. To do
this, In the report display window, click the Preferences button , then specify the window title and the
toolbar commands that you want to display in the JReport Portlet window for the report.
Note: WebSphere portal server does not support dynamic portlet title by default. In order to use a dynamic
portlet title on WebSphere, you need to modify <WebSphere Portal Profile>\installedApps\<Node>\wps.
ear\wps.war\skins\html\IBM\control.jsp:
1. Change
<portal-skin:portletTitle>
<portal-fmt:problem bundle="nls.problem"/>
</portal-skin:portletTitle>
to
<span id="title.<portal-skin:portletID/>">
<portal-skin:portletTitle>
<portal-fmt:problem bundle="nls.problem"/>
</portal-skin:portletTitle>
</span>
This chapter introduces how to install and utilize two types of significant APIs:
● JReport Server API
● DHTML API
JReport Server API
JReport Server API is a set of Java programming interfaces that run report sets, explore report
resources, and provide access control for report servers. It is mainly used for writing servlets, JSPs and
Java applications with report server features.
The following topics are covered in this chapter:
● Installing the Server API
● Specifying paths for the result files when using On-Demand API
● Setting dynamic parameter values when running/scheduling report set via API
● API demos
● RMI demos
● Additional references
Installing the Server API
When you install JReport Server, JReport Server API is also installed at the same time. After
installation, you will have the following files:
● In <install_root>\lib:
❍ JRESServlets.jar
❍ JREngine.jar
❍ servlet.jar
❍ hsqldb.jar
❍ log4j-1.2.8.jar
❍ sac.jar
❍ commons-codec-1.2.jar
● In <install_root>\derby\lib:
❍ derby.jar
❍ derbyclient.jar
❍ derbynet.jar
❍ derbytools.jar
The Server API classes are stored in the archive file JRESServlets.jar.
You need to set the classpath environment variable. Append the following jar files to your classpath
that compile and run applications which call the Server API:
<install_root>\lib\JRESServlets.jar; <install_root>\lib\JREngine.jar; <install_root>\lib
\servlet.jar; <install_root>\lib\hsqldb.jar; <install_root>\lib\log4j-1.2.8.jar;
<install_root>\lib\sac.jar; <install_root>\lib\commons-codec-1.2.jar; <install_root>
\derby\lib\derby.jar; <install_root>\derby\lib\derbyclient.jar; <install_root>\derby\lib
\derbynet.ja; <install_root>\derby\lib\derbytools.jar;
Note: If you want to export reports to the following formats, you should add the corresponding class
package or jar with a valid path to the class path:
● To e-mail or use the E-mail Notification function: activation-1.1.jar and mail-1.4.jar.
● To FTP: commons-net-ftp-2.0.0.jar.
● To Excel: poiHSSF_151.jar.
● To DHTML: JRWebDesign.jar.
Creating and getting instances of ReportEngine
To get an instance of the ReportEngine, you can use the method getInstance() or getInstance(boolean
setDebugLevel) in the jet.server.api.engine.ReportEngineFactory.
For example,
bean = ReportEngineFactory.getInstance();
or,
bean = ReportEngineFactory.getInstance(true);
Method 1
Use the method jet.server.api.http.HttpUtil.initEnv(Properties props).
The method jet.server.api.http.HttpUtil.initEnv(...) creates and initializes the HttpRptServer object. If
the HttpRptServer has already been started, it will use the existing HttpRptServer instance. Use this
method to avoid creating more than one HttpRptServer instance.
//prepare report server initial properties.
//The property reporthome must be set. For example: c:\JReport\Server.
//Other properties are optional. They are:
//jrs.isMyServer: Indicates if the HTTP server is JReport standalone server.
//The default value is "false".
//temp_dir or jrs.dir.temp: The path of temp directory.
//The default value is <reporthome>\temp.
//history_dir or jrs.dir.history: The directory where all the versions
//of report set results will be maintained.
//The default value is <reporthome>\history.
//auth_scheme: It specifies the scheme of authentication.
//Its value must be Basic or Digest.The default value is Basic.
//default_doc: The home page of JReport Server
//It is an HTML file. If it is not set or the file set to it cannot be loaded,
//the default home page of JReport Server will be used.
//The path is relative to <install_root>, for example, docs/index.html.
//isConvertedServletPath: This property specifies whether your web server
//decodes the path if it contains special characters.
//This information is used for JRServlet to determine whether it needs
//to convert that path. If you don't specify this property, your web server
//is not supposed to decode the path.
//vError: Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets engine
//log file's trace level to OFF and error level to ERROR.
//vDebug: Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets engine
//log file's trace level to INFO and error level to WARN.
//Properties props = System.getProperties();
//get an initialized instance of HttpRptServer
HttpUtil.initEnv(props);
//also can get the instance of HttpRptServer by using
HttpUtil.getHttpRptServer()
// after called HttpUtil.initEnv(props)
jet.server.api.http.HttpRptServer httpRptServer = HttpUtil.getHttpRptServer();
//demo cast HttpRptServer to RptServer
jet.server.api.RptServer rptServer = httpRptServer;
Method 2
Call the method HttpUtil.checkLogin(HttpServletRequest req, HttpServletResponse res).
The method jet.server.api.http.HttpUtil.checkLogin(...) implicitly calls HttpUtil.initEnv(...) if necessary.
So you can get the HttpRptServer after calling HttpUtil.checkLogin(...).
// check login at first
if (HttpUtil.checkLogin(request, response))
{// get the instance of HttpRptServer
jet.server.api.http.HttpRptServer httpRptServer = HttpUtil.getHttpRptServer();
// do something
}
Method 3
Directly create an instance of HttpRptServer.
Demo 1:
//create an instance of HttpRptServer jet.server.api.http.HttpRptServer
//httpRptServer = new jet.server.jrserver.http.JRHttpRptServer();
//initialize the HttpRptServer.
//The property reporthome must be set.
//For example: c:\JReport\Server.
//Other properties are optional. The properties are:
//jrs.isMyServer: Indicates if the HTTP server is JReport standalone server.
//The default value is "false".
//temp_dir or jrs.dir.temp: The path of temp directory.
//The default value is <reporthome>\temp.
//history_dir or jrs.dir.history: The directory where all the versions
//of report set results will be maintained.
//The default value is <reporthome>\history.
//auth_scheme: It specifies the scheme of authentication.
//Its value must be Basic or Digest.The default value is Basic.
//default_doc: The home page of JReport Server. It is an HTML file.
//If it is not set or the file set to it cannot be loaded,
//the default home page of JReport Server will be used.
//The path is relative to <intall_root>, for example, docs/index.html.
//isConvertedServletPath: This property specifies whether your web server
//decodes the path if it contains special characters.
//This information is used for JRServlet to determine whether
//it needs to convert that path. If you don't specify
//this property, your web server is not supposed to decode the path.
//vError: Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets engine
//log file's trace level to OFF and error level to ERROR.
//vDebug: Enables JReport Engine to output messages to a file and sets engine
//log file's trace level to INFO and error level to WARN.
//at least the property reporthome should be set.
httpRptServer.init(System.getProperties());
httpRptServer.start();
Demo 2:
//create an instance of RptServer
jet.server.api.RptServer rptServer = new jet.server.jrserver.JRRptServer();
// initialize the RptServer.
// at least the property reporthome should be set.
rptServer.init(System.getProperties());
rptServer.start();
Invoking the Server API
JReport Server API can be invoked either by JSP or Servlet. This section presents to you the two
methods in detail.
WebViewServlet and SendFileServlet are built-in servlets. WebViewServlet responds to the run-report
requests, while SendFileServlet sends the requested file to the client end. For Example, our JSP
example rsthtml.jsp calls SendFileServlet to send files such as jar file and report set results, and
getRptDescPage.jsp calls WebViewServlet to run report sets.
Here is a simple JSP example:
<%@ page import="java.io.*, java.util.*,jet.cs.util.*" %>
<%@ page import="jet.server.api.http.*" %>
<%@ page import="jet.server.api.*" %>
<%
try{
if( !HttpUtil.checkLogin(request, response) )
return;
}catch(TooManyUsersException e){
%>
Too many users!
<%
return;
}catch(TooManyTimesException e){
%>
Too many times to try to login!
<%
return;
}
if( !HttpUtil.checkPermission(request) ){
%>
Access denied!
<%
return;
}
try{
HttpRptServer httpRptServer = HttpUtil.getHttpRptServer();
System.out.println("============================ht="+ht);
// the rst is name of the first HTML result page
String rst = httpRptServer.runReport(user, cat, rptName, ht);
if (rst == null) {
// warning error
} else {
Here is how ViewHtmlPipelineServlet.java works. First, the mapping.properties file and servlet.
properties file in <install_root>\bin should be modified before it can be run. /viewrpt=viewrpt
should be added into mapping.properties. And servlet.viewrpt.code=ViewHtmlPipelineServlet should be
added into the servlet.properties file as below:
# jrserver servlet
servlet.jrserver.code=jet.server.servlets.JRServlet
servlet.jrserver.initArgs=\
temp_dir=temp,\
history_dir=history,\
default_doc=docs\\index.html,\
debug=on
servlet.viewrpt.code=ViewHtmlPipelineServlet
servlet.webview.code=jet.server.servlets.WebViewServlet
servlet.sendfile.code=jet.server.servlets.SendFileServlet
servlet.webreporting.code=jet.web.design.Designlet
servlet.jrdhtml.code=jet.web.dhtml.DHTMLRunReportlet
servlet.dhtml.code=jet.web.dhtml.DHTMLlet
servlet.help.code=jet.web.dhtml.JHelplet
servlet.jspservlet.code=org.apache.jasper.servlet.JspServlet
servlet.jspservlet.initArgs=keepgenerated=false, development=false, reloading=true,
scratchdir=C:\JReport\Server\scratchdir
Note: If you want to access the temporary result files generated by running reports with the Server
API, you should register as the owner of the temporary results by invoking the method jet.server.api.
TempResultOwnerManager.registerOwner(String owner, String tempResult) and then you can view the
temporary result files via URL or by clicking the link on the Background Tasks page, or else an Access
denied error warns.
Overall Remote Server API & unified JSP
JReport Server allows you to run our JSPs on other machines. For example, you can invoke JReport Server
interface remotely, so that you can conveniently use the Remote Server API to accomplish your tasks. By
using JSPs in your web applications, the Remote Server API enables you to perform report set running tasks
remotely, to view the report set result directly from the client side, and to administer JReport Server, without
having to install JReport Server on the client machine.
You can find the Remote Server API in the jet.server.api.rmi package in the JReport Server Javadoc located in
<install_root>\help\server\en\api.
Before using the Remote Server API, you must make sure that:
1. The RMI service is opened in JReport Server side.
Set the server.rmiserver.enable property to true in the server.properties file located in <install_ root>
\bin.
When JReport Server resides behind a firewall, you need to specify a fixed port in order to pass through
the firewall and obtain the remote objects from the client side by setting the server.rmiserver.fixed_port
property in the server.properties file.
2. JReport Server remote host and port information is passed to the client application.
Set the following parameters as the JVM environment variables in the client side:
❍ Djrs.remote.host=<HOST_NAME/IP_address>
❍ Djrs.remote.rmiport=<HOST_PORT>
❍ Djrs.rmi.auth_file=<authFileName> (optional)
❍ If you are in an integration environment, you can also add the following to the web.xml file:
<context-param>
<param-name>jrs.remote.host</param-name>
<param-value>127.0.0.1</param-value>
</context-param>
<context-param>
<param-name>jrs.remote.rmiport</param-name>
<param-value>1129</param-value>
</context-param>
<!-- The third param(jrs.rmi.auth_file) is optional. "authFileName" includes the auth
file's realpath and auth file name. For example: C:\JReport\Server\bin\rmi.auth-->
<context-param>
<param-name>jrs.rmi.auth_file</param-name>
<param-value>C:\JReport\Server\bin\rmi.auth</param-value>
</context-param>
<listener>
<listener-class>jet.server.servlets.JRServerContextListener</listener-class>
</listener>
Administering JReport Server remotely
JReport Server can be administered from a remote client by Remote Admin Service API. The administration of
a JReport Server includes cluster administration, resource administration, security administration,
configuration, connection pool management, resource alias management, connection information provider
service, and catalog information management.
You can find the Remote Admin Service API in the jet.server.api.rmi.admin package available in the JReport
Server Javadoc which is located in <install_root>\help\server\en\api.
Before a JReport Server can be performed the remote administration operation on, you need to set the
following properties in the server.properties file located in <install_ root>\bin in the JReport Server side:
● server.rmiserver.enable=true
Used to open the RMI service.
● server.rmiadminservice.enable=true
Used to open the administration service in the RMI server. By default this property is set to false and the
JReport Server does not support remote administration.
● server.rmiserver.fixed_port=<AnOpenedPort>
Required when JReport Server runs behind a firewall.
2. Compile Java classes. Compiling requires the library JRESServlets.jar, which can be found in
<install_root>\lib directory.
3. Modify the class path used by your RMI client to include your external authentication classes, so that
your application of RMI can access them.
If it is in an integration environment, you can add the authentication classes in a folder named classes in
the WEB-INF folder.
4. Modify the start file of your RMI client to define the system property jrs.httpExternalAuthorized with your
implementation.
For example, assuming that the implementation of this interface is com.mycorp.
HttpExternalAuthorizedImpl.class, use the command line to start the RMI client:
java -Djrs.httpExternalAuthorized=com.mycorp.HttpExternalAuthorizedImpl ....
● In JReport Server Cluster, make sure that the authentication files on all clustered servers are the
same. If you want to add a new JReport Server that has a different authentication file to the server
cluster, you should first backup the authentication file of that server, and then copy the
authentication file from a clustered server in the JReport Server cluster to <server_install_root>\bin.
● This file can then be used in JReport Server Monitor. Copy the authentication file generated by the
JReport Server installation process to the directory <monitor_install_root>\bin. JReport Server
Monitor will then fetch it from <monitor_install_root>\bin and build an authInfo object.
● If the Remote API is used, you must specify the authentication file when launching an application
that contains the Remote API invocations. For example, java -cp ... -Djrs.rmi.auth_file=%
authFileName% mainClass. Also, you can specify a string by specifying the content of the
authentication file. For example, java -cp ... -Djrs.rmi.auth_string=my_auth_info mainClass.
Alternatively, you can specify the authentication string yourself arbitrarily. As long as the
authentication strings that the local and remote server both hold are the same, you can pass the
authentication check: java -cp ... -Djrs.rmi.auth_string=my_auth_info mainClass.
Note: In JReport Server and JReport Server Monitor, you can also use -Djrs.rmi.auth_file or -
Djrs.rmi.auth_string in the startup file. JReport Server/JReport Server Monitor looks up these
three locations in turn (-Djrs.rmi.auth_string => -Djrs.rmi.auth_file => <monitor_install_root>
\bin) when checking authentication information. The information first found will be used for the
authentication check in the remote object management system.
Ways to generate authentication information
The authentication information can be of any bytes, as long as the authInfo objects match between the
local and the remote server. The following are the methods for specifying authentication information:
● You can get the authentication file (rmi.auth) generated when installing the server.
● You can use the RMIAuthFileCreator.bat file stored in <server_install_root>\bin to generate the
authentication file.
● You can compose any string into the auth file using any text editor.
● You can compose any string as the value of the system property -Djrs.rmi.auth_file or -Djrs.rmi.auth
to specify authentication information.
Loading user data source classes at runtime
JReport allows you to create your report sets using user data source (UDS), user defined objects
(UDO), and user defined formulas (UDF). When you publish the report sets using UDS, UDO or UDF to
your production environment, JReport requires the UDS, UDO or UDF jars to be in the classpath or part
of the EAR bundle. This might be difficult for you. You need to shut down your application and wrap the
new UDS, UDO or UDF classes into the WAR or EAR or put them in the classpath of the application
server.
The feature Loading User Classes at Runtime can solve this issue. That is, for standalone JReport
Server, or in your embedded application server calling the Server API, you can control loading the
classes at runtime without shutting down your application.
Methods
There are two important methods in the Server API that you need to call to dynamically load your UDS
classes:
● String jet.server.api.ServerEnv.getDynamicClassDir()
Retrieves the path of the dynamic classes of the report server.
Usage
Follow the steps below:
1. Specify a folder location on the machine where JReport Server runs to hold all the UDS/UDO/UDF
jar files, so that you can specify to load the classes from that folder. When JReport Server
initializes, you can specify the location in one of the following ways:
❍ Using the Server API static void jet.server.api.http.HttpUtil.initEnv(java.util.Properties
props)
Use the key server.dynamic.class.dir to set the location, for example:
System.getProperties().put("server.dynamic.class.dir", "c:\\JReport\\Server\
\dynamic"); HttpUtil.initEnv(System.getProperties());
server.dynamic.class.dir=YOUR_FOLDER.
Note: In general, among the above three approaches, the first has the highest priority, and
the third has the lowest.
2. Check the dynamic UDS/UDO/UDF folder any time by calling the method static String jet.server.
api.ServerEnv.getDynamicClassDir().
Usage of the method:
HttpUtil.getHttpRptServer().getServerEnv().getDynamicClassDir()
Example:
System.out.println("Dynamic path"+httpRptServer.getServerEnv().getDynamicClassDir
());
You can get the path's value in your own properties file. You can even copy your UDS/UDO/UDF
jar files to the above folders programmatically.
3. Specify to load classes at runtime by calling the method static void jet.server.api.engine.
ReportEngineFactory.loadClasses(java.lang.String path). The parameter path is the dynamic class
folder.
For example:
ReportEngineFactory.loadClasses(httpRptServer.getServerEnv().getDynamicClassDir());
● If there are duplicated classes (having the same package and class name) in different *.jar files, the
default loading sequence is in time order. The latest modified file will be loaded first, and the older
ones will be neglected.
● If you split one dynamic UDS classes into different *.jar or *.zip packages and also want to take
advantage of dynamic loader, then you should follow the below rules:
❍ The jar with the main class implementing JRUserDataSource class of the dynamic UDS must be in
the dynamic class folder.
❍ The classes in the *.jar or *.zip packages in the dynamic class folder can call or refer the classes
under the JVM's class path, it cannot work in reverse.
❍ In addition, the classes (in the *.jar or *.zip ) in the dynamic class folder can get the recourse files
both in the dynamic class folder and under the JVM class path. However, the classes under the JVM
class path cannot get the resource files in the dynamic class folder.
● When you call the API for loading the classes, JReport Server will not kill the running catalogs and
report sets but run them using the old UDS classes, and freeze new report sets until the loading
action has finished.
● JReport Server will try loading dynamic classes in the above way. If failed, it will try loading them in
the traditional way (using the class path in the JReport Server startup file, or EAR/EAR in embedded
integration environment). Once it fails to find the classes, ClassNotFoundException will be thrown.
● For the UDO classes, only the creator class and render class can be loaded.
Applying a user defined CSS to HTML result file
When exporting a report to HTML format, a .css file will be generated automatically by JReport to
control the appearance and layout of the result file. When exporting a report to HTML format with
Server API, JReport enables you to apply your own .css file to the HTML result file.
To apply user defined CSS to HTML result file:
1. In JReport Designer, specify the CSS selector in your own CSS for report objects.
Select the object which you want to apply in your own CSS, and in Report Inspector, specify a
value for the CSS property External CSS Class Selector. The value of the property should be the
selector in your .css file.
2. Publish the report set in which the report is located to JReport Server (for details, see Publishing
resources).
3. Edit your JSP file that invokes the interface used to export the report to HTML format. JReport
provides a demo JSP file ApplyUserCSS.jsp in the file ApplyUserCSS.zip which is stored in
<install_root>\help\server\en\samples for your reference.
2. Add the class path into the class path of your implementation of running or scheduling the report
set such as DemoParameterRunReport.
3. In DemoParameterRunReport, replace the way of setting static parameter values and instead set
dynamic values of the required parameters in the report set. Take the parameter PToday for
example:
First disable or delete the line:
props.put(APIConst.TAG_PARAM_PREFIX + "PToday", "2007-5-21");
For the API code of running a report set, see APIDemoRunReport.java in <install_root>\help\server
\en\samples.
API demos
Here is a list of some demo programs included within JReport Server. All these programs are available
in <install_root>\help\server\en\samples.
● 1stepdl_demo.zip
An example of using JSP to build URL to run a report set in DHTML format. After extracting the zip to
a folder where JSP can be run, for example, <install_root>\public_html, a folder named demo is
added, and you can run the demo using the URL http://localhost:8888/demo/main.jsp.
● APIDemoDeployRpt.java
An example of publishing catalogs, report sets, or folders to the server.
● APIDemoDynamicExportTask.java
An example of scheduling a customized task. For details, see Scheduling a customized task using
User Task.
● APIDemoPublishRpt.java
An example of publishing a scheduled task.
● APIDemoRemoteFileService.java
An example of using remote report server.
● APIDemoReportEngine.java
An example of using the ReportEngine to run a report set, export/print a report set, and set the
where portion.
● APIDemoRunAndExportReport.java
An example of exporting a report set to some formats, and then saving them to local disk.
● APIDemoRunReport.java
An example of running a report set.
● APIDemoRunReportWithTimeout.java
An example of running report sets with timeout.
● APIDemoSendEMail.java
An example of publishing a report set to e-mail.
● ApplyUserCSS.zip
An example of applying user defined CSS to the HTML report result. For details, see Applying a user
defined CSS to HTML result file.
● CustomHttpExternalAuthorized.java
Demo for implementation of the jet.server.api.http.HttpExternalAuthorized. For details, see Single
sign-on.
● CustomizedSendFileAuthorizor.java
Demonstrates implementation of SendFileAuthorizor, which is used to control users' accessibility to
certain files in server machine when they access the server via http.
● CustomServlet.java
Demo to set implementation of jet.server.api.http.HttpExternalAuthorized into the report server. For
details, see Single sign-on.
● customViewReport.jsp.zip
Demos to set implementation of jet.server.api.http.HttpExternalAuthorized into the report server and
view a report. For details, see Single sign-on.
● Demo1UserAuthenticator.java
Demo to implement the jet.server.userman.UserAuthenticator for using JReport Server as a servlet in
your system. For details, see the Notes section in Customized implementation of the Security API.
● demo2data.txt
Referenced by Demo2UserAuthenticator.java.
● Demo2Realm.java
Referenced by Demo2UserAuthenticator.java.
● Demo2User.java
Referenced by Demo2UserAuthenticator.java.
● Demo2UserAuthenticator.java
Demo to implement the jet.server.userman.UserAuthenticator for using your user data. For details,
see the Notes section in Customized implementation of the Security API.
● DemoAuthenticationProvider.java
Demo for implementation of the jet.server.api.custom.security.AuthenticationProvider interface. For
details, see Customized implementation of the Security API.
● DemoAuthorizationProvider.java
Demo for implementation of the jet.server.api.custom.security.AuthorizationProvider interface. For
details, see Customized implementation of the Security API.
● DemoLoadBalancer.java
Demo to implement the jet.server.api.cluster.LoadBalancer for randomly selecting a clustered server.
For details, see Balancing the server load.
● DemoParameterGenerator.java
An example of implementing the jet.server.api.custom.schedule.ParameterGenerator for setting
dynamic parameter values. For details, see Setting dynamic parameter values when running/
scheduling report set via API.
● DemoRemoteDispatcher.java
An example of dispatching request to remote clustered server according to Round-Robin algorithm.
For details, see Dispatching RMI Server Pages requests in multiple server environment.
● DemoTrigger.java
This demo creates a trigger, submit a schedule bound with the trigger, then fire the trigger to run the
schedule.
● ExampleCodeForTags.html
The sample code for different tags. For details about tags, see Appendix 8: DHTML tag library.
● getRptDescPage2.jsp.zip
A page enabling you to export the report set result to various formats (except for applet).
● MultipleReports.zip
Demo JSPs for opening multiple report sets in one session. For details, see Opening multiple report
sets in one session.
● printDemo.jsp.zip
These JSP files show how to print reports by using ViewerApplet. For details, see Using JSPs to print
report sets.
● PublishToRealDiskPath.java
This sample demonstrates exporting report result to physical disk path when publishing a scheduled
task.
● runReport2.jsp.zip
Called by the getRptDescPage2.jsp to run a report set. To run JSP pages, you can put them in the
directory <intall_root>\public_html\jinfonet, and then access them from a web browser using
the URL http://host:8888/jinfonet/XXX.jsp.
● TestMutiUserDesign.java
Demo for how to create reports by multi-user via MultiuserDesigner.
● TestTaskListener.java
An example to demonstrate how to implement users' own scripts before and after task running and
how to get the information about a task. For details, see Adding TaskListener.
● ViewHtmlPipelineServlet.java
This is a servlet demo of viewing report as HTML pipeline format. See details, see Invoking using
Servlet.
RMI demos
Here are some demo RMI programs that JReport provides. They are available in <install_root>\help
\server\en\samples.
● RemoteAPIDemoPublishRpt.java
A demo about publishing report sets. You can submit a schedule to export a report set to version,
disk, or e-mail.
● RemoteAPIDemoRunAndExportReport.java
A demo about running report sets and exporting report set results to other formats.
● RemoteAPIDemoRunReportWithTimeout.java
A demo about the Large Report Manager. This demo runs a report set and marks it as a large report
set by setting the timeout value, and then returns the large report set information.
3. You need to set the classpath environment variables. Append the following jar files to the
classpath that compile and run applications which call the Server API:
<install_root>\lib\JRESServlets.jar;
<install_root>\lib\JREngine.jar;
<install_root>\lib\servlet.jar;
<install_root>\lib\log4j-1.2.8.jar;
<install_root>\lib\sac.jar;
<install_root>\commons-codec-1.2.jar
Additional references
● See JReport Server Javadoc jet.server.api package, jet.server.api.http package and jet.cs.util
package in <install_root>\help\server\en\api.
JReport Server Designer API is a program interface for creating new report sets or modifying existing
report sets. JReport Server contains a full JReport Server Designer API package. It allows concurrent
users to create or modify multiple report sets at a time.
DHTML API
The DHTML API is a set of Java programming interfaces which allow you to customize the DHTML
feature of JReport Server, so that you can conveniently use the JReport Viewer features (completely or
partially) in your product.
You can refer to the built-in JSP dhtml.jsp that comes with JReport Server as a demo. It is located in
<intall_root>\public_html\dhtmljsp.
For DHTML API specifications, see the jet.web.dhtml package in JReport Server Javadoc that is located
in <install_root>\help\server\en\api.
❍ JRESServlets.jar
❍ JREngine.jar
❍ servlet.jar
❍ hsqldb.jar
❍ log4j-1.2.8.jar
❍ sac.jar
❍ commons-codec-1.2.jar
● In <install_root>\derby\lib:
❍ derby.jar
❍ derbyclient.jar
❍ derbynet.jar
❍ derbytools.jar
JReport Server API classes are stored in the archive file JRESServlets.jar.
You will need to set the classpath environment variable. Append the following jar files to your classpath
that compile and run applications which call the Server API:
For Server:
<install_root>\lib\JRESServlets.jar; <install_root>\lib\JREngine.jar; <install_root>\lib
\servlet.jar; <install_root>\lib\hsqldb.jar; <install_root>\lib\log4j-1.2.8.jar;
<install_root>\lib\sac.jar; <install_root>\lib\commons-codec-1.2.jar; <install_root>
\derby\lib\derby.jar; <install_root>\derby\lib\derbyclient.jar; <install_root>\derby\lib
\derbynet.ja; <install_root>\derby\lib\derbytools.jar;
❍ Method 2:
HttpRptServer server;
if (System.getProperty(APIConst.REMOTE_DISPATCHER) == null) {
server = HttpUtil.getHttpRptServer();
} else {
server = RemoteDispatcherFactory.getInstance().getDispatchedServer(request);
}
DHTMLClientService service = (DHTMLClientService)server.getDHTMLClientService();
❍ rptSetId
The report set id of the current user or current request.
❍ toolbarname
Name of the toolbar, such as "Standard", "View", "Analysis", and user-defined ones.
❍ buttonId
The buttonId constant for the toolbar. The buttonId argument is an integer bitmask that can be
DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_UNDO, DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_REDO, DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_SEARCH,
DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_PREVIOUS_SEARCH, DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_NEXT_SEARCH, DHTMLConstant.
TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOHTML, DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOPDF, DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOXML,
DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_EXPORTTORTF, DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOXLS, DHTMLConstant.
TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOTEXT, DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_EXPORTTOPS etc., or a bitwise union of them (for example,
DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_UNDO | DHTMLConstant.TOOLBAR_REDO).
❍ isVisible
If it is true, the buttons are visible.
❍ rptSetId
The report set id of the current user or current request.
❍ rptName
The report name of the current user or current request.
❍ toolbarname
Name of the toolbar, such as "Standard", "View", "Analysis", and user-defined ones.
❍ isShow
If it is true, the toolbar is visible.
To customize the DHTML toolbar, you must add the following code to run_report.jsp in <intall_root>\public_html
\dhtmljsp. And this code must be after the RunReport() method.
Reference: For more information on this topic, see the Javadoc located in <install_root>\help\server\en\api.
Dialog Reference
This chapter covers the dialogs that you will come across when using JReport Server, providing
descriptions and explanations of the options available. By referencing this chapter, you will find JReport
Server much easier and more convenient to use.
In this chapter, the following types of dialogs are covered:
● JReport Server dialogs
● Auditing dialog
● Cluster dialog
● Configuration dialog
● Data dialog
● Encrypt dialog
● Expression dialog
● Profile dialog
● Schedule dialog
● Security dialog
● Sign dialog
● Triggers dialog
Add Language dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click the Add button in the NLS Editor dialog, or click OK in the
Select Language Source dialog with Languages Supported by JReport selected. It helps you to add one
or more languages, in which reports can be run.
Available Languages
Lists all the languages that are available for you to choose. Select the required languages from the box.
OK
Adds the selected languages and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the action and exits the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Add to Global NLS dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click the Add to Global NLS button in the NLS Editor dialog to add the selected display or
font items to the target language's global NLS resource library, but some of the selected items already exist there. It varies
according to the type of the selected items.
OK
Adds the selected items to the target language's global NLS resource library and exits the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the action and exits the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
When display items are to be added, options in the dialog are as follows.
Language
Displays the target language into which the display text will be translated.
Checkbox
Specifies the items you want to add to the target language's global NLS resource library. Check the checkbox on the column
header to select all the items.
Type
Lists types of display text for different objects.
● Label
Type of display text of label and some web controls.
● Column
This type is only for DHTML. It is the type of display text of columns.
● Prompt
Type of display text of parameter prompt value.
● TOC
Type of display text on the TOC tree.
Key
Lists keys to indicate the objects in the original language.
Translate
Specifies to which the display text will be translated in the target language.
Global NLS Translation
Displays to which the display text is translated in the target language's global NLS resource library. There are two
circumstances:
● If the translation is Null for any display text, it means the display text doesn't exist in the target language's global NLS
resource library yet. Check the checkbox ahead of the display item if you want to add it.
● If any display text already exists in the target language's global NLS resource library, and you have provided a new
translation for the text in the Translate column, when you choose to add this display item, the existing global NLS
translation for this display text will be replaced by the new one.
When font items are to be added, options in the dialog are as follows.
Language
Displays the target language to which the font properties will be applied.
Checkbox
Specifies the items you want to add to the target language's global NLS resource library. Check the checkbox on the column
header to select all the items.
Key
Lists keys to indicate the fonts in the original language.
Font Face
Specifies the font face for the key in the target language.
Font Size
Specifies the font size for the key in the target language.
Global NLS Translation
Displays the font properties for the keys in the target language's global NLS resource library. There are two circumstances:
● If the translation is Null for any font item, it means the font item doesn't exist in the target language's global NLS
resource library yet. Check the checkbox ahead of the item if you want to add it.
● If any font already exists in the target language's global NLS resource library, and you have specified a new face and size
for it in the Font Face and Font Size columns, when you choose to add this font item, the existing global NLS translation
for this font will be replaced by the new one.
Advanced Run dialog
To access the Advanced Run dialog, on the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the report set
you want to run in Advanced mode, then do either of the following:
● Select the row the report set is in, then on the task bar of the Reports page, click Run > Advanced
Run.
● Select the report set row, right-click in the row and select Advanced Run from the shortcut menu.
● Put the mouse pointer over the report set row and click the Advanced Run button on the
floating toolbar.
There are four tabs in this dialog, which are listed below. You can set the settings to your requirements
in each tab.
● General tab
● Format tab
● Archive tab
● Duration tab
Back
Goes back to the left tab.
Next
Goes to the right tab.
Finish
Applies the settings.
Cancel
Closes the dialog and discards any changes.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab allows you to specify the general information about a report.
● Click the button , which is available when the parameter's Allow Multiple Values property is set to true in
JReport Designer, to specify multiple values in the Enter Values dialog.
● If the parameter is of DateTime type, click the calendar button to set a DateTime value with calendar.
● If the parameter is of Date, DateTime, or Time type, check the checkbox ahead of the button and then click
the button to specify a dynamic date or time parameter value with expression in the Expression dialog.
● Check the Use Saved Values checkbox and select a previously saved parameter value list to apply to the report.
The Use Saved Values option is available when Enable Saving Parameter Values is checked in the Profile >
Customize Server Preferences > Advanced tab. When it is checked, a drop-down list that contains the lists of
previously saved parameter values will be displayed for you to choose one to apply. The button next to the
drop-down list is used to delete a saved list from the list library.
Save Values
This link is available when Use Saved Values is checked. When it is clicked, the currently displayed parameter values
set for the specified report will be saved as a whole marked as a list for reuse next time, and you need to provide a
name for the list in the prompted dialog as required.
The parameter value lists saved for the selected reports are limited. The maximum number is controlled by the
option Maximum Number of Auto Complete Parameters List in the Profile > Customize Server Preferences >
Advanced tab. By default it is 3. When the number of the saved parameter value lists reaches the maximum number,
if you want to save another parameter list, it will overwrite the oldest list.
● HTML
● Excel
● Text
● RTF
● XML
● PostScript
● Applet
Advanced section
Specifies some advanced format settings.
Enable Style Group
When this option is disabled as default, use the style group property of the report for this format that is predefined in
JReport Designer to run the report.
When this option is enabled, you are allowed to select a style group from the Style Group drop-down list to run the
report in the format. This setting will cancel the predefined style group property of the report for this format and replace
it with the value specified here to run the report.
Enable Converting Encoding
Specifies whether to enable the conversion of encoding. If checked, the Before Converting and After Converting options
will be activated. Select the encoding from the drop-down lists as required.
Enable NLS
Specifies whether to enable NLS for the report set. If checked, the Using Language drop-down list will be displayed for
you to choose a language.
Notes:
● The Enable NLS option is available only when the National Language Support option is checked in the Properties
dialog of the report set on the JReport Administration page.
● If there is no NLS resource defined for the report set, you can only run the report set using the default language.
Encoding
Specifies the encoding for the report set.
Connect to [Data Source Name]
Specifies the DB user and password with which you want to connect to the data source the report set uses.
● Use the DB user and password defined in catalog
If checked, the DB user and password defined in the catalog will be used.
Studio
Runs a studio report in JReport Studio.
Resolution
Specifies the resolution of the result to zoom in/out, in DPI. The default value is obtained from the operation system,
which is the resolution of your monitor, for example, 72 DPI on Unix or 96 on Windows. You can set higher/lower value
to zoom in/out.
DHTML
This format allows you to export your report set to a DHTML result that can be viewed in a JReport DHTML window.
Some reports cannot be published to version in a DHTML result format, such as self-contained (CLX) reports, multi-level
nested master and subreports, reports containing data objects, and reports developed from a dynamic query or
hierarchical data source (HDS).
Resolution
Specifies the resolution of the DHTML result to zoom in/out, in DPI. The default value is obtained from the operation
system, which is the resolution of your monitor, for example, 72 DPI on Unix or 96 on Windows. You can set higher/
lower value to zoom in/out.
Profile
Specifies the DHTML profile to be applied to run the report set, which contains a set of JReport Viewer settings.
HTML
No Margin
Removes the margins you originally set while designing the report.
Multiple Files
Generates the report result to multiple HTML files. JReport designates a serial number for each HTML page. For
example, if you named a 3-page report as "sales", JReport will create three files called sales_1.html, sales_2.html, and
sales_3.html.
● Embedded CSS
Specifies to embed the cascading style sheet (CSS) in the exported HTML files; otherwise, the .css file will be
generated individually.
Single File
Generates the report result to a single HTML file.
● No Hyperlink
If checked, there will be no hyperlinks for navigating previous and next pages on the navigation bar of the exported
HTML file.
● No Page Number
If checked, there will be no page number information showing the current page number and total page number on the
navigation bar of the exported HTML file.
Drilldown
Generates the report result into an HTML file with the Drilldown feature enabled. The Drilldown feature enables you to
inspect certain items for further detailed data.
Section 508 Compliant Output
If checked, the accessibility attributes defined for the report elements via the Report Inspector will be exported to the
HTML format report result which is Section 508 compliant. See Accessibility for more information.
When Section 508 Compliant Output is checked, the Use HTML Data Table and Relative Font Size options will be
checked and disabled. The output will be Section 508 compliant including HTML data table, accessible attributes, and
relative font feature.
Use HTML Data Table
Specifies whether the table and crosstab components will be output as table objects in the HTML format result.
Absolute Font Size
Generates the report result using an absolute font size, which means that the font size is fixed, and cannot be adjusted
according to the font size settings in the web browser.
Relative Font Size
Generates the report result using a relative font size. The font size can be adjusted according to the font size settings in
the web browser.
Use Chart
● Applet Chart
Uses a Java applet to display the charts in an HTML format result file.
● Image Chart
If selected, charts will be displayed as images. You can specify the image type from the drop-down list. The options
are:
❍ auto select
If selected, the image format will be detected to JPG or GIF by the JReport system automatically. If the image
colors are less than 256 colors, GIF will be applied; otherwise, it is JPG.
❍ GIF
If selected, the GIF format will be applied, which is a lossless compression technique and supports only 256 colors.
GIF is better than JPG for images with only a few distinct colors, such as line drawings, black and white images and
small text that is only a few pixels high.
❍ JPG (JPEG)
If selected, the JPG (JPEG) format will be applied, which is supported on the Web. JPG is a lossy compression
technique that is designed to compress color and grayscale continuous-tone images. JPG images support 16 million
colors and are best suited for photographs and complex graphics.
❍ PNG
If selected, the PNG format will be applied, which provides a portable, legally unencumbered, well-compressed
(effectively 100 percent lossless compression), well-specified standard for lossless bitmapped image file. PNG
supports indexed-color images of up to 256 colors and shows a more interchangeable, flexible and robust function
than GIF.
Resolution
Specifies the resolution of the HTML result to zoom in/out, in DPI. The default value is obtained from the operation
system, which is the resolution of your monitor, for example, 72 DPI on Unix or 96 on Windows. You can set higher/
lower value to zoom in/out.
Web Browser
Specifies the web browser for which the HTML result adapts.
Text Overflow
Specifies whether the text overflow is visible or hidden.
PDF
No Margin
Removes the margins you originally set while designing the report.
Compress Image
Compresses the images in the report by the percentage you specify in the box.
Generate charts and barcodes using images (recommended)
When you run a report in PDF format, JReport will take the result of the whole report as a graphic to transform the
report by the method of simulated printer and generate the report result in PDF format.
Generate charts and barcodes using vector graphics
The result of using Generate charts and barcodes using vector graphics is the same as with using Generate charts and
barcodes using images (recommended). However, when you run a report in PDF format using Generate charts and
barcodes using vector graphics, JReport will take the result of the whole report as a dataset to transform the report by
sequence and to generate the report result in PDF format.
TOC
Generates the report result to PDF format with a Table of Contents.
Drilldown
Generates the report result to a PDF file with the Drilldown feature enabled. The Drilldown feature enables you to
inspect certain items for further detailed data.
Encrypt
Specifies whether to encrypt the PDF file. If checked, click the Settings button to configure the encrypt settings in the
Encrypt dialog.
Sign
Specifies whether to add the digital sign to the PDF file. If checked, click the Settings button to configure the sign
settings in the Sign dialog.
Excel
Word Wrap
● All Keep Existing
Keeps all the settings of each object's Word Wrap property originally specified in the report.
● All Disabled
Disables the Word Wrap property for all objects. That is, the Word Wrap property is made false for all objects.
● All Enabled
Enables the Word Wrap property for all objects. That is, the Word Wrap property is made true for all objects.
Text
Delimited Format
Generates the report result to a standard text file, using a delimiter you specify to separate the fields.
● Use Quote Mark
Specifies to use quote marks in the text file.
● Customize Delimited
Fields in the exported text file will be separated by a user defined delimiter. You can type your own delimiter in the
Delimiter box.
● Tab Delimited
Specifies to use a Tab delimiter to separate the fields.
● CSV Format
Exports to CSV format text file.
Horizontal Density
Specifies the value for each unit of the horizontal density between columns. The resulting density is a direct ratio of the
value you specify. That is, the greater the value, the smaller the width between columns. By default the density will be
specified by JReport.
Vertical Density
Specifies the value for each unit of the vertical density between columns. The resulting density is a direct ratio of the
value you specify. That is, the greater the value, the smaller the height between columns. By default the density will be
specified by JReport.
Notes:
● By exporting using user defined densities, if the densities are not set appropriately, the fields in the report may
overlap each other, so you are not recommended to use this way to export the report result to Text.
● When setting the value of Horizontal/Vertical Density, you need to pay attention to the following:
❍ The value of Horizontal/Vertical Density must be greater than the character's width/height of the smallest field in
the report (smallest field is the field with the smallest font size), otherwise, the value you set will not be applied.
❍ If the value of Vertical Density is greater than 0 and the value of Horizontal Density is less than 0, the value that
you specify for the Vertical Density will be applied and the value of Horizontal Density will be specified by JReport.
❍ If the value of Vertical Density is less than 0 and the value of Horizontal Density is greater than 0, the value that
you specify for the Horizontal Density will be applied and the value of Vertical Density will be specified by JReport.
❍ If the values of Vertical Density and Horizontal Density are both greater than 0 and the value of Horizontal Density
is less than 11, the specified value of the two densities will be applied. Otherwise, they will be specified by JReport.
❍ If the values of Vertical Density and Horizontal Density are both less than 1, these densities will be specified by
JReport.
Compress
Specifies whether to generate the report result to Text format in a compressed size, that is to say, there will be no
clearance between the columns.
Header and Footer
If checked, the Text file will contain all headers and footers in the report, including Report Header/Footer, Page Header/
Footer and Group Header/Footer. Otherwise, the Text file will only contain data in Detail panel.
Windows End-of-line (CR-LF)
Specifies to use Windows end-of-line characters to indicate the start of a new line. If checked, two characters <cr> and
<lf> will be used at the end of the line.
Unix End-of-line (LF)
Specifies to use Unix End-of-line characters to indicate the start of a new line. If checked, only the Unix End-of-line
character <lf> will be used.
RTF
Best Editing
Specifies whether to apply flow layout when exporting the report to RTF.
No Margin
Removes the margins you originally set while designing the report.
XML
Only Data
● If checked, the exported XML file will only contain the database column information. The exported XML schema file
will only contain the structure information of the report.
● If unchecked, the exported XML file will also contain elements controlled by formulas, and the exported XML schema
file will contain all the detailed information from the report, including all the property values of each report object.
PostScript
No Margin
Removes the margins you originally set while designing the report.
Applet
Pop-up Window
Specifies to show an Applet window when viewing a report.
Zip Result
Specifies to compress the result and its size would be smaller.
Java Plug-In 1.2 for Windows
Directs applets to run using Sun's Java Runtime Environment (JRE).
Java Plug-In 1.3 for Windows
Directs applets to run using Sun's Java Runtime Environment (JRE).
Notes:
● You'd better specify a file destination when exporting a report set via Applet, such as D:\folder\filename.pdf in
case you may not find the result. By default when exporting a report set via Applet on Internet Explorer, the exported
result will be located on the Desktop, and when on Firefox, it will be in its installation root.
If you do not have read or write permission to the default location or the location you specified, you will get an access
denied error. To handle this, add the required permission in jdk\jre\lib\security\java.policy that the applet uses:
For the default location "Desktop":
permission java.util.PropertyPermission "user.dir", "read";
permission java.io.FilePermission "${user.home}${/}Desktop${/}*", "read,write";
● When advanced running a report set to Applet on Firefox, after you select File > Open Result File on the Report
Viewer, you may get the access to the Open dialog denied error as follows:
java.security.AccessControlException: access denied (java.io.FilePermission Open read)
To resolve this, add the required permission in java.policy that the applet uses:
permission java.io.FilePermission "Open", "read,write";
Archive tab
Options below are available only when the view format is NOT set as DHTML or Studio in the Format tab.
● My Reports Folder
Specifies to save the report result version to the My Reports folder.
Result Auto-delete
Specifies the deleted date of the report result version. You should make sure to set the result version as deleted automatically
within one hundred years. If the time you specified exceeds one hundred years, JReport Server will keep the result forever.
● Result Expires in N Days
Specifies a period after which the report result version will be automatically deleted.
Set Permissions
Available only when the Archive Location is specified to be Public Reports Folder. Click the link to set user permissions to the
specified report in the Set Permissions dialog.
Duration tab
This tab is available only when you have enabled the task-level timeout mechanism either by setting the task.duration.enable
property to true in the server.properties file or by checking the Enable Task Duration option on the JReport Administration page
> Configuration > Advanced panel.
In this tab, you can specify a time duration for a task, and ask JReport Server to cancel the task or to notify you or someone
else of the task status via e-mail if the task has not yet finished running when the task duration is up.
● Success
Specifies to audit and record the accessed events when they have been successfully performed.
● Failure
Specifies to audit and record the accessed events when they fail.
● Success
Specifies to audit and record management events when they have been successfully performed.
● Failure
Specifies to audit and record management events when they fail.
OK
Audits and records the events with the information you have specified.
Cancel
Cancels operations and closes the dialog.
Cache Configuration dialog
This dialog is displayed after you click Cached Data on the system toolbar of the JReport Administration page, select Cached
Report Data from the drop-down menu, and then click the Cache Configuration link. It allows you to configure memory usage for
cached report data (CRD) and configure auto cached report data.
Automatic Cache
Specifies whether to enable auto CRD. When it is selected, the following options are available:
● Maximum Disk Usage
Specifies the maximum hard disk space for auto CRD. The value should be between 4 MB and 1024*1024 MB.
● Expires
Specifies how long an automatic cached sharable data result is kept.
❍ Never
The auto CRD will not expire.
❍ Custom
Specifies the period an auto CRD exists.
OK
Applies the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Catalog Properties dialog
You can set the properties of a specified catalog in its Properties dialog according to your requirements.
The Properties dialog is divided into the following two tabs:
● General
● Permission
Reset
Discards your modifications and restores the dialog to its default status.
OK
Retains the settings and submits the task to the server.
Cancel
Cancels any settings and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
Specifies the general properties of the catalog.
Resource Path
Shows the resource path.
Resource Node Name
Specifies the name for the catalog.
Resource Type
Shows the type of the resource.
Resource Description
Specifies the description of the catalog.
[Custom Field Name]
Specifies value of the custom field for the catalog. A custom field can be regarded as a resource property and is available
when it is enabled.
Apply Archive Policy
Applies an archive policy to the catalog versions.
● Archive as New Version
Specifies whether to use multiple versions for the catalog. Available only for versions in the resource tree.
❍ Maximum Number of Versions
Specifies the maximum number of versions that will be listed in the version table. By default the number of versions
is unlimited (0).
Permission tab
Specifies permissions of roles/users/groups to the catalog. This tab is available when the catalog is in the Public Reports
folder.
● User
If checked, all users will be displayed in the Available box for you to assign permissions.
● Group
If checked, all groups will be displayed in the Available box for you to assign permissions.
Removes the selected roles, users or groups from the Selected box.
Selected
Displays the roles, users and groups to which the permissions will be assigned.
● Visible
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Visible permission.
● Read
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Read permission.
● Write
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Write permission.
● Delete
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Delete permission.
● Execute
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Execute permission.
● Schedule
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Schedule permission.
● Grant
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Grant permission. Users, groups or roles that have obtained
the Grant permission are also endowed with the other seven permissions - Visible, Read, Write, Delete, Execute,
Schedule, and Update Status, and can grant these seven permissions except the Grant permission itself.
Cluster dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click Cluster on the system toolbar of the JReport Administration
page. It helps you to configure the settings for a cluster if your cluster is enabled and set up. It is
available only when your JReport Server license permits the cluster feature.
There are two panels in this dialog:
● Configuration panel
● Weight panel
Configuration panel
Use this panel to configure the servers in a cluster.
Cluster Name
Specifies a name for the cluster. When cluster is enabled, you must specify a unique cluster name for
all servers that will join the cluster to build the cluster.
Cluster Scheduler Lease
Specifies whether to enable lease for a scheduler in the cluster. If this option is left unchecked, then
every scheduler in the cluster becomes an active scheduler.
Lease is a semaphore that enables a scheduler to be an active scheduler. If a scheduler is enabled with
lease, it becomes an active scheduler and will compete to trigger the schedule. Each active scheduler
can hold a lease for a period of time (which depends on the value you set in the Cluster Scheduler
Lease Valid Time text field), and then transfers it to another scheduler in the cluster.
● Cluster Scheduler Lease Active Count
Specifies the active lease number in a cluster. By setting the active lease number, you get to know
how many active schedulers there are to compete to trigger the schedule. The property value should
be an integer and the default value is 2.
Weight panel
Use this tab to configure the performance weight on the clustered server.
Catalog
Specifies the catalog that will be used for performance weight testing.
Report
Specifies the report that will be used for performance weight testing.
Clustered Server Name
Displays the name of the clustered server.
Performance Weight
If you have chosen the Least Weighted Current Report Sets (Weighted Min-load) (loadbalance.type=2)
algorithm for load balancing, you will have to configure a performance weight for each clustered server.
See Configuring performance weight for how to set performance weight and how this algorithm works.
Performance weight is a positive float number. The higher performance weight you set to a clustered
server, the higher chance it may get selected by the server which has the active scheduler during load
balancing.
Test
Calculates each clustered server's performance weight value at current time.
OK
Applies the settings.
Cancel
Cancels the settings.
Help
Displays this help document.
Related topics:
● Setting up and starting a JReport Server cluster
● Log panel
● Cache panel
● Performance panel
● Advanced panel
● LDAP panel
● Export panel
● Connection panel
● Upload panel
● Keystore Password
The password used to protect the integrity of the keystore.
● Keystore Type
The type of keystore to be instantiated. The valid values are JKS and PKCS12.
● Keystore Protocol
The encryption/decryption protocol to be used on the socket. The valid values are SSL and TLS.
● Keystore Algorithm
The X509 algorithm to use. This defaults to the Sun implementation (SunX509). For IBM JVMs you should use
IbmX509.
Active Realm
Specifies the realm that will take effect when the server starts up.
A realm is the context of JReport Server where the entities reside. A user is a kind of entity that is contained in
a realm. Different users in one realm must have different names. There can be multiple realms in the server,
but only one is active at runtime. Only the users and resources in the active realm are accessible. Realm names
cannot contain the "/" or "\" character.
Provide Service On
Specifies whether JReport Server listens on all network addresses or just some.
● All Network Addresses
If checked, JReport Server listens on all network addresses, which means that all the hosts of the machine
are active, and the client-end can connect with any of the hosts of this server.
● Network Address At
If checked, JReport Server listens on the specified hosts, and you can specify them by inputting the host
names or IP addresses.
Notes:
● The machine that JReport Server runs on can be multi-homed (for example, two interface cards have been
installed on the machine), if there is more than one IP address. JReport Server opens the listening port at
host name 'localhost' or at IP address '127.0.0.1' automatically.
● When Network Address At is checked, if you want to specify all the host addresses to be active, input * into
this field; if you want to specify more than one address to be active, you should separate them using a blank,
for example, "leo 204.177.148.110".
● DHTML
Uses the "DHTML" log if you want to log the events related to end users modifying and saving DHTML
format reports, including Ad Hoc and analysis features supported by JReport Viewer.
● Access
Uses the "Access" log if you want to log which users accessed which services, such as report running
service and task scheduling service.
● Manage
Uses the "Manage" log if you want to log the events related to modifying settings in the Administration
Console or server.properties.
● Error
Uses the "Error" log if you want to log errors in any of the categories.
● Event
Uses the "Event" log if you want to log the events related to the lifecycle of the server instance, such as its
start time and stop time.
● Debug
Uses the "Debug" log if you want to log the events most likely needed for debugging purposes, such as the
exact SQL statements used to query the database.
● Performance
Uses the "Performance" log if you want to analyze the performance of report result or export operations.
● Dump
Uses the "Dump" log if you want to log events related to at what time what action is started or ended
during the process of running tasks. For example, when the task is submitted, when the task is run, when
the Engine is initiated, and when the Engine is stopped.
Descriptions
Specifies the brief description of the specified log type.
Trace Level
Used for logging something expectable or regular, such as tracing program workflow, logging runtime
information and associated elements.
You can set the trace level of the specified log type to one of the following:
● OFF
Specifies not to use the trace level.
● OUTLINE
The OUTLINE level specifies an outline of program workflow, and dump global variables, including a single
thread, multiple threads, the time for when to begin to fetch data, and success in exporting to the specified
result format.
● INFO
The INFO level specifies informational messages that highlight the application progress at a coarse-grained
level, and important local variables, such as query, parameter, formula value used when running report
sets, connection information, and SQL statement.
● TRIVIAL
The TRIVIAL Level specifies fine-grained informational events most useful in tracing an application. Such as
the report structure dump, or the result set dump.
Error Level
Used for logging something unexpected or irregular. For example, a URL is unreachable, a file is not there, or
a table cannot be found in a data source.
You can set the error level of the specified log type to one of the following:
● OFF
Specifies not to use the error level.
● FATAL
The FATAL level specifies severe error events that will presumably lead the application to abort, for
example, failing to read the valid key, and exceptions that result in feature uncompleted.
● ERROR
The ERROR level specifies error events that may allow the application to continue running, such as failing to
load a report set, failing to find a catalog file, failing to parse a parameter, and failing to create db buffer.
● WARN
The WARN level specifies potentially harmful situations, such as failing to find the resource, or having found
invalid query or formula with grammar error when loading a catalog.
Additivity
Determines the inheritance of the appenders defined by the Logger's ancestors.
Log Destination
Specifies where the log contents will be outputted to.
If you have set log destination, the threshold level for each goal appender defines the basic log level which
will be further filtered by JReport trace level and error level, and then comes out the final log output. Trace
level and error level are JReport specific log levels developed based on Log4J. They group log information into
two categories and add more levels to classify log information.
For example, if threshold=OFF, the trace level and error level will be ignored, and the log information output
is none. If threshold=ALL, the output is determined by the trace level and error level. If threshold=one of the
other levels, the output will be the result based on the trace level and error level that filter the threshold level.
● File
Outputs log contents to the file appender that requires a layout. Logs of the specified category are written
into a file. When File is checked, the following options are available:
❍ Threshold
Defines the appender's level (Log4j named as threshold).
❍ Layout Type
Specifies the layout type used to format the log contents.
❍ Pattern Conversion
Sets the conversion pattern for the Pattern Layout.
❍ File Name
Specifies the name of the log file to which the File Appender will output the log contents. The suffix of the
log file name is .log.
❍ Append
Specifies whether or not to retain the old contents of the specified file.
❍ Buffered IO
Specifies to create a buffer for the log IO.
● Rolling File
Outputs log contents to the rolling file appender that requires a layout. When Rolling File is checked, the
following options are available:
❍ Threshold
Defines the appender's level.
❍ Layout Type
Describes the layout type used to format the log contents.
❍ Pattern Conversion
Sets the conversion pattern for the Pattern Layout.
❍ File Name
Specifies the name of the log file to which the appender will output the log contents. The suffix of the log
file name is .log.
❍ Append
Specifies whether or not to retain the old contents of the specified file.
❍ Buffered IO
Specifies to create a buffer for the log IO.
❍ Layout Type
Specifies the layout type used to format the log contents.
❍ Pattern Conversion
Sets the conversion pattern for the Pattern Layout.
❍ File Name
Specifies the name of the log file to which the appender will output the log contents. The suffix of the log
file name is .log.
❍ Append
Specifies whether or not to retain the old contents of the specified file.
❍ Buffered IO
Specifies to create a buffer for the log IO.
❍ Date Pattern
Specifies the data pattern used to generate the daily rolling file.
● Socket
Outputs log contents to a remote log server. The socket appender needs not a layout. When Socket is
checked, the following options are available:
❍ Threshold
Defines the appender's level.
❍ Remote Host
Specifies the host name where the Socket Server is located.
❍ Port
Specifies the port number on which the Socket Server listens.
❍ Delay
Specifies the timeout interval value for when a client attempts to create a socket connection.
❍ Location Information
Specifies whether or not to output the log location information to the socket stream.
● NTLog
Outputs log contents to the NT event log system. Applies only to Windows servers. This appender requires
a layout. When NTLog is checked, the following options are available:
❍ Threshold
Defines the appender's level.
❍ Layout Type
Specifies the layout type used to format the log contents.
❍ Pattern Conversion
Sets the conversion pattern for the Pattern Layout.
❍ Source
Specifies the source name used and displayed by the NTEvent Viewer.
● Syslog
Outputs log contents to a remote syslog daemon. Applies only to Unix and Linux servers. This appender
requires a layout. When Syslog is checked, the following options are available:
❍ Threshold
Defines the appender's level.
❍ Layout Type
Specifies the layout type used to format the log contents.
❍ Pattern Conversion
Sets the conversion pattern for the Pattern Layout.
❍ Syslog Host
Specifies the host name where the Syslog server is located.
❍ Facility
Specifies the facility name that is used by the Syslog.
❍ Facility Printing
Specifies whether or not to print the facility information.
● LF5
Outputs log contents to a swing based logging console. LF5 has a swing-based UI to view all of the logging
messages at run time and enables you to search and filter logging messages. This appender needs not a
layout.
When LF5 is checked, the following option is available:
❍ Threshold
Defines the appender's level.
● Telnet
Outputs log contents to a read-only socket. You use telnet to connect to the socket and receive log data,
and this is handy for remote monitoring, especially when monitoring a servlet. This appender requires a
layout.
When Telnet is checked, the following options are available:
❍ Threshold
Defines the appender's level.
❍ Layout Type
Specifies the layout type used to format the log contents.
❍ Pattern Conversion
Sets the conversion pattern for the Pattern Layout.
❍ Port
Specifies the port number on which Telnet listens.
● Console
Outputs log contents to the standard stream of Jave console. When Console is checked, the following
options are available:
❍ Threshold
Defines the appender's level.
❍ Layout Type
Specifies the layout type that is used to format the log contents.
❍ Pattern Conversion
Sets the conversion pattern for the Pattern Layout.
❍ Target
Specifies the standard IO target of the Console.
■ System.out
If selected, the log contents will be outputted to the standard output stream of the console.
■ System.err
If selected, the log contents will be outputted to the standard error stream of the console.
Save
Applies all changes to JReport Server.
Notes:
● The Pattern Conversion option is available only when the Pattern is chosen as the Layout Type.
● For more information about the Pattern Conversion option, see comments in the LogConfig.properties file
located in <install_root>\bin directory.
Cache panel
This panel allows you to configure the cache settings of JReport Server. It contains three tabs:
● Report Cache
● Security Cache
● Image Cache
Save
Applies the changes to JReport Server.
Report Cache
To improve performance, JReport Server enables you to cache report sets and catalogs into memory so that they
do not have to be loaded from disk when they are required. Note that when you run a report set to DHTML
format, the report set and the catalog will not be cached.
The following options are available in this tab.
Cache Loaded Catalogs
Specifies whether to keep a catalog in memory or to remove it from memory after a report set has been
generated.
Usually, after a report set has been generated, the catalog used to generate it is removed from memory.
However, if you specify this option, the catalog will be cached instead of being removed.
● Maximum Number of Catalogs to Be Cached
Specifies the maximum number of catalogs that can be cached by the server in its memory. No more catalogs
can be cached if this amount has been reached.
● Cached Catalogs
Lists the currently cached catalogs.
If you are using the Add button to add a catalog, the listed catalog item includes information such as catalog
file path in the server resource tree and catalog version number. The format is as follows:<catalog file path>-
V<version number>. The root path stand for the My Reports folder is /USERFOLDERPATH/admin/; the root path
stand for the Public Reports folder is /.
For the catalogs that are automatically cached by the server after the report sets in them are run, the real
paths of them are listed.
❍ Add
Adds a new catalog to the list of catalogs to be cached.
❍ Remove
Deletes the selected cached catalog.
The default cache size is 10 report sets and the default maximum heap space is 512MB. When you adjust the
number, you should adjust the heap accordingly. The larger the heap space, the better the performance
provided enough physical memory is available.
❍ Remove
Deletes the selected cached report sets.
● Custom Size
Specifies to customize the buffer size used in the RAM for each report when sorting on DHTML reports. The
default value is 16 MB, and the minimum size required by JReport is 4 MB. Any value smaller than 4 MB will be
ignored and use 4 MB instead, because if the amount of data for sorting is large (such as 5,000,000 records),
but the buffer size that you configure is small, it will require a lot of IO and produce poor performance.
Note: Any change to the buffer size will take effect immediately.
Security Cache
The following options are available in this tab.
Cache Images
Specifies whether or not to enable image cache.
● All used images
If checked, all the images that are used in reports will be cached.
● Show Details
If checked, the detailed status of the current image cache will be shown, that is to say, you can see all the
cached images.
❍ Name
Displays the name of the image.
❍ Size
Displays the size of the image file.
❍ Catalog
Displays the catalog file in which the image file is.
❍ Path
Displays the path of the cached image.
❍ Locked
Displays the lock status of the image file.
❍ Add
Adds an image to the image cache.
■ Look In
Specifies the root of the catalog, My Reports or Public Reports.
■ Select Directory
Specifies the directory of the catalog.
■ Catalog
Specifies the catalog from the drop-down list.
■ Image File
Specifies the image file.
■ Image Size
Displays the size of the selected image file.
❍ Lock
If you select one image and lock it, the image will be always kept in cache until you remove it manually or
restart JReport Server.
❍ Unlock
The unlocked image will not be always be kept in cache.
❍ Remove
Removes the selected image from the image cache.
❍ Remove All
Removes all the images from the image cache.
Performance panel
This panel allows you to tune the performance of JReport Server.
● Remove
Removes a catalog from the preloading list.
● Remove
Removes a report set from the preloading list.
● Preload Fonts
Specifies to preload fonts when JReport Server is started.
Note: Compressing swap files will increase CPU pressure because it uses compress algorithm to shrink data, so if your
system already has high CPU usage, enabling this option will bring extra performance impact, depending on different
circumstance, and such impact may overcome the performance gain that comes from reducing I/O time.
Save
Applies the changes to JReport Server.
Advanced panel
This panel allows you to configure the advanced settings of JReport Server.
● Import
● Synchronize
● Role Map
Server
This tab allows you to configure LDAP server settings.
Select LDAP Server
Specifies the Directory Server. Supported servers are: Novell Directory Server, iPlanet Directory Server, Microsoft Site
Server, OpenLDAP Directory Server, Win2000 Active Directory, and Lotus Domino on NT.
Load Settings
Loads the settings of the specific server.
Enable LDAP Version2/Version3
Specifies whether or not to enable JReport Server to retrieve users from the Directory Server and which LDAP Version to
adopt.
The LDAP Version3 extends LDAP Version2 in the areas of internationalization, authentication, referral, and deployment. It
also allows new features to be added to the protocol without also requiring changes to the protocol. This is done by using
extensions and controls.
LDAP Version3 protocol has extensible authentication which uses Simple Authentication and Security Layer ( SASL)
mechanisms so as to support pluggable authentication.
Note that currently when you select Version3, JReport Server will only use LDAP Version3 protocol to connect to LDAP
server.
Enable Direct Authentication to LDAP Server
Specifies whether or not to enable LDAP support without importing LDAP security information. This option controls the
LDAP feature's work mode. Currently, the JReport Server security system can run two modes in which you can use an
LDAP server's security system. The first is importing mode. In this mode, if you want to use the LDAP feature, you will
have to import the security information from an LDAP server. The second is non-importing mode. With this mode, JReport
Server can directly access an LDAP server and obtain LDAP security information without having to import it.
Enable Auto-Import of Users from LDAP Server
Specifies to enable JReport Server to import LDAP users automatically. If activated, the server security system will import
security information from the LDAP server when an LDAP user logs into JReport Server for the first time.
LDAP URL
Specifies the URL of the LDAP server.
LDAP Server Port
Specifies the port of the LDAP server.
Root Entry
Specifies the root of the Directory Server. From this root, JReport Server searches for objects in Directory Server.
Directory Manager DN
Specifies the entry path of the Directory Manager who has the priority to manage users on the Directory Server.
Password
Specifies the Directory Manager's password.
Remember Password
Specifies to remember the Directory Manager's password.
Encryption Type
Specifies the encryption type. There are two types available. None means using a plain port to connect to the LDAP server,
and SSL refers to connecting to the LDAP server by SSL.
Import LDAP Groups to
Specifies whether the LDAP groups will be imported into the JReport security system as local roles or as local groups.
Test Connection
Tests whether the connection to the specified server is successful or not.
User Schema
Specifies the settings of user schema.
● User Attribute Name
Specifies the user's attribute name.
● User Password
Specifies the user's password.
● Distinguished Name
Specifies the name of the organization unit inside the LDAP server where you want to perform a search for users.
● Query User
Views properties of users in the organization unit.
● Filter
Specifies the filter criteria with which to search for users.
Group Schema
Specifies the group schema settings.
● Group Common Name
Specifies a common name for the group.
● Distinguished Name
Specifies the name of the organization unit inside the LDAP server where you want to perform a search for groups.
● Filter
Specifies the filter criteria with which to search for groups.
● Admin Group
JReport Server will add the group specified here as a member to the Admin group.
● Query Group
Views properties of groups in the organization unit.
Save
Saves all changes.
There are several Examples of LDAP server configuration for your reference.
Import
This tab allows you to import users/groups from directory servers.
LDAP users overwrite local users
Specifies that users of the LDAP server will overwrite those of the local server.
Local users overwrite LDAP users
Specifies that users of the local server will overwrite those of the LDAP server.
List Users
Lists the LDAP users with the same names as the users from JReport Server.
List Groups
Lists the LDAP groups with the same names as the groups from JReport Server.
Import Users
Imports LDAP users.
If LDAP Server overwrite Local users is selected, all LDAP users will then be imported, and any JReport Server users that
have the same names as the LDAP users will be overwritten.
If Local overwrite LDAP server users is selected, all LDAP users will be imported, and any users that have the same names
as JReport Server users will be overwritten.
● Import
Imports the selected users from the LDAP server to JReport Server.
● Import All
Imports all users from the LDAP server to JReport Server.
● Back
Returns to the default Import tab.
Import Groups
Imports LDAP groups.
If LDAP Server overwrite Local users is selected, all LDAP groups will be imported, any LDAP group that has the same
name as a group in the local server will be merged into the local group, and local users of the same names as the LDAP
users will be overwritten.
If Local overwrite LDAP server users is selected, all LDAP groups will be imported, any LDAP group that has the same
name as a group in the local server will be merged into the local group, and LDAP users of the same names as the local
users will be overwritten.
● Import
Imports the selected groups from the LDAP server to JReport Server.
● Import All
Imports all groups from the LDAP server to JReport Server.
● Back
Returns to the default Import tab.
Notes:
● There is an admin group named Administrators on the LDAP Server. If you perform an Import operation, all groups will
then be imported except for the Administrators group.
● In the case of a non-admin group on the LDAP Server having the same name as a non-admin group on JReport Server,
if you perform an Import operation, all users from the non-admin group on the LDAP Server will be merged into the non-
admin group of JReport Server.
● If you have imported users/groups from the LDAP server to JReport Server once and you want to import them again, in
order to prevent the information of the users/groups on JReport Server from being overwritten by the newly imported
users/groups, you should first check Local overwrite LDAP server users and then import the users/groups.
Import All
Imports all LDAP users and LDAP groups.
Synchronize
This tab enables you to synchronize security information from your local server with that of the LDAP server so that you
have the most current security information.
The synchronization process first compares the security information on both the local server and the LDAP server. Then, if
necessary, it updates the information on the local server so that both sides are consistent. However, note that for security
reasons, this process does not automatically import the newly-added users or groups from the LDAP server.
Synchronize Now
Synchronizes local security information.
Synchronization Information
Lists information about the synchronization task when the synchronization process is complete.
LDAP Synchronization Schedule Settings
Sets the schedule settings to your requirement.
● Enable
Enables the LDAP synchronization schedule task.
● Disable
Disables the LDAP synchronization schedule task.
● Edit
Edits the synchronization schedule task.
● Detail
Lists information about the last run synchronization task.
Role Map
This tab allows you to pre-define a role map for the imported LDAP users.
When an LDAP user account is automatically imported (the Enable Auto-Import of Users from LDAP Server option in the
Server tab has been checked), JReport Server can automatically assign it to specific roles according to the pre-defined role
map.
A role map consists of two parts: Search Filter String and Corresponding Role Name. When an imported LDAP user
account matches the filter condition (specified by the Search Filter String), it will automatically be added to a specific role
(specified by the Corresponding Role Name). You can create more than one role map.
● Test
Tests the contents of the filter. The results of the test do not affect the creation of the new role map.
● Save
Creates a role map and exits the dialog.
● Cancel
Cancels the settings.
Edit
Edits the specified font map.
Test
Tests the contents of the filter.
Delete
Deletes the specified role map.
Export panel
This panel allows you to configure the default settings for exporting report set results in JReport Server. It is divided into
three tabs:
● E-mail tab
● Fax tab
Save
Saves changes made in this panel. The changes will be applied the next time JReport Server starts.
E-mail tab
Configures the default settings for exporting report set results to e-mail.
Here the before-split PDF file refers to the big PDF file to be split and an after-split PDF refers to one of the smaller PDF files
generated after splitting the big PDF file. When a PDF file is to be split by file size, the splitting will be carried out based on
the pages the file separates but not physically on the maximum file size specified for an after-split PDF file. However, the
maximum file size helps to decide by which page to split: the page that the maximum size comes to is not included with the
previous pages in an after-split file, but instead is the beginning page of the following after-split file. For example, there is a
2M PDF file with 1M per page. If the maximum file size is set to 1.5M, we will get two PDF files with each 1M and one page
as the split result.
Notes:
● When the before-split PDF file contains only one page, the split function will not take effect for the only one page cannot
be further split either by file size or by file page, and therefore the result is one PDF file as attachment no matter the Split
PDF feature is enabled or not.
● The Split PDF function takes effect only when the selected option value is greater than 0.
● If you check to use the Split PDF function, the TOC and Sign options are disabled when scheduling a report set result to e-
mail in PDF file attachment.
Fax tab
Configures the default settings for exporting report set results to fax. You can specify to export the report set results either
via a fax machine or a fax server.
Fax Machine
JReport supports exporting report set results to fax. If you want to use this feature, you will need to configure your running
environment first.
Download Java Communications API (Version 2.0) from the website http://www.jinfonet.com/download/third_party_tool/
JavaCommAPIV2_Solaris.zip for Solaris and http://www.jinfonet.com/download/third_party_tool/JavaCommAPIV2_Win32.
zip for Win32, and place the following files in the specified locations:
● For Windows:
File Name Location
comm.jar <server_install_root>\lib
javax.comm. <Java_install_root>\jre\lib
properties
Win32Com. <Java_install_root>\jre\bin
dll
● For Solaris:
File Name Location
comm.jar <server_install_root>/lib
javax.comm.properties <Java_install_root>/jre/lib
libSolarisSerialParallel.so LD_LIBRARY_PATH
● Modem Class
Specifies the class of the modem. Options are: Class 1, Class 2 or Class 2.0. All are fax protocols. Most modems only
support Class 1, so if you select Class 2 or Class 2.0, you should make sure that your modem can support it.
● Flow Control
Specifies the flow control mode between DTE (Data Terminal Equipment) and DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment).
Specifying flow control can help the compressing data function of the modem work better.
The flow control options are as follows:
❍ RtsCts
Flow control of the hardware (recommended).
❍ Xon/Xoff
Flow control of the software.
❍ None
No flow control specified.
● Port
Specifies the port number. The port should be obtained from your modem manual.
● Initialization String
Initializes the modem. The string should be obtained from your modem manual.
● Timeout
Specifies the maximum amount of time that the fax should wait for a response from the destination before timing out.
● Retries
When the line is busy, the report set result cannot be faxed. Here, you can specify the maximum number of times the
modem re-tries faxing the report set result.
Fax Server
If you choose to export the report set results via a fax server, configure the following settings according to your
requirements:
● Fax Gateway Connector
Specifies the name of the class implemented by users.
Note: By default, the fax server JReport uses is based on Hylafax Server, however, if you want to export your report
set results via Hylafax Server, you need to download the gnu-hylafax packages according to your requirements from
http://sourceforge.net/projects/gnu-hylafax/, for example, gnu-hylafax-util-0.0.9.2.jar, gnu-inet-ftp-0.0.9.2.jar, and
gnu-hylafax-0.0.9.2.jar, and then add them to the class path of setenv.bat in the ADDCLASSPATH variable.
● Server IP
Specifies the IP address or domain name of the fax server.
● Server Port
Specifies the port number of the fax server.
● Login ID
Specifies the username for the class communicating with fax server.
● Password
Specifies the password for the class communicating with fax server.
● Fax Sender
Specifies the user's name that shows in the fax server manager.
● Special Parameters
Specifies some parameters for the fax server.
● Time Out
Specifies the maximum amount of time that the fax should wait for a response from the destination before timing out.
Note: For Hylafax Server the value should not be larger than 59 seconds. It is a limitation of Hylafax Server.
● Retries
Specifies the number of times the modem retries faxing the report set result.
❍ Low
If checked, the report set result will be exported to the specified format with low precision.
Edit
This option is enabled after you select one or more custom fields in the Custom Field table below. It
contains two operations:
● Edit
Displays a dialog to edit the information of the selected custom field.
● Delete
Deletes the selected custom fields.
● Description
Displays the description of the custom fields.
● Enabled
Shows whether the custom fields are enabled or not.
Customize Waiting Page dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click the Customize button in the Profile > Customize Server Preferences > Advanced tab on the
JReport Administration page. It helps you to customize the waiting screen according to your requirements.
Default Format
Applies the default format provided by JReport.
Customize Format
Allows to customize loading status image and tip text font.
● Enable Customize Loading Status Image
Allows to upload a local image to Server as the loading status image appearing in waiting pages.
❍ Loading Status Image File
Uploads an image from the local disk. These types of images are supported: GIF, JPG, BMP, and PNG.
❍ Alignment to
Specifies the relative position of the image as compared to tip text in waiting pages.
● File Name
This name will be used as the name of the JSP file after it is uploaded to server.
OK
Applies the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Data dialog
After you click Data on the system toolbar of the JReport Administration page, the entries to the
following panels are available on the drop-down menu. The panels help you to configure your
databases.
Note: The Profiling DB option is not shown by default on the drop-down menu. In order to make it
shown, you should set the server.profiling.enable property to true in the server.properties file in the
<install_root>\bin directory.
● System DB panel
It allows you to configure your system database and backup server data. The system database holds
resources of the global server scope, such as server.properties, global NLS, etc.
● Realm DB panel
It allows you to manage server data, such as configuring your realm database, backing up server
data, archiving/restoring server data, viewing backup and archive files' summary information, and
clearing invalid resource nodes. The realm database holds information of folders, nodes, versions, the
security system, schedule, and the completed table.
● Profiling DB panel
It allows you to manage server data, such as configuring your profiling database, backing up server
data, archiving/restoring server data, and viewing backup and archive files' summary information.
System DB panel
This panel is displayed when you click Data on the system toolbar of the JReport Administration page
and then select System DB from the drop-down menu. It allows you to configure your system database
and backup server data.
The following are tabs contained in the panel:
● Configuration tab
● Backup tab
Configuration tab
This tab allows you to configure your system database to store server data.
Driver Class Location
Specifies the path of the JDBC driver. It can be null, which means that JReport Server will load the
driver from the VM's class path. Click the Browse button to specify the location for the driver class.
Driver
Specifies the name of the JDBC driver.
URL
Specifies a valid URL that can be used to establish a connection to your database. For the valid format
of the URL, refer to the handbook of the specific driver.
User
Specifies the JDBC user name for connecting to the database.
Password
Specifies the user password.
Test
Tests whether the JDBC configuration works.
Update
Updates the JDBC configuration and saves it to disk.
Cancel
Cancels the settings.
Backup tab
This tab allows you to back up your system database for archiving.
Backup System DB
Backups JReport Server's system database to an archive. Click the Browse button to specify a file path
to store the backup archive.
Backup
Begins the backup process.
Related topics:
● Managing server data
Realm DB panel
The panel is displayed when you click Data on the system toolbar of the JReport Administration page and then
select Realm DB from the drop-down menu. It allows you to manage server data, such as configuring your
realm database, backing up server data, archiving/restoring server data, viewing backup and archive files'
summary information, and clearing invalid resource nodes.
The following are tabs contained in the panel:
● Configuration tab
● Backup tab
● Archive tab
● Summary tab
Select Realm
Before you can manage the realm database, you need to first select a realm from the drop-down list.
Configuration tab
This tab allows you to configure your realm database to store server data.
Driver Class Location
Specifies the path of the JDBC driver. It can be null, which means that JReport Server will load the driver from
the VM's class path. Click the Browse button to specify the location for the driver class.
Driver
Specifies the name of the JDBC driver.
URL
Specifies a valid URL that can be used to establish a connection to your database. For the valid format of the
URL, refer to the handbook of the specific driver.
User
Specifies the JDBC user name for connecting to the database.
Password
Specifies the user password.
Test
Tests whether the JDBC configuration works.
Update
Updates the JDBC configuration and saves it to disk.
Cancel
Cancels the settings.
Backup tab
This tab allows you to back up your system's database for archiving.
Backup Realm DB
Backups JReport Server's realm database to an archive. Click the Browse button to specify a file path to store
the backup archive.
With External Data
If it is checked, the external data bound with the database will also be archived. Otherwise, only the database
will be archived.
Backup
Begins the backup process.
Archive tab
This tab allows you to archive the result version data in an archive file.
Archive Result Version Data
● Data Scope
Displays the result version data range.
● Records Count
Displays the number of sets of result version data in the database.
● Archive
Begins the archiving process.
● Restore
Begins the restoring process.
Summary tab
This tab allows you to view the archive files' summary information.
Archive
Specifies the name of the archive from which you want to retrieve summary information. Click the Browse
button to specify the archive.
Summary
Begins the summary process and returns summary information about the specified archive.
Related topics:
● Managing server data
Profiling DB panel
This panel is displayed when you click Data on the system toolbar of the JReport Administration page and
then select Profiling DB from the drop-down menu. It allows you to manage server data, such as configuring
your profiling database, backing up server data, archiving/restoring server data, and viewing backup and
archive files' summary information.
The following are tabs contained in the panel:
● Configuration tab
● Backup tab
● Archive tab
● Summary tab
Select Realm
Before you can manage the profile database, you need to first select a realm from the drop-down list.
Configuration tab
This tab allows you to configure your profiling database to store server data.
Driver Class Location
Specifies the path of the JDBC driver. It can be null, which means that JReport Server will load the driver
from the VM's class path. Click the Browse button to specify the location for the driver class.
Driver
Specifies the name of the JDBC driver.
URL
Specifies a valid URL that can be used to establish a connection to your database. For the valid format of the
URL, refer to the handbook of the specific driver.
User
Specifies the JDBC user name for connecting to the database.
Password
Specifies the user password.
Test
Tests whether the JDBC configuration works.
Update
Updates the JDBC configuration and saves it to disk.
Cancel
Cancels the settings.
Backup tab
This tab allows you to back up your system's database for archiving.
Backup Profiling DB
Backups JReport Server's profiling database to an archive. Click the Browse button to specify a file path to
store the backup archive.
Backup
Begins the backup process.
Archive tab
This tab allows you to archive the result version data in an archive file.
Archive Profiling Data
● Data Scope
Displays the result version data range.
● Records Count
Displays the number of sets of result version data in the database.
● Archive
Begins the archiving process.
● Restore
Begins the restoring process.
Summary tab
This tab allows you to view the archive files' summary information.
Archive
Specifies the name of the archive from which you want to retrieve summary information. Click the Browse
button to specify the archive.
Summary
Begins the summary process and returns summary information about the specified archive.
Related topics:
● Managing server data
DHTML Profile dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click the New Profile link in the Profile > Configure DHTML Profile > Features
tab on the JReport Administration page. It helps you to create profiles for applying in running report sets in
DHTML.
● Filter
Specifies to enable the Filter feature, which allows you to filter report data according to your filter conditions.
● Sort
Specifies to enable the Sort feature, which allows you to sort records in the data buffer by certain fields.
● Export
Specifies to enable the Export feature, which allows you to export your report set result for exchange
purposes.
● Printable Version
Specifies to enable the Print feature, which allows you to print the report data.
● Search
Specifies to enable the Search feature, which allows you to search for the required data in a report.
● Style
Specifies to enable the Style feature, which allows you to use styles in your report.
● Zoom
Specifies to enable the Zoom feature, which allows you to zoom in on your report.
● Change Skin
Specifies to enable the Change Skin feature, which allows you to change the skin of the DHTML window.
● Go to
Specifies to enable the Go to feature, which allows you to select to show certain groups of records in a
banded object.
● Open
Specifies to enable the Open Report feature, which allows you to open/hide some reports in a report set.
● Refresh
Specifies to enable the Refresh feature, which allows you to reload the report data.
● Reset
Specifies to enable the Reset feature, which allows you to reset your DHTML window and load page defaults.
● Undo/Redo
Specifies to enable the Undo/Redo feature, which allows you to undo/redo previous operations.
● Navigation
Specifies to enable the Navigation feature, which allows you to navigate through the report pages.
● Page Setup
Specifies to enable the Page Setup feature, which allows you to set page properties.
● Max Records
Specifies to enable the Max Records feature, which allows you to set the maximum number of records
retrieved by all components in the report.
● Help
Specifies to enable the Help feature, which allows you to access the index page of JReport Viewer help
documents with the Help button.
Advanced tab
In this tab, you can turn on/off the required advanced DHTML features for the profile.
● Query Filter
Specifies to enable the Query Filter feature, which allows you to apply a filter a the business/report cube by
certain component.
● To Chart
Specifies to enable the To Chart feature, which allows you to turn a crosstab to a chart.
● To Crosstab
Specifies to enable the To Crosstab feature, which allows you to turn a chart to a crosstab.
● Rotate
Specifies to enable the Rotate feature, which allows you to rotate the selected crosstab.
● Split
Specifies to enable the Split feature, which allows you to split a cell in a tabular.
● Merge
Specifies to enable the Merge feature, which allows you to merge several cells in a tabular.
● New
Specifies to enable the New Report feature, which allows you create a new report using a DHTML window
with existing queries.
● Editing Marks
Specifies whether or not to enable the Editing Marks feature, which allows you to show or hide the dashed
borders of some components and the report body. If the feature is disabled, the editing mark will not be
shown when a report object receives focus, and report objects cannot be moved or resized.
● Chart Type
Specifies to enable the Chart Type feature, which allows you to change the type of a chart.
● Insert/Remove
Specifies to enable the Insert/Remove feature, which allows you to insert/remove objects in a report.
● Grid
Specifies to enable the Grid feature, which helps you in laying out objects in a report.
● Pivot
Specifies to enable the Pivot feature, which allows you to change the structure of a table, and crosstab, for
example, you can change the order of group levels in a table/crosstab, change the order of columns in a
table, and so on.
● Resize
Specifies to enable the Resize feature, which allows you to resize an object.
● Move
Specifies to enable the Move feature, which allows you to change the position of an object.
● Resource View
Specifies to enable the Resource View feature, which allows you to insert a cube element into your report.
● Toolbox
Specifies to enable the Toolbox feature, which allows you to use the Toolbox to insert a component into your
report.
● Drill
Specifies to enable the Drill feature, which allows you to select to show certain groups of records in a
crosstab.
● Toolbar
Specifies to enable the Toolbar feature.
● Menu
Specifies to enable the Menu feature, which allows you to access DHTML features by providing you with menu
commands.
● Table of Contents
Specifies to enable the Table of Contents feature, which allows you to navigate around in the report using the
TOC Browser.
● Right-click Menu
Specifies to enable the Right-click Menu feature. If this feature is enabled, you can further specify the
commands on the right-click menu.
❍ Display Name
Specifies to show the object display name on the right-click menu.
❍ Filter
Specifies to show the Filter command on the right-click menu, which allows you to filter report data
according to your filter conditions.
❍ Sort
Specifies to show the Sort command on the right-click menu, which allows you to sort records in the data
buffer by certain fields.
❍ Go to
Specifies to show the Go to command on the right-click menu, which allows you to select to show certain
groups of records in a banded object.
❍ Drill
Specifies to show the Drill command on the right-click menu, which allows you to select to show certain
groups of records in a crosstab.
❍ Show/Hide
Specifies to show the Show/Hide command on the right-click menu, which allows you to show/hide the
selected object.
❍ Rotate
Specifies to show the Rotate command on the right-click menu, which allows you to rotate the selected
crosstab.
❍ Reset
Specifies to show the Reset command on the right-click menu, which allows you to reset your DHTML
window and load page defaults.
❍ Refresh
Specifies to show the Refresh command on the right-click menu, which allows you to reload the report data.
❍ Search
Specifies to show the Search command on the right-click menu, which allows you to search for the required
information in a report.
❍ Chart Type
Specifies to show the Chart Type command on the right-click menu, which allows you to change the type a
chart.
❍ To Chart
Specifies to show the To Chart command on the right-click menu, which allows you to convert a crosstab to
a chart.
❍ To Crosstab
Specifies to show the To Crosstab command on the right-click menu, which allows you to convert a chart to
a crosstab.
❍ Link Report
Specifies to show the Link Report command on the right-click menu, which allows you to open the linked
report.
❍ Detail Report
Specifies to show the Detail Report command on the right-click menu, which allows you to open the detail
report.
❍ Delete
Specifies to show the Delete command on the right-click menu, which allows you delete the selected object
from a report.
❍ Query Filter
Specifies to show the Query Filter command on the right-click menu, which allows you to apply a filter to
the business/report cube used by the selected component.
❍ Expand Data
Specifies to show the Expand Data command on the right-click menu, which allows you to expand data of a
crosstab or group.
❍ Properties
Specifies to show the Properties command on the right-click menu, which allows you to configure the
properties of the selected object.
❍ Style
Specifies to show the Apply Style command on the right-click menu, which allows you to apply a style to
the selected component.
Select All
Has all options in the current tab checked.
Select None
Has all options in the current tab unchecked.
OK
Finishes creating the profile and leaves the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels creating the profile and leaves the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Edit Expression dialog
The dialog is displayed when you click the button in the Expression dialog. It provides some built-
in functions of the Date/Time type for you to edit a template expression to create your own expression.
The current expression is displayed at the top of the dialog. Edit it directly in the text field. If required,
you can insert a function into the expression by double-clicking it from the built-in function list below.
For details about the functions, see Date/Time in the Formula Reference chapter of the JReport
Designer User's Guide.
OK
Saves the expression and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Encrypt dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click the Setting button next to the Encrypt option while configuring
settings for advanced running/publishing a report set in PDF format.
● Confirm Password
Confirms the password you have specified in the Document Open Password text box.
Use a password to restrict printing and editing of the document and its security settings
Specifies the Permission Password to prevent others from printing and editing the document. The
password you specify here cannot be the same as the one that you use to open the document.
● Permissions Password
Specifies the password to prevent others from printing and editing.
● Confirm Password
Confirms the password you have specified in the Permissions Password text box.
● Printing Allowed
Specifies the printing quality for the PDF document.
● Changes Allowed
Specifies the editing actions that are permitted in the PDF document.
The dialog is displayed when you click the button while specifying parameter values. It helps you
to specify multiple values for a parameter.
Available Values
Lists all predefined parameter values for selection. When the parameter is bound with a column, but
the Display Column is different from the Bind Column, values of the Display Column are listed here.
Selected Values
Lists the values selected. The selected values are case sensitive.
Adds the selected values from the Available Values box to the Selected Values box.
Adds all the selected values from the Available Values box to the Selected Values box.
Removes all the selected values from the Selected Values box.
Enter Values
This option is available when the parameter's Allow Type-in of Value property is set to true in JReport
Designer.
Enter a value manually in the text box and then click the button next to add the value to the Selected
Values box. When the parameter is bound with a column, but the display column is different from the
bind column, make sure the value you enter is that of the bind column.
All
If selected, it means that the parameter value result is all the values in the DBMS. This option is
available when the parameter's Enable the "All" Option property is set to true in JReport Designer. This
is translated in SQL to remove the parameter which may select more values than listed in the available
values list.
For example, when the parameter query is:
SELECT CUSTOMERS.CUSTOMERID,CUSTOMERS.CUSTOMERNAME FROM CUSTOMERS where CUSTOMERS.
CUSTOMERID>0 and CUSTOMERS.CUSTOMERID<4
When you click to add 1, 2 and 3 as the parameter values, which are all the available values, the
SQL is:
(CUSTOMERS.CUSTOMERID IN ( 1,2,3))
Run the same report again and this time check the All checkbox in the Enter Values dialog, the query is
then:
( 1 = 1)
In this case, you will get more customers even though available values are only 1 – 3.
Note: When a multi-value parameter is inserted as a field into a report and All is selected as the value,
the field will show the string "All" which represents all the values in the DBMS.
OK
Applies the selected values to the parameter and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Expression dialog
The dialog is displayed when you click the button while specifying parameter values of Date,
DateTime, or Time format. It helps you to specify a dynamic date or time parameter value with
expression.
Template
Specifies the expression template on which to edit your expression.
Expression
Displays the expression. You can edit it directly in the text box to create your own expression.
●
Opens the Edit Expression dialog, which provides some built-in functions of the Date/Time type for
you to edit a template expression.
Result
Displays the value result based on the specified expression, or gives error information if the expression
is not correct.
OK
Sets the expression as the parameter value.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Note: The expression function does not support binding-column parameters or multi-value parameters.
Folder Properties dialog
You can set the properties of a selected folder in its Properties dialog according to your requirements.
The Properties dialog is divided into the following two tabs:
● General
● Permission
Reset
Discards your modifications and restores the dialog to its default status.
OK
Retains the settings and submits the task to server.
Cancel
Cancels any settings and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
Specifies the general properties of the folder.
Resource Path
Shows the resource path.
Resource Node Name
Specifies the name for the folder.
Resource Type
Shows the type of the resource.
Resource Description
Specifies description of the folder.
Resource Real Path
Specifies the real path of the folder. This option is disabled in cluster environment.
Last Modified
Shows the last time the folder was modified. This option is available when the Properties dialog is accessed from the JReport
Administration page.
Enable Resources from Real Paths
Specifies whether or not to enable getting resources from the folder real path. Once checked, it is required that you specify a
real path in the Resource Real Path field. This option is disabled in cluster environment.
Note: This option can only be checked when the Enable Resources from Real Paths option in the Configuration > Advanced
panel on the JReport Administration page has also been checked.
[Custom Field Name]
Specifies value of the custom field for the folder. A custom field can be regarded as a resource property and is available when
it is enabled.
Enable Linked Catalog
Enables to link the folder with a catalog.
If you have specified a linked catalog for the folder, then the report sets and sub folders resided in the folder can inherit the
linked catalog from the folder once their Enable Linked Catalog property is enabled.
If this option is unchecked, the report sets and sub folders resided in the folder cannot inherit linked catalog.
● Use Specified
Links the folder with a catalog in the server resource tree.
❍ Select Another Catalog
Specifies another catalog in the Select Another Catalog dialog.
● Use Inherited
Links the folder with the linked catalog inherited from its parent folder or from the server level if the folder is My Reports or
Public Reports. Note that if the parent level does not enable linked catalog, you are not allowed to check this option.
Permission tab
Specifies permissions of roles/users/groups to the folder. This tab is available when the folder is in the Public Reports folder.
Enable Setting Permissions
Enables the setting of permissions.
Available
Lists the roles/users/groups to which you can assign permissions.
● Role
If checked, all roles will be displayed in the Available box for you to assign permissions.
● User
If checked, all users will be displayed in the Available box for you to assign permissions.
● Group
If checked, all groups will be displayed in the Available box for you to assign permissions.
Removes the selected roles, users or groups from the Selected box.
Selected
Displays the roles, users and groups to which the permissions will be assigned.
● Visible
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Visible permission.
● Read
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Read permission.
● Write
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Write permission.
● Delete
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Delete permission.
● Execute
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Execute permission.
● Schedule
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Schedule permission.
● Grant
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Grant permission. Users, groups or roles that have obtained the
Grant permission are also endowed with the other seven permissions - Visible, Read, Write, Delete, Execute, Schedule, and
Update Status, and can grant these seven permissions except the Grant permission itself.
● Update Status
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Update Status permission.
Global NLS dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click Reports > Global NLS on the JReport Administration page. It helps you to create global NLS
resources which can be used globally for all report sets in both JReport Server and JReport Designer.
Language
Specifies the languages into which the display text will be translated.
Opens the Select Language Source dialog to choose where to add a language.
●
Displays the current page number. You can also input a page number in the page box and press Enter on the keyboard to go to
that page.
●
Goes to the first page.
●
Goes to the previous page.
●
Goes to the next page.
●
Goes to the last page.
●
Specifies how many lines will be displayed in each page.
● Checkbox
Specifies to select the display item. Check the checkbox on the column header to select all the items.
● Type
Specifies the type of display text for different objects.
❍ Label
Type of display text of label and some web controls.
❍ Column
This type is only for DHTML. It is the type of display text of columns.
❍ Prompt
Type of display text of parameter prompt value.
❍ TOC
Type of display text on the TOC tree.
● Key
Lists keys to indicate the objects in the original language.
● Translate
Specifies to which the display text will be translated in the target language.
●
Specifies to add a new row of display for the target language.
●
Specifies to remove the selected rows of display for the target language.
Font tab
Specifies font properties for the target language.
● Checkbox
Specifies to select the font item. Check the checkbox on the column header to select all the items.
● Key
Specifies keys to indicate the fonts in the original language. Choose from the drop-down lists the font face and font size for the
key.
● Font Face
Specifies the font face for the key in the target language.
● Font Size
Specifies the font size for the key in the target language.
❍ Use Relative Font Size
Specifies to use a relative font size, which means the font size can be adjusted according to the font size settings in the web
browser.
●
Specifies to add a new row of font for the target language.
●
Specifies to remove the selected rows of font for the target language.
OK
Applies the settings and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and exits the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
New Cache dialog for scheduling
The dialog is displayed when you click the OK button in the New Cache dialog for selecting queries. It helps you
to define the updating policy of the data caches created based on the selected queries.
This dialog contains the tabs listed below. Set the settings in each tab according to your requirements.
● General tab
● Conditions tab
● Notification tab
● Duration tab
Back
Goes back to the previous tab.
Next
Goes to the next tab.
Finish
Applies the settings.
Cancel
Cancels any settings and returns to the New Cache dialog for selecting queries.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
Before you can schedule a CRD task, you first need to configure the settings in this tab.
Enter Parameters section
Specifies the parameter values for the listed query resources.
Select Query
Lists all the query resources you selected in the New Cache dialog for selecting queries. Select a query resource
from the drop-down list and then specify the parameter values for it in the Enter Parameters section below if
required.
Enter Parameters
Specifies values of the parameters applied in the selected query resource. If the query resource does not have
parameters, "No Parameter Needed" will be displayed here.
You may specify parameter values in the following ways:
● In the parameter value combo boxes input the values manually or select them from the drop-down lists.
● Click the button , which is available when the parameter's Allow Multiple Values property is set to true
in JReport Designer. Specify multiple values in the Enter Values dialog.
● If the parameter is of DateTime type, click the calendar button to set a DateTime value using the
calendar.
● If the parameter is of Date, DateTime, or Time type, check the checkbox ahead of the button and then
click the button to specify a dynamic date or time parameter value using an expression in the Expression
dialog.
Advanced section
Configures some advanced settings.
Connect to [Data Source Name]
Specifies the DB user and password with which you want to connect to the data source.
● Use the DB user and password defined in catalog
If checked, the DB user and password defined in the catalog will be used.
● Retry Interval
Specifies the interval between retries.
Conditions tab
The Conditions tab allows you to specify the conditions for the task. It contains the following two sub tabs:
● Time tab
● Trigger tab
Time tab
The Time tab allows you to set settings for specifying the time for when a task is to be performed.
Time Zone
Specifies the time zone.
Time Type
Specifies the time type of the task.
● Run this task immediately
Performs the task as soon as you submit it.
❍ Expires
Specifies when the task expires.
■ Never
The new task never expires.
■ At
Specifies a certain time on a selected day when the task expires.
■ After
Specifies a time period after that the task expires.
❍ Time
Specifies the time for when the task will be run.
❍ Duration
■ Run after
Specifies the start date and time of the period during which the task is to be performed on a repeated
basis.
■ Run until
Specifies the end date and time of the period during which the task is to be performed on a repeated
basis.
❍ Date
Specifies the date for when a task is to be performed.
■ Daily
Performs the task every one day, two days, etc., or every weekday (from Monday to Friday).
■ Weekly
Performs the task every one week, two weeks, etc., and on Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, etc.
■ Monthly
Performs the task every one month, two months, etc., on the first day, second day, etc., or on the first
Sunday, Monday, etc.
❍ Time
Specifies the exact time for when a task is to be performed on a selected day.
■ At
Specifies a certain time for when to perform a task on a selected day.
■ Hourly
Performs the task every one hour, two hours, etc., at a certain minute on a selected day.
■ Minutely
Performs the task every one minute, two minutes, etc.
❍ Expires
Specifies the expiration time for how long to keep the scheduled data caches.
■ Never
The data caches will not expire.
■ At
Specifies a certain time when the data caches will expire.
■ After
Specifies a period of time after which the data caches will expire.
Trigger tab
The Trigger tab allows you to set settings for specifying a trigger for the task.
● Conflict Check
Checks if the name has been used for another trigger.
● Description
Specifies the description of the trigger (if required).
● OK
Creates the trigger with the specified information.
● Cancel
Cancels the trigger creating process.
Notes:
❍ No matter which condition is ready, the task can only be performed when its counterpart is ready.
❍ If you specify the task to be performed at a specific time, you must check the checkbox Run missed
task upon Server restart, otherwise the task will be regarded as expired and will be deleted when the
time condition is ready before the trigger condition.
Notification tab
The Notification tab allows you to notify someone by e-mail when a task has finished running, regardless of
whether it was successful or unsuccessful.
When task is successful
Specifies to send an e-mail when the task is successful.
When task fails
Specifies to send an e-mail when the task is unsuccessful.
To
Specifies the address you want to send the e-mail to.
Cc
Specifies the address you want to copy to.
Bcc
Specifies the address you want to secretly copy to.
Subject
Specifies the subject of the e-mail.
Comments
Specifies the contents of the mail or comments to the contents.
Duration tab
This tab is available only when you have enabled the task-level timeout mechanism either by setting the task.
duration.enable property to true in the server.properties file or by checking the Enable Task Duration option in
the Configuration > Advanced panel on the JReport Administration page.
In this tab, you can specify a time duration for a task, and ask JReport Server to cancel the task or to notify
you or someone else of the task status via e-mail if the task has not yet finished running when the task
duration is up.
Select a Folder
Specifies the folder in the server resource tree that contains the required catalog. You can click the
button to open the Select Folder dialog for selecting the folder.
Select a Catalog
Specifies the catalog in the folder.
Select Queries
Lists the selected queries.
●
Opens the Select Queries dialog to select the queries that you are going to create data caches for.
●
Removes the selected queries.
OK
Redirects to the New Cache dialog for scheduling.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
New Custom Field dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click the New Custom Field link in the Configuration > Custom Field
panel on the JReport Administration page. It is used to create user defined fields which can be used as
resource properties.
Group Name
Specifies the name for the new group. The group name can contain comma, full stop and blank space.
Parent Group Name
Specifies the parent group for the new group.
Description
Specifies the description for the new group.
Privileges
Specifies whether the new group has the following privileges:
● Publish
The privilege of publishing resources to JReport Server.
● Advanced Properties
The privilege of viewing advanced version properties information, such as catalog connections and
report set related resources.
OK
Creates a group with the information you have specified.
Cancel
Cancels operations and closes the dialog.
New Realm dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click the Create a New Realm link in the Security > Realm panel on
the JReport Administration page.
Realm Name
Specifies the name of the new realm.
Scheme
Specifies the scheme of the new realm. It can be one of the following:
● Basic Authentication
Specifies to use the Base64 method (re-conversion is easy).
● Digest Authentication
Specifies to use the MD5 digest method (re-conversion is impossible).
OK
Creates a realm with the information you have specified.
Cancel
Cancels all operations and closes the dialog.
New Role dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click the Create a New Role link in the Security > Role panel on the
JReport Administration page.
Role Name
Specifies the name for the new role. The role name can contain comma, full stop and blank space.
Parent Role Name
Specifies the parent role for the new role.
Description
Specifies the description for the new role.
Privileges
Specifies whether the new role has the following privileges:
● Publish
The privilege of publishing resources to JReport Server.
● Advanced Properties
The privilege of viewing advanced version properties information, such as catalog connections and
report set related resources.
OK
Creates a role with the information you have specified.
Cancel
Cancels operations and closes the dialog.
New Schedule dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click New Schedule on the task bar of the My Tasks page on the JReport
Console page. It helps you to create a new schedule task.
● Select a Folder
Specifies the folder in which the report set is.
● Select a Catalog
Specifies the catalog file in which the report set is.
● Select a Report
Specifies the report set on which the schedule task will be created.
OK
Creates the schedule task.
● If you specify to create the schedule task on an existing report set, when you click OK, the Schedule
dialog will be displayed. Specify the settings according to your requirement to finish the task.
● If the schedule task is created on a script file, when you click OK, the Edit Script dialog will be displayed
for you to further edit the task information imported from the script file.
Cancel
Cancels the operations.
Help
Displays this help document.
New User dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click the Create a New User link in the Security > User panel on the
JReport Administration page.
User Name
Specifies the name for the new user. The user name can contain comma, full stop and blank space.
Full Name
Specifies the full name for the new user.
Description
Specifies the description for the new user.
E-mail
Specifies the e-mail address of the new user.
Password
Specifies the password of the new user.
Confirm Password
Confirms the password by typing it in again.
Account Disabled
If this is checked, the user account will be disabled for the time being.
Password Life
Specifies the validity period of the password.
● Never Expires
The password will not expire.
● Expires in N days
Specifies a period of time during which the password is valid.
Password Length
Specifies the length of the password.
● Permit Blank
Specifies that the password can be blank.
● Minimum Length
Specifies the minimum number of characters that can be used in the password. The number you
specify here should be between 0 and 20.
Privileges
Specifies whether the newly created user has the following privileges:
● Publish
The privilege of publishing resources to JReport Server.
● Advanced Properties
The privilege of viewing advanced version properties information, such as catalog connections and
report set related resources.
OK
Creates the user with the information you have specified.
Cancel
Cancels operations and closes the dialog.
NLS Editor dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click the NLS Editor button in the Control column of a report set on the JReport
Administration page. It helps you to edit NLS for the specified report set.
Report Set
Displays the name of the report set.
Edit Subreport's NLS
Specifies to edit each subreport's NLS.
When you click this button, another dialog will appear showing all the subreports of the current report set. To edit a
subreport's NLS, just click the Edit NLS link for it in the dialog. The method of editing NLS for a subreport is just the
same as that for a primary report.
Catalog
Displays the catalog that the report set uses.
Select Another Catalog
Specifies another catalog for the report set in the Select Another Catalog dialog.
Opens the Add Language dialog to add languages for editing here.
❍ Column
This type is only for DHTML. It is the type of display text of columns.
❍ Prompt
Type of display text of parameter prompt value.
❍ TOC
Type of display text on the TOC tree.
● Key
Lists keys to indicate the objects in the original language.
● Translate
Specifies to which the display text will be translated in the target language.
●
Adds available display text in the object of the report set for the target language.
●
Removes the selected rows of display for the target language.
Format tab
Specifies the format for all fields in the report set.
● Key
Displays formats of all fields in the report set in the original language.
● Format
Specifies the format for every field in the report set in the target language.
●
Adds available formats in the object of the report set for the target language.
●
Removes the selected rows of format for the target language.
Font tab
Specifies font properties for every field in the report set.
● Key
Lists font face and font size of all fields in the report set in the original language.
● Font Face
Specifies font face for every field in the report set in the target language.
● Font Size
Specifies font size for every field in the report set in the target language.
●
Adds available fonts in the object of the report set for the target language.
●
Removes the selected rows of font for the target language.
Reset
Resets the settings without refreshing the web pages.
Restore Defaults
Uses the default settings. Available only when the Profile dialog is accessed on the JReport Console
page.
OK
Submits any changes to JReport Server to allow the customizing of your web pages.
Cancel
Cancels the settings.
Help
Displays this help document.
Change Password
This panel allows you to change the password used for logging onto JReport Server. It is available only
when the Profile dialog is accessed on the JReport Console page.
● Export Formats
● Advanced
General
Lists the general options for customizing the JReport Server web pages.
● VBScript format
Folder selector is a dialog generated by VBScript.
● JSP format
Folder selector is an HTML page generated by JSP. This format is available to administrators only.
Skin Format
Specifies the skin format applied to JReport Server and JReport Viewer UI. You can choose from Standard, Classical
and Windows XP.
Columns Shown in _ List
Specifies which columns will be displayed as default in the following list when you log onto JReport Server: Reports,
Scheduled, Running, Completed, Background Tasks, Report Set Result Versions, Report Set Versions, Catalog
Versions, and Result Versions.
Export Formats
Customizes the export formats.
● JReport Result
Exports a report set to a result file. Once this option is checked, the following option is available:
❍ Zip Result
Specifies whether to compress the result and make its size smaller.
● DHTML
● HTML
● Excel
● Text
● RTF
● XML
● PostScript
● Applet
Advanced
Lists the advance options for customizing the JReport Server web pages.
Enable Waiting Page
Specifies whether to show the waiting pages. Click the Customize button to customize waiting pages in the Customize
Waiting Page dialog. This option is available only when the Profile dialog is accessed on the JReport Administration
page.
Specify Default Language
Specifies an environment language for JReport Server. All UI text and messages will be displayed in the specified
language.
● Reset All Users' Preference
Checking this option will reset all users' default language to the one specified here.
● Properties
Features
Administrators can define more than one DHTML profile on the JReport Administration page. Then end users can further customize the JReport
Viewer settings for the profiles on the JReport Console page and then select one of the profiles to apply in running reports in DHTML.
Default Profile
Specifies the profile which will be used as the default profile to run report sets in DHTML. End users can only select a profile and view its
settings.
New Profile
Opens the DHTML Profile dialog to create profiles for applying in running report sets in DHTML. Available to administrators only.
Delete
Deletes the selected profile. Available to administrators only.
Profile list
Lists the DHTML profiles that have been created.
● Name
Displays the names of the profiles.
● Description
Displays the descriptions of the profiles.
● Last Modified
Displays the time when the profiles were last modified.
Properties
The properties are classified in two categories: default properties and advanced properties. Some properties are not available when the Profile
dialog is accessed on the JReport Console page. If you want to customize them, log onto the JReport Administration page.
Default properties
Specifies to show or hide certain DHTML window elements. Check the element names to show/hide them. If disabled, the specified window
element will not be shown by default. To show it, click the relevant window buttons or menu commands in JReport Viewer.
● User Information Bar
Specifies to show the User Information bar. This bar is on the top of the JReport Viewer window which shows information about the user,
catalog, and report set.
● Toolbar
Specifies to show a default toolbar.
● Table of Contents
Specifies to show the TOC Browser by default.
● Resource View
Specifies to show the Resource View panel.
● Toolbox
Specifies to show the Toolbox panel.
● Right-click Menu
Specifies to show a shortcut menu when you click the right mouse button.
● Editing Marks
Specifies whether to show editing marks (dashed outlines for objects and report body). If the option is unselected, the editing mark will not
be shown when a report object receives focus, and report objects cannot be moved or resized.
● Zoom
Specifies the zoom ratio at which DHTML pages will be displayed.
● Max Records
Specifies the maximum number of records that will be retrieved by components in the report.
● Filter Menu
Specifies which items will be shown on the Filter submenu.
❍ Remove Filter
Specifies to show the Remove Filter item on the Filter submenu.
❍ Top N
Specifies to show the Top N item on the Filter submenu.
❍ Bottom N
Specifies to show the Bottom N item on the Filter submenu.
❍ More
Specifies to show the More item on the Filter submenu.
● Grid
Specifies the grid properties.
❍ Show Grids
Specifies to show grids in JReport Viewer report area.
❍ Snap to Grids
Specifies to snap an object to grids when you move it by dragging and dropping in JReport Viewer report area.
❍ Grid Size
Specifies size of the grids. The default value is 0.07 inches.
❍ Grid Color
Specifies color of the grids. The default value is #808080.
● Advanced User
Specifies to enable DHTML advanced features, such as editing group and report properties from the shortcut menu. In JReport Viewer, some
features are only available for advanced users, including the following:
❍ Advanced users can use a formula to control the value of a property. If a Boolean type property in a report is set to be controlled by a
formula, it will be displayed as a checkbox, with mixed value. This means that this option is currently controlled by a formula.
❍ Editing group and report properties (can be accessed by using the Group and Report command on the shortcut menu).
❍ Modifying the properties of images, special fields, and parameters (can be accessed by using the Properties command on the shortcut
menu).
❍ Further options are available for advanced users, such as the options on the Export and Other tab.
● Auto Refresh
Specifies whether to enable the Auto Refresh feature, which automatically refreshes the DHTML window at certain intervals, so as to make the
server session never time out when any JReport Viewer window is open. The auto refresh time interval equals user session time out minus 16
seconds. When the server session time out is set to be less than 32 seconds, the Auto Refresh feature is disabled.
■ If unselected, fetch all data before formatting report pages. The displayed pages are complete.
■ If unselected, format all report pages. This shows the total number of pages but will take longer to show the first page.
● Report Timeout
Each open DHTML report is cached in the buffer. If the server has not received a request for a period of time from one DHTML report, it will
then release its memory automatically. The default value for this option is 10800 seconds.
● Report Set Timeout
Each open DHTML report set is cached in the buffer. If the server has not received a request for a period of time from one DHTML report set,
it will release its memory automatically. The default value for this option is 10800 seconds.
● Inactive
The report set cannot be run, advanced run or scheduled on JReport Server.
● Incomplete
The report set is not completely designed and cannot be run, advanced run or scheduled JReport Server.
Set Permissions
Available only when the resources are to be published to the Public Reports folder. Click the link to set user permissions to the
resources in the Set Permissions dialog.
Font Directory
Specifies the font directory of the resource. Click the Browse button to specify the directory. Note that only the font used by the
specified resource can be published.
Style Directory
Specifies the style directory of the resource. Click the Browse button to specify the directory.
Advanced Publish
Specifies to publish resources in an advanced way.
● Checkbox
Specifies the resources you want to publish.
● File Name
Displays the file name of the resource.
● Resource Name
Specifies the name of the resource. This name is required and is used as the display name of the resource node in the server
resource tree.
● Description
Specifies the description of the resource (if necessary).
OK
Retains the settings and submits the task to server.
Cancel
Cancels the operations.
Help
Displays this help document.
Publish to Remote Server dialog
The Publish to Remote Server dialog guides you through publishing resources to JReport Server remotely.
● Resource Description
Specifies the description of the folder (if necessary).
Note: This option can only be checked when the Enable Resources from Real Paths option in the Configuration > Advanced
panel on the JReport Administration page has also been checked.
● [Custom Field Name]
Specifies value of the custom field for the folder. A custom field can be regarded as a resource property and is available when it is
enabled.
Set Permissions
Available only when the resources are to be published to the Public Reports folder. Click the link to set user permissions to the
resources in the Set Permissions dialog.
Advanced Publish
Specifies to publish resources in an advanced way.
● Checkbox
Specifies which resources in the zip file you want to publish.
● File Name
Displays the file name of the resource.
● Resource Name
Specifies the name of the resource. This name is required and is used as the display name of the resource node in the server
resource tree.
● Description
Specifies the description of the resource (if necessary).
● Advanced
Specifies the advanced properties for the resource, which include the archive policy of the resource, and the user permissions on the
resource if the resource is to be published to the Public Reports folder.
OK
Retains the settings and submits the task to server.
Cancel
Cancels operations.
Help
Displays this help document.
Report Set Properties dialog
You can set the properties of a specified report set in its Properties dialog according to your requirements.
The Properties dialog is divided into the following two tabs:
● General
● Permission
Reset
Discards your modifications and restores the dialog to its default status.
OK
Retains the settings and submits the task to server.
Cancel
Cancels any settings and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
Specifies the general properties of the report set.
Resource Path
Shows the resource path.
Resource Node Name
Specifies the name for the report set.
Resource Type
Shows the type of the resource.
Resource Description
Specifies the description for the report set.
Status
Specifies the status of the report set. If not specified, the status will be Active by default.
● Active
The report set can be run, advanced run and scheduled.
● Inactive
The report set cannot be run, advanced run or scheduled.
● Incomplete
The report set is not completely designed and cannot be run, advanced run or scheduled.
● Use Inherited
Links the report set with the linked catalog inherited from its parent folder. Note that if the parent folder does not enable
linked catalog, you are not allowed to check this option.
● User
If checked, all users will be displayed in the Available box for you to assign permissions.
● Group
If checked, all groups will be displayed in the Available box for you to assign permissions.
Removes the selected roles, users or groups from the Selected box.
Selected
Displays the roles, users and groups to which the permissions will be assigned.
● Visible
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Visible permission.
● Read
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Read permission.
● Write
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Write permission.
● Delete
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Delete permission.
● Execute
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Execute permission.
● Schedule
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Schedule permission.
● Grant
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Grant permission. Users, groups or roles that have obtained the
Grant permission are also endowed with the other seven permissions - Visible, Read, Write, Delete, Execute, Schedule, and
Update Status, and can grant these seven permissions except the Grant permission itself.
● Update Status
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Update Status permission.
Result Properties dialog
You can set the properties of a specified result in its Properties dialog according to your requirements.
The Properties dialog is divided into the following two tabs:
● General
● Permission
Reset
Discards your modifications and restores the dialog to its default status.
OK
Retains the settings and submits the task to server.
Cancel
Cancels any settings and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
Specifies the general properties of the result.
Resource Path
Shows the resource path.
Resource Node Name
Specifies the name for the result.
Resource Type
Shows the type of the resource.
Resource Description
Specifies the description of the result.
[Custom Field Name]
Specifies value of the custom field for the result. A custom field can be regarded as a resource property and is available
when it is enabled.
Apply Archive Policy
Applies an archive policy to the result versions.
● Archive as New Version
Specifies whether to use multiple versions for the result. Available only for versions in the resource tree.
❍ Maximum Number of Versions
Specifies the maximum number of versions that will be listed in the version table. By default the number of versions
is unlimited (0).
Permission tab
Specifies permissions of roles/users/groups to the result. This tab is available when the result is in the Public Reports
folder.
● User
If checked, all users will be displayed in the Available box for you to assign permissions.
● Group
If checked, all groups will be displayed in the Available box for you to assign permissions.
Removes the selected roles, users or groups from the Selected box.
Selected
Displays the roles, users and groups to which the permissions will be assigned.
● Visible
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Visible permission.
● Read
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Read permission.
● Write
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Write permission.
● Delete
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Delete permission.
● Grant
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Grant permission. Users, groups or roles that have
obtained the Grant permission are also endowed with the other seven permissions - Visible, Read, Write, Delete,
Execute, Schedule, and Update Status, and can grant these seven permissions except the Grant permission itself.
Schedule dialog
JReport Server allows you to schedule a report set to run at a specific time and publish the report
result to different formats.
To access the Schedule dialog, on the JReport Console > Reports page, browse to the report set you
want to schedule, then do either of the following:
● Select the row the report set is in, then on the task bar of the Reports page, click Run > Schedule.
● Select the report set row, right-click in the row and select Schedule from the shortcut menu.
● Put the mouse pointer over the report set row and click the Schedule button on the floating
toolbar.
This dialog contains five tabs as listed below. Set the settings in each tab according to your
requirements.
● General tab
● Publish tab
● Conditions tab
● Notification tab
● Duration tab
Back
Goes back to the left tab.
Next
Goes to the right tab.
Finish
Applies the settings.
Cancel
Closes the dialog and discards any changes.
Help
Displays this help document.
Related topics:
● Scheduling report sets with dialog
General tab
Before you can schedule a task, you first need to configure the settings in this tab.
Schedule Name
Specifies the name for the currently scheduled task.
Priority
Specifies a priority level to the report running task. The priority levels are from 1 to 10 in ascending order of lowest priority to
highest priority. This property is available to administrators. By default this property is ignored unless server.properties is
modified to set queue.policy not equal to 0.
Non-bursting Result
If checked, the bursting definition will be removed from the report and the result will be generated based on whole data
without data splitting.
Parameters
Specifies values of the parameters applied in the selected reports. If the reports have no parameter, "No Parameter Needed"
will be displayed here.
You may specify parameter values in the following ways:
● In the parameter value combo boxes input the values manually or select them from the drop-down lists.
● Click the button , which is available when the parameter's Allow Multiple Values property is set to true in JReport
Designer, to specify multiple values in the Enter Values dialog.
● If the parameter is of DateTime type, click the calendar button to set a DateTime value with calendar.
● If the parameter is of Date, DateTime, or Time type, check the checkbox ahead of the button and then click the button
to specify a dynamic date or time parameter value with expression in the Expression dialog.
● Check the Use Saved Values checkbox and select a previously saved parameter value list to apply to the reports.
The Use Saved Values option is available when Enable Saving Parameter Values is checked in the Profile > Customize Server
Preferences > Advanced tab. When it is checked, a drop-down list that contains the lists of previously saved parameter
values will be displayed for you to choose one to apply. The button next to the drop-down list is used to delete a saved
list from the list library.
Save Values
This link is available when Use Saved Values is checked. When it is clicked, the currently displayed parameter values set for
the specified report will be saved as a whole marked as a list for reuse next time, and you need to provide a name for the list
in the prompted dialog as required.
If multiple reports are selected in this schedule task, the parameter values specified for all of the reports are saved as a list.
The next time only when these very reports are selected, can the list be available for apply after you select the Use Saved
Values checkbox.
The parameter value lists saved for the selected reports are limited. The maximum number is controlled by the option
Maximum Number of Auto Complete Parameters List in the Profile > Customize Server Preferences > Advanced tab. By default
it is 3. When the number of the saved parameter value lists reaches the maximum number, if you want to save another
parameter list, it will overwrite the oldest list.
Advanced section
Configures some advanced settings.
Enable Style Group
When this option is disabled as default, use the style group properties of the selected reports for corresponding export formats
that are predefined in JReport Designer to do the schedule. These predefined style group properties take effect when
publishing to version/disk/e-mail/FTP.
When this option is enabled, you are allowed to select a style group from the Style Group drop-down list to apply it to all the
selected reports in the report set for all export formats. This setting will cancel all the style group properties of the selected
reports for all export formats that are predefined in JReport Designer and replace them all with the value specified here.
Enable Converting Encoding
Specifies to enable the conversion of encoding. From the Before Converting and After Converting drop-down lists, select
encodings as required.
Enable NLS
Specifies whether to enable NLS for the report set. If checked, the Using Language drop-down list will be displayed for you to
choose a language.
Notes:
● The Enable NLS option is available only when the National Language Support option is checked in the Properties dialog of
the report set on the JReport Administration page.
● If there is no NLS resource defined for the report set, you can only run the report set using the default language.
Encoding
Specifies the encoding of the report set from the drop-down list.
Connect to [Data Source Name]
Specifies the DB user and password with which you want to connect to the data source the report set uses.
● Use the DB user and password defined in catalog
If checked, the DB user and password defined in the catalog will be used.
● Retry Interval
Specifies the interval between retries.
● To Disk
Publishes the report result to the file system.
● To E-mail
Publishes the report result to e-mail.
● To Printer
Publishes the report result to a printer.
● To Fax
Publishes the report result to fax.
● To FTP
Publishes the report result to an FTP site.
Note: If you are scheduling a bursting report, the Publish tab will change according to the bursting
setting made in the General tab of the Schedule dialog. For details about the change, see Scheduling a
task containing a bursting report.
User Task
If you select User Task to publish your report sets, you can implement a customized task with schedule
properties.
● User Task Class Name
Specifies the class name for the user task.
● Display Name
Specifies the display name for the user task.
● Upload Properties
Uploads the properties to JReport Server. The properties will be listed in the User Task Properties
area.
To Version
This tab is for you to specify settings for publishing report results to the versioning system.
● DHTML
Publishes the report set to a DHTML result file (RSD file) that can be viewed in a JReport Viewer window. Some reports
cannot be published to version in the DHTML Result format, such as self-contained (CLX) reports, multi-level nested
master and subreports, reports containing data objects, and reports developed from a dynamic query or hierarchical
data source (HDS).
An RSD file is a middle result for DHTML that can preserve data and the working status of the DHTML report and can be
shared with others. Based on the RSD file, you can rebuild a DHTML report to analyze data and to export to other
formats. An RSD file is a standalone working file so all the useful information is added into it, such as catalog, report
template, NLS, data, parameters and security. The security information of an RSD file is the user of the generator that
creates it. When different users open the same RSD, they will get the same result based on the same security
configuration. You cannot refresh a report viewed from an RSD file to refetch data from the database. When the system
rebuilds a report according to the RSD file, it will only load data from the RSD file. When opening a report RSD, you
cannot go back to the actions which the RSD generator took before generating the RSD file but can take actions based
on the current RSD resources.
❍ Zip Result
Specifies to compress the result. The compressed file's suffix will still be .rsd, it's size will be smaller which reduces IO
and disk usage; however, it uses more CPU resources.
❍ Precision Level
Specifies the precision level with which to publish the report result. Note that changing the default value may cause
abnormalities in report layout.
● Studio Result
Publishes the studio report to a static studio report result file (WST file). WST files can be exported to HTML, PDF, Text,
Excel, XML, RTF, and Postscript formats.
❍ Zip Result
Specifies to compress the result to reduce the disk size and I/O; however, it uses more CPU resources.
❍ Precision Level
Specifies the precision level with which to publish the studio report result. Note that changing the default value may
cause abnormalities in report layout.
● HTML
Publishes the report result to the versioning system in HTML format.
● PDF
Publishes the report result to the versioning system in PDF format.
● Excel
Publishes the report result to the versioning system in Excel format.
● Text
Publishes the report result to the versioning system in Text format.
● RTF
Publishes the report result to the versioning system in RTF format.
● XML
Publishes the report result to the versioning system in XML format.
● PostScript
Publishes the report result to the versioning system in PostScript format.
Archive Location
Specifies the location for the saved report result version.
● Built-in Version Folder
Specifies to save the report result version to the built-in version folder.
● My Reports Folder
Specifies to save the report result version to the My Reports folder.
● Public Reports Folder
Specifies to save the report result version to the Public Reports folder.
Result Auto-delete
Specifies the deleted date of the result. Set the result to be automatically deleted within one hundred years. If the time
you specify exceeds one hundred years, JReport Server will keep the report result forever.
● Result Expires in N Days
Specifies a period after which the report result will be automatically deleted.
Set Permissions
Available only when the Archive Location is specified to be Public Reports Folder. Click the link to set user permissions to
the specified reports in the report set in the Set Permissions dialog.
To Disk
This tab is for you to specify settings for publishing report results to the file system.
Publish to Disk
Specifies to publish the report result to the file system.
You can publish the report result to the following formats. For each format, you can decide whether to publish the results
to the server resource tree or to the server disk path. Then you need to type in the blank location field root of the resource
tree or disk path as shown in the examples below:
Example for server resource tree: /SampleReports/report1.rst
● JReport Result
Publishes the report set to a JReport result file (RST file).
● DHTML
Publishes the report set to a DHTML result file (RSD file) that can be viewed in a JReport Viewer window.
● Studio Result
Publishes the studio report to a static studio report result file (WST file).
● HTML
Publishes the report result to the file system in HTML format.
● PDF
Publishes the report result to the file system in PDF format.
● Excel
Publishes the report result to the file system in Excel format.
● Text
Publishes the report result to the file system in Text format.
● RTF
Publishes the report result to the file system in RTF format.
● XML
Publishes the report result to the file system in XML format.
● PostScript
Publishes the report result to the file system in PostScript format.
Notes:
● For the JReport Result and DHTML formats, you need only provide one file path because all selected reports in the report
set will be output into one file. For other formats, you need specify a file path for each selected report.
● The files with the extension of .rsd should be opened with JReport Viewer (DHTML) and those with the extension of .rst
should be opened by JReport Server Viewer or Applet.
To E-mail
This tab is for you to specify settings for publishing the report results to e-mail.
Mail To
Lists the e-mail addresses you have sent mail to.
New
Creates a new e-mail.
● From
Specifies your e-mail address.
Note: If you do not specify the address, the e-mail address in the Export > E-mail tab of the
Configuration dialog on the JReport Administration page will be used as the default address.
● To
Specifies the address you want to send the e-mail to.
● Cc
Specifies the address you want to copy to.
● Bcc
Specifies the address you want to secretly copy to.
● Subject
Specifies the subject of the e-mail.
● Comments
Specifies the contents of the e-mail or comments to the contents.
● Encoding
Specifies the encoding of the e-mail.
❍ Password
Specifies the password of the account.
❍ E-mail Address
Specifies the e-mail address of the account.
Note: This option can be enabled only when the option Server Requires Authentication is checked in
the Export > E-mail tab of the Configuration dialog on the JReport Administration page.
● E-mail Result in HTML E-mail Format
Sends the report result via e-mail to the specified address in HTML format. The report result will be
shown in HTML format in the mail body.
Notes:
❍ The two formats, E-mail Result in HTML E-mail Format and E-mail Result in Plain Text Format,
cannot be support concurrently.
❍ If you choose to send the mail in E-mail Result in HTML E-mail Format, the comments that you
input for the mail will be overwritten by the report result.
❍ Zip Result
Specifies to compress the result and its size would be smaller.
❍ Precision Level
Specifies the precision level with which to publish the report result. Note that changing the default
value may cause abnormalities in report layout.
❍ Zip Result
Specifies to compress the result and its size would be smaller.
❍ Precision Level
Specifies the precision level with which to publish the studio report result. Note that changing the
default value may cause abnormalities in report layout.
Note: If the Split PDF options is specified in the Configuration > Export > E-mail tab on the JReport
Administration page, the TOC and Sign options are disabled here.
● Attachment in Excel Format
Sends the report result via e-mail to the specified address with an Excel file as attachment.
● OK
Retains the settings and adds the e-mail address into the Mail To list.
● Cancel
Cancels operations.
Edit
Edits the specified e-mail in the Mail To list.
Delete
Deletes the specified e-mail in the Mail To list.
To Printer
This tab is for you to specify settings for publishing report results to a printer.
Publish to Printer
Specifies to publish the report result to a printer.
Select Print Method
Specifies the printing method to print the report result.
Printer
Specifies the name with the path of the printer. You can type it in the box or select it from the drop-down list.
When JDK1.4 is selected in the Select Print Method drop-down list, the following options will be available.
Paper Size
Specifies the paper size.
Print Range
Specifies the pages to be printed.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. The number of copies will be applied to all specified pages.
Print to File
Prints the document to a file instead of a printer. This kind of files can only be opened and printed by serial port printer
on Windows via DOS command.
● File Name
Specifies the name of the file to which you print. If no path is provided in the file name, the file will be saved to the
working directory of the server.
Job Attributes
Specifies the properties of the print task.
● Priority
Specifies the print priority for this task.
● Job Name
Specifies the name of the print task.
● User Name
Specifies the name of the user.
Orientation
Specifies the orientation for the printed reports.
● Landscape
Prints your reports in a Landscape orientation.
● Portrait
Prints your reports in a Standard letter orientation.
● Reverse Landscape
Prints your reports in a Reverse Landscape orientation.
● Reverse Portrait
Prints your reports in a Reverse Portrait orientation.
Color Appearance
Specifies to print the reports in Monochrome or in Color.
Print Quality
Specifies the print quality. It can be Draft, Normal, or High.
Print Sides
Specifies the print sides for the printed reports.
● One Side
Imposes each consecutive print-stream page upon the same side of consecutive media sheets.
● Duplex
Imposes each consecutive pair of print-stream pages upon the front and back sides of consecutive media sheets, such
that the orientation of each pair of print-stream pages on the medium is correct for the reader as if for binding on the
long edge.
● Tumble
Imposes each consecutive pair of print-stream pages upon front and back sides of consecutive media sheets, such
that the orientation of each pair of print-stream pages on the medium is correct for the reader as if for binding on the
short edge.
Sheet collate
Specifies the printing order for printing multiple-page reports.
● Collated
If selected, when you print two copies of a three-page report, the page order is 1, 2, 3; 1, 2, 3.
● Uncollated
If selected, when you print two copies of a three-page report, the page order is 1, 1; 2, 2; 3, 3.
Margins
Specifies the paper margins for the printed reports (MM or Inch).
Media Tray
First select a printer, and then from the drop-down list, specify the media tray.
Note: JReport Server cannot obtain information on which options are supported and which are not from your printer
and reflect it on this tab. You should configure the setting according to your printer carefully.
To Fax
This tab is for you to specify settings for publishing report results to fax.
Note that before you can fax the report result, you must have your modem configured, otherwise a warning message will
be displayed.
Publish to Fax
Specifies to publish the report result to fax.
Quality
Specifies the quality of the fax: Best, Normal, and Fast.
Include Cover Sheet
Specifies to send a cover sheet with the fax.
The following items are displayed on the fax cover sheet.
To
Specifies the name of the recipient.
From
Specifies the name of the sender.
Company
Specifies the sender's company.
Date
Specifies the date on which the fax is to be sent. You can specify the date by clicking the calendar button .
Fax Number
Specifies the fax number of the recipient.
Phone Number
Specifies the phone number of the sender.
Re
Specifies the subject of the fax.
Comments
Specifies the comments of the fax.
Urgent
Specifies whether the fax is urgent or not.
For Review
Specifies that the recipient only needs to view the fax.
Please Comment
Specifies that the recipient is required to comment on the content of the fax.
Please Reply
Indicates that a reply is required for the fax.
To FTP
This tab is for you to specify settings for sending report results to an FTP site.
FTP To
Lists the FTP sites you send report results to.
New
Creates a new FTP site.
● FTP Site Name
A user-defined name of the FTP site. It is optional.
● Host Address
The domain name or IP address of the FTP site. It cannot be null.
● Port
The port of the FTP server. It is optional, and by default 21 is used for Standard FTP and Explicit FTPS, 22 SCP and SFTP,
and 990 for Implicit FTPS.
● User Name
The user name is valid to the authentication of the FTP server that can access the FTP site. If not specified, "anonymous"
will be used as the user name by default.
● Password
The password is valid to the authentication of the FTP server that enables the user name to access the FTP site.
● Account
The account of the FTP user if there exists.
● Folder Location
The location where to put the report result files on the FTP server. If not specified, the root path "/" of the FTP server will
be used by default.
● Handler Class
A customized FTP-client handler class can be used instead of the one provided in JReport. You should specify a fully-
qualified class name that is package name plus class name, for example, test.DemoJakartaFTPHandler.
● Protocol Type
Specifies the protocol type used for publising the report results to FTP.
❍ FTP (Standard File Transfer Protocol)
Files are transferred in a non-secure (plain text) style.
● Formats
Specifies in which formats to send the report result file to the FTP site. You can specify one or more formats. For each
format, you need to specify a name for the result file.
❍ JReport Result
Sends the report result in a JReport result file to the specified FTP site.
■ Zip Result
Specifies to compress the result and its size would be smaller.
■ Precision Level
Specifies the precision level with which to publish the report result. Note that changing the default value may cause
abnormalities in report layout.
❍ Studio Result
Sends the studio report result in a WST file to the specified FTP site.
■ Zip Result
Specifies to compress the result and its size would be smaller.
■ Precision Level
Specifies the precision level with which to publish the studio report result. Note that changing the default value may
cause abnormalities in report layout.
❍ HTML
Sends the report result in an HTML file to the specified FTP site.
❍ PDF
Sends the report result in a PDF file to the specified FTP site.
❍ Excel
Sends the report result in an Excel file to the specified FTP site.
❍ Text
Sends the report result in a Text file to the specified FTP site.
❍ RTF
Sends the report result in a RTF file to the specified FTP site.
❍ XML
Sends the report result in an XML file to the specified FTP site.
❍ PostScript
Sends the report result in a PostScript file to the specified FTP site.
● Check Connection
Checks whether to be able to connect to the specified FTP location with the specified user account.
● OK
Retains the settings and adds the FTP site into the FTP To list.
● Cancel
Cancels the creation of the new FTP site.
Edit
Edits the specified FTP site in the FTP To list.
Delete
Deletes the specified FTP site from the FTP To list.
Conditions tab
The Conditions tab allows you to specify the conditions for the publishing tasks. It contains the following
two sub tabs:
● Time tab
● Trigger tab
Time tab
The Time tab allows you to set settings for specifying the time for when a task is to be performed.
Time Zone
Specifies the time zone.
Time Type
Specifies the time type of the task.
● Run this task immediately
Performs the task as soon as you submit it.
❍ Time
Specifies the time for when the task will be run.
■ Run until
Specifies the end date and time of the period during which the task is to be performed on a
repeated basis.
❍ Date
■ Daily
Performs the task every one day, two days, etc., or every weekday (from Monday to Friday).
■ Weekly
Performs the task every one week, two weeks, etc., and on Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, etc.
■ Monthly
Performs the task every one month, two months, etc., on the first day, second day, etc., or on the
first Sunday, Monday, etc., of the specified month.
❍ Time
Specifies the exact time for when a task is to be performed on a selected day.
■ At
Specifies a certain time for when to perform a task on a selected day.
■ Hourly
Performs the task every one hour, two hours, etc., at a certain minute on a selected day.
■ Minutely
Performs the task every one minute, two minutes, etc.
Trigger tab
The Trigger tab allows you to set settings for specifying a trigger for the publishing task.
Select a trigger to bind
Specifies the trigger from the drop-down list for the task.
Create New
Creates a new trigger.
● Trigger Name
Specifies the name of the trigger.
● Conflict Check
Checks if the name has been used for another trigger.
● Description
Specifies the description of the trigger (if required).
● OK
Creates the trigger with the specified information.
● Cancel
Cancels the trigger creating process.
Notes:
❍ No matter which condition is ready, the task can only be performed when its counterpart is ready.
❍ If you specify the task to be performed at a specific time, you must check the checkbox Run
missed task upon Server restart, otherwise the task will be regarded as expired and will be
deleted when the time condition is ready before the trigger condition.
● User panel
● Group panel
● Role panel
● Privilege panel
● Alias panel
Realm panel
This panel allows you to manage realms in JReport Server.
Name
Displays the names of the existing realms.
State
Displays the states of the existing realms: Active Realm or Selected Realm. Active Realm means that the realm is the current
active realm, and Selected Realm means the realm is the current editing realm in the Security dialog.
Control
Controls the realms.
● Select
Sets the specified realm to be the current editing realm.
● Delete
Deletes the specified realm.
User panel
This panel allows you to manage users in JReport Server.
Create a New User
Opens the New User dialog to create a user.
User ID
Lists the users' IDs. You can view and edit user properties by clicking the underlined user IDs.
Full Name
Displays the user's full names. Full name is a property of a user.
Edit Roles
Edits the roles of the specified user. Click the underlined role(s) to edit the roles.
● Name
Lists the name of the roles that the user holds.
● Built-in
Specifies whether the role is a built-in role.
● Remove
Removes the specified roles from the role list.
● Add Roles
Lists the roles that can be assigned to the user.
❍ Add
Adds the specified roles to the user.
Edit Groups
Edits the groups of the specific user. Click the underlined group(s) to edit the groups.
● Name
Lists the name of the groups that the user belongs to.
● Remove
Removes the user from the specified groups.
● Add Groups
Lists the groups that the user can be added to.
❍ Add
Adds the user to the specified groups.
Authentication
Specifies users' authentication type: Local or LDAP.
Control
Controls the users.
● Auditing
Opens the Auditing dialog to audit the specified user.
● Change Password
Opens the Change Password dialog to change the password of the specific user.
● Preferences
Opens the Preferences dialog to set preferences for the specific user. For details about the preference settings, refer to
Profile dialog.
● Delete
Deletes the specified user. The built-in user accounts admin and guest cannot be deleted.
Group panel
This panel allows you to manage groups in JReport Server.
Name
Lists the group names. You can view and edit group properties by clicking the underlined group name.
Members
Edits members of the specified group. Click the underlined member(s) to edit the members.
● Name
Lists the name of the members that the group holds.
● Type
Specifies the type of the members that the group holds.
● Authentication
Specifies the group members' authentication type: Local or LDAP.
● Remove
Removes the specified members from the group.
● Add Members
Shows the members that can be added to the group.
Control
Controls the groups.
● Delete
Deletes the specified group. Groups that have child members or parent members cannot be deleted.
Role panel
This panel allows you to manage roles in JReport Server.
Create a New Role
Creates a role in the New Role dialog.
Name
Lists the role names. You can view and edit role properties by clicking the underlined role name.
Members
Edits members of the specified role. Click the underlined member(s) to edit the members.
● Name
Lists the names of the role's members.
● Type
Specifies the type of the role's members.
● Authentication
Specifies the role's members' authentication type: Local or LDAP.
● Remove
Removes the specified members from the role.
● Add Members
Shows the members that can be added to the role.
Control
Controls the roles.
● Delete
Deletes the specified role. Built-in roles, administrators and everyone, and roles that are not empty, cannot be deleted.
Privilege panel
This panel allows you to grant roles, groups and users privileges in JReport Server.
The privileges include the following two:
● Publish
The privilege of publishing resources to JReport Server.
● Advanced Properties
The privilege of viewing advanced information of version properties such as catalog connections and report set related
resources.
Role Privileges
Lists the roles that have been assigned one or both of the Publish and Advanced Properties privileges.
You can directly select the checkboxes to grant privileges to a role, or uncheck the boxes to remove privileges from a role.
Group Privileges
Lists the groups that have been assigned one or both of the Publish and Advanced Properties privileges.
You can directly select the checkboxes to grant privileges to a group, or uncheck the boxes to remove privileges from a group.
User Privileges
Lists the users that have been assigned one or both of the Publish and Advanced Properties privileges.
You can directly select the checkboxes to grant privileges to a user, or uncheck the boxes to remove privileges from a user.
Add
Assigns the privileges of Publish or Advanced Properties to roles/groups/users, and adds these roles/groups/users into the
Role Privileges/Group Privileges/User Privileges table.
After you have clicked the button, the following options are available:
● Role Privileges
First select a role and then click the checkboxes to assign privileges to it.
● Group Privileges
First select a group and then click the checkboxes to assign privileges to it.
● User Privileges
First select a user and then click the checkboxes to assign privileges to it.
● OK
Saves the changes.
● Cancel
Cancels the changes.
Remove
Removes the selected roles/groups/users from the Role Privileges/Group Privileges/User Privileges table, and also removes
the privileges assigned to them at the same time.
Save
Submits the changes that are to be applied.
Notes:
● If users are to conduct publishment, they must at the same time have both the permission to write and publish.
● By default, only the "administrators" role and "admin" users have the Publish and Advanced Properties privileges.
Alias panel
This panel allows you to set an alias resource tree based on the server resource tree for roles, groups, or users.
● Description
Specifies information about a role, group or user.
● Next
Goes to the next step and opens the Set Alias dialog.
● Cancel
Cancels any operations performed and exits the page.
Name
Lists the name of roles, groups, and users that have been set an alias resource tree.
Description
Specifies information about a role, group or user that has been assigned an alias.
Related topics:
● Managing security
Select Another Catalog dialog
The Select Another Catalog dialog helps you to specify another catalog for the current report set or
folder.
Catalogs in
Specifies the root of the catalog, My Reports or Public Reports.
Select a Folder
Specifies the directory of the catalog.
Select a Catalog
Specifies the catalog from the drop-down list.
OK
Applies the settings and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes the dialog
Help
Displays this help document.
Select Folder dialog
The dialog is displayed when you click the button next to the Select a Folder text field in the New
Cache dialog for selecting queries. It helps you to select a folder in the server resource tree that
contains the required catalog.
This dialog is displayed when you click the button above the Language box in the Global NLS
dialog. It helps you to choose where to add a new language.
This dialog is displayed when you click the button beside the Select Queries box in the New Cache
dialog for selecting queries. It allows you to specify the queries that you are going to create data
caches for.
OK
● If Web Layout Report is selected, when you click OK, the JReport Studio Wizard will be displayed for you
to create a web layout report.
● If Page Layout Report is selected, when you click OK, the New Report Set dialog will be displayed for
you to create a page layout report.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Set Alias dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click the Set Alias link in the Security > Alias panel on the JReport Administration
page, check a role/group/user in the displayed dialog and then click the Next button.
Alias Tree
Displays the alias resource tree.
New
Creates a new alias node in the current node. A node functions as a folder.
Remove
Deletes the selected alias node permanently. The root node cannot be deleted.
Path
Displays the path of the current node in the alias resource tree.
Alias Name
Displays the name of the current node. You can edit the alias name.
When you click the New button to create a new alias node in the current node, the default name for the new alias
node is newAlias.
Real Resource Name
Displays the resource in the server resource tree that is associated with the current alias node. You can change the
resource using the Browse button.
When you click the New button to create a new alias node in the current node, this field is left blank. You will need
to specify a resource from the server resource tree with which to associate the new alias node by using the Browse
button.
Browse
Specifies a destination resource in the server resource tree that is to be associated with the current alias node.
Hide This Alias
If this option is selected, the current alias node and its sub aliases will be invisible to the role, group, or user for
whom the alias resource tree is set.
OK
Applies the settings.
Back
Returns to the previous page if no alias has been set.
Close
Exits this dialog.
Notes:
● An alias tree is based on the resource nodes (not virtual resource nodes) of the resource tree.
● By default, the alias resource tree root for each user refers to the resource tree root.
● When an alias tree is activated for a user, all resource access is then controlled by the alias resource tree.
Set Permissions dialog
This dialog helps you to assign permissions to roles, users, groups on specific resource or folder.
● User
If checked, all users will be displayed in the Available box for you to assign permissions.
● Group
If checked, all groups will be displayed in the Available box for you to assign permissions.
Removes the selected roles, users or groups from the Selected box.
Selected
Displays the roles, users and groups to which the permissions will be assigned.
● Visible
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Visible permission.
● Read
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Read permission.
● Write
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Write permission.
● Delete
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Delete permission.
● Execute
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Execute permission.
● Schedule
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Schedule permission.
● Grant
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Grant permission. Users, groups or roles that have obtained the Grant
permission are also endowed with the other seven permissions - Visible, Read, Write, Delete, Execute, Schedule, and Update Status,
and can grant these seven permissions except the Grant permission itself.
● Update Status
Specifies whether to give the selected role/user/group the Update Status permission.
OK
Accepts the settings and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancel the settings.
Help
Displays this help document.
Sign dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click the Setting button next to the Sign option while configuring settings for
advanced running/publishing a report set in PDF format.
Method
Specifies the signing digital signature method from the three methods provided by Adobe Acrobat software.
Digital ID File
Specifies whether to use a digital ID file from a specified directory.
User Password
Specifies the password for this digital ID file.
Confirm Password
Confirms the password.
Reason for Signing Document
Specifies the reason for signing the document.
Or Other Reason
Edits the reason for signing the document.
Location
Edits your location accordingly.
Your Contact Information
Edits your contact information accordingly.
OK
Saves the settings and exits the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Specify Catalog dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click Create Report on the JReport Server launch pad. It helps you to
specify the catalog which will be used to create the report.
Catalogs in
Specifies the resource directory in which the catalogs are located, My Reports or Public Reports.
Select a Folder
Specifies the folder in the selected resource directory that contains catalogs you can use to create the
report.
Select a Catalog
Specifies the catalog you want to use to create the report.
OK
Applies the settings and opens the New Report Set dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and exits the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Triggers dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click Triggers on the system toolbar of the JReport Administration
page.
New Trigger
Creates a new trigger.
● Trigger Name
Specifies the unique name for the new trigger. Triggers are managed by name in JReport Server, so
each trigger must have a unique name.
● Conflict Check
Checks whether the name conflicts with any existing triggers before creating the new trigger. You
cannot create two triggers with the same name.
● Description
Specifies the description for the new trigger.
● OK
Creates the trigger.
● Cancel
Cancels the operation.
Delete
Deletes the selected triggers.
Enable
Enables the selected triggers. When a trigger is enabled, the Fire operation is also enabled.
Disable
Disables the selected triggers.
Fire
Activates tasks that are bound with the selected triggers.
Trigger box
Displays the trigger information.
● Checkbox
Specifies whether or not to select the triggers. Check the checkbox on the column header to select all
the triggers.
● Name
Displays names of the triggers.
● Is Enabled
Shows whether the triggers are enabled or not.
● Referenced
Shows the times the triggers are referenced.
● Last Fired
Shows the time when the triggers were lasted fired.
● Description
Displays description of the triggers.
JReport Viewer dialogs
While using JReport Viewer, you will go through the following dialogs. This section introduces each of
these dialogs in alphabetical order. You can go into the links for details.
● Add Measure dialog
● Aggregate On dialog
● Banded Wizard
● Bottom N dialog
● Chart Wizard
● Crosstab Wizard
● Encoding dialog
● Export dialog
● Filter dialog
● Options dialog
● Order/Select N dialog
● Save As dialog
● Search dialog
● Sort dialog
● Split dialog
● Table Wizard
● Top N dialog
● To Chart dialog
● To Crosstab dialog
● Zoom dialog
Note: The properties dialogs may be different for an advanced user and for a common user. An
advanced user can modify some properties that a common user cannot, and can use formulas to
control properties. The section about JReport Viewer dialogs is based on advanced user. To become an
advanced user, log onto the JReport Administration page, click Profile on the system toolbar and
select Configure DHTML Profile from the drop-down menu. Then select the Properties > Advanced
tab and check the Advanced User option.
Add Measure dialog
This dialog helps you to create a dynamic measure object in a report.
Measure Name
Specifies the display name of the measure object.
Mapping Name
Specifies the mapping name of the field to which the measure object is mapped. Click to select the
field in the Select Resource dialog.
This option and the button are disabled when you specify to create a measure object on a dynamic
formula.
Aggregate
Specifies the aggregate function of the measure object. The function will be applied according to the
group where the measure is placed or the entire report if placed in the report header or footer.
● Count
This function computes the number of values referred to by the argument.
● Sum
This function computes the sum of all the values referred to by the argument.
● Average
The function is used to get the average value of the values referred to by the argument.
● Maximum
This function returns the highest value referred to by the argument.
● Minimum
This function returns the lowest value referred to by the argument.
● DistinctCount
This function computes the number of distinct values referred to by the argument.
● PopulationStdDev
This function computes the population standard deviation of the values referred to by the argument.
● StdDev
This function computes the standard deviation of the values referred to by the argument.
● Variance
This function computes the variance of all the values referred to by the argument.
OK
Creates the measure object and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the operation and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Aggregate On dialog
The dialog helps you to create aggregate function based on a selected table detail column.
Aggregate On
Displays the field bound with the detail column, and also the one on which you want to create
aggregate function.
Function
Specifies the function to summarize the field in the detail column.
OK
Creates the aggregate function and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Apply Style dialog
This dialog helps you to set a style to the selected data component.
Style
Lists the styles applicable to the component.
● Custom
There is no style information in this style and it is only used to handle reports created with previous
versions which did not bind any style or the bound style cannot be found in the style list.
Preview
Displays a diagram illustrating the effect of the selected style on the component.
Inherit Style
Specifies to take the style of the parent component. The option is available only when the banded
object, table, crosstab, or chart is contained in a banded object (for a chart, in a table also).
OK
Accepts all changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Banded Object Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a banded object. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the banded object.
Name
Specifies the display name of the banded object, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the
banded object.
Position
Displays the position mode of the banded object. If the banded object is directly contained in the report
body, a tabular cell, or a text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The banded object's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The banded object will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X,
Y and other position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The banded object will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y
property values.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the banded object.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the banded object.
Width
Specifies the width of the banded object.
Height
Specifies the height of the banded object.
Background
Specifies the background color of the banded object.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new
color, or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent,
input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the banded object.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
TOC Anchor
Specifies whether or not to add the node that represents the banded object to the TOC tree that is
displayed in the TOC Browser.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the banded object will not be displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the banded object will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file
(make sure to check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the banded object will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with
Delimited Format selected.
Banded Panel Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a banded panel. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the banded panel.
Name
Specifies the display name of the panel, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the panel.
Width
Specifies the width of the panel.
Height
Specifies the height of the panel.
Background
Specifies the background color of the panel.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new
color, or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent,
input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the banded panel.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
Bottom Line
Specifies whether or not to show the bottom line of the panel.
Cross Page
When the current page cannot hold the whole panel, the panel will cross into the next page if the
property is set to true (checked), or else the whole panel will be displayed in the next page.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the panel will not be displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the panel will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make sure
to check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the panel will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with
Delimited Format selected.
Banded Wizard
This wizard guides you through the process of creating a banded object. It contains the following screens:
● Data screen
● Display screen
● Group screen
● Summary screen
● Style screen
Back
Returns to the previous screen.
Next
Goes to the next screen.
Finish
Creates a report containing the banded object and closes the wizard.
Cancel
Closes the wizard without creating a report.
Help
Displays this help document.
Data screen
Specifies the business/report cube to use to create the banded object. This screen is hidden when there is only
one cube in the current catalog.
Available Data Resources
Lists all the available business/report cubes in the current catalog, with which you can create the banded
object.
Display screen
Specifies the fields to be displayed in the banded object.
Resources
Displays all the cube elements in the selected business/report cube.
Group screen
Specifies the fields to group the data.
Resources
Displays all the available dimension objects you can use to group the data in the banded object.
Summary screen
Specifies the fields on which to create aggregation functions.
Resources
Displays all the available measure objects you can use to create aggregation functions in the banded
object.
Style screen
Specifies the style of the banded object. This screen is hidden when there is only one style available to be
applied to the banded object.
Style
Lists all the available styles for you to select from.
Inherit Style
Specifies to take the style of the parent component. The option is available only when you specify to insert the
banded object into another banded object.
Preview
Shows a preview of the selected style.
Bottom N dialog
This dialog helps you to filter data to display records that meet the Bottom N condition.
Value
Enter a positive integer N here so that records with the field value equal to one of the bottom N field
values will be displayed.
OK
Applies the settings and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Closes the dialog and discards any changes.
Help
Displays this help document.
Button Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to modify the properties of a button in a navigation control.
Button Type
● Button
The button is displayed as a normal button.
● Image Button
The button is displayed as an image.
Button
When Button is selected as the button type, the following options are available.
Button Label
Specifies the properties of the button label.
● Text
Specifies the text of the label.
● Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
● Font Style
Specifies the font style of the text.
● Font Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
● Align
Specifies the alignment way of the label in the button.
● Font Color
Specifies the font color of the text.
Border
Specifies the properties of the button border.
● Color
Specifies the border color.
● Thickness
Specifies the border width.
● Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
● Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
● Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
● Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Button Body
Specifies the properties of the button body.
● Background
Specifies the background color of the button body.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color,
or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input
Transparent in the text box.
● Width
Specifies the width of the button.
● Height
Specifies the height of the button.
● Position
Displays the position mode of the button. If the button is directly contained in the report body, a tabular
cell, or a text box, its position mode can be modified.
❍ Absolute: The button's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
❍ Static: The button will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X, Y and
other position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
❍ Relative: The button will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y property values.
● X
Specifies the X coordinate of the button.
● Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the button.
Preview
Displays a preview of the button according to the button properties.
Image Button
When Button Image is selected as the button type, the following options are available.
Image From
Specifies the source of the image file. These types of images are supported: GIF, JPG, and PNG.
● Local File
Specifies to use an image from the local file system. The types and size of the images that can be used are
defined by the administrator in the Upload panel.
❍ File Name
Specifies the path and name of the image file. You can click the Browse button to locate the image file.
● Web URL
Specifies to use an image via URL.
❍ Image URL
Specifies the URL of the image file. JReport will record the latest 10 entered URLs in the drop-down list.
Note: If your JReport Server is in an intranet, to successfully access the image via URL, you need to
add the parameters -Dhttp.proxyHost=XXX -Dhttp.proxyPort=XX to the server's startup file
JRServer.bat, which locates in <install_root>\bin.
● Library
Specifies to use an existing image.
❍ My Images
The My Images folder is a virtual location where JReport Server stores the images that have once been
inserted into reports. Select the one you want to use.
❍ Preview
Displays a preview of the selected image.
OK
Applies the button properties and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the changes and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Chart Definition dialog
The dialog helps you to modify the definition of a chart. It contains the following tabs:
● Chart Type tab
● Display tab
● Style tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Display tab
This tab allows you to set the fields that will be displayed in the chart.
Resources
Displays all the dimension objects and measure objects used in the chart.
Lists the dimension object that will be displayed on the category axis.
Series
Lists the dimension object that will be displayed on the series axis.
Show Values
Lists the measure objects that will be displayed on the value axis.
Order/Select N
Opens the Order/Select N dialog to define the sort order and Select N condition in the chart.
Style tab
This tab allows you to select a style for the chart. It is hidden when there is only one style available.
Style
Lists the available styles.
● Custom
There is no style information in this style and it is only used to support reports built with previous
versions which did not bind any style or the bound style cannot be found in the style list.
Preview
Displays a diagram illustrating the effect of the selected style on the chart.
Chart Wizard
This wizard guides you through the process of creating a chart. It contains the following screens:
● Data screen
● Type screen
● Display screen
● Style screen
Back
Returns to the previous screen.
Next
Goes to the next screen.
Finish
Creates a report containing the chart and closes the wizard.
Cancel
Closes the wizard without creating a report.
Help
Displays this help document.
Data screen
Specifies the business/report cube to use to create the chart. This screen is hidden when there is only one
cube in the current catalog.
Available Data Resources
Lists all the available business/report cubes in the current catalog, with which you can create the chart.
Type screen
Specifies the type of the chart.
Chart Type
Lists all the chart types.
Subtype
Shows subtypes of the selected chart type in thumbnail form.
Chart Type Groups
Lists the subtypes defined for the chart.
Resources
Displays the cube elements in the selected business/report cube.
Category
Lists the dimension object that will be displayed on the category axis of the chart.
Series
Lists the dimension object that will be displayed on the series axis of the chart.
Show Values
Lists the measure objects that will be displayed on the value axis of the chart.
Order/Select N
Opens the Order/Select N dialog to define the sort order and Select N condition in the chart.
Style screen
Specifies the style of the chart. This screen is hidden when there is only one style available to be applied to the
chart.
Style
Lists all the available styles for you to select from.
Inherit Style
Specifies to take the style of the parent component. The option is available only when you specify to insert the
chart into a banded object or table.
Preview
Shows a preview of the selected style.
Conditional Formatting dialog
This dialog helps you to add some conditional formats to values of the selected field.
Condition
Displays all the conditions you have already added.
●
Adds a new condition in the Edit Conditions dialog.
●
Edits the selected condition.
●
Removes the selected condition.
● Priority
Specifies the priority of each condition.
❍
Moves a condition up for a higher priority.
❍
Moves a condition down for a lower priority.
Format
Specifies the format which will be applied to the field values when the specified condition is fulfilled.
● Font
Specifies the font type for the field values.
● Border
Specifies the border line style for the field values.
● Size
Specifies the font size for the field values.
● Bold
Specifies whether or not to bold the field values.
● Italic
Specifies whether or not to make the field values italic.
● Underline
Specifies whether or not to underline the field values.
● Foreground Color
Specifies the foreground color for the field values.
● Background Color
Specifies the background color for the field values.
● Sample Text
Displays a preview sample of your settings.
OK
Applies the settings and exits the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Convert Data Fields dialog
A component created in JReport Designer is based on a dataset, while that created in JReport Viewer is
based on a business/report cube. For the former, if you want to do analytic actions in JReport Viewer,
such as adding a cube element, converting the component type, drilling it, or changing chart definition,
JReport Viewer will convert its fields to cube elements of a business/report cube. In those cases, the
Convert Data Fields dialog will appear for your confirmation of the conversion.
● Border tab
● Crosstab tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the crosstab.
Name
Specifies the display name of the crosstab, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the crosstab.
Position
Displays the position mode of the crosstab. If the crosstab is directly contained in the report body, a tabular cell, or a text
box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The crosstab's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The crosstab will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X, Y and other position-
related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The crosstab will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y property values.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the crosstab.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the crosstab.
Width
Specifies the width of the crosstab.
Height
Specifies the height of the crosstab.
Background
Specifies the background color of the crosstab.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color, or input a color
string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the crosstab.
Color
Specifies the color of the borders.
Has Border
Specifies whether or not to show the borders.
Crosstab tab
This tab shows the layout-related information of the crosstab.
Horizontal Gap
Specifies the space between the content and left/right edge of a crosstab cell.
Vertical Gap
Specifies the space between the content and top/bottom edge of a crosstab cell.
Block Gap
Specifies the spacing between each part of the crosstab if the crosstab will be split into more than one part.
Boundary Value
Specifies the number of aggregate fields in one row/column.
Row Total on Top
Specifies whether or not to display the Total rows for each column on the top of the crosstab.
Column Total on Left
Specifies whether or not to display the Total columns for each row in the first column in the crosstab.
Repeat Row Header
Specifies whether or not to repeat column headings on every page.
Avoid Orphan Header
Sometimes the column header happens to be at the bottom of a page. To keep the column header together with the data
in the next page, check this checkbox.
Expand Data
Specifies whether or not to enable JReport Viewer users to expand or collapse dimensions in the crosstab.
Suppress Row Header
Specifies whether or not to suppress the row headers.
Outside Aggregate Title
Specifies whether or not to place the titles of aggregate fields outside.
Suppress Column Header
Specifies whether or not to suppress the column headers.
Table Style
Specifies whether or not to add headers to the Total rows and columns.
Repeat Aggregate
Specifies whether or not to repeat the crosstab for different aggregate fields.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
● Display screen
● Style screen
Back
Returns to the previous tab.
Next
Goes to the next tab.
Finish
Creates a report containing the crosstab and closes the wizard.
Cancel
Closes the wizard without creating a report.
Help
Displays this help document.
Data screen
Specifies the business/report cube to use to create the crosstab. This screen is hidden when there is only one
cube in the current catalog.
Available Data Resources
Lists all the available business/report cubes in the current catalog, with which you can create the crosstab.
Display screen
Specifies the fields to be displayed in the crosstab.
Resources
Displays the cube elements in the selected business/report cube.
Adds the selected dimension object to be displayed on the columns of the crosstab.
Adds the selected dimension object to be displayed on the rows of the crosstab.
Adds the selected measure object to be the aggregate field of the crosstab.
Columns/Rows
● Field
Lists the dimension objects that will be displayed on the columns/rows of the crosstab.
● Display Name
Specifies the display names of the dimension objects. By default these are blank and no labels will be
created for the dimension objects to name the columns/rows. You can double-click the cells to edit them if
required.
● Sort
Specifies the sort order of the dimension objects.
Summaries
● Field
Lists the measure objects that will be the aggregate fields of the crosstab.
● Display Name
Specifies the display names of the measure objects. By default these are blank and no labels will be created
for the measure objects to name the summaries. You can double-click the cells to edit them if required.
Style screen
Specifies the style of the crosstab. This screen is hidden when there is only one style available to be applied
to the crosstab.
Style
Lists all the available styles for you to select from.
Inherit Style
Specifies to take the style of the parent component. The option is available only when you specify to insert
the crosstab into a banded object.
Preview
Shows a preview of the selected style.
Customized Page dialog
This dialog is displayed when the web action user_popCustomizedPage() bound with a web control is
triggered. It by default shows all the parameters the current report and its subreport use. You can
change the parameter values to re-run the report according to your requirement. Also, you can
customize the JSP page of this dialog to make it display what you need by using the DHTML API.
OK
Applies the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the changes and exits the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Data Field Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a DBField. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Font tab
● Border tab
● Others tab
● Display tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the data field.
Name
Specifies the display name of the data field.
Position
Displays the position mode of the data field. If the data field is directly contained in the report body, a tabular
cell, or a text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The data field's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The data field will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X, Y and other
position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The data field will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y property values.
Format
Specifies the data format of the data field.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the data field.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the data field.
Width
Specifies the width of the data field.
Height
Specifies the height of the data field.
Top Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the field and its top border.
Bottom Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the field and its bottom border.
Left Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the field and its left border.
Right Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the field and its right border.
Background
Specifies the background color of the data field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to baccess the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color, or
input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent
in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the data field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog, and then specify a new color, or
input a color string in the format #RRGGBB.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the data field.
Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text in the data field.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the text in the data field.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the text will be underlined or not.
Strikethrough
Specifies whether or not to attach a strikeout line to the text.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the text italic or not.
Autofit
Specifies whether or not to automatically adjust the width of the data field.
Word Wrap
Specifies whether or not to wrap the text to the data field width.
Ignore HTML Tag
If this option is unchecked, JReport will parse HTML tag elements in the field value while the report set is to be
saved as an HTML file; or the field value will appear in the HTML file the same as that in JReport Viewer (HTML
tag elements in the field value, if any, will not be parsed).
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the data field.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Shadow
Specifies whether the borders will have a shadow effect or not.
Shadow Color
Specifies the color of the border shadow.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
TOC Anchor
Specifies whether or not to add the node that represents the data field to the TOC tree that is displayed in the
TOC Browser.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the data field will not be displayed.
Suppress If Null
If true (checked) and the field value is null, the data field will not be displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the data field will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make sure to
check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the data field will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with Delimited
Format selected.
Scope
Available only for data field in table or crosstab. It is a representation of the standard HTML attribute scope. This
attribute specifies the set of data cells for which the current header cell provides header information.
● Row - The current cell provides header information for the rest of the row that contains it.
● Column - The current cell provides header information for the rest of the column that contains it.
● None - The scope attribute will not be generated when exporting to HTML.
Logic Column
Specifies whether to show the data field in the next visible table cell in the same row when the column which
holds the field is hidden.
Display tab
You can use this tab to modify the display type of the data field as one of the following: Text, Barcode, Image,
Text Field, Text Area, Checkbox, Radio Button, Image Button, Button, Submit, Reset, and Hidden. What you need
to do is select the display type from the Display Type drop-down list, and then set the corresponding options.
Note: For the display types Text, there is no option available. For a field displayed as rank, you can't change its
display type.
Barcode
Specifies to display the data field as barcode.
Symbology
Specifies the barcode type.
Scale Mode
Specifie the unit for the values of the quiet zone, narrow width, supplement, height, and ratio.
Quiet Zone
Specifies the space around the barcode.
Narrow Width
Specifies the barcode bar width.
Supplement
Specifies the supplement of the barcode.
Height
Specifies the height of the barcode bars.
Message
Specifies the default value of the barcode.
Ratio
Specifies the width ratio of the thick bar to the thin bar.
Orientation
Specifies the rotation angle in degrees.
Use Default Message
Specifies whether or not to use the Message value as the barcode value when you view the report result.
Enable Checking Digits
Specifies whether or not to include check digits in the barcode.
Display HR
Specifies whether or not to display the barcode numbers together with the barcode.
Image
Specifies to display the data field as image.
Scaling Mode
Specifies the scaling mode of the image. This option is enabled when Original Size is unchecked (false). The mode
can be:
● Actual Size: The image will be shown in its actual size.
● Fit Image: The image will be scaled largest under the limitation of Max Ratio to wholly show in the field.
● Fit Width: The image will be scaled largest under the limitation of Max Ratio to fit the width of the field.
● Fit Height: The image will be scaled largest under the limitation of Max Ratio to fit the height of the field.
Rotation
Rotates the image at a specified angle in degrees. The following is the meaning of different values:
● 0 - No rotation.
Note: When you rotate an image, the rectangle that holds the image maintains its original size, which may result
in that the image exceeds the field border and therefore the parts that extend outside of the border will be cut off.
Name
Specifies the name of the image.
Alternate Text
If the image cannot be displayed, this attribute value will be used as the alternate text.
Max Ratio
Specifies the maximum scaling ratio of the image.
Width
Specifies the width of the image, applying if Scaling Mode is set to Customize. This option is enabled when
Original Size is unchecked (false).
Height
Specifies the height of the image, applying if Scaling Mode is set to Customize. This option is enabled when
Original Size is unchecked (false).
Original Size
Specifies whether or not to show the image in its original size.
Text Field
Specifies to display the data field as text field.
Type
Specifies whether to render the field as a normal text field or to a password box.
Name
Specifies the name of the text field.
Title
Specifies the title of the text field.
Character Width
Specifies the width of the characters in the text field.
Max Length
Specifies the maximum number of the characters that can be input into the text field.
Read Only
Specifies whether or not to make the text field read-only.
Disabled
Specifies whether or not to make the text field disabled.
Note: When a data field is displayed as text field, the value you have specified for the field's font property
Vertical Alignment will no longer take effect. This is because the property is not supported in HTML standards.
Text Area
Specifies to display the data field as text area.
Name
Specifies the name of the text area.
Title
Specifies the title of the text area.
Wrap
Specifies whether or not to wrap text to the width of the text area.
Note: When a data field is displayed as text area, the value you have specified for the field's font property
Vertical Alignment will no longer take effect. This is because the property is not supported in HTML standards.
Read Only
Specifies whether or not to make the text area read-only.
Disabled
Specifies whether or not to make the text area disabled.
Checkbox
Specifies to display the data field as checkbox.
Name
Specifies the name of the checkbox.
Title
Specifies the title of the checkbox.
Disabled
Specifies whether or not to make the checkbox disabled.
Initially Checked
Specifies whether or not to check the checkbox by default.
Radio Button
Specifies to display the data field as radio button.
Name
Specifies the name of the radio button.
Title
Specifies the title of the radio button.
Disabled
Specifies whether or not to make the radio button disabled.
Initially Checked
Specifies whether or not to select the radio button by default.
Image Button
Specifies to display the data field as image button.
Scaling Mode
Specifies the scaling mode of the image. This option is enabled when Original Size is unchecked (false). The mode
can be:
● Actual Size: The image will be shown in its actual size.
● Fit Image: The image will be scaled largest under the limitation of Max Ratio to wholly show in the field.
● Fit Width: The image will be scaled largest under the limitation of Max Ratio to fit the width of the field.
● Fit Height: The image will be scaled largest under the limitation of Max Ratio to fit the height of the field.
Name
Specifies the name of the image button.
Alternate text
If the image cannot be displayed, this attribute value will be used as the alternate text.
Title
Specifies the title of the image button.
Max Ratio
Specifies the scaling ratio of the image button.
Width
Specifies the width of the image button, applying if Scaling Mode is set to Customize. This option is enabled when
Original Size is unchecked (false).
Height
Specifies the height of the image button, applying if Scaling Mode is set to Customize. This option is enabled when
Original Size is unchecked (false).
Original Size
Specifies whether or not to show the image button in its original size.
Disabled
Specifies whether or not to make the image button disabled.
Button
Specifies to display the data field as button.
Name
Specifies the name of the button.
Title
Specifies the title of the button.
Value
Specifies the value of the button.
From Database
Specifies to get the value of the button from database.
Disabled
Specifies whether or not to make the button disabled.
Note: When a data field is displayed as button, the value you have specified for the field's font property Vertical
Alignment will no longer take effect. This is because the property is not supported in HTML standards.
Submit
Specifies to display the data field as submit button.
Name
Specifies the name of the submit button.
Title
Specifies the title of the submit button.
Value
Specifies the value of the submit button.
From Database
Specifies to get the value of the submit button from database.
Disabled
Specifies whether or not to make the submit button disabled.
Reset
Specifies to display the data field as reset button.
Name
Specifies the name of the reset button.
Title
Specifies the title of the reset button.
Value
Specifies the value of the reset button.
From Database
Specifies to get the value of the reset button from database.
Disabled
Specifies whether or not to make the reset button disabled.
Hidden
Specifies to render the data field as hidden field.
Name
Specifies the name of the hidden field.
Value
Specifies the name of the hidden field.
Edit Conditions dialog
This dialog helps you to edit a condition for the selected field for adding conditional format. It contains the
following two modes:
● Basic
● Advanced
Advanced/Basic
Switches the dialog to the advanced/basic mode.
OK
Applies the settings and exits the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Basic mode
The basic mode provides function for creating simple filter conditions which are connected by the AND and
OR operators.
Deletes the current condition line.
Field
Specifies the field to be filtered.
Operator
Specifies the operator to compose the filter expression.
● =
Equal to
● >
Greater than
● >=
Greater than or equal to
● <
Less than
● <=
Less than or equal to
● !=
Not equal to
● [not] in
Causes an enumerated list of values to appear in the WHERE clause predicate, used for evaluating for a
true condition.
● [not] like
Like string pattern matching operator is used to compare the first expression string value to the pattern
string (the second expression). If you want to use wildcard character in the pattern string, only "_" and
"%" are supported.
● [not] between
Allows the system to evaluate whether or not data values are located between a range of values indicated
in the predicate.
● is [not] null
It is used in WHERE clause predicates to match null values occurring in a specified data field.
Value
Specifies the value of how to filter the field. You can either enter the value manually in the text box or select
a value from the drop-down list. When you type in the value manually, if multiple values are required, they
should be separated with ",", and if "," or "\" is contained in the values, write it as "\," or "\\".
Logic
Lists the logic operator.
● AND
Logic operator AND which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR
Logic operator OR which is applied to this and the next line.
Advanced mode
The advanced mode enables the building of more complex filter conditions via the grouping of conditions.
Add Condition
Adds a new condition line.
Delete
Deletes the selected condition line.
Group
Makes the selected conditions in one group. Conditions can also be added to an existing group by selecting
the conditions and the group while holding the Ctrl button, and then clicking the Group button.
Ungroup
Makes the selected condition ungrouped.
Up
Moves the selected condition or group up to a higher level.
Down
Moves the selected condition or group down to a lower level.
Logic
Specifies the logic operator.
● AND
Logic operator AND which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR
Logic operator OR which is applied to this and the next line
● AND NOT
Logic operator AND NOT which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR NOT
Logic operator OR NOT which is applied to this and the next line.
Field
Specifies the field to be filtered.
Operator
Specifies the operator to compose the filter expression.
Value
Specifies the value of how to filter the field. You can either enter the value manually in the text box or select
a value from the drop-down list. When you type in the value manually, if multiple values are required, they
should be separated with ",", and if "," or "\" is contained in the values, write it as "\," or "\\".
Condition Expression
Displays the SQL statement of the filter condition.
Edit Measure dialog
This dialog helps you to edit an existing measure object.
Measure Name
Specifies the display name of the measure object.
Mapping Name
Specifies the mapping name of the field to which the measure object is mapped. Click to select the
field in the Select Resource dialog.
This option and the button are disabled when you specify to create a measure object on a dynamic
formula.
Aggregate
Specifies the aggregate function of the measure object. The function will be applied according to the
group where the measure is placed or the entire report if placed in the report header or footer.
● Count
This function computes the number of values referred to by the argument.
● Sum
This function computes the sum of all the values referred to by the argument.
● Average
The function is used to get the average value of the values referred to by the argument.
● Maximum
This function returns the highest value referred to by the argument.
● Minimum
This function returns the lowest value referred to by the argument.
● DistinctCount
This function computes the number of distinct values referred to by the argument.
● PopulationVariance
This function computes the population variance of the values referred to by the argument.
● StdDev
This function computes the standard deviation of the values referred to by the argument.
● Variance
This function computes the variance of all the values referred to by the argument.
OK
Applies the changes to the measure object and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the operation and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Encoding dialog
When a report designer links a trigger field of a master report to a detail report in JReport Designer, if
he or she hasn't checked the option Use the same encoding and DB settings for the detail report as
that of the mater report, then when the report is published to JReport Server and run in JReport
Viewer, when you click the trigger field, this dialog will be displayed for you to specify the encoding for
the detail report.
Report Set
Displays the path and name of the current report set.
Catalog
Displays the path and name of the current catalog.
Enable Converting Encoding
Specifies to enable the conversion of encoding. From the Before Converting and After Converting drop-
down lists, select the encoding as required.
Encoding
Specifies the encoding for the detail report.
Connect to [Data Source Name]
Specifies the DB user and password with which you want to connect to the data source used by the
detail report.
● Use the DB user and password defined in catalog
If checked, the DB user and password defined in the catalog will be used.
OK
Closes this dialog and applies the settings to run the detail report.
Cancel
Closes this dialog and runs the detail report without regard to the settings.
Help
Displays this help document.
Enter Values dialog
The dialog helps you to specify multiple values for a parameter.
Available Values
Lists all predefined parameter values for selection. When the parameter is bound with a column, but
the Display Column is different from the Bind Column, values of the Display Column are listed here.
Selected Values
Lists the values selected. The selected values are case sensitive.
Adds the selected values from the Available Values box to the Selected Values box.
Removes all the selected values from the Selected Values box.
Enter Values
This option is available when the parameter's Allow Type-in of Value property is set to true in JReport
Designer.
Enter a value manually in the text box and then click the button next to add the value to the Selected
Values box. When the parameter is bound with a column, but the display column is different from the
bind column, make sure the value you enter is that of the bind column.
All
If selected, it means that the parameter value result is all the values in the DBMS. This option is
available when the parameter's Enable the "All" Option property is set to true in JReport Designer. This
is translated in SQL to remove the parameter which may select more values than listed in the available
values list.
For example, when the parameter query is:
SELECT CUSTOMERS.CUSTOMERID,CUSTOMERS.CUSTOMERNAME FROM CUSTOMERS where CUSTOMERS.
CUSTOMERID>0 and CUSTOMERS.CUSTOMERID<4
When you click to add 1, 2 and 3 as the parameter values, which are all the available values, the
SQL is:
(CUSTOMERS.CUSTOMERID IN ( 1,2,3))
Run the same report again and this time check the All checkbox in the Enter Values dialog, the query is
then:
( 1 = 1)
In this case, you will get more customers even though available values are only 1 – 3.
Note: When a multi-value parameter is inserted as a field into a report and All is selected as the value,
the field will show the string "All" which represents all the values in the DBMS.
OK
Applies the selected values to the parameter and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Export dialog
This dialog helps you to set settings for exporting the report result to different formats.
● Properties
Specifies the properties for the selected format:
❍ PDF
❍ HTML
❍ Excel
❍ Text
❍ RTF
❍ XML
❍ PostScript
❍ DHTML Result
■ Zip Result
Specifies to compress the result and its size would be smaller.
OK
Exports the report with the settings you specified.
Cancel
Cancels the operation and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Filter Control Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a filter control. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Font tab
● Border tab
● Title tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the filter control.
Name
Specifies the name of the filter control.
Position
Displays the position mode of the filter control. If the filter control is directly contained in the report body, a
tabular cell, or a text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The filter control's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The filter control will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X, Y and
other position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The filter control will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y property
values.
Format
Specifies the field value format in the filter control.
Filter On
Displays the field that the filter control is based on. You can click the button to open the Select Field
dialog to select another field.
Apply To
Specifies the components to which the filter created with the filter control will be applied.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the filter control.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the filter control.
Width
Specifies the width of the filter control.
Height
Specifies the height of the filter control.
Background
Specifies the background color of the filter control.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color,
or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input
Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the filter control.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color,
or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB.
Show Title
Specifies whether to show the title of the filter control.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the text in the filter control.
Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the text will be underlined or not.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the text italic or not.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the filter control.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Title tab
This tab shows information about the title of the filter control. It is available when the Show Title option is
selected in the General tab of the same dialog.
Text
Specifies the text of the title.
● Auto Map Field Name
Specifies whether to use the field name as the title. If selected, the Text box above is disabled for
inputting.
Background
Specifies the background color of the title.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color,
or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input
Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the title.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color,
or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB.
Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the text will be underlined or not.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the text italic or not.
Filter dialog
This dialog helps you to set criteria for filtering records in a report. It has the following two modes:
● Basic
● Advanced
Advanced/Basic
Switches the dialog to the advanced/basic mode.
OK
Accepts the changes, and regenerates the result using the filter settings with this dialog closed.
Cancel
Cancels the operation and closes this dialog.
Apply
Accepts the changes in the current tab, and regenerates the result using the filter settings.
Reset
Restores this dialog to its opening status.
Help
Displays this help document.
Basic mode
The basic mode provides function for creating simple filter conditions which are connected by the AND and
OR operators.
Apply to
Specifies the object to which the filter will be applied.
● >
Greater than
● >=
Greater than or equal to
● <
Less than
● <=
Less than or equal to
● !=
Not equal to
● [not] in
Causes an enumerated list of values to appear in the WHERE clause predicate, used for evaluating for a
true condition.
● [not] like
Like string pattern matching operator is used to compare the first expression string value to the pattern
string (the second expression). If you want to use wildcard character in the pattern string, only "_" and
"%" are supported.
● [not] between
Allows the system to evaluate whether or not data values are located between a range of values indicated
in the predicate.
● is [not] null
It is used in WHERE clause predicates to match null values occurring in a specified data field.
Value
Specifies the value of how to filter the field. You can either enter the value manually in the text box or select
a value from the drop-down list. When you type in the value manually, if multiple values are required, they
should be separated with ",", and if "," or "\" is contained in the values, write it as "\," or "\\".
Logic
Lists the logic operator.
● AND
Logic operator AND which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR
Logic operator OR which is applied to this and the next line.
Advanced mode
The advanced mode enables the building of more complex filter conditions via the grouping of conditions.
Apply to
Specifies the object to which the filter will be applied.
Add Condition
Adds a new condition line.
Delete
Deletes the selected condition line.
Group
Makes the selected conditions in one group. Conditions can also be added to an existing group by selecting
the conditions and the group while holding the Ctrl button, and then clicking the Group button.
Ungroup
Makes the selected condition ungrouped.
Up
Moves the selected condition or group up to a higher level.
Down
Moves the selected condition or group down to a lower level.
Logic
Specifies the logic operator.
● AND
Logic operator AND which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR
Logic operator OR which is applied to this and the next line
● AND NOT
Logic operator AND NOT which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR NOT
Logic operator OR NOT which is applied to this and the next line.
Field
Specifies the field to be filtered.
Operator
Specifies the operator to compose the filter expression.
Value
Specifies the value of how to filter the field. You can either enter the value manually in the text box or select
a value from the drop-down list. When you type in the value manually, if multiple values are required, they
should be separated with ",", and if "," or "\" is contained in the values, write it as "\," or "\\".
Condition Expression
Displays the SQL statement of the filter condition.
Format Label dialog
This dialog helps you to format labels in a chart. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
● Font tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the label.
Name
Specifies the display name of the label, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the label.
Text
Specifies the label text.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the label.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the label.
Width
Specifies the width of the label.
Height
Specifies the height of the label.
Alignment
Specifies the alignment mode of the chart label.
Fill Type
Specifies the type for filling the label.
Color
Indicates the background color of the label.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog, and then specify a new color, or input a
color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text
box.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the label background.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the label.
Line Style
Specifies the style of the label borders.
Border Type
Specifies the border type.
Color
Specifies the color of the label borders.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the label borders.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the label borders.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the label.
Font
Specifies the font face of the label text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the label text.
Fill Type
Specifies the fill type of the label text.
Color
Specifies the color of the label text.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the label text.
Font Style
Specifies the font style of the label text.
Font Effect
Specifies the font effect of the label text.
Font Underline
Specifies the style of the line under the label text.
Font Strikeout
Specifies whether or not to attach a strikeout line to the label text.
Font Rotation
Specifies the rotation angle of the label around its center, in degrees.
Font Shearing
Specifies the shearing transformation of the label around its center, in degrees.
Word Wrap
Specifies whether or not to enable word wrapping for the label text.
Format Legend dialog
This dialog helps you to format the legend of a chart. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Placement tab
● Border tab
● Font tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the chart legend.
Name
Specifies the display name of the chart legend, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the legend.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the chart legend.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the chart legend.
Width
Specifies the width of the chart legend.
Height
Specifies the height of the chart legend.
Fill Type
Specifies the type for filling the chart legend.
Color
Indicates the background color of the chart legend.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog, and then specify a new color, or input a
color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text
box.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the legend background.
Show Value
Specifies whether to show the value of each legend.
Show Percent
Specifies whether to show the percentage of each legend.
Show Tips
Specifies whether to show the corresponding data information when the mouse pointer points at a target in the chart
legend.
Placement tab
This tab shows the position-related information of the chart legend.
Placement
Specifies the position of the legend in the platform.
Secondary Placement
Specifies the position of the legend on the basis of the Placement property.
Label Vertical Spacing
Specifies the vertical distance between two adjacent legend labels.
Label Horizontal Spacing
Specifies the horizontal distance between two adjacent legend labels.
Top Margin
Specifies the distance between the legend labels and the top border of the legend.
Bottom Margin
Specifies the distance between the legend labels and the bottom border of the legend.
Left Margin
Specifies the distance between the legend labels and the left border of the legend.
Right Margin
Specifies the distance between the legend labels and the right border of the legend.
Reverse Labels
Specifies whether or not to arrange the legend labels in a reverse order.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the chart legend.
Line Style
Specifies the line style of the legend borders.
Border Type
Specifies the type of the legend borders.
Color
Specifies the color of the legend borders.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the legend borders.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the legend borders.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the chart legend.
Font
Specifies the font face of the legend labels.
Size
Specifies the font size of the legend labels.
Fill Type
Specifies the fill type of the legend labels.
Color
Specifies the color of the legend labels.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the legend labels.
Font Style
Specifies the font style of the legend labels.
Font Effect
Specifies the font effect of the legend labels.
Font Underline
Specifies the style of the line under the legend labels.
Font Strikeout
Specifies whether or not to attach a strikeout line to the legend labels.
Font Rotation
Specifies the rotation angle of each legend label around its center, in degrees.
Font Shearing
Specifies the shearing transformation of each legend label around its center, in degrees.
Word Wrap
Specifies whether or not to enable word wrapping for the label text.
Format Paper dialog
This dialog helps you to format the paper of a chart. It contains the following tabs (some tabs may be not applicable
for certain chart types):
● General tab
● Border tab
● Coordinate tab
● Graph tab
● Axis X tab
● Axis Y tab
● Axis Z tab
● Bullet tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the chart paper.
Name
Specifies the display name of the chart paper, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the paper.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the chart paper.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the chart paper.
Width
Specifies the width of the chart paper.
Height
Specifies the height of the chart paper.
Fill Type
Specifies the type for filling the chart paper.
Color
Indicates the background color of the chart paper.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog, then specify a new color, or input a
color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text
box.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the chart paper background.
Show Tips
Specifies whether to show the corresponding data information when the mouse pointer points at a target in the chart
paper.
Show Category and Series
Specifies whether to show data of the category and value axes when the mouse pointer points at a target in the chart
paper. It takes effect only when the option Show Tips is checked.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the chart paper.
Line Style
Specifies the line style of the chart paper borders.
Border Type
Specifies the type of the chart paper borders.
Color
Specifies the color of the chart paper borders.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the chart paper borders.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the chart paper borders.
Coordinate tab
You can use this tab to view and configure properties of the coordinates.
Scale X
Specifies the scaling ratio for the X axis.
Scale Y
Specifies the scaling ratio for the Y axis.
Scale Z
Specifies the scaling ratio for the Z axis.
Angle X
Specifies the rotation angle around the X axis.
Angle Y
Specifies the rotation angle around the Y axis.
Angle Z
Specifies the rotation angle around the Z axis.
Perspective
Specifies the perspective effect of the chart. Input an integer to set the effect.
Interactive
Specifies whether the chart can be interactive or not.
Graph tab
You can use this tab to view and configure properties of the graphic object.
Line Thickness
Specifies thickness of the lines. Applies to line charts only.
Show Wall
Specifies whether or not to show the chart wall.
Show Floor
Specifies whether or not to show the chart floor.
Use Depth
Specifies whether to make the chart visually three-dimensional. Applies to 2-D bar/bench/line/area charts only.
● Depth
Specifies the depth of the bars/benches/lines/areas.
● Depth Direction
Specifies the angle of the axis along the depth of the bars/benches/lines/areas.
● Category Name - Shows the category name for the chart section. Only applies to the pie chart.
● Value and Percent - Shows the value and the percentage for the chart section.
Axis X tab
You can use this tab to view and configure properties of the X axis.
Show Axis X
Specifies whether or not to show the X axis.
Placement
Specifies the position of the axis.
Min Value
Specifies the minimal data value that will appear on the axis.
Max Value
Specifies the maximal data value that will appear on the axis.
Increment
Specifies the increment between two adjacent values of the axis.
Use Start Value
Specifies whether or not to set the start value of the axis. This option applies to scatter and bubble charts, and only if
the value on the category axis is not numeric.
Start Value
Specifies the position from where the axis label will start to be shown.
Label Position
Specifies whether to show the label text outside or inside the axis. This option only applies to 2D chart types, and
when Use Depth is set to true, the option will be disabled.
Show Axis Label Tips
Specifies whether to display the complete label text when the mouser pointer points at a label on the axis.
Label Font Automatic Orientation
Specifies to adjust the rotation angle of the label text on the axis automatically according to the length of the label
text, in degrees.
When this option is true (checked) by default:
● If the text can be completely displayed horizontally, the default rotation angle will be 0.
● If the text can not be completely displayed horizontally, the default rotation angle will be 30 anticlockwise, and the
cut off part will be shown as suspension points.
Angle
Specifies to customize the rotation angle of the label text on the axis. Activated when Label Font Automatic
Orientation is set to false (unchecked). You can input the angle in the text box directly.
Axis Y tab
You can use this tab to view and configure properties of the Y axis.
Show Axis Y
Specifies whether or not to show the Y axis.
Placement
Specifies the position of the axis.
Min Value
Specifies the minimal data value that will appear on the axis.
Max Value
Specifies the maximal data value that will appear on the axis.
Increment
Specifies the increment between two adjacent values of the axis.
Use Start Value
Specifies whether or not to set the start value of the axis.
Start Value
Specifies the position from where the axis label will start to be shown.
Show Axis Label Tips
Specifies whether to display the complete label text when the mouser pointer points at a label on the axis.
Label Font Automatic Orientation
Specifies to adjust the rotation angle of the label text on the axis automatically according to the length of the label
text, in degrees.
When this option is true (checked) by default:
● If the text can be completely displayed horizontally, the default rotation angle will be 0.
● If the text can not be completely displayed horizontally, the default rotation angle will be 30 anticlockwise, and the
cut off part will be shown as suspension points.
Angle
Specifies to customize the rotation angle of the label text on the axis. Activated when Label Font Automatic
Orientation is set to false (unchecked). You can input the angle in the text box directly.
Axis Z tab
You can use this tab to view and configure properties of the Z axis.
Show Axis Z
Specifies whether or not to show the Z axis.
Placement
Specifies the position of the axis.
Show Axis Label Tips
Specifies whether to display the complete label text when the mouser pointer points at a label on the axis.
Label Font Automatic Orientation
Specifies to adjust the rotation angle of the label text on the axis automatically according to the length of the label
text, in degrees.
When this option is true (checked) by default:
● If the text can be completely displayed horizontally, the default rotation angle will be 0.
● If the text can not be completely displayed horizontally, the default rotation angle will be 30 anticlockwise, and the
cut off part will be shown as suspension points.
Angle
Specifies to customize the rotation angle of the label text on the axis. Activated when Label Font Automatic
Orientation is set to false (unchecked). You can input the angle in the text box directly.
Bullet tab
You can use this tab to view and configure properties of the bullets in a chart.
● Border tab
● Data tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the chart platform.
Name
Specifies the display name of the platform, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the platform.
Position
Displays the position mode of the platform. If the platform is directly contained in the report body, a tabular cell, or a
text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The platform's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The platform will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X, Y and other
position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The platform will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y property values.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the platform.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the platform.
Width
Specifies the width of the platform.
Height
Specifies the height of the platform.
Fill Type
Specifies a type for filling the platform.
Color
Indicates the background color of the platform.
To change the color, click the color indicator to bring out the Select Color dialog, and then specify a new color, or
input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in
the text box.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the chart background.
Show Legend
Specifies whether or not to show the legend.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the chart platform.
Line Style
Specifies the line style of the platform borders.
Border Type
Specifies the type of the platform borders.
Color
Specifies the color of the platform borders.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the platform borders.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the platform borders.
Data tab
You can use this tab to view and configure properties of the chart data.
Sort Category
Specifies the sorting order for the category field values.
Sort Series
Specifies the sorting order for the series field values.
Reverse Category
Specifies whether or not to reverse the category field value sequence.
Reverse Series
Specifies whether or not to reverse the series field value sequence.
Category Start Offset
Specifies the starting offset of the categories.
Category End Offset
Specifies the ending offset of the categories.
Series Start Offset
Specifies the starting offset of the series.
Series End Offset
Specifies the ending offset of the series.
Category Value Encoding
Specifies the encoding format for values on the category axis. Formats here usually refer to the following: BIG5,
EUCJIS, GBK, UTF8, and XXXXX....
Series Value Encoding
Specifies the encoding format for values on the series axis. Formats here usually refer to the following: BIG5, EUCJIS,
GBK, UTF8, and XXXXX....
Swap Data Group
Specifies to display values from different data fields by switching data between the category and series axes, the
category and values axes.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
TOC Anchor
Specifies whether or not to add the node that represents the platform to the TOC tree that is displayed in the TOC
Browser.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the platform will not be displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the platform will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make sure to check
Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the platform will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with Delimited Format
selected.
Formula Editor dialog
This dialog helps you to create a dynamic formula in a report.
Formula Name
Specifies the name of the formula.
Fields box
Displays a list of those fields that are available for formulas. The fields include the dimension objects and detail information objects in the
current business/report cube, and the dynamic formulas and measures that have been created in the report. You can select one field and
double-click it to insert the field into the formula text panel at the insertion point.
Functions box
Displays a list of JReport functions that are available for formulas. When you select one function and double-click it, JReport will insert the
selected function into the formula text panel at the insertion point completely with its required syntax items (parentheses, commas, etc).
For details about usage of the functions, refer to Built-in functions in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
Operators box
Displays a list of operators that are available for formulas. Select one operator and double-click it to insert the selected operator into the
formula text panel at the insertion point.
For details about usage of the operators, refer to Operators in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
Formula text panel
In this panel, you can build and edit your formula. There are several ways to work with formulas:
● Select formula components from the Fields, Functions and Operators panels in the Formula Editor, and then double-click the components,
JReport will then insert them in the formula;
Note: If you refer to any field in the formula, the reference name for that field will be prefixed with an @ sign. If the field name contains
spaces, the reference name in formula will be quoted with double-quotation marks (""). For example, if the field name is Customer Name,
then the reference name will be @"Customer Name".
Check
Tests the syntax of your formula. If the syntax is incorrect, JReport provides an opportunity to correct the errors.
Add Operators
Selects a general operator to be used in the Formula Text panel.
Color Converter
A color palette is provided for you to insert the HEX code of a color simply by clicking the corresponding color in the color palette instead of
inputting the HEX code manually.
OK
Creates the formula and adds it to the Resource View panel.
Cancel
Doesn't add the formula and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Group Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a group object. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the group object.
Expand Detail Data
Specifies whether to expand or collapse the detailed records in the group level.
Keep Group Together
Specifies whether or not to try to keep groups wholly in a report page (try not to make a group across two pages).
Repeat While Group Footer
If the group header is set to be repeated, you can specify whether or not to still repeat the group header when a
page break occurs on the group footer.
Shrink Footer
Specifies whether or not to shrink the group footer when you shrink detailed records in the group level.
Special Function
Specifies a special function for the group level to group. This option is available only when the group field is of
Date/Time type.
Select Type
Specifies the type for Select N condition:
● ALL: The Select N condition will not take effect, and all groups will be retrieved.
● TOP_N: The first N groups of the group level will be displayed. Herein N is what you type in the Select N text
box.
● BOTTOM_N: The last N groups of the group level will be displayed. N is the integer you type in the Select N
text box.
Select N
If you want only the first or last several groups of the group level to be displayed, you can type an integer which
will be the number of groups to be displayed.
Sort
Specifies a sorting direction for the groups of the group level.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
TOC Anchor
Specifies whether or not to add the node that represents the object to the TOC tree that is displayed in the TOC
Browser.
Image Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of an image. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the image.
Name
Specifies the display name of the image, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the image.
Picture Name
Displays the image file name.
Scaling Mode
Specifies the scaling mode for the image. The mode can be:
● Actual Size: The image will be shown in its actual size.
● Customize: The image size will be equal to the image field size.
● Fit Image: The image will be scaled largest to wholly show in the image field.
● Fit Width: The image will be scaled largest to fit the width of the image field.
● Fit Height: The image will be scaled largest to fit the height of the image field.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment of the image in its container.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment of the image in its container.
Rotation
Rotates the image at a specified angle in degrees. The following is the meaning of different values:
● 0 - No rotation.
Note: When you rotate an image, the rectangle that holds the image maintains its original size, which may
result in that the image exceeds the field border and therefore the parts that extend outside of the border
will be cut off.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the image.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the image.
Width
Specifies the width of the image.
Height
Specifies the height of the image.
Alt
Specifies the alternate text which will be shown if the image cannot be displayed.
Title
Specifies tip information about the image, which will be displayed when the mouse cursor hovers on the
image.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
TOC Anchor
Specifies whether or not to add the node that represents the image to the TOC tree that is displayed in the
TOC Browser.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the image will not be displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the image will not be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make sure
to check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the image will not be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with Delimited
Format selected.
Insert Detail Column dialog
The dialog helps you to insert a new detail column into a table.
Resources
Lists all the available data resources for the new detail column. Select the resource you want from the
list.
OK
Inserts the column with the specified resource and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Insert Filter Control dialog
The dialog helps you to insert a filter control into a report for filtering all data components in the report
(excluding its subreport) using the same data source.
Filter On
Specifies a field on which the filter control is based.
OK
Inserts a filter control into the report and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the operation and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Insert Group Column dialog
The dialog helps you to insert new group columns into a table.
Resources
Lists all the available data resources for new group columns.
● Descend
Groups will be sorted in a descending order (C, B, A).
● No Sort
Groups will be sorted in the original order in database.
Group Above
Specifies to place the selected group by field above the detail information.
Group Left Above
Specifies to place the selected group by field left above the detail information.
Group Left
Specifies to place the selected group by field left to the detail information.
Image From
Specifies the source of the image file.
● Local File
Specifies to use an image from the local file system. The types and size of the images that can be
used are defined by the administrator in the Upload panel.
❍ File Name
Specifies the path and name of the image file. You can click the Browse button to locate the image
file.
● Web URL
Specifies to use an image via URL.
❍ Image URL
Specifies the URL of the image file. JReport will record the latest 10 entered URLs in the drop-down
list.
Note: If your JReport Server is in an intranet, to successfully access the image via URL, you
need to add the parameters -Dhttp.proxyHost=XXX -Dhttp.proxyPort=XX to the server's
startup file JRServer.bat, which locates in <install_root>\bin.
● Library
Specifies to use an existing image.
❍ My Images
The My Images folder is a virtual location where JReport Server stores the images that have once
been inserted into reports. Select the one you want to use.
❍ Preview
Displays a preview of the selected image.
OK
Inserts the image in the report and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the insertion and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Insert Parameter Control dialog
The dialog helps you to insert a parameter control into a report for delivering parameter values to the
report.
Select a Parameter
Specifies a parameter from the list where all the parameters except cascading parameters used by the
current report are displayed.
OK
Inserts a parameter control into the report and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the operation and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Insert Parameter Form Control dialog
The dialog helps you to insert a parameter form control into a report for running report sets from the
current report.
● Others
Specifies to run other report sets.
❍ Report Sets
Specifies the target report sets to run. If all the selected report sets contain no parameters, you
cannot finish the dialog.
❍ Parameter Information
Lists the parameters used by the selected report sets.
Resources
Lists all the available data resources for the new summary column. Select the resource you want from
the list.
OK
Inserts the column with the specified resource and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Label Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a label. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Font tab
● Border tab
● Others tab
● Display tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the label.
Name
Specifies the display name of the label, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the label.
Position
Displays the position mode of the label. If the label is directly contained in the report body, a tabular cell, or a
text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The label's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The label will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X, Y and other
position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The label will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y property values.
Text
Specifies the text of the label.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the label.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the label.
Width
Specifies the width of the label.
Height
Specifies the height of the label.
Top Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the label and its top border.
Bottom Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the label and its bottom border.
Left Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the label and its left border.
Right Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the label and its right border.
Background
Specifies the background color of the label.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color, or
input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent
in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the label.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color, or
input a color string in the format #RRGGBB.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the label.
Font
Specifies the font face of the label text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the label text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text in the label.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the text in the label.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the label text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the label text will be underlined or not.
Strikethrough
Specifies whether or not to attach a strikeout line to the label text.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the label text italic or not.
Autofit
Specifies whether or not to automatically adjust the width of the label.
Word Wrap
Specifies whether or not to wrap the text to the label width.
Ignore HTML Tag
If this option is unchecked, JReport will parse HTML tag elements in the field value while the report set is to be
saved as an HTML file; or the field value will appear in the HTML file the same as that in JReport Viewer (HTML
tag elements in the field value, if any, will not be parsed).
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the label. You can modify all the border settings in this tab.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Shadow
Specifies whether the borders will have a shadow effect or not.
Shadow Color
Specifies the color of the border shadow.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
TOC Anchor
Specifies whether or not to add the node that represents the label to the TOC tree that is displayed in the TOC
Browser.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the label will not be displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the label will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make sure to check
Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the label will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with Delimited Format
selected.
Logic Column
Specifies whether to show the label in the next visible table cell in the same row when the column which holds the
label is hidden.
Display tab
You can use this tab to modify the display type of the label. For details, see the Data Field Properties dialog.
Max Records dialog
This dialog allows you to set the maximum number of records for components to retrieve.
Max Records
Specifies the maximum record number. All means that all records will be retrieved, Top 10/20/50/100
means that the first 10/20/50/100 records will be retrieved, and you can directly input a number here
to retrieve the corresponding first records.
Note: If any filter condition has been set on the component, which will filter out some records, the
number of retrieved records may not accord with the number set for Max Records.
OK
Applies the settings to report components and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Discards the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Multivalue Container Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a multivalue container. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Font tab
● Border tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the multivalue container.
Name
Specifies the display name of the multivalue container, which will be shown on its shortcut menu.
Position
Specifies the position mode of the multivalue container. If the multivalue container is directly contained
in the report body, a tabular cell, or a text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The multivalue container's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The multivalue container will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected,
the X, Y and other position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The multivalue container will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y
property values.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the multivalue container.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the multivalue container.
Width
Specifies the width of the multivalue container.
Height
Specifies the height of the multivalue container.
Background
Specifies the background color of the multivalue container.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new
color, or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent,
input Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the multivalue container.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new
color, or input a color string in the text box.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the multivalue container.
Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the text bold or not.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the text italic or not.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the multivalue container.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
TOC Anchor
Specifies whether or not to add the node that represents the multivalue container to the TOC tree that
is displayed in the TOC Browser.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the multivalue container will not be
displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the multivalue container will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS
file (make sure to check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the multivalue container will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT
file with Delimited Format selected.
Navigation Control Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a navigation control. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the navigation control.
Name
Specifies the name of the navigation control.
Position
Displays the position mode of the navigation control. If the navigation control is directly contained in the
report body, a tabular cell, or a text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The navigation control's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The navigation control will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X, Y
and other position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The navigation control will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y
property values.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the navigation control.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the navigation control.
Width
Specifies the width of the navigation control.
Height
Specifies the height of the navigation control.
Background
Specifies the background color of the navigation control.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color,
or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input
Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the navigation control.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
New Report dialog
This dialog helps you to append a new report to the current report set.
Report Title
Specifies the title of the report.
Choose Report Layout
Lists the report layouts on which you can create your report.
● Banded
Creates a report containing a banded object.
● Table
Creates a report containing a table.
● Chart
Creates a report containing a chart.
● Crosstab
Creates a report containing a crosstab.
● Blank
Creates a report with nothing in it.
OK
Closes this dialog, and in accord with the selected report layout, the corresponding report wizard will be
displayed, or a blank report will be created.
Cancel
Closes this dialog without creating a report.
Help
Displays this help document.
New Report Set dialog
This dialog helps you to create a new report set that contains one report.
Report Title
Specifies the title of the report.
Choose Report Layout
Lists the report layouts on which you can create your report.
● Banded
Creates a report containing a banded object.
● Table
Creates a report containing a table.
● Chart
Creates a report containing a chart.
● Crosstab
Creates a report containing a crosstab.
● Blank
Creates a report with nothing in it.
OK
Closes this dialog, and in accord with the selected report layout, the corresponding report wizard will be
displayed, or a new report set will be created with a blank report.
Cancel
Closes this dialog without creating a report set.
Help
Displays this help document.
New Toolbar Name dialog
This dialog helps you to input the name for the new toolbar.
Name
Specifies the name of the new toolbar.
A valid toolbar name:
● Can only contain alphanumeric characters, underlines and spaces (except for at the beginning or end
of the name).
OK
Accepts a valid name (see above), and returns to the Options dialog.
Cancel
Closes this dialog without creating a new toolbar.
Help
Displays this help document.
Open Report dialog
This dialog helps you to open or hide reports in the current report set, and shows the display name and
description of each report.
In this dialog, the open reports in the current report set are marked with a check symbol. To change
the display state of the reports in the report set, check those reports to be opened, uncheck those to
be closed, and then click the OK button.
Display Name
Shows the display names of the reports in the report set.
Instance Name
Shows the instance names of the reports in the report set.
Description
Shows the descriptions of the reports if any.
OK
Closes this dialog, opens the selected reports, and closes those deselected.
Cancel
Closes this dialog without changing the report display state.
Help
Displays this help document.
Options dialog
This dialog helps you to set the user interface of JReport Viewer. It contains the following tabs:
● Option tab
● Customize tab
Restore Defaults
Restores the default settings.
OK
Applies the settings and closes the Options dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes the Options dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Option tab
This tab allows you to specify the skin of JReport Viewer user interface.
Skin
Specifies the skin of the JReport Viewer user interface. The skin can be the Standard, Classical, or
Windows XP style.
Customize tab
This tab allows you to customize the toolbars in JReport Viewer.
Current Toolbar
Lists all the available toolbars. If you want to customize a toolbar, click it to select.
Displays the New Toolbar Name dialog for you to input the name for the new toolbar. The new toolbar
name will then be displayed in the Current Toolbar list box.
Selected Tools
Displays the tools of the toolbar selected in the Current Toolbar list box in the order that they will
appear (from left to the right) on the toolbar.
Adds the selected tool from the Available Tools list box to the Selected Tools list box.
Adds all the available tools from the Available Tools list box to the Selected Tools list box.
Adjusts the location of the selected tool by moving it to the left on the toolbar.
Adjusts the location of the selected tool by moving it to the right on the toolbar.
Order/Select N dialog
This dialog helps you to set the sort order and the Select N condition in a chart.
Order
Specifies in which order data on the category/series axis of a chart will be displayed.
● Ascending
Lists data in an ascending order.
● Descending
Lists data in a descending order.
● No Sort
Keeps the data in their original order.
Select N
Specifies the Select N condition to define the number of category/series values that will be displayed
while others are hidden.
● Select N
❍ All
If selected, all category/series values in the chart will be displayed.
❍ Top
If selected, specify a number in the text box to the right and the first N category/series values in
the chart will be displayed.
❍ Bottom
If selected, specify a number in the text box to the right and the last N category/series values in
the chart will be displayed.
● Based On
If checked, the category/series values will be sorted by the values of the summary selected with the
direction specified. If unchecked, the category/series values will be sorted by the order specified in
the Order box of the dialog.
● Other
Enabled when Top or Bottom is selected from the Select N drop-down list. Check this option and then
type a character string in the text box to group all the category/series values beyond the top/bottom
N category/series values.
OK
Accepts the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Discards the changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Page Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to control the report page settings.
Page
Specifies the page properties.
● Type
Specifies the paper type.
● Width
Shows the paper width. If you select the paper type as Custom size, you can input the width of the
paper here.
● Height
Shows the paper height. If you select the paper type as Custom size, you can input the height of the
paper here.
Orientation
Specifies the paper orientation.
● Portrait
Displays the report data in a portrait orientation (vertically).
● Landscape
Displays the report data in a landscape orientation (horizontally).
Margin
Specifies the margin properties.
● Top
Specifies the distance of report data to the top edge of the page.
● Left
Specifies the distance of report data to the left edge of the page.
● Bottom
Specifies the distance of report data to the bottom edge of the page.
● Right
Specifies the distance of report data to the right edge of the page.
OK
Applies all changes and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and exits this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Parameter Control Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a parameter control. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Font tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the parameter control.
Name
Specifies the name of the parameter control.
Parameter
Displays the name of the parameter.
Format
Specifies the display format of the parameter value.
Position
Displays the position mode of the parameter control. If the parameter control is directly contained in the
report body, a tabular cell, or a text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The parameter control's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The parameter control will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X, Y
and other position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The parameter control will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y
property values.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the parameter control.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the parameter control.
Width
Specifies the width of the parameter control.
Height
Specifies the height of the parameter control.
Top Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the parameter control and its top border.
Bottom Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the parameter control and its bottom border.
Left Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the parameter control and its left border.
Right Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the parameter control and its right border.
Background
Specifies the background color of the parameter control.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color,
or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input
Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the parameter control.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color,
or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the text in the parameter control.
Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the text.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the text will be underlined or not.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the text italic or not.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the parameter control.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Parameter Field Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a parameter field. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Font tab
● Border tab
● Others tab
● Display tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the parameter field.
Name
Specifies the display name of the parameter field, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the
parameter.
Position
Specifies the position mode of the parameter field. If the parameter field is directly contained in the report
body, a tabular cell, or a text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The parameter field's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The parameter field will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X, Y
and other position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The parameter field will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y property
values.
Format
Specifies the data format of the parameter field.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the parameter field.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the parameter field.
Width
Specifies the width of the parameter field.
Height
Specifies the height of the parameter field.
Background
Specifies the background color of the parameter field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog, and then specify a new color,
or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input
Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the parameter field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color,
or input a color string in the text box.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the parameter field.
Font
Specifies the font face of the field text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the field text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text in the parameter field.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the text in the parameter field.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the field text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the field text will be underlined or not.
Strikethrough
Specifies whether or not to attach a strikeout line to the field text.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the field text italic or not.
Autofit
Specifies whether or not to automatically adjust the width of the parameter field.
Word Wrap
Specifies whether or not to wrap the text to the parameter field width.
Ignore HTML Tag
If this option is unchecked, JReport will parse HTML tag elements in the field value while the report set is to
be saved as an HTML file; or the field value will appear in the HTML file the same as that in JReport Viewer
(HTML tag elements in the field value, if any, will not be parsed).
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the parameter field.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Shadow
Specifies whether the borders will have a shadow effect or not.
Shadow Color
Specifies the color of the border shadow.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
TOC Anchor
Specifies whether or not to add the node that represents the parameter field to the TOC tree that is displayed
in the TOC Browser.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the parameter field will not be displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the parameter field will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make
sure to check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the parameter field will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with
Delimited Format selected.
Display tab
For a parameter field, you can change its display type to one of the following: Text, Rank, Image, Barcode,
Text Field, Hidden Field, Text Area, Checkbox, Radio Button, List, Drop-down List, Image Button, Button,
Submit, Reset and Hidden.
List
Specifies to display the parameter field as list.
Name
Specifies the name of the list.
Title
Specifies the title of the list.
Selected
Specifies the item to be selected.
Allow Multiple
Specifies whether or not to allow multiple items to be selected.
Disabled
Specifies whether or not to make the list disabled.
Drop-down List
Specifies to display the parameter field as drop-down list.
Name
Specifies the name of the drop-down list.
Title
Specifies the title of the drop-down list.
Selected
Specifies the item to be selected.
Disabled
Specifies whether or not to make the drop-down list disabled.
Reference: For the rest display types, see Data Field Properties dialog.
Parameter Form Control Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a parameter form control. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
● Title tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the parameter form control.
Name
Specifies the name of the parameter form control.
Position
Displays the position mode of the parameter form control. If the parameter form control is directly contained
in the report body, a tabular cell, or a text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The parameter form control's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The parameter form control will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected,
the X, Y and other position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The parameter form control will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y
property values.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the parameter form control.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the parameter form control.
Width
Specifies the width of the parameter form control.
Height
Specifies the height of the parameter form control.
Background
Specifies the background color of the parameter form control.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color,
or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input
Transparent in the text box.
Show Title
Specifies whether to show the title of the parameter form control.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the parameter form control.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Title tab
This tab shows information about the title of the parameter form control. It is available when the Show Title
option is selected in the General tab of the same dialog.
Text
Specifies the text of the title.
Background
Specifies the background color of the title.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color,
or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input
Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the title.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color,
or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB.
Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the text will be underlined or not.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the text italic or not.
PDF Encrypt Option dialog
This dialog helps you to set encryption options for the PDF file to be saved.
Compatibility
Specifies the encryption type to encrypt the PDF document. The option Acrobat 3.0 and later uses a low
encryption level (40-bit RC4), while the other option Acrobat 5.0 and later uses a high encryption level
(128-bit RC4).
Encryption Level
Shows the level of the encryption compatibility that you specified in the Compatibility drop-down list.
Require a password to open the document
Specifies the Document Open Password to prevent others from opening the document without
authorization.
● Document Open Password
Specifies the password to prevent others from opening the document without authorization.
● Confirm Password
Confirms the password you have specified in the Document Open Password text box.
Use a password to restrict printing and editing of the document and its security settings
Specifies the Permission Password to prevent others from printing and editing the document. The
password you specify here cannot be the same as the one that you use to open the document.
● Permissions Password
Specifies the password to prevent others from printing and editing.
● Confirm Password
Confirms the password you have specified in the Permissions Password text box.
● Printing Allowed
Specifies the printing quality for the PDF document.
● Changes Allowed
Specifies the editing actions that are permitted in the PDF document.
Method
Specifies the digital signing method.
Digital ID File
Specifies whether to use a digital ID file from a specified directory.
User Password
Specifies a password for this digital ID file.
Confirm Password
Confirms the password.
Reason for Signing Document
Specifies the reason for signing the document.
Edit by Yourself
Edits the reason for signing the document. It is enabled when I agree to 'specified' portions of this
document is selected from the Reason for Signing Document drop-down list.
Location
Specifies your location accordingly.
Your Contact Information
Specifies your contact information accordingly.
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Printable Version dialog
This dialog helps you to set the print settings.
Format
Specifies the format to which the report result will be printed.
● PDF
Specifies to print the report result to a PDF file.
● HTML
Specifies to print the report result to a HTML file.
Page Range
Specifies the range of the pages that are to be printed.
● All
Specifies that all pages will be printed.
● Current Page
Specifies that only the current page will be printed.
● Pages
Specifies page numbers and/or page ranges separated by commas.
OK
Prints the report result with the specified settings to a PDF or HTML file and opens it in an associated
program with which you can print the result to a printer.
Cancel
Cancels the print settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Query Filter dialog
This dialog helps you to apply a filter to the business/report cube used by the specified data component to
narrow down its data scope. It has the following two modes:
● Basic
● Advanced
Advanced/Basic
Switches the dialog to the advanced/basic mode.
OK
Applies the settings and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Closes the dialog and discards any changes.
Help
Displays this help document.
Basic mode
The basic mode provides function for creating simple filter conditions which are connected by the AND and OR
operators.
Query Filter
Specifies the filter you want to apply to the business/report cube.
● User Defined
Specifies to create a user defined filter to apply to the business/report cube.
● Predefined filters
The names of the predefined filters which were created on the business/report cube in JReport Designer. You
can choose one of them to apply.
❍ Edit
Edits the selected predefined filter. Once a predefined filter is edited, it will be saved as a user defined filter
in the business/report cube.
❍ Description
Displays the description of the selected predefined filter.
Deletes the current condition line.
Field
Specifies the field to be filtered.
Operator
Specifies the operator to compose the filter expression.
● =
Equal to
● >
Greater than
● >=
Greater than or equal to
● <
Less than
● <=
Less than or equal to
● !=
Not equal to
● [not] in
Causes an enumerated list of values to appear in the WHERE clause predicate, used for evaluating for a true
condition.
● [not] like
Like string pattern matching operator is used to compare the first expression string value to the pattern string
(the second expression). If you want to use wildcard character in the pattern string, only "_" and "%" are
supported.
● [not] between
Allows the system to evaluate whether or not data values are located between a range of values indicated in
the predicate.
● is [not] null
It is used in WHERE clause predicates to match null values occurring in a specified data field.
Value
Specifies the value of how to filter the field. You can either enter the value manually in the text box or select a
value from the drop-down list. Click the button or to switch to filter the field by field or value. When you
type in the value manually, if multiple values are required, they should be separated with ",", and if "," or "\" is
contained in the values, write it as "\," or "\\".
Logic
Lists the logic operator.
● AND
Logic operator AND which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR
Logic operator OR which is applied to this and the next line.
Advanced mode
The advanced mode enables the building of more complex filter conditions via the grouping of conditions.
Query Filter
Specifies the filter you want to apply to the business/report cube.
● User Defined
Specifies to create a user defined filter to apply to the business/report cube.
● Predefined filters
The names of the predefined filters which were created on the business/report cube in JReport Designer. You
can choose one of them to apply.
❍ Edit
Edits the selected predefined filter. Once a predefined filter is edited, it will be saved as a user defined filter
in the business/report cube.
❍ Description
Displays the description of the selected predefined filter.
Add Condition
Adds a new condition line.
Delete
Deletes the selected condition line.
Group
Makes the selected conditions in one group. Conditions can also be added to an existing group by selecting the
conditions and the group while holding the Ctrl button, and then clicking the Group button.
Ungroup
Makes the selected condition ungrouped.
Up
Moves the selected condition or group up to a higher level.
Down
Moves the selected condition or group down to a lower level.
Logic
Specifies the logic operator.
● AND
Logic operator AND which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR
Logic operator OR which is applied to this and the next line.
● AND NOT
Logic operator AND NOT which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR NOT
Logic operator OR NOT Not which is applied to this and the next line.
Field
Specifies the field to be filtered.
Operator
Specifies the operator to compose the filter expression.
Value
Specifies the value of how to filter the field. You can either enter the value manually in the text box or select a
value from the drop-down list. Click the button or to switch to filter the field by field or value. When you
type in the value manually, if multiple values are required, they should be separated with ",", and if "," or "\" is
contained in the values, write it as "\," or "\\".
Condition Expression
Displays the SQL statement of the filter condition.
Related topics:
● Applying filters to business/report cubes
Rename Current Report dialog
This dialog helps you to rename the current report.
● Border tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the report body.
Name
Specifies the display name of the report body, which will be shown on its shortcut menu.
Background
Specifies the background color and fill effect of the report body.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new
color, or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent,
input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the report body.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
TOC Anchor
Specifies whether or not to add the node that represents the report body to the TOC tree that is
displayed in the TOC Browser.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the report body will not be displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the report body will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make
sure to check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the report body will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with
Delimited Format selected.
Report Parameters dialog
This dialog helps you to input parameter values for a report.
For every parameter the report uses, the dialog provides a prompt, a text box or a drop-down list. You
can input the parameter value in the text box, or select a predefined value from the drop-down list. If
the parameter is of DateTime type, a calendar button will appear next to the drop-down list, which
will facilitate your inputting. And if the parameter's Allow Multiple Values property is set to true in
JReport Designer, you can click the button to specify multiple values for the parameter in the Enter
Values dialog.
OK
Accepts the parameter values for further processing.
Help
Displays this help document.
Report Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to set the properties of a report. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Discards the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the report.
Name
Specifies the report name.
Records per Page
Specifies the number of records in each page for the data buffer.
Page Background
Specifies the page background color.
Max Page Number
Specifies the maximum number of pages in the data buffer.
Max Records
Specifies the maximum number of records you want to display for the whole report.
Result Buffer Size
Specifies the size of the result buffer for storing the report result.
Embedded Fonts
Specifies the True Type Fonts that have been used in the report. This property is only for exporting PDF
files.
Compress If No Record
If this option is set to true (checked) and there is no record retrieved to the report, the report page will
be compressed.
Para List Auto
Specifies to get default parameter values either from a specified class or from values defined in the
catalog.
Others tab
This tab shows some miscellaneous information of the current report.
OK
Saves the new file with the specified settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Does not save the report set as a new file and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Save Report Template dialog
This dialog requires your confirmation on whether or not to save the report template when saving a
report set. You can use the option Pop Up Save Criteria Dialog in the Profile > Configure DHTML Profile
> Properties > Default tab to control whether or not to display this dialog when saving a report set.
The content can be found in two places - in the values of a certain field, or in the report content.
● To find a certain field value, select the field from the Select Field drop-down list, define the value
range in the Value Range drop-down list and then select the value from the Value drop-down list.
● To find text in the report content, check the Search in Whole Report checkbox, type the search
content in the Value box.
Select Field
Specifies the field in which you want to find the text. Disabled when Search in Whole Report is checked.
Value Range
Specifies the range of the displayed values so that you can select a required value quickly from the
Value field. Disabled when Search in Whole Report is checked.
Note: If All is selected in the Value Range drop-down list, the only item in the Value drop-down list will
be All and you cannot change the value, in which case, when you submit the search, JReport will search
for all the values of the selected field.
Value
Specifies the text you want to find. When Search in Whole Report is unchecked, you can select a value
from the drop-down list.
Search in Whole Report
Finds text in the report content. The Select Field drop-down list and the Value Range drop-down list are
disabled when this box is checked.
Match Case
Finds text only if it matches the capitalization of the text you have entered.
Find Whole Word
Finds text only if it matches a whole word.
Highlight All
Highlights all the matching text.
Direction
Specifies the searching direction.
● Up
Searches from the last found string to the beginning of the report.
● Down
Searches from the last found string to the end of the report. This option is selected by default.
Search
Searches the report or field value for the next match of the specified text.
Cancel
Cancels the operation and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Select Color dialog
This dialog helps you to specify a color. It contains the following tabs:
● Swatches tab
OK
Closes this dialog and returns the color value specified in the current tab.
Cancel
Closes this dialog without changing the color value.
Help
Displays this help document.
Swatches tab
This tab allows you to select one from the web safe color swatches.
Web Safe Colors
Lists the web safe colors for you to select one.
Transparent
Click this swatch to delete the color and specify the object to be transparent.
Color Indicator
The upper part will be displayed in the color you selected from Web Safe Colors and labeled the
hexadecimal value of the color (or "Transparent" if you click the Transparent swatch). The lower part is
always displayed in the original color. Clicking the lower part will restore the color to the original.
Filter On
Specifies another field which will replace the current field in the filter control.
OK
Applies the selected field to the filter control and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the selection and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Select Group Position dialog
The dialog helps you to specify the position of the group by field when you convert a table detail
column to a group column.
Group Above
Specifies to place the group by field in its own row above the detail columns.
Group Left Above
Specifies to place the group by field in its own row and column above and left of the detail columns.
Group Left
Specifies to place the group by field in its own column left of the detail columns.
OK
Applies the setting to convert the column and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the conversion and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Select Resource dialog
This dialog helps you to specify the field to which the dynamic measure object will be mapped.
In this dialog, all the dimension objects and detail information objects in the current business/
report cube and the dynamic formulas that have been created in the report will be listed. Select the
required field and then click OK to make it as the mapping field of the measure object.
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Select Values dialog
This dialog helps you to specify one or more values to apply a filter criterion.
Available
Specifies the values from this list to filter report data with.
Sort in Scope
Specifies on which level the sorting is based.
Adds a new sort expression line after the current one. This button appears after the first sort condition
has been composed.
OK
Accepts the changes and re-loads the report result using the sort settings with this dialog closed.
Cancel
Cancels the operation and closes this dialog.
Apply
Accepts the changes and re-loads the report result using the sort settings with this dialog displayed.
Reset
Restores this dialog to its opening status.
Help
Displays this help document.
Special Field Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a special field. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Font tab
● Border tab
● Others tab
● Display tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the special field.
Name
Specifies the display name of the special field, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the special field.
Position
Specifies the position mode of the special field. If the special field is directly contained in the report body, a
tabular cell, or a text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The special field's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The special field will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X, Y and other
position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The special field will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y property values.
Type
Specifies the type of the special field. Select a new one from the drop-down list if you want to change the type.
The following types are available:
● Fetch Date
Prints the date when the data is retrieved from the database.
● Fetch Time
Prints the time when the data is retrieved from the database.
● Global Page N of M
Prints a specific global page number out of the global total page number. You can specify the format of this
special field in the Report Inspector. The operation is the same as Page N of M.
● Group Name
Prints the group name, which usually placed in the Group Header/Footer panel.
● Group Number
Prints the group number, which is usually placed in the Group Header/Footer panel.
● Modified Date
Prints the last modified date for the catalog.
● Modified Time
Prints the last modified time for the catalog.
● Page N of M
Prints the page number of the total page number.
● Page Number
Prints the page number for each page.
● Print Date
Prints today's date (or the date designated on your computer).
● Print Time
Prints the current time on your computer.
● Record Number
Prints the record number, which is usually placed in the Details panel.
● SQL Statement
Prints the SQL statements used to execute the query.
● Task ID
Prints the internal task ID, which is a unique time stamp.
❍ If you set filter conditions in the Filter dialog, print the number of records obtained after performing the
filters, even though you have set the property Maximum Records before setting the filters.
● Total Records
Prints the total number of records after all the filter conditions are performed, except the ones created in the
Filter dialog of JReport Viewer, and the Group Filter dialog and top N or bottom N condition in JReport Designer.
● User Name
Prints the User ID with which you log onto JReport Server.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the special field.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the special field.
Width
Specifies the width of the special field.
Height
Specifies the height of the special field.
Background
Specifies the background color of the special field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to bring out the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color, or
input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent
in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the special field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to bring out the Select Color dialog and then specify a new color, or
input a color string in the text box.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the special field. You can modify all the font settings in this tab.
Font
Specifies the font face of the field text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the field text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text in the special field.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the text in the special field.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the object text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the field text will be underlined or not.
Strikethrough
Specifies whether or not to attach a strikeout line to the field text.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the field text italic or not.
Autofit
Specifies whether or not to automatically adjust the width of the special field.
Word Wrap
Specifies whether or not to wrap the text to the special field width.
Ignore HTML Tag
If this option is unchecked, JReport will parse HTML tag elements in the field value while the report set is to be
saved as an HTML file; or the field value will appear in the HTML file the same as that in JReport Viewer (HTML
tag elements in the field value, if any, will not be parsed).
Repeat
Specifies whether to repeat the group name in the report result. Only available for table and it takes effect only
when the group by field is placed in the detail row.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the special field. You can modify all the border settings in this tab.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Shadow
Specifies whether the borders will have a shadow effect or not.
Shadow Color
Specifies the color of the border shadow.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
TOC Anchor
Specifies whether or not to add the node that represents the special field to the TOC tree that is displayed in the
TOC Browser.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the special field will not be displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the special field will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make sure to
check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the special field will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with Delimited
Format selected.
Logic Column
Specifies whether to show the special field in the next visible table cell in the same row when the column which
holds the field is hidden.
Data Evaluation Setting
Specifies the group information for the object. Available only for the group by fields in table.
● current column
The object will take value of the group by field in the current column.
● current row
The object will take value of the group by field in the current row.
Display tab
You can use this tab to modify the render type of the special field. For details, see the Data Field Properties dialog.
Split dialog
This dialog helps you to specify the number of rows and columns that the specified tabular cell will be
split into.
Number of Columns
Specifies the number of columns the tabular cell will be split into. Input a positive integer in the text
box to specify the number.
Number of Rows
Specifies the number of rows the tabular cell will be split into. Input a positive integer in the text box to
specify the number.
OK
Closes this dialog and applies the settings.
Cancel
Discards any modifications and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Table Cell Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a table cell. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the table cell.
Name
Specifies the display name of the table cell, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the table cell.
Background
Specifies the background color of the table cell.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new
color, or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent,
input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the table cell. You can modify all the border settings in this
tab.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the table cell will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make
sure to check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the table cell will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with
Delimited Format selected.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the content in the table cell. When the Position property for
the object in the cell is set to absolute, this property does not take effect.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the content in the table cell. When the Position property for the
object in the cell is set to absolute, this property does note take effect.
Scope
A representation of the standard HTML attribute scope. This attribute specifies the set of data cells for
which the current header cell provides header information.
● Row - The current cell provides header information for the rest of the row that contains it.
● Column - The current cell provides header information for the rest of the column that contains it.
● None - The scope attribute will not be generated when exporting to HTML.
Table Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a table. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the table.
Name
Specifies the display name of the table, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the table.
Position
Specifies the position mode of the table. If the table is directly contained in the report body, a tabular
cell, or a text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The table's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The table will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X, Y and
other position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The table will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y property
values.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the table.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the table.
Width
Specifies the width of the table.
Height
Specifies the height of the table.
Background
Specifies the background color of the table.
To change the color, click the color indicator to bring out the Select Color dialog and then specify a new
color, or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent,
input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the table.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
TOC Anchor
Specifies whether or not to add the node that represents the table to the TOC tree that is displayed in
the TOC Browser.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the table will not be displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the table will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make sure
to check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the table will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with Delimited
Format selected.
Table Row Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a table row. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the object.
Name
Specifies the display name of the table row, which will be shown on its shortcut menu.
Background
Specifies the background color of the table row.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new
color, or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent,
input Transparent in the text box.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the table row will not be displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the table row will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make
sure to check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the table row will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with
Delimited Format selected.
Table Wizard
This wizard guides you through the process of creating a table report. It contains the following screens:
● Data screen
● Display screen
● Group screen
● Summary screen
● Style screen
Back
Returns to the previous screen.
Next
Goes to the next screen.
Finish
Creates a report containing the table and closes the wizard.
Cancel
Closes the wizard without creating a report.
Help
Displays this help document.
Data screen
Specifies the business/report cube to use to create the table. This screen is hidden when there is only one
cube in the current catalog.
Available Data Resources
Lists all the available business/report cubes in the current catalog, with which you can create the table.
Display screen
Specifies the fields to be displayed in the table.
Resources
Displays all the cube elements in the selected business/report cube.
Group screen
Specifies the fields to group the data.
Resources
Displays all the available dimension objects you can use to group the data in the table.
Summary screen
Specifies the fields on which to create aggregation functions.
Resources
Displays all the available measure objects you can use to create aggregation functions in the table.
Style screen
Specifies the style of the table. This screen is hidden when there is only one style available to be applied to
the table.
Style
Lists all table styles for you to select one from.
Inherit Style
Specifies to take the style of the parent component. The option is available only when you specify to insert
the table into a banded object.
Preview
Shows a preview of the selected style.
Tabular Cell Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a tabular cell. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the tabular cell.
Name
Specifies the display name of the tabular cell, which will be shown on its shortcut menu.
Background
Specifies the background color of the tabular cell.
To change the color, click the color indicator to access the Select Color dialog and then specify a new
color, or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent,
input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the tabular cell.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the tabular cell will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make
sure to check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the tabular cell will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with
Delimited Format selected.
Tabular Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a tabular. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the tabular.
Name
Specifies the display name of the tabular, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the tabular.
Position
Specifies the position mode of the tabular. If the tabular is directly contained in the report body, a
tabular cell, or a text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The tabular's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The tabular will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X, Y and
other position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The tabular will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y property
values.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
TOC Anchor
Specifies whether or not to add the node that represents the tabular to the TOC tree that is displayed in
the TOC Browser.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the tabular will not be displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the tabular will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make
sure to check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the tabular will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with
Delimited Format selected.
Text Box Properties dialog
This dialog helps you to edit the properties of a text box. It contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the text box.
Name
Specifies the display name of the text box, which will be shown on its shortcut menu.
Position
Specifies the position mode of the text box. If the text box is directly contained in the report body, a
tabular cell, or a text box, its position mode can be modified.
● Absolute: The text box's position will be decided by its X and Y property values.
● Static: The text box will be positioned at the default location in its container. If selected, the X, Y and
other position-related properties will be hidden or disabled.
● Relative: The text box will be positioned according to its default location and the X and Y property
values.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies vertical justification of the text in the text box.
Vertical Auto Size
Specifies whether or not to automatically adjust the height of the text box according to the size of the
components inserted.
X
Specifies the X coordinate of the text box.
Y
Specifies the Y coordinate of the text box.
Width
Specifies the width of the text box.
Height
Shows the height of the text box.
Background
Specifies the background color of the text box.
To change the color, click the color indicator to bring out the Select Color dialog and then specify a new
color, or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent,
input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the text box.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
TOC Anchor
Specifies whether or not to add the node that represents the text box to the TOC tree that is displayed
in the TOC Browser.
Suppress When No Records
If true (checked) and no records are returned by the report, the text box will not be displayed.
Export to XLS
If true (checked), the text box will be exported when you save the report result as an XLS file (make
sure to check Excel 2000 in the Export dialog).
Export to CSV
If true (checked), the text box will be exported when you save the report result as a TXT file with
Delimited Format selected.
Top N dialog
This dialog helps you to filter data to display records that meet the Top N condition.
Value
Specifies a positive integer N here so that records with the field value equal to one of the top N field
values will be displayed.
OK
Applies the settings and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Closes the dialog and discards any changes.
Help
Displays this help document.
To Chart dialog
This dialog helps you to specify settings for converting a crosstab into a chart. It contains the following
tabs:
● Chart Type tab
● Display tab
● Style tab
Back
Returns to the previous tab.
Next
Goes to the next tab.
OK
Applies the settings and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Display tab
This tab allows you to set the fields that will be displayed in the chart.
Resources
Displays all the cube elements used in the crosstab.
Lists the dimension object that will be displayed on the category axis of the chart.
Series
Lists the dimension object that will be displayed on the series axis of the chart.
Show Values
Lists the measure objects that will be displayed on the value axis of the chart.
Order/Select N
Opens the Order/Select N dialog to define the sort order and Select N condition in the chart.
Style tab
This tab allows you to select a style for the chart. It is hidden when there is only one style available.
Style
Lists all the styles for you to select from.
● Custom
There is no style information in this style and it is only used to support reports built with previous
versions which did not bind any style or the bound style cannot be found in the style list.
Preview
Shows a preview of the selected style.
Inherit Style
Specifies to take the style of the parent component. The option is available when the crosstab is in a
banded object.
To Crosstab dialog
This dialog helps you to specify settings for converting a chart into a crosstab. It contains the following
tabs:
● Display tab
● Style tab
Back
Returns to the previous tab.
Next
Goes to the next tab.
OK
Applies the settings and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Display tab
This tab allows you to set the data fields that you want to display in the crosstab.
Resources
Displays the cube elements used in the chart.
● Display Name
Lists the display name for the selected dimension objects. You can edit the names if required.
● Sort
Specifies how the selected dimension objects will be sorted.
Aggregates
Lists the measure objects that will be the aggregate fields of the crosstab.
● Field
Lists the measure objects that you selected to display in the crosstab.
● Display Name
Lists the display name for the selected measure objects. You can edit the names if required.
Style tab
This tab allows you to select a style for the crosstab. It is hidden when there is only one style available.
Style
Lists all the styles for you to select one.
● Custom
There is no style information in this style and it is only used to support reports built with previous
versions which did not bind any style or the bound style cannot be found in the style list.
Preview
Shows a preview of the selected style.
Inherit Style
Specifies to take the style of the parent component. The option is available when the chart is in a table
or banded object.
Turn to Page dialog
This dialog helps you to input the page number so as to turn to the specified page.
Zoom to
Specifies the magnification in percentage.
OK
Closes this dialog and zooms the report page in or out to the magnification.
Cancel
Closes this dialog without changing the magnification of the report page.
Help
Displays this help document.
JReport Studio dialogs
While using JReport Studio, you will go through the following dialogs. This section introduces each of
these dialogs in alphabetical order. You can go into the links for details.
● Add Aggregation dialog
● Aggregate On dialog
● Chart Wizard
● Crosstab Wizard
● Export dialog
● Filter dialog
● Font dialog
● Format Category(X) Axis dialog
● Print dialog
● Save As dialog
● Table Wizard
● To Chart dialog
● To Crosstab dialog
Resource Name
Click to select a field or a formula on which the aggregation is based on in the Select Resource
dialog.
Aggregate
Specifies the function for the aggregation.
● Count
This function computes the number of values referred to by the argument.
● Sum
This function computes the sum of all the values referred to by the argument.
● Average
The function is used to get the average value of the values referred to by the argument.
● Maximum
This function returns the highest value referred to by the argument.
● Minimum
This function returns the lowest value referred to by the argument.
● DistinctCount
This function computes the number of distinct values referred to by the argument.
● PopulationStdDev
This function computes the population standard deviation of the values referred to by the argument.
● StdDev
This function computes the standard deviation of the values referred to by the argument.
● Variance
This function computes the variance of all the values referred to by the argument.
Aggregation Name
Specifies the name of the aggregation. Note that when you changing the resource name or aggregate
function, the aggregation name will change accordingly.
OK
Creates or edits the aggregation and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the operation and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Aggregate On dialog
The dialog appears when you do either of the following:
● Right-click the field in a table detail column and select Aggregate On from the shortcut menu.
● Click a column header to select the column, then on the Context toolbar, click the Aggregate On
button .
It helps you to create a dynamic aggregation directly based on the field bound with the selected table
detail column.
Aggregate On
Displays the field bound with the detail column. The field will be used to create the aggregation.
Function
Specifies the function to summarize the field in the detail column.
OK
Creates the aggregation and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Button Properties dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a button in a navigation control and select Properties from the
shortcut menu. It helps you to modify the properties of the button.
Button Type
● Button
The button is displayed as a normal button.
● Image Button
The button is displayed as an image.
Button
When Button is selected as the button type, the following options are available.
Button Label
Specifies the properties of the button label.
● Text
Specifies the text of the label.
● Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
● Font Style
Specifies the font style of the text.
● Font Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
● Align
Specifies the alignment way of the label in the button.
● Font Color
Specifies the font color of the text.
Border
Specifies the properties of the button border.
● Color
Specifies the border color.
● Thickness
Specifies the border width.
● Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
● Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
● Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
● Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Button Body
Specifies the properties of the button body.
● Background
Specifies the background color of the button body.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in
the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
● Width
Specifies the width of the button.
● Height
Specifies the height of the button.
Preview
Displays a preview of the button according to the button properties.
Image Button
When Button Image is selected as the button type, the following options are available.
Image From
Specifies the source of the image file.
● Local File
Specifies to use an image from the local file system.
❍ File Name
Specifies the path and name of the image file. You can click the Browse button to locate the image file.
● Web URL
Specifies to use an image via URL.
❍ Image URL
Specifies the URL of the image file. JReport will record the latest 10 entered URLs in the drop-down list.
Note: If your JReport Server is in an intranet, to successfully access the image via URL, you need to
add the parameters -Dhttp.proxyHost=XXX -Dhttp.proxyPort=XX to the server's startup file JRServer.
bat, which locates in <install_root>\bin.
● Library
Specifies to use an existing image.
❍ My Images
The My Images folder is a virtual location where JReport Server stores the images that have once been
inserted into reports. Select the one you want to use.
Preview
Displays a preview of the selected image.
OK
Applies the button properties and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the changes and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Category Options dialog
This dialog appears when you click the Top N button above the Category box in the Bind Data
screen of chart in the JReport Studio Wizard, Insert Chart dialog, Chart Wizard, or To Chart dialog. It
helps you to set the sort order of the category values and define the number of the category values
that will be displayed in the chart.
Category Order
Specifies in which order data on the category axis of a chart will be displayed.
● Ascend
Lists data in an ascending order.
● Descend
Lists data in a descending order.
● No Sort
Keeps the data in their original order in database.
Category Selection
Specifies the number of the category values that will be displayed in the chart.
● Select
Specifies the Select N condition to define the number of the category values that will be displayed.
❍ All
If selected, all category values will be displayed.
❍ Top N
If selected, specify a number in the field to the right and the first N category values will be
displayed.
❍ Bottom N
If selected, specify a number in the field to the right and the last N category values will be
displayed.
● Based On
If checked, the category values will be sorted by values of the summary selected with the direction
specified. If unchecked, the category values will be sorted by the order specified in the Category
Order box of the dialog.
● Remaining Categories In
Enabled only when Top N or Bottom N is selected from the Select drop-down list. Check this option
and then type a character string in the text field to group all the category values beyond the top/
bottom N range.
● Skip First
If you check the Skip First option and input a number M in the text field to the right, then the first M
category values in the chart will be skipped and the Select N condition will take effect beginning with
M+1. The skipped values will be included in the Remaining Categories group together with all the
category values beyond the top/bottom N range.
OK
Accepts the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Discards the changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Chart Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a chart and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It helps you to
specify the properties of the chart.
Name
Specifies the display name of the chart, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the chart.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal justification of the chart. Choose an option from the drop-down list.
● left: Aligns the chart on the left of the report.
Width
Specifies the width of the chart.
Height
Specifies the height of the chart.
Show Legend
Specifies whether to make the legend in the chart visible.
Show Wall
Specifies whether to show the wall in the chart.
Show Floor
Specifies whether to show the floor, only for 3-D chart types.
Show Axis Y
Specifies whether to show the axis Y.
Show Axis X
Specifies whether to show the axis X.
Show Gridline X
Specifies whether to show the gridlines perpendicular to the axis X.
Show Gridline Y
Specifies whether to show the gridlines perpendicular to the axis Y.
OK
Applies the chart properties and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the changes and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Chart Wizard
This wizard is displayed when you do one of the following:
● Select a chart, then click Menu > Edit > Wizard.
● Select a chart, then click the Chart Wizard button on the Context toolbar.
● Right-click the icon of a chart or any part of a chart other than the legend and label, then select Chart
Wizard from the shortcut menu.
It helps you to change data and modify the type of the chart.
Chart Title
Specifies a title for the chart.
Sets the font, font style, size, alignment, font color and background color properties for the chart title.
Data Source
Displays the business view that has been used in the chart.
Filter
Opens the Query Filter dialog to specify the filter which you want to apply to the selected business view.
Resources
Displays the view elements in the selected business view.
● Secondary Axis
Adds a chart type to the secondary axis. Active only when the option Secondary Axis is checked.
Lists the group object that will be displayed on the category axis of the chart.
Series
Lists the group object that will be displayed on the series axis of the chart.
Opens the Category Options dialog or Series Options dialog to define the sort order of the category or series
values and specify the number of the category or series values that will be displayed in the chart.
● Custom tab
OK
Closes this dialog and returns the color value specified in the current tab.
Cancel
Closes this dialog without changing the color value.
Help
Displays this help document.
Standard tab
This tab allows you to select one from the web safe color swatches.
Web Safe Colors
Lists the web safe colors for you to select one.
R
Specifies the amount of red in a color. The value is from 0 to 255.
G
Specifies the amount of green in a color. The value is from 0 to 255.
B
Specifies the amount of blue in a color. The value is from 0 to 255.
#
Specifies the hexadecimal value of the color.
New
This part will be displayed in the color you define.
Current
This part is always displayed in the original color. Clicking this part will restore the color to the original.
Custom tab
This tab allows you to customize the color within a wider range.
Color matrix
Select a color you want in the color matrix. The hue of the matrix is based on the color you define on
the color bar.
Color bar
Specifies a color on the bar which will be the hue of the color matrix.
R
Specifies the amount of red in a color. The value is from 0 to 255.
G
Specifies the amount of green in a color. The value is from 0 to 255.
B
Specifies the amount of blue in a color. The value is from 0 to 255.
#
Specifies the hexadecimal value of the color.
New
This part will be displayed in the color you define.
Current
This part is always displayed in the original color. Clicking this part will restore the color to the original.
Conditional Formatting dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a field and select Conditional Formatting from the shortcut
menu. It helps you to add some conditional formats to values of the selected field.
Condition
Displays all the conditions you have already added.
●
Adds a new condition in the Edit Conditions dialog.
●
Edits the selected condition.
●
Removes the selected condition.
● Priority
Specifies the priority of each condition.
❍
Moves a condition up for a higher priority.
❍
Moves a condition down for a lower priority.
Format
Specifies the format which will be applied to the field values when the specified condition is fulfilled.
● Font
Specifies the font type for the field values.
● Border
Specifies the border line style for the field values.
● Size
Specifies the font size for the field values.
● Bold
Specifies whether or not to bold the field values.
● Italic
Specifies whether or not to make the field values italic.
● Underline
Specifies whether or not to underline the field values.
● Foreground Color
Specifies the foreground color for the field values.
● Background Color
Specifies the background color for the field values.
● Sample Text
Displays a preview sample of your settings.
OK
Applies the settings and exits the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Crosstab Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a crosstab and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It helps you
to specify the properties of the crosstab and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
● Crosstab tab
● Others tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the crosstab.
Name
Specifies the display name of the crosstab, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the crosstab.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal justification of the crosstab. Choose an option from the drop-down list.
● Left: Aligns the crosstab on the left of the tabular cell.
Background
Specifies the background color of the crosstab.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the crosstab.
Color
Specifies the color of the borders.
Width
Specifies the width of the borders.
Top Line
Specifies the line style of the top border. Choose a style from the drop-down list.
Bottom Line
Specifies the line style of the bottom border. Choose a style from the drop-down list.
Left Line
Specifies the line style of the left border. Choose a style from the drop-down list.
Right Line
Specifies the line style of the right border. Choose a style from the drop-down list.
Crosstab tab
This tab shows the layout-related information of the crosstab.
Horizontal Gap
Specifies the space between the content and left/right edge of a crosstab cell.
Vertical Gap
Specifies the space between the content and top/bottom edge of a crosstab cell.
Boundary Value
Specifies the number of aggregate fields in one row/column.
Row Total on Top
Specifies whether or not to display the Total rows for each column on the top of the crosstab.
Column Total on Left
Specifies whether or not to display the Total columns for each row in the first column in the crosstab.
Suppress Column Header
Specifies whether or not to suppress the column headers.
Suppress Row Header
Specifies whether or not to suppress the row headers.
Table Style
Specifies whether or not to add headers to the Total rows and columns.
Others tab
You can use this tab to view and configure some miscellaneous settings.
● Select a crosstab, then click the Crosstab Wizard button on the Context toolbar.
● Right-click the icon of a crosstab and select Crosstab Wizard from the shortcut menu.
Crosstab Title
Specifies a title for the crosstab.
Sets the font, font style, size, alignment, font color and background color properties for the crosstab title.
Data Source
Displays the business view that has been used in the crosstab.
Filter
Opens the Query Filter dialog to specify the filter which you want to apply to the selected business view.
Resources
Displays the view elements in the selected business view.
Adds the selected group object to be displayed on the columns of the crosstab.
Adds the selected group object to be displayed on the rows of the crosstab.
Adds the selected aggregation object or detail object to be the summary field of the crosstab.
Columns/Rows
● Field
Lists the group objects that will be displayed in the columns/rows of the crosstab.
● Label
Specifies the display names of the group objects. By default these are blank and no names will be created for
the group objects to label the columns/rows. You can double-click the cells to edit them if required.
● Sort
Specifies the sort order of the group objects.
Summaries
● Field
Lists the aggregate/detail objects that you select to create summaries.
● Label
Specifies the display names of the aggregate/detail objects. By default these are blank and no names will be
created for the objects to label the summaries. You can double-click the cells to edit them if required.
● Aggregation
Specifies the functions used to summarize data of the detail objects.
The dialog appears when you click the button or in the Conditional Formatting dialog. It helps
you to add a new condition or edit an existing condition for the selected field, and has the following two
modes:
● Basic
● Advanced
Advanced/Basic
Switches the dialog to the advanced/basic mode.
OK
Applies the settings and exits the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Basic mode
The basic mode provides function for creating simple filter conditions which are connected by AND and OR
operators.
Delete the current condition line.
Field
Specifies the field to be filtered.
Operator
Specifies the operator to compose the filter expression.
● =
Equal to
● >
Greater than
● >=
Greater than or equal to
● <
Less than
● <=
Less than or equal to
● !=
Not equal to
● [not] in
Causes an enumerated list of values to appear in the WHERE clause predicate, used for evaluating for a
true condition.
● [not] like
Like string pattern matching operator is used to compare the first expression string value to the pattern
string (the second expression). If you want to use wildcard character in the pattern string, only "_" and
"%" are supported.
● [not] between
Allows the system to evaluate whether or not data values are located between a range of values
indicated in the predicate.
● is [not] null
It is used in WHERE clause predicates to match null values occurring in a specified data field.
Value
Specifies the value of how to filter the field. You can either enter the value manually in the text box or
select a value from the drop-down list. When you type in the value manually, if multiple values are
required, they should be separated with ",", and if "," or "\" is contained in the values, write it as "\," or "\
\".
Logic
Lists the logic operator.
● AND
Logic operator AND which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR
Logic operator OR which is applied to this and the next line.
Advanced mode
The advanced mode enables the building of more complex filter conditions via the grouping of conditions.
Add Condition
Adds a new condition line.
Delete
Deletes the selected condition line.
Group
Makes the selected conditions in a group. Conditions can also be added to an existing group by selecting
the conditions and the group while holding the Ctrl button, and then clicking the Group button.
Ungroup
Makes the selected condition ungrouped.
Up
Moves the selected condition or group up to a higher level.
Down
Moves the selected condition or group down to a lower level.
Logic
Specifies the logic operator.
● AND
Logic operator AND which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR
Logic operator OR which is applied to this and the next line
● AND NOT
Logic operator AND NOT which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR NOT
Logic operator OR NOT which is applied to this and the next line.
Field
Specifies the field to be filtered.
Operator
Specifies the operator to compose the filter expression.
Value
Specifies the value of how to filter the field. You can either enter the value manually in the text box or
select a value from the drop-down list. When you type in the value manually, if multiple values are
required, they should be separated with ",", and if "," or "\" is contained in the values, write it as "\," or "\
\".
Condition Expression
Displays the SQL statement of the condition.
Edit Detail Table dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a summary and select Edit Detail Table from the shortcut menu. It helps
you to edit which fields will be displayed in the table when performing the go to detail action on the summary.
Resources
Displays all the group and detail objects in the selected business view.
Image From
Specifies the source of the image file.
● Local File
Specifies to use an image from the local file system.
❍ File Name
Specifies the path and name of the image file. You can click Browse button to locate the image file.
● Web URL
Specifies to use an image via URL.
❍ Image URL
Specifies the URL of the image file.
Note: If your JReport Server is in an intranet which requires a proxy, to successfully access the
image via URL, you need to add the parameters -Dhttp.proxyHost=XXX -Dhttp.proxyPort=XX
to the server's startup file JRServer.bat, which is located in <install_root>\bin.
● Library
Specifies to use an existing image.
❍ My Images
The My Images folder is a virtual location where JReport Server stores the images that have once
been inserted into reports. Select the one you want to use.
Preview
Displays a preview of the selected image.
OK
Applies the settings and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Edit Link dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click an object, click Edit Link on the shortcut menu. It helps you to
link the specified object to a report, URL or E-mail address as required.
Select Link Type
Specifies the type of the link target. It can be one of the following:
● Link to Report
● Link to URL
● Link to E-mail
Link to Report
It helps you to link a specified object to a report.
Target Report
Specifies the linked target report.
Target Report Parameters
Assigns values to the parameters of the target report.
● Name
Lists all parameters contained in the target report.
●
Adds the target components in the selected report to link the object to.
●
Removes the selected component.
Conditions
Specifies the link conditions between the target report and the main report.
●
Adds the selected field of the target report to set up link between the target report and the main
report.
●
Removes the selected condition.
● Main
Lists the DBFields in the main report which are of the same data type as the selected fields in the
target report.
● OP
Specifies the operator to set up links between the target report and the main report.
● Target
Lists the selected fields of the target report.
Link to URL
It helps you to link a specified object to a location specified by a URL.
Hyperlink
Specifies the URL for the hyperlink that is to be used to link the object.
Open in New Window
If selected, the URL will be loaded in a new window.
Link to E-mail
It helps you to link the specified object to an e-mail address.
Hyperlink
Specifies the e-mail address that the object will be linked to.
OK
Applies the settings and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the changes and exits the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Edit Multimedia dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a multimedia object and select Edit from the shortcut menu. It
helps you to edit the multimedia object.
Flash
Specifies to insert a flash file to the current report.
Real Media File
Specifies to insert a realmedia file to the current report.
Windows Media File
Specifies to insert a Windows Media file to the current report.
File Name/URL
Specifies the name or URL of the multimedia object that is to be inserted into the report. Type in the
name or URL in the text box or click Browse to find the file.
Plug-in Page
Specifies the URL of the plug-in page from which to download the player with which to play the
multimedia object file (if it isn't already installed on your local disk).
Properties
Specifies the properties of the multimedia object.
● For Flash
❍ Play
Specifies whether to start the flash file automatically when the report is opened.
❍ Loop
Specifies whether to play the flash file repeatedly.
❍ Movie Quality
Specifies the quality of the flash.
❍ Center
Specifies whether to place the realmedia file in the center of the report.
❍ Loop
Specifies whether to play the realmedia file repeatedly.
❍ Loop Number
Specifies how many times you want to play the realmedia file.
❍ Auto Rewind
Specifies whether or not to rewind the Windows Media file automatically.
❍ Play Count
Specifies the number of times you want to play this media file.
OK
Applies the settings for the multimedia object and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the edition and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Enter Values dialog
The dialog appears when you click the button while specifying values for a parameter. It helps
you to specify multiple values for the parameter.
Available Values
Lists all predefined parameter values for selection. When the parameter is bound with a column, but
the Display Column is different from the Bind Column, values of the Display Column are listed here.
Selected Values
Lists the values selected. The selected values are case sensitive.
Adds the selected values from the Available Values box to the Selected Values box.
Adds all the selected values from the Available Values box to the Selected Values box.
Removes all the selected values from the Selected Values box.
Enter Values
This option is available when the parameter's Allow Type-in of Value property is set to true in JReport
Designer.
Enter a value manually in the text box and then click the button next to add the value to the Selected
Values box. When the parameter is bound with a column, but the display column is different from the
bind column, make sure the value you enter is that of the bind column.
All
If selected, it means that the parameter value result is all the values in the DBMS. This option is
available when the parameter's Enable the "All" Option property is set to true in JReport Designer. This
is translated in SQL to remove the parameter which may select more values than listed in the available
values list.
For example, when the parameter query is:
SELECT CUSTOMERS.CUSTOMERID,CUSTOMERS.CUSTOMERNAME FROM CUSTOMERS where CUSTOMERS.
CUSTOMERID>0 and CUSTOMERS.CUSTOMERID<4
When you click to add 1, 2 and 3 as the parameter values, which are all the available values, the
SQL is:
(CUSTOMERS.CUSTOMERID IN ( 1,2,3))
Run the same report again and this time check the All checkbox in the Enter Values dialog, the query is
then:
( 1 = 1)
In this case, you will get more customers even though available values are only 1 – 3.
Note: When a multi-value parameter is inserted as a field into a report and All is selected as the value,
the field will show the string "All" which represents all the values in the DBMS.
OK
Applies the selected values to the parameter and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Export dialog
This dialog appears when you click Menu > File > Export. It helps you to set settings for exporting the
report result to different formats.
● Properties
Specifies the properties for the selected format:
❍ PDF
❍ HTML
❍ Excel
❍ Text
❍ RTF
❍ XML
❍ PostScript
OK
Exports the report with the settings you specified.
Cancel
Cancels the operation and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Field Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a field and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It helps you to
specify the properties of the field and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Font tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the field.
Name
Specifies the display name of the field.
Width
Specifies the width of the field.
Format
Specifies the format of the field.
Height
Specifies the height of the field.
Top Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the field and its top border.
Bottom Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the field and its bottom border.
Left Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the field and its left border.
Right Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the field and its right border.
Background
Specifies the background color of the field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the field.
Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text in the field.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the text in the field.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the text will be underlined or not.
Strikethrough
Specifies whether or not to attach a strikeout line to the text.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the text italic or not.
Autofit
Specifies whether or not to automatically adjust the width of the field.
Word Wrap
Specifies whether or not to wrap the text to the field width.
Ignore HTML Tag
If this option is unchecked, JReport will parse HTML tag elements in the field value while the report is to be
saved as an HTML file; or the field value will appear in the HTML file the same as that in JReport Studio (HTML
tag elements in the field value, if any, will not be parsed).
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the field.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Shadow
Specifies whether the borders will have a shadow effect or not.
Shadow Color
Specifies the color of the border shadow.
Fill Effects dialog
This dialog helps you to specify either a gradient or an image as the fill effect of an object. It contains
the following tabs:
● Gradient tab
● Image tab
OK
Applies the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Gradient tab
This tab allows you to specify the gradient colors to fill the object.
Fill Gradient
Displays the type of gradient to fill the object. It is Linear by default.
Start Color
Specifies a color in the gradient graph.
End Color
Specifies the other color in the gradient graph.
Start X
Specifies the horizontal position, measured in the percentage of the object's width, from the left edge
of the object, where the gradient starts.
Start Y
Specifies the vertical position, measured in the percentage of the object's height, from the top edge of
the object, where the gradient starts.
End X
Specifies the horizontal position, measured in the percentage of the object's width, from the left edge
of the object, where the gradient ends.
End Y
Specifies the vertical position, measured in the percentage of the object's height, from the top edge of
the object, where the gradient ends.
Preview
Displays a preview of your settings.
Image tab
This tab allows you to specify an image to fill the object.
● Font tab
● Border tab
● Title tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the filter control.
Name
Specifies the name of the filter control.
Format
Specifies the field value format in the filter control.
Filter On
Displays the field that the filter control is based on. You can click the button to open the Select Field dialog
to select another field.
Apply To
Specifies the components to which the filter created with the filter control will be applied.
Width
Specifies the width of the filter control.
Height
Specifies the height of the filter control.
Background
Specifies the background color of the filter control.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the filter control.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB.
Show Title
Specifies whether to show the title of the filter control.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the text in the filter control.
Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the text will be underlined or not.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the text italic or not.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the filter control.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Title tab
This tab shows information about the title of the filter control. It is available when the Show Title option is
selected in the General tab of the same dialog.
Text
Specifies the text of the title.
● Auto Map Field Name
Specifies whether to use the field name as the title. If selected, the Text box above is disabled for inputting.
Background
Specifies the background color of the title.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the title.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB.
Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the text will be underlined or not.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the text italic or not.
Filter dialog
The dialog appears when you click Menu > Edit > Filter. It helps you to set criteria for filtering records,
and has the following two modes:
● Basic
● Advanced
Inspector
Opens the Filter Inspector dialog.
Advanced/Basic
Switches the dialog to the advanced/basic mode.
OK
Closes the dialog and filters the records of the report with the specified criteria.
Cancel
Cancels to set criteria for filtering records and exits the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Basic mode
The basic mode provides function for creating simple filter conditions which are connected by AND and OR
operators.
Apply to
Specifies the component to which the filter will be applied.
● >
Greater than
● >=
Greater than or equal to
● <
Less than
● <=
Less than or equal to
● !=
Not equal to
● [not] in
Causes an enumerated list of values to appear in the WHERE clause predicate, used for evaluating for a
true condition.
● [not] like
Like string pattern matching operator is used to compare the first expression string value to the pattern
string (the second expression). If you want to use wildcard character in the pattern string, only "_" and
"%" are supported.
● [not] between
Allows the system to evaluate whether or not data values are located between a range of values
indicated in the predicate.
● is [not] null
It is used in WHERE clause predicates to match null values occurring in a specified data field.
Value
Specifies the value of how to filter the field. You can either enter the value manually in the text box or
select a value from the drop-down list. When you type in the value manually, if multiple values are
required, they should be separated with ",", and if "," or "\" is contained in the values, write it as "\," or "\
\".
Logic
Lists the logic operator.
● AND
Logic operator AND which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR
Logic operator OR which is applied to this and the next line.
● END
Logic operator END which is applied to this line.
Advanced mode
The advanced mode enables the building of more complex filter conditions via the grouping of conditions.
Apply to
Specifies the component to which the filter will be applied.
Add Condition
Adds a new condition line.
Delete
Deletes the selected condition line or group.
Group
Makes the selected condition lines in a group. Condition lines can also be added to an existing group by
selecting the condition lines and the group while holding the Ctrl button, and then clicking the Group
button.
Ungroup
Makes the selected condition line or group ungrouped.
Up
Moves the selected condition line or group up to a higher level.
Down
Moves the selected condition line or group down to a lower level.
Logic
Specifies the logic operator.
● AND
Logic operator AND which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR
Logic operator OR which is applied to this and the next line
● AND NOT
Logic operator AND NOT which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR NOT
Logic operator OR NOT which is applied to this and the next line.
Field
Specifies the field to be filtered.
Operator
Specifies the operator to compose the filter expression.
Value
Specifies the value of how to filter the field. You can either enter the value manually in the text box or
select a value from the drop-down list. When you type in the value manually, if multiple values are
required, they should be separated with ",", and if "," or "\" is contained in the values, write it as "\," or "\
\".
Condition Expression
Displays the SQL statement of the filter.
Filter Inspector dialog
The dialog appears when you click the Inspector button in the Filter dialog. It lists all the filters the
current studio report is using for your information.
Query Filter
Lists the filters created via the Query Filter dialog.
Dialog Filter
Lists the filters created via the Filter dialog.
On Screen Filter
Lists the filters created via the Filter panel and via filter controls.
Go To Filter
Lists all the go to filters that are created when performing the go-to-by-value action on the report.
OK
Applies the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the changes and exits the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Flash Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a flash object and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It helps
you to edit the properties of the flash object.
Name
Specifies the display name of the flash, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the flash.
Alternate Text
Specifies the alternate text which will be shown if the flash cannot be displayed.
Width
Specifies the width of the flash.
Height
Specifies the height of the flash.
Movie Quality
Specifies the quality of the flash.
Play
Specifies whether to start the flash file automatically when the report is opened.
Loop
Specifies whether to play the flash file repeatedly.
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Font dialog
This dialog appears when you select a label or field and click the Font button on the toolbar. It
helps you to specify the font format of the label or field.
Font
Specifies the font face.
Size
Specifies the font size.
Color
Specifies the font color.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color
indicator to access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input
a color string in the format #RRGGBB.
● Font tab
OK
Applies the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the category(X) axis of the chart.
Line
Specifies the line style for the category(X) axis.
● Color
Specifies the color of the category(X) axis.
● Thickness
Specifies the thickness for the line of the category(X) axis.
● Transparency
Specifies the transparency for the color of the category(X) axis.
Labels
Specifies the properties for the labels on the category(X) axis.
● Show Axis Label Tips
Specifies whether to show the complete label text when the mouse pointer points at a label on the category
(X) axis.
● Label Position
Specifies whether to show the label text outside or inside the category(X) axis.
● Angle
Specifies to customize the rotation angle of the label text on the category(X) axis. Activated when Label Font
Automatic Orientation is unchecked. You can input the angle in the text box directly.
Value Control
Specifies the value control for the category(X) axis.
● Min Value
Specifies the minimal data value that will appear on the category(X) axis.
● Max Value
Specifies the maximal data value that will appear on the category(X) axis.
● Increment
Specifies the increased amount between two adjacent values on the category(X) axis. This option applies to
scatter and bubble charts.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the category(X) axis.
Font
Specifies the font face of the label text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the label text.
Fill Type
Specifies the fill type of the label text.
Color
Specifies the color of the label text.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the label text.
Font Style
Specifies the font style of the text. It can be one of the following: Plain, Bold, Italic and Bold Italic.
Format Category(X) Gridline dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a chart and then select Format Gridlines > Category(X) Gridline from
the shortcut menu. It helps you to format the category(X) gridline of the chart.
Color
Specifies the color schema for category(X) gridlines in the chart.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the color of category(X) gridlines in the chart.
Line Style
Specifies the line style for category(X) gridlines in the chart.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness for category(X) gridlines in the chart.
OK
Applies the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Format Floor dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a chart and then select Format Walls > Format Floor from the shortcut
menu. It helps you to format the floor of the chart and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the floor.
Fill Type
Specifies the fill type for the floor of the chart.
Color
Specifies the color schema for the floor of the chart.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the color schema that is applied to the floor of the chart.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the floor.
Color
Specifies the color for border of the chart floor.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness for border of the chart floor.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency for color of the border.
Line Style
Specifies the style for border of the chart floor.
Border Type
Specifies the type for the border of the chart floor.
Format Legend dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a chart and select Format Legend from the shortcut menu. This dialog
helps you to format the legend of the chart and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Placement tab
● Border tab
● Font tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the chart legend.
Name
Specifies the display name of the chart legend, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the legend.
Width
Specifies the width of the chart legend.
Height
Specifies the height of the chart legend.
Fill Type
Specifies the type for filling the chart legend.
Color
Indicates the background color of the chart legend.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the legend background.
Show Value
Specifies whether to show the value of each legend.
Show Percent
Specifies whether to show the percentage of each legend.
Show Tips
Specifies whether to show the corresponding data information when the mouse pointer points at a target in the
chart legend.
Placement tab
This tab shows the position-related information of the chart legend.
Placement
Specifies the position of the legend in the platform.
Secondary Placement
Specifies the position of the legend on the basis of the Placement property.
Top Margin
Specifies the distance between the legend labels and the top border of the legend.
Bottom Margin
Specifies the distance between the legend labels and the bottom border of the legend.
Left Margin
Specifies the distance between the legend labels and the left border of the legend.
Right Margin
Specifies the distance between the legend labels and the right border of the legend.
Label Vertical Spacing
Specifies the vertical distance between two adjacent legend labels.
Label Horizontal Spacing
Specifies the horizontal distance between two adjacent legend labels.
Reverse Labels
Specifies whether or not to arrange the legend labels in a reverse order.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the chart legend.
Line Style
Specifies the line style of the legend borders.
Border Type
Specifies the type of the legend borders.
Color
Specifies the color of the legend borders.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the legend borders.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the legend borders.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the chart legend.
Font
Specifies the font face for the legend labels.
Size
Specifies the font size for the legend labels.
Fill Type
Specifies the fill type for the legend labels.
Color
Specifies the color for the legend labels.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency for the legend labels, in percent.
Font Style
Specifies the font style of the text. It can be one of the following: Plain, Bold, Italic and Bold Italic.
Font Rotation
Specifies the rotation angle of each legend label around its center, in degrees.
Word Wrap
Specifies whether or not to enable word wrapping for the label text.
Format Paper dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a chart and select Format Paper from the shortcut menu. It helps you
to format the paper of the chart and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
● Coordinate tab
● Graph tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the chart paper.
Name
Specifies the display name of the chart paper, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the paper.
Width
Specifies the width of the chart paper.
Height
Specifies the height of the chart paper.
Fill Type
Specifies the type for filling the chart paper.
Color
Indicates the background color of the chart paper.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the chart paper background.
Show Tip
Specifies whether to show the corresponding data information when the mouse pointer points at a target in the
chart paper.
Show Category and Series
Specifies whether to show data of the category and value axes when the mouse pointer points at a target in
the chart paper. It takes effect only when the option Show Tips is checked.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the chart paper.
Line Style
Specifies the line style of the chart paper borders.
Border Type
Specifies the type of the chart paper borders.
Color
Specifies the color of the chart paper borders.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the chart paper borders.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the chart paper borders.
Coordinate tab
You can use this tab to view and configure properties of the coordinates.
Scale X
Specifies the scaling ratio for the X axis.
Scale Y
Specifies the scaling ratio for the Y axis.
Angle X
Specifies the rotation angle around the X axis.
Angle Y
Specifies the rotation angle around the Y axis.
Perspective
Specifies the perspective effect of the chart. Input an integer to set the effect.
Interactive
Specifies whether the chart can be interactive or not.
Graph tab
You can use this tab to view and configure properties of the graphic object. This tab differs according to the
following chart types:
● Bar/Bench
● Line/Area
● Clustered Pie
● Donut Pie
Bar/Bench
Specifies the properties on bars of the chart.
Type
Specifies the type of the bars.
● Normal
Specifies to make the bars be quadrate.
● Cylinder
Specifies to make the bars be columned.
Size
Specifies the size of the bars in the chart.
● Width
Specifies the width of the bars. Applies to bar charts only.
Depth
Specifies the depth properties for bars of the chart.
● Use Depth
Specifies whether to make the chart visually three-dimensional.
● Depth
Specifies the depth of the bars/benches.
● Direction
Specifies the angle of the axis along the depth of the bars/benches.
● Position
Specifies the position of the static data label. Available only when Show Static Data Label is set to true.
❍ Auto Fit
If selected, the data labels will be displayed automatically.
❍ Outside Top
If selected, the data labels will be displayed on the outside top of the nodes.
❍ Inside Top
If selected, the data labels will be displayed on the inside top of the nodes.
❍ Inside Center
If selected, the data labels will be displayed in the inside center of the nodes.
❍ Inside Bottom
If selected, the data labels will be displayed at the inside bottom of the nodes.
● Type
Specifies in which way the value labels will be displayed around the chart section.
❍ Value - Shows the value for the chart section.
❍ Category Name - Shows the category name for the chart section. Only applies to pie chart.
❍ Percent - Shows the percentage of the section to the total. Only applies to pie chart.
❍ Value Percent - Shows the value and the percentage for the chart section.
Line/Area
Specifies properties on lines/areas in the chart.
Size
Specifies the size of the lines/areas in the chart.
● Line Thickness
Specifies thickness of the lines. Applies to line charts only.
Depth
Specifies the depth properties of the chart.
● Use Depth
Specifies whether to make the chart visually three-dimensional.
● Depth
Specifies the depth of the lines/areas.
● Direction
Specifies the angle of the axis along the depth of the lines/areas.
● Position
Specifies the position of the data labels on the areas. Available only when Show Static Data Label is set to
true.
❍ Auto Fit
If selected, the data labels will be displayed automatically.
❍ Top Center
If selected, the data labels will be displayed in the top center of the nodes on the lines/areas.
❍ Top Left
If selected, the data labels will be displayed on the top left of the nodes on the lines/areas.
❍ Top Right
If selected, the data labels will be displayed on the top right of the nodes on the lines/areas.
❍ Bottom Left
If selected, the data labels will be displayed on the bottom left of the nodes on the lines/areas.
❍ Bottom Center
If selected, the data labels will be displayed in the bottom center of the nodes on the lines/areas.
❍ Bottom Right
If selected, the data labels will be displayed on the bottom right of the nodes on the lines/areas.
● Type
Specifies in which way the value labels will be displayed around the chart section.
❍ Value - Shows the value for the chart section.
❍ Category Name - Shows the category name for the chart section. Only applies to pie chart.
❍ Value Percent - Shows the value and the percentage for the chart section.
Clustered Pie
Specifies properties on the clustered pies in the chart.
Pie
● Show Pie Name
Specifies whether or not to show the clustered pie name.
● Position
Specifies the position of the data labels on the clustered pies. Available only when Show Static Data Label is
set to true.
❍ Auto Fit
If selected, the data labels will be displayed automatically.
❍ Sticker
If selected, the data labels will be displayed next to the clustered pies.
❍ Slim Leg
If selected, the data labels will be displayed beside the clustered pies and pointed by thin lines.
❍ Best Fit
If selected, the data labels will be displayed at the best fit position automatically.
❍ On Slices
If selected, the data labels will be displayed on the slices of clustered pies.
● Type
Specifies in which way the value labels will be displayed around the chart section.
❍ Value - Shows the value for the chart section.
❍ Category Name - Shows the category name for the chart section. Only applies to pie chart.
❍ Value Percent - Shows the value and the percentage for the chart section.
Donut Pie
Specifies properties on the donut pies in the chart.
Donut Hole
Specifies the percentage the hole’s thickness will take from the total radius of the donut pie circle.
Donut
● Show donut Name
Specifies whether or not to show the donut pie name.
● Position
Specifies the position of the data labels on the donut pies. Available only when Show Static Data Label is set
to true.
❍ Auto Fit
If selected, the data labels will be displayed automatically.
❍ Sticker
If selected, the data labels will be displayed next to the donut pies.
❍ Slim Leg
If selected, the data labels will be displayed beside the donut pies and pointed by thin lines.
❍ Best Fit
If selected, the data labels will be displayed at the best fit position automatically.
❍ On Slices
If selected, the data labels will be displayed on the slices of the donut pies.
● Type
Specifies in which way the value labels will be displayed around the chart section.
❍ Value - Shows the value for the chart section.
❍ Category Name - Shows the category name for the chart section. Only applies to pie chart.
❍ Value Percent - Shows the value and the percentage for the chart section.
Notes:
● If the chart is a combo chart composed by areas/ bars/lines, the areas/bars/lines will be shown as sub tab in
the Graph tab.
● Threshold Value
Specifies the value of the first threshold line.
Threshold Line2
Specifies the properties of the second threshold line.
● Show Threshold Line2
Specifies whether or not to show the second threshold line.
● Threshold Value
Specifies the value of the second threshold line.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the threshold lines.
Format Platform dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a chart and select Format Platform from the shortcut menu. It you to
format the platform of the chart and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
Specifies the color schema to fill the platform.
Color
Specifies the color with which to fill the platform.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB, or click More Fill Effects to specify a gradient or an image as the fill effect in the Fill Effects
dialog. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the color.
Border tab
Specifies the properties for borders of the chart platform.
Border Type
Specifies the type for border of the platform.
● None
The object has no visible border lines.
● Raised
The object has 3D borders that appear as if they are raised off the page.
● Recess
The object has 3D borders that appear as if they are pressed into the page.
● Shadow
The object has two shadowed borders, beneath and to the right of the object.
● Solid
The object has single-line borders (default value).
Color
Specifies the color for border of the platform.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency for color of the border.
Line Style
Specifies the line style to apply to the border of the platform.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the border.
End Caps
Specifies the ending style of the border line.
● Butt
Ends unclosed subpaths and dash segments with no added decoration.
● Round
Ends unclosed subpaths and dash segments with a round decoration that has a radius equal to half of the
width of the pen.
● Square
Ends unclosed subpaths and dash segments with a square projection that extends beyond the end of the
segment to a distance equal to half of the line width.
Line Joint
Specifies the line joint style for the border line.
● Miter
Joins path segments by extending their outside edges until they meet.
● Round
Joins path segments by rounding off the corner at a radius of half the line width.
● Bevel
Joins path segments by connecting the outer corners of their wide outlines with a straight segment.
● Joint Round
Joins path segments by rounding off the corner at a specified radius.
Radius
Specifies the radius for the border joint of the platform border line. Available only when Line Joint is set to Joint
Round.
Dash
Specifies the dash size of border line.
● Auto Adjusted Dash
If selected, the dash size will be adjusted automatically.
● Font tab
OK
Applies the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
Specifies the general properties for the value(Y) axis of the chart.
Line
Specifies the line style for the value(Y) axis.
● Color
Specifies the color of the line.
● Thickness
Specifies the thickness for the line.
● Transparency
Specifies the transparency for the color of the line.
Labels
Specifies the properties for the labels on the value(Y) axis.
● Show Axis Label Tips
Specifies whether to display the complete label text when the mouser pointer points at a label on the value
(Y) axis.
● Label Position
Specifies whether to show the label text outside or inside the value(Y) axis.
● Angle
Specifies to customize the rotation angle of the label text on the value(Y) axis. Activated when Label Font
Automatic Orientation is unchecked. You can input the angle in the text box directly.
Value Control
Specifies the value control for the value(Y) axis.
● Min Value
Specifies the minimum value that is to be displayed on the value(Y) axis.
● Max Value
Specifies the maximum value that is to be displayed on the value(Y) axis.
● Increment
Specifies the increased amount between two adjacent values on the value(Y) axis. This option applies to
scatter and bubble charts.
Font tab
Specifies the font format for text on the value(Y) axis.
Font
Specifies the font face of the label text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the label text.
Fill Type
Specifies the fill type of the label text.
Color
Specifies the color of the label text.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the label text.
Font Style
Specifies the font style of the text. It can be one of the following: Plain, Bold, Italic and Bold Italic.
Format Value(Y) Gridline dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a chart and select Format Gridlines > Value(Y) Gridline from the
shortcut menu. It helps you to format the value(Y) gridline of the chart.
Color
Specifies the color schema for value(Y) gridlines in the chart.
Line Style
Specifies the style for value(Y) gridlines in the chart.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the color of value(Y) gridlines in the chart.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness for value(Y) gridlines in the chart.
OK
Applies the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Format Wall dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a chart and select Format Walls > Format Wall from the shortcut
menu. It helps you to format the wall of the chart and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the wall.
Wall
Specifies the color or the fill effect of the wall of the chart.
● Fill Type
Specifies the fill type of the wall.
● Color
Specifies the color of the wall.
● Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the color schema that is applied to the wall of the chart.
Bound
Specifies the fill color or effect to compound with the basic fill which is set in the Wall area.
● Fill Type
Specifies the fill type of the wall.
● Color
Specifies the fill color schema or effect to compound with the basic fill which is set for the walls of a chart in
the Wall area.
● Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the color schema that is applied here.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the wall.
Color
Specifies the color schema for the border of the wall.
Transparency
Specifies the transparency of the color schema that is applied to the border of the wall.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness for the border of the wall.
Line Style
Specifies the line style for the border of the wall.
Formula Editor dialog
This dialog appears when you expand the Dynamic Resource > Formulas node in the Resources panel, then click <Add Formula…> or right-click a
dynamic formula and then select Edit from the shortcut menu. It helps you to create or edit a dynamic formula in a report.
Formula Name
Specifies the name of the formula.
Fields box
Displays a list of those fields that are available to formulas. The fields include the group and detail objects in the current business view, and the
dynamic formulas that have been created in the report. You can select one field and double-click it to insert the field into the formula text panel at the
insertion point.
Functions box
Displays a list of JReport functions that are available to formulas. When you select one function and double-click it, JReport will insert the selected
function into the formula text panel at the insertion point completely with its required syntax items (parentheses, commas, etc).
For details about usage of the functions, refer to Built-in functions in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
Operators box
Displays a list of operators that are available to formulas. Select one operator and double-click it to insert the selected operator into the formula text
panel at the insertion point.
For details about usage of the operators, refer to Operators in the JReport Designer User's Guide.
Formula text panel
In this panel, you can build and edit your formula. There are several ways to work with formulas:
● Select formula components from the Fields, Functions and Operators boxes in the Formula Editor, and then double-click the components, JReport will
then insert them in the formula;
Note: If you refer to any field in the formula, the reference name for that field will be prefixed with an @ sign. If the field name contains spaces, the
reference name in formula will be quoted with double-quotation marks (""). For example, if the field name is Customer Name, then the reference name
will be @"Customer Name".
Tests the syntax of your formula. If the syntax is incorrect, JReport provides an opportunity to correct the errors.
A color palette is provided for you to insert the HEX code of a color simply by clicking the corresponding color in the color palette instead of inputting
the HEX code manually.
OK
Creates or edits the formula and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the creation or edition of the formula and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Group Footer Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a table group footer and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It
helps you to specify the properties of the group footer and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings for the group footer properties and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the group footer.
Name
Specifies the display name of the group footer.
Height
Specifies the height of the group footer.
Background
Specifies the background color of the group footer.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB, or click More Fill Effects to specify a gradient or an image as the fill effect in the Fill Effects
dialog. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the group footer.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Group Header Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a table group header and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It
helps you to specify the properties of the group header and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings for the group header properties and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the group header.
Name
Specifies the display name of the group header.
Height
Specifies the height of the group header.
Background
Specifies the background color of the group header.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB, or click More Fill Effects to specify a gradient or an image as the fill effect in the Fill Effects
dialog. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the group header.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Image Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click an image and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It helps you to
edit the properties of the image.
Name
Specifies the display name of the image, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the image.
Picture Name
Displays the image file name.
Scaling Mode
Specifies the scaling mode for the image. The mode can be:
● actual size: The image will be shown in its actual size.
● customize: The image size will be equal to the image field size.
● fit image: The image will be scaled largest to wholly show in the image field.
● fit width: The image will be scaled largest to fit the width of the image field.
● fit height: The image will be scaled largest to fit the height of the image field.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment of the image in its container.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment of the image in its container.
Rotation
Rotates the image at a specified angle in degrees. The following is the meaning of different values:
● 0 - No rotation.
Note: When you rotate an image, the rectangle that holds the image maintains its original size, which may
result in that the image exceeds the field border and therefore the parts that extend outside of the border will
be cut off.
Width
Specifies the width of the image.
Height
Specifies the height of the image.
Alt
Specifies the alternate text which will be shown if the image cannot be displayed.
Title
Specifies tip information about the image, which will be displayed when the mouse cursor hovers on the image.
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Insert Chart dialog
This dialog appears when you click Menu > Insert > Chart, or drag Chart from the Components panel to the
destination. It helps you to insert a chart to a report.
Chart Title
Specifies a title for the chart.
Sets the font, font style, size, alignment, font color and background color properties for the chart title.
Data Source
Specifies the data source on which the chart will be built.
Filter
Opens the Query Filter dialog to specify the filter which you want to apply to the selected business view.
Resources
Displays the view elements in the selected business view.
● Secondary Axis
Adds a chart type to the secondary axis. Active only when the option Secondary Axis is checked.
Lists the group object that will be displayed on the category axis of the chart.
Series
Lists the group object that will be displayed on the series axis of the chart.
Opens the Category Options dialog or Series Options dialog to define the sort order of the category or series
values and specify the number of the category or series values that will be displayed in the chart.
Crosstab Title
Specifies a title for the crosstab.
Sets the font, font style, size, alignment, font color and background color properties for the crosstab title.
Data Source
Specifies a data source on which the crosstab will be built from the data source drop-down list.
Filter
Opens the Query Filter dialog to specify the filter which you want to apply to the selected business view.
Resources
Displays the elements in the selected business view.
Adds the selected group object to be displayed in the columns of the crosstab.
Adds the selected group object to be displayed in the rows of the crosstab.
Adds the selected aggregation object or detail object to be the summary field of the crosstab.
Columns/Rows
● Field
Lists the group objects that will be displayed in the columns/rows of the crosstab.
● Label
Specifies the display names for the selected group objects.
● Sort
Specifies the sort order of the group objects.
Summaries
● Field
Lists the fields that you select to create summaries.
● Label
Specifies the display names for the selected fields.
● Aggregation
Specifies the functions used to summarize data of the selected detail objects.
Filter On
Specifies a field on which the filter control is based.
OK
Inserts a filter control into the report and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the insertion and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Insert Image dialog
This dialog appears when you click Menu > Insert > Image, drag Image from the Components panel to
a report, or click on the Page screen of the JReport Studio Wizard. It helps you to insert an
image into a report.
Image From
Specifies the source of the image file.
● Local File
Specifies to use an image from the local file system.
❍ File Name
Specifies the path and name of the image file. You can click the Browse button to locate the image
file.
● Web URL
Specifies to use an image via URL.
❍ Image URL
Specifies the URL of the image file.
Note: If your JReport Server is in an intranet which requires a proxy, to successfully access the
image via URL, you need to add the parameters -Dhttp.proxyHost=XXX -Dhttp.proxyPort=XX
to the server's startup file JRServer.bat, which is located in <install_root>\bin.
● Library
Specifies to use an existing image.
❍ My Images
The My Images folder is a virtual location where JReport Server stores the images that have once
been inserted into reports. Select the one you want to use.
Preview
Displays a preview of the selected image.
OK
Inserts the image into the report and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the insertion and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Insert Multimedia dialog
This dialog appears when you click Menu > Insert > Multimedia Object or drag Multimedia Object from
the Components panel to the report. It helps you to insert a multimedia object to a report.
Flash
Specifies to insert a flash file to the current report.
Real Media File
Specifies to insert a real media file to the current report.
Windows Media File
Specifies to insert a Windows Media file to the current report.
File Name/URL
Specifies the name or URL of the multimedia object that is to be inserted into the report. Type in the
name or URL in the text box or click Browse to find the file.
Plug-in Page
Specifies the URL of the plug-in page from which to download the player with which to play the inserted
multimedia object on a webpage, if the player isn't already installed on your local disk.
Properties
Specifies the properties of the multimedia object.
● For Flash
❍ Play
Specifies whether to start the flash file automatically when the report is opened.
❍ Loop
Specifies whether to play the flash file repeatedly.
❍ Movie Quality
Specifies the quality of the flash.
❍ Center
Specifies whether to place the realmedia file in the center of the report.
❍ Loop
Specifies whether to play the realmedia file repeatedly.
❍ Loop Number
Specifies how many times you want to play the realmedia file.
❍ Auto Rewind
Specifies whether or not to rewind the Windows Media file automatically.
❍ Play Count
Specifies the number of times you want to play this media file.
OK
Inserts the multimedia object to the report and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the insertion and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Insert Parameter Control dialog
The dialog is displayed when you drag Parameter Control from the Components panel to a report, or
click Menu > Insert > Parameter Control. It helps you to insert a parameter control into a report for
delivering parameter values to the report.
Select a Parameter
Specifies a parameter from the list where all the parameters except cascading parameters used by the
current report are displayed.
OK
Inserts a parameter control into the report and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the operation and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Insert Parameter Form Control dialog
The dialog is displayed when you drag Parameter Form Control from the Components panel to a report,
or click Menu > Insert > Parameter Form Control. It helps you to insert a parameter form control into a
report for running reports from the current report.
● Others
Specifies to run other reports.
❍ Reports
Specifies the target reports to run. If all the selected reports contain no parameters, you cannot
finish the dialog.
❍ Parameter Information
Lists the parameters used by the selected reports.
● Group tab
● Summary tab
Table Title
Specifies a title for the table.
Sets the font, font style, size, alignment, font color and background color properties for the table title.
Data Source
Specifies a data source on which the table will be built from the data source drop-down list.
Filter
Opens the Query Filter dialog to specify the filter which you want to apply to the selected business view.
Table Type
Selects a type for the table you want from the Table Type drop-down list. By default, the Group Left Above is
selected.
● Group Above
Creates a table with group information above the detail panel.
● Group Left
Creates a table with group information left to the detail panel.
● Summary Table
Creates a table with only group and summary information.
Display tab
Specifies the fields that you want to display in the table.
Resources
Displays all the view elements in the selected business view.
Group tab
Specifies the fields to group the data.
Resources
Displays all the available group objects you can use to group the data in the table.
Summary tab
Specifies the fields on which to create summaries.
Resources
Displays all the available aggregation objects you can use to create summaries in the table.
This wizard appears after you click Menu > File > New Report (or the New Report button on the Standard
toolbar). It guides you through the process of creating a studio report, and contains the following screens:
● Page screen
● Layout screen
● Style screen
Page screen
Specifies the page settings of the report.
Templates
Specifies the template to be applied to the report.
● Blank
Specifies to use the blank template.
● Template1
Specifies to use Template1, in which you can specify the report title and company logo.
● Template2
Specifies to use Template2, in which you can specify the company logo, company title, report title and sub title.
Page Setup
Opens the Page Setup dialog to specify the page properties.
Report Title
Specifies the display name of the report title.
Company Logo
Specifies the company logo image file.
Company Title 1
Specifies the display name of the company title 1.
Company Title 2
Specifies the display name of the company title 2.
Sub Title
Specifies the display name of the sub title.
Specifies the font properties for report title, sub title or company title.
● Font
Lists all the available font faces that can be selected to apply to the title.
● Font Style
Specifies the font style of the title. It can be one of the following: plain, bold, italic, and bold italic.
● Size
Specifies the font size of the title.
● Align
Specifies the position of the title to be left, right, center or justify.
● Font Color
Specifies the font color of the title.
● Background Color
Specifies the background color of the title.
Opens the Insert Image dialog to customize the image for company logo.
Layout screen
Specifies the layout of the report.
Built-in layouts
Lists the built-in layouts.
● Default
There is only a cell in the tabular.
● T-Style
There are two rows in the tabular. Each row uses half the height of the tabular. The top row has two cells with
each using half the width of the row, and the bottom row has only a cell.
● 2×3
There are six cells in the tabular. Each cell uses one third the height and one third the width of the tabular.
● T-Style 2
There are two rows in the tabular. Each row uses half the height of the tabular. The top row has only a cell, and
the bottom row has two cells with each using half the width of the row.
Toolbar
The toolbar is enabled when a tabular cell in the below edit layout panel is selected.
● Horizontal Split
Splits the selected tabular cell into two cells horizontally.
● Vertical Split
Splits the selected tabular cell into two cells vertically.
● Merge
Merges the selected adjacent tabular cells that form a rectangular into one cell.
● Align
Specifies how the component aligns in the tabular cell.
❍ Left
Aligns the component to the left of the tabular cell.
❍ Center
Aligns the component to the center of the tabular cell.
❍ Right
Aligns the component to the right of the tabular cell.
● New Components
Specifies the component you want to place in the tabular cell.
❍ Table
Creates a table in the tabular cell.
❍ Crosstab
Creates a crosstab in the tabular cell.
❍ Chart
Creates a chart in the tabular cell.
❍ Blank
Creates nothing in the tabular cell.
● Height
Shows the height of the tabular cell.
Table Title
Specifies the title of the table. The title is a special label bound with the table. Though it can be positioned freely in
a report, once you remove the table from the report, the title will be removed too.
Specifies the font properties of the table title.
Data Source
Specifies the business view in the current catalog on which the table will be built.
Filter
Opens the Query Filter dialog to specify the filter you want to apply to the selected business view.
Table Type
Specifies the table type.
● Group Above
Creates a table with group information above the detail panel.
● Group Left
Creates a table with group information left to the detail panel.
● Summary Table
Creates a table with only group and summary information.
Display tab
Specifies the fields to be displayed in the table.
● Resources
Displays all the view elements in the selected business view.
●
Edits the selected dynamic resource.
●
Removes the selected dynamic resource.
●
Adds the selected view element to be displayed in the table.
●
Removes the selected view element.
● Field
Lists the view elements that have been added to the table.
● Label
Specifies the display names of the added view elements.
●
Moves the selected view element one step up.
●
Moves the selected view element one step down.
Group tab
Specifies the fields to group the data.
● Resources
Displays all the available group objects you can use to group data in the table.
●
Adds the selected group object as a group by field.
●
Removes the selected group object.
● Field
Lists all the group objects that have been added as the group by fields.
● Sort
Specifies the sort order for each group: Ascending, Descending, or No Sort.
●
Moves the selected group object one step up.
●
Moves the selected group object one step down.
Summary tab
Specifies the fields on which to create summaries.
● Resources
Displays all the available aggregation objects you can use to create summaries in the table.
●
Edits the selected dynamic resource.
●
Removes the selected dynamic resource.
●
Adds the selected aggregation object as the summary field.
●
Removes the selected aggregation object.
● Field
Lists the groups that have been added in the table and the aggregation objects added to summarize data in each
group.
●
Moves the selected aggregation object one step up.
●
Moves the selected aggregation object one step down.
Data Source
Specifies the business view in the current catalog on which the crosstab will be built.
Filter
Opens the Query Filter dialog to specify the filter you want to apply to the selected business view.
Resources
Displays the elements in the selected business view.
Adds the selected group object to be displayed on the columns of the crosstab.
Adds the selected group object to be displayed on the rows of the crosstab.
Adds the selected aggregation object or detail object to be the summary field of the crosstab.
Columns/Rows
● Field
Lists the group objects that will be displayed on the columns/rows of the crosstab.
● Label
Specifies the display names of the group objects. By default these are blank and no names will be created for the
group objects to label the columns/rows. You can double-click the cells to edit them if required.
● Sort
Specifies the sort order of the group objects.
Summaries
● Field
Lists the aggregate/detail objects that you select to create summaries.
● Label
Specifies the display names of the aggregate/detail objects. By default these are blank and no names will be
created for the objects to label the summaries. You can double-click the cells to edit them if required.
● Aggregation
Specifies the functions used to summarize data of the detail objects.
Data Source
Specifies the business view in the current catalog on which the chart will be built.
Filter
Opens the Query Filter dialog to specify the filter you want to apply to the selected business view.
Resources
Displays the view elements in the selected business view.
● Secondary Axis
Adds a chart type to the secondary axis. Active only when the option Secondary Axis is checked.
Lists the group object that will be displayed on the category axis of the chart.
Series
Lists the group object that will be displayed on the series axis of the chart.
Opens the Category Options dialog or Series Options dialog to define the sort order of the category or series values
and specify the number of the category or series values that will be displayed in the chart.
For Blank
The Bind Data screen is disabled for Blank.
Style screen
Specifies the style of the report.
Styles
Lists all the available styles for you to select from. No style will be applied when you select None.
Label Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a label and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It helps you to
specify the properties of the label and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Font tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the label.
Name
Specifies the display name of the label, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the label.
Width
Specifies the width of the label.
Text
Specifies the text of the label.
Height
Specifies the height of the label.
Top Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the label and its top border.
Bottom Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the label and its bottom border.
Left Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the label and its left border.
Right Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the label and its right border.
Background
Specifies the background color of the label.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the label.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the label.
Font
Specifies the font face of the label text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the label text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text in the label.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the text in the label.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the label text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the label text will be underlined or not.
Strikethrough
Specifies whether or not to attach a strikeout line to the label text.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the label text italic or not.
Autofit
Specifies whether or not to automatically adjust the width of the label.
Word Wrap
Specifies whether or not to wrap the text to the label width.
Ignore HTML Tag
If this option is unchecked, JReport will parse HTML tag elements in the field value while the report is to be
saved as an HTML file; or the field value will appear in the HTML file the same as that in JReport Studio (HTML
tag elements in the field value, if any, will not be parsed).
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the label. You can modify all the border settings in this tab.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Shadow
Specifies whether the borders will have a shadow effect or not.
Shadow Color
Specifies the color of the border shadow.
Navigation Control Properties dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a navigation control and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It
helps you to edit the properties of the navigation control and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the navigation control.
Name
Specifies the name of the navigation control.
Width
Specifies the width of the navigation control.
Height
Specifies the height of the navigation control.
Background
Specifies the background color of the navigation control.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the navigation control.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Page Setup dialog
This dialog appears when you click the Page Setup link in the JReport Studio Wizard or click Menu >
File > Page Setup in JReport Studio. It helps you to specify the page properties and consists of the
following two options:
● Studio Report
● Print Report
OK
Applies all changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Studio Report
If selected, the unit of page size is pixel, and the dialog appears
Resolution
Specifies the paper resolution. If you select Custom Size, you can then input the paper's Width and
Height.
● Type
Specifies the paper type.
● Width
Specifies the paper width.
● Height
Specifies the paper height.
Margin
Specifies the distance of the report data to the top, bottom, left, or right edge of the page.
● Top
Specifies the top margin of the page.
● Bottom
Specifies the bottom margin of the page.
● Left
Specifies the left margin of the page.
● Right
Specifies the right margin of the page.
Print Report
If selected, the unit of the page size is inch, and the dialog appears
Page
Specifies the paper size. If you select Custom Size, you can then input the paper's Width and Height.
● Type
Specifies the paper type.
● Width
Specifies the width of the paper.
● Height
Specifies the height of the paper.
Orientation
Specifies the paper orientation.
● Portrait
Displays the report data in a portrait orientation (vertically).
● Landscape
Displays the report data in a landscape orientation (horizontally).
Margin
Specifies the margin properties.
● Top
Specifies the distance of report data to the top edge of the page.
● Left
Specifies the distance of report data to the left edge of the page.
● Bottom
Specifies the distance of report data to the bottom edge of the page.
● Right
Specifies the distance of report data to the right edge of the page.
Parameter Control Properties dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a parameter control and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It
helps you to edit the properties of the parameter control and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Font tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the parameter control.
Name
Specifies the name of the parameter control.
Parameter
Displays the name of the parameter.
Width
Specifies the width of the parameter control.
Height
Specifies the height of the parameter control.
Top Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the parameter control and its top border.
Bottom Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the parameter control and its bottom border.
Left Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the parameter control and its left border.
Right Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the parameter control and its right border.
Background
Specifies the background color of the parameter control.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the parameter control.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the text in the parameter control.
Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the text.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the text will be underlined or not.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the text italic or not.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the parameter control.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Parameter Field Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a parameter field and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It
helps you to modify the properties of the parameter field and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Font tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the parameter field.
Name
Specifies the display name of the parameter field, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the parameter
field.
Width
Specifies the width of the parameter field.
Format
Specifies the data format of the parameter field.
Height
Specifies the height of the parameter field.
Top Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the parameter field and its top border.
Bottom Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the parameter field and its bottom border.
Left Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the parameter field and its left border.
Right Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the parameter field and its right border.
Background
Specifies the background color of the parameter field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the parameter field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the parameter field. You can modify all the font settings in this
tab.
Font
Specifies the font face of the parameter field text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the parameter field text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text in the parameter field.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the text in the parameter field.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the object text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the field text will be underlined or not.
Strikethrough
Specifies whether or not to attach a strikeout line to the parameter field text.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the field text italic or not.
Autofit
Specifies whether or not to automatically adjust the width of the parameter field.
Word Wrap
Specifies whether or not to wrap the text to the parameter field width.
Ignore HTML Tag
If this option is unchecked, JReport will parse HTML tag elements in the field value while the report is to be
saved as an HTML file; or the field value will appear in the HTML file the same as that in JReport Studio (HTML
tag elements in the field value, if any, will not be parsed).
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the parameter field. You can modify all the border settings in this
tab.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Shadow
Specifies whether the borders will have a shadow effect or not.
Shadow Color
Specifies the color of the border shadow.
Parameter Form Control Properties dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a parameter form control and select Properties from the shortcut
menu. It helps you to edit the properties of the parameter form control and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
● Title tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the parameter form control.
Name
Specifies the name of the parameter form control.
Width
Specifies the width of the parameter form control.
Height
Specifies the height of the parameter form control.
Background
Specifies the background color of the parameter form control.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Show Title
Specifies whether to show the title of the parameter form control.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the parameter form control.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Title tab
This tab shows information about the title of the parameter form control. It is available when the Show Title
option is selected in the General tab of the same dialog.
Text
Specifies the text of the title.
Background
Specifies the background color of the title.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the title.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB.
Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the text will be underlined or not.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the text italic or not.
PDF Encrypt Option dialog
This dialog appears when you check the Encrypt checkbox in the Export dialog. It helps you to set
encryption options for the PDF file to be saved.
Compatibility
Specifies the encryption type to encrypt the PDF document. The option Acrobat 3.0 and later uses a low
encryption level (40-bit RC4), while the other option Acrobat 5.0 and later uses a high encryption level
(128-bit RC4).
Encryption Level
Shows the level of the encryption compatibility that you specified in the Compatibility drop-down list.
Require a password to open the document
Specifies the Document Open Password to prevent others from opening the document without
authorization.
● Document Open Password
Specifies the password to prevent others from opening the document without authorization.
● Confirm Password
Confirms the password you have specified in the Document Open Password text box.
Use a password to restrict printing and editing of the document and its security settings
Specifies the Permission Password to prevent others from printing and editing the document. The
password you specify here cannot be the same as the one that you use to open the document.
● Permissions Password
Specifies the password to prevent others from printing and editing.
● Confirm Password
Confirms the password you have specified in the Permissions Password text box.
● Printing Allowed
Specifies the printing quality for the PDF document.
● Changes Allowed
Specifies the editing actions that are permitted in the PDF document.
Method
Specifies the digital signing method.
Digital ID File
Specifies whether to use a digital ID file from a specified directory.
User Password
Specifies a password for this digital ID file.
Confirm Password
Confirms the password.
Reason for Signing Document
Specifies the reason for signing the document.
Edit by Yourself
Edits the reason for signing the document. It is enabled when I agree to 'specified' portions of this
document is selected from the Reason for Signing Document drop-down list.
Location
Specifies your location accordingly.
Your Contact Information
Specifies your contact information accordingly.
OK
Applies the signing option settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Print dialog
This dialog appears when you click Menu > File > Print. It helps you to set settings for printing the
report result and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Appearance tab
OK
Prints the report result with the specified settings to a PDF or HTML file and opens it in an associated
program with which you can print the result to a printer.
Cancel
Cancels the print settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the report to be printed.
Print Method
Specifies the printing method to print the report result.
Printer
Specifies the settings of the printer.
● Printer
Specifies the name of the printer. Select one from the drop-down list.
● Media Tray
Specifies the media tray for the printer. Select one from the drop-down list.
● Print to File
Prints the document to a file instead of a printer. This kind of files can only be opened and printed by
serial port printer on Windows via DOS command.
Print Range
Specifies the pages to be printed.
● All
All pages will be printed.
● Pages...to...
Specifies the pages to be printed.
Copies
Specifies the information of the copies.
● Number of Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. The number of copies will be applied to all specified
pages.
● Collate
Specifies the printing order for printing multiple-page reports. If checked, when you print two copies
of a three-page report, the page order is 1, 2, 3; 1, 2, 3.
Appearance tab
This tab shows the appearance of the report to be printed.
Color
Specifies the color of the report to be printed.
● Monochrome
Specifies to print the reports in Monochrome.
● Color
Specifies to print the reports in Color.
Quality
Specifies the printing quality.
● Draft
Specifies to print the report in draft quality.
● Normal
Specifies to print the report in normal quality.
● High
Specifies to print the report in high quality.
Sides
Specifies the print sides for the printed reports.
● One Side
Imposes each consecutive print-stream page upon the same side of consecutive media sheets.
● Duplex
Imposes each consecutive pair of print-stream pages upon the front and back sides of consecutive
media sheets, such that the orientation of each pair of print-stream pages on the medium is correct
for the reader as if for binding on the long edge.
● Tumble
Imposes each consecutive pair of print-stream pages upon the front and back sides of consecutive
media sheets, such that the orientation of each pair of print-stream pages on the medium is correct
for the reader as if for binding on the short edge.
Job Attributes
Specifies the properties of the print task.
● Priority
Specifies the print priority for this task.
● Job Name
Specifies the name of the print task.
● User Name
Specifies the name of the user.
Query Filter dialog
This dialog appears when you click the Filter button in the Bind Data screen of the JReport Studio Wizard.
It helps you to apply a filter to the business view used by the specified data component to narrow down
data scope. The dialog contains the following two modes:
● Basic
● Advanced
Advanced/Basic
Switches the dialog to the advanced/basic mode.
OK
Applies the filter and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain changes and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Basic mode
The basic mode provides function for creating simple filter conditions which are connected by AND and OR
operators.
Delete the selected condition line.
Field
Specifies the field to be filtered.
Operator
Specifies the operator to compose the filter expression.
● =
Equal to
● >
Greater than
● >=
Greater than or equal to
● <
Less than
● <=
Less than or equal to
● !=
Not equal to
● [not] in
Causes an enumerated list of values to appear in the WHERE clause predicate, used for evaluating for a
true condition.
● [not] like
Like string pattern matching operator is used to compare the first expression string value to the pattern
string (the second expression). If you want to use wildcard character in the pattern string, only "_" and
"%" are supported.
● [not] between
Allows the system to evaluate whether or not data values are located between a range of values
indicated in the predicate.
● is [not] null
It is used in WHERE clause predicates to match null values occurring in a specified data field.
Value
Specifies the value of how to filter the field. You can either enter the value manually in the text box or
select a value from the drop-down list. When you type in the value manually, if multiple values are
required, they should be separated with ",", and if "," or "\" is contained in the values, write it as "\," or "\
\".
Logic
Lists the logic operator.
● AND
Logic operator AND which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR
Logic operator OR which is applied to this and the next line.
Advanced mode
The advanced mode enables the building of more complex filter conditions via the grouping of conditions.
Filter
Specifies the filter you want to apply to the business view.
● User Defined
Specifies to create a user defined filter to apply to the business view.
● Predefined filters
The names of the predefined filters which were created on the business view in JReport Designer. You
can choose one of them to apply.
Add Condition
Adds a new condition line.
Delete
Deletes the selected condition line.
Group
Makes the selected conditions in a group. Conditions can also be added to an existing group by selecting
the conditions and the group while holding the Ctrl button, and then clicking the Group button.
Ungroup
Makes the selected group ungrouped.
Up
Moves the selected condition or group up to a higher level.
Down
Moves the selected condition or group down to a lower level.
Logic
Specifies the logic operator.
● AND
Logic operator And which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR
Logic operator Or which is applied to this and the next line.
● AND NOT
Logic operator And Not which is applied to this and the next line.
● OR NOT
Logic operator Or Not which is applied to this and the next line.
Field
Specifies the field to be filtered.
Operator
Specifies the operator to compose the filter expression.
Value
Specifies the value of how to filter the field. You can either enter the value manually in the text box or
select a value from the drop-down list. When you type in the value manually, if multiple values are
required, they should be separated with ",", and if "," or "\" is contained in the values, write it as "\," or "\
\".
Condition Expression
Displays the SQL statement of the condition.
RealMedia Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a RealMedia object and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It
helps you to specify the properties of the RealMedia object and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Controls tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the object.
Name
Specifies the display name of the object.
Alternate Text
Specifies the alternate text which will be shown if the object cannot be displayed.
Width
Specifies the width of the object.
Height
Specifies the height of the object.
Controls tab
This tab specifies the RealPlayer controls you want to display. The controls will be reproduced in the container
as they appear in RealPlayer.
Auto Start
Specifies whether to start the media file automatically when the report is opened.
Center
Specifies whether to place the presentation in the center of the image window and display it in its original size
(the size is determined by the Width and Height properties).
Loop
Specifies whether to play the media file repeatedly.
Loop Number
Specifies the number of the times the media file will loop during playback.
Note: If you have checked the Loop option and specified the Loop Number at the same time, the media file
will be played back according to the specified number, which means the Loop option will be ignored even
though the loop number is set to zero.
All Controls
Specifies whether to show all controls.
Pause Button
Specifies whether to show the Pause Button.
Play Button
Specifies whether to show the Play Button.
Stop Button
Specifies whether to show the Stop Button.
Control Panel
Specifies whether to show the Control Panel, which contains the following playback controls: Play Button,
Pause Button, Stop Button, Fast-forward Button, Rewind Button, Position Slider and Home Button.
Fast-forward Button
Specifies whether to show the Fast-forward Button.
Home Control
Specifies whether to show the Home Button, which is connected to the www.real.com website.
Image Window
Specifies whether to show the Image Window, which is used for displaying presentations.
Information Panel
Specifies whether to show the Information Panel that displays the title, author, and copyright for the currently
playing clip.
Volume Information
Specifies whether to show the Information/Volume Bar, which consists of the Information Panel and the Mute/
Volume Bar.
Mute Button and Volume Slider
Specifies whether to show the Mute Button and Volume Slider. If checked, the Volume Slider and Mute
checkboxes will be checked correspondingly. Otherwise, you can check Volume Slider or Mute respectively.
Position Field
Specifies whether to show the Position Field, which shows the position of the current clip that identifies the
clip's current place within the presentation timeline and the total clip length.
Position Slider
Specifies whether to show the Position Slider, which shows the currently playing position within the clip.
Rewind Button
Specifies whether to show the Rewind Button.
Status Bar
Specifies whether to show the Status Bar, which consists of a text message area, the network congestion LED,
and the current clip position indicator.
Status Field
Specifies whether to show the Status Field, which consists only of a text message area.
Information Field
Specifies whether to show the Information Field, which displays the title, author, and copyright for the
currently playing clip or portion of a multi-clip.
Report Body Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you click Menu > Edit > Report Body Properties. It helps you to specify the properties
of the report body and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the report body.
Name
Specifies the display name of the report body, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the report body.
Color
Specifies the color of the report body.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog to specify a new color, or input a color string in the format #RRGGBB. You can
also click More Fill Effects in the color indicator to specify a gradient or an image as the fill effect of the
report body in the Fill Effects dialog. If you want to make the color transparent, input Transparent in the text
box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the report body.
Color
Specifies the color of the borders.
Width
Specifies the width of the border.
Top Line
Specifies the line style of the top border of the report body. Choose a style from the drop-down list.
Bottom Line
Specifies the line style of the bottom border of the report body. Choose a style from the drop-down list.
Left Line
Specifies the line style of the left border of the report body. Choose a style from the drop-down list.
Right Line
Specifies the line style of the right border of the report body. Choose a style from the drop-down list.
Report Parameters dialog
This dialog appears when you click Run in the JReport Studio Wizard to run a studio report with
parameters. It helps you to input parameter values for the report.
For every parameter the report uses, the dialog provides a prompt, a text box or a drop-down list. You
can input the parameter value in the text box, or select a predefined value from the drop-down list. If
the parameter is of DateTime type, click the calendar button to set a DateTime value with calendar.
And if the parameter's Allow Multiple Values property is set to true in JReport Designer, you can click
the button to specify multiple values for the parameter in the Enter Values dialog.
OK
Accepts the parameter values for further processing.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Save As dialog
This dialog appears when you click Menu > File > Save As (or the Save As button on the Standard toolbar)
or click Save on the JReport Studio Wizard. It helps you to save the current studio report, or save studio report
template if you are an administrator with the privilege of publishing resources. Options in the dialog vary
according to the file type you select.
File Type
Specifies the type of the file. It can be Studio Report or Studio Report Template. The option Studio Report
Template is available to administrators with the privilege of publishing resources.
Save
Saves the new file with the specified settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Does not save the file as a new one and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
If you select Studio Report from the File Type drop-down list to save the current report, the dialog appears
Save in
Specifies where the report will be saved. The folder may be Public Reports or My Reports.
● Name
Displays the file names.
● Size
Displays the file size.
● Type
Displays the file type.
● Last Modified
Displays the last modified time of the file.
File Name
Specifies the name for the report.
Advanced
Displays the advanced settings.
● Status
Specifies the status of the report.
❍ Active
The report can be executed. To execute a report means to run, advanced run and schedule to run it.
❍ Inactive
The report cannot be executed. If selected, the corresponding Run, Advanced Run and Schedule commands
for the report are not available.
❍ Incomplete
The report is not completely designed and cannot be executed. If selected, the corresponding Run, Advanced
Run and Schedule commands for the report are not available.
● Catalog
Specifies the catalog for the new file.
❍ Set Original Catalog as Linked Catalog into Saved Report
If checked, the saved report will be linked with the catalog and the saved report will run with the catalog no
matter whether the two are in the same directory. If later the catalog is updated, the saved report will run
with the latest version of the catalog.
● Description
Specifies the description for the new file.
If you are an administrator with the privilege of publishing resources, you are able to see the option Studio
Report Template from the File Type drop-down list. By selecting the option you can save the studio report
template in the current studio report, the dialog appears
Template box
Lists the existing studio report templates.
File Name
Specifies the name of the studio report template. You can type the name as required to save it as a new wsld file
or select one from the template box above to overwrite an existing wsld file according to Publish privilege, which
is the system level authorization.
Select a Report dialog
This dialog appears when you click Menu > File > Open (or the Open button on the Standard toolbar). It helps
you to select the report you want to open.
Open
Specifies the catalog file which contains the report you want to open.
● Name
Displays the file names.
● Size
Displays the file size.
● Type
Displays the file type.
● Last Modified
Displays the last modified time of the file.
File Name
Specifies the name for the new file.
File Type
Specifies the type of the file.
OK
Applies the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Does not retain any changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Select Field dialog
This dialog appears when you click + on the title bar of the Filter panel or click beside the Filter On
text box in the Filter Control Properties dialog. It allows you to select a field.
Filter On
Specifies a field to add into the Filter panel, or to replace the current field in the filter control.
OK
Applies the selected field and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the selection and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Select Resource dialog
This dialog is displayed when you click in the Add Aggregation dialog. It helps you to specify the
field on which the dynamic aggregation will be based.
In this dialog, all the group objects and detail objects in the current business view and the
dynamic formulas that have been created in the report will be listed. Select the required field and
then click OK.
OK
Selects the field and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the selection of a field and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Select Values dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a table field and select Filter > More from the shortcut menu.
It helps you to specify a value to apply a filter criterion.
Available Values
Specifies the value to filter data with.
Opens the quick search toolbar as follows. You can search for values in the following value list using the
quick search toolbar.
The following are more about the usage of the quick search toolbar:
● Text field
Type in the text you want to search for in the text field and the matched text will be highlighted
among the values.
● X
Closes the quick search toolbar.
●
Lists the advanced options.
❍ Highlight All
Specifies whether to highlight all matched text.
❍ Match Case
Specifies whether to search for text that meets the case of the typed text.
●
Highlights the next matched text.
●
Highlights the previous matched text.
This dialog appears when you click the Top N button above the Series box in the Bind Data screen
of chart in the JReport Studio Wizard, Insert Chart dialog, Chart Wizard, or To Chart dialog. It helps
you to set the sort order of the series values and define the number of the series values that will be
displayed in the chart.
Series Order
Specifies in which order data on the series axis will be displayed.
● Ascend
Lists data in an ascending order.
● Descend
Lists data in a descending order.
● No Sort
Keeps the data in their original order in database.
Series Selection
Specifies the number of the series values that will be displayed in the chart.
● Select
Specifies the Select N condition to define the number of series values that will be displayed.
❍ All
If selected, all series values will be displayed.
❍ Top N
If selected, specify a number in the field to the right and the first N series values will be displayed.
❍ Bottom N
If selected, specify a number in the field to the right and the last N series values will be displayed.
● Based On
If checked, the series values will be sorted by values of the summary selected with the direction
specified. If unchecked, the series values will be sorted by the order specified in the Series Order box
of the dialog.
● Remaining Series In
Enabled only when Top N or Bottom N is selected from the Select drop-down list. Check this option
and then type a character string in the text field to group all the series values beyond the top/bottom
N range.
● Skip First
If you check the Skip First option and input a number M in the text field to the right, then the first M
series values in the chart will be skipped and the Select N condition will take effect beginning with M
+1. The skipped values will be included in the Remaining Series group together with all the series
values beyond the top/bottom N range.
OK
Accepts the changes and closes the dialog.
Cancel
Discards the changes and closes the dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Special Field Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a special field and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It helps
you to edit the properties of the special field and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Font tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the special field.
Name
Specifies the display name of the special field, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the special field.
Width
Specifies the width of the special field.
Type
Specifies the type of the special field. Select a new one from the drop-down list if you want to change the type.
The following types are available:
● Modified Date
Prints the last modified date for the catalog.
● Modified Time
Prints the last modified time for the catalog.
● User Name
Prints the User ID with which you log onto JReport Server.
Height
Specifies the height of the special field.
Top Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the special field and its top border.
Bottom Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the special field and its bottom border.
Left Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the special field and its left border.
Right Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the special field and its right border.
Background
Specifies the background color of the special field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the special field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the special field. You can modify all the font settings in this tab.
Font
Specifies the font face of the special field text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the special field text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text in the special field.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the text in the special field.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the object text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the field text will be underlined or not.
Strikethrough
Specifies whether or not to attach a strikeout line to the field text.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the field text italic or not.
Autofit
Specifies whether or not to automatically adjust the width of the special field.
Word Wrap
Specifies whether or not to wrap the text to the special field width.
Ignore HTML Tag
If this option is unchecked, JReport will parse HTML tag elements in the field value while the report is to be
saved as an HTML file; or the field value will appear in the HTML file the same as that in JReport Studio (HTML
tag elements in the field value, if any, will not be parsed).
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the special field. You can modify all the border settings in this tab.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Shadow
Specifies whether the borders will have a shadow effect or not.
Shadow Color
Specifies the color of the border shadow.
Split Cell dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a tabular cell and click button on the toolbar or click
Menu > Format > Split. It helps you to specify the number of rows and columns that the specified
tabular cell will be split into.
● Number of Columns
Specifies the number of columns the tabular cell will be split into. Input a positive integer in the text
box to specify the number.
OK
Closes this dialog and splits the tabular cell.
Cancel
Cancels to split the cell and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Summary Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a summary field and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It helps
you to specify the properties of the summary field and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Font tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the summary field.
Name
Specifies the display name of the summary field.
Width
Specifies the width of the summary field.
Format
Specifies the format of the summary field.
Height
Specifies the height of the summary field.
Top Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the summary field and its top border.
Bottom Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the summary field and its bottom border.
Left Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the summary field and its left border.
Right Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the summary field and its right border.
Background
Specifies the background color of the summary field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Foreground
Specifies the foreground color of the summary field.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB.
Font tab
This tab shows the font-related information of the summary field.
Font
Specifies the font face of the text.
Size
Specifies the font size of the text.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text in the summary field.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the text in the summary field.
Bold
Specifies whether to make the text bold or not.
Underline
Specifies whether the text will be underlined or not.
Strikethrough
Specifies whether or not to attach a strikeout line to the text.
Italic
Specifies whether to make the text italic or not.
Autofit
Specifies whether or not to automatically adjust the width of the summary field.
Word Wrap
Specifies whether or not to wrap the text to the summary field width.
Ignore HTML Tag
If this option is unchecked, JReport will parse HTML tag elements in the field value while the report is to be
saved as an HTML file; or the field value will appear in the HTML file the same as that in JReport Studio (HTML
tag elements in the field value, if any, will not be parsed).
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the summary field.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Shadow
Specifies whether the borders will have a shadow effect or not.
Shadow Color
Specifies the color of the border shadow.
Table Cell Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click an empty table cell and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It
helps you to specify the properties of the table cell and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the table cell.
Width
Specifies the width of the table cell.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text in the table cell.
Height
Specifies the height of the table cell.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the text in the table cell.
Top Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the table cell and its top border.
Bottom Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the table cell and its bottom border.
Left Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the table cell and its left border.
Right Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the table cell and its right border.
Background
Specifies the background color of the table cell.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the table cell.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Table Footer Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a table footer and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It helps
you to specify the properties of the table footer and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the table footer.
Name
Specifies the display name of the table footer.
Height
Specifies the height of the table footer.
Background
Specifies the background color of the table footer.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB, or click More Fill Effects to specify a gradient or an image as the fill effect in the Fill Effects
dialog. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the table footer.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Table Header Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a table header and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It helps
you to specify the properties of the table header and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the table header.
Name
Specifies the display name of the table header.
Height
Specifies the height of the table header.
Background
Specifies the background color of the table header.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB, or click More Fill Effects to specify a gradient or an image as the fill effect in the Fill Effects
dialog. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the table header.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Table Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a table and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It helps you to
specify the properties of the table and contains the following tabs:
● General tab
● Border tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the table.
Name
Specifies the display name of the table, which will be shown on the shortcut menu of the table.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal justification of the table. Choose an option from the drop-down list.
● left: Aligns the table on the left of the report.
● right: Aligns the table on the right of the report.
Background
Specifies the background color of the table.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
Expand Data
Specifies whether or not to enable JReport Studio users to expand or collapse dimensions in the table.
Border tab
This tab shows information about borders of the table.
Color
Specifies the border color.
Width
Specifies the border width.
Top Line
Specifies the style of the top border line.
Bottom Line
Specifies the style of the bottom border line.
Left Line
Specifies the style of the left border line.
Right Line
Specifies the style of the right border line.
Table Wizard
This wizard is displayed when you do one of the following:
● Select a table, then click Menu > Edit > Wizard.
● Select a table, then click the Table Wizard button on the Context toolbar.
● Right-click the icon of a table and select Table Wizard from the shortcut menu.
It helps you to change data of the table and consists of the following tabs:
● Display tab
● Group tab
Table Title
Specifies a title for the table.
Sets the font, font style, size, alignment, font color and background color properties for the table title.
Data Source
Displays the business view that has been used in the table.
Filter
Opens the Query Filter dialog to specify the filter which you want to apply to the selected business view.
Display tab
Specifies the fields to be displayed in the table.
Resources
Displays all the view elements in the selected business view.
Group tab
Specifies the fields to group the data.
Resources
Displays all the available group objects you can use to group the data in the table.
Width
Specifies the width of the tabular cell.
Horizontal Alignment
Specifies the horizontal alignment mode of the text in the tabular cell.
Height
Specifies the height of the tabular cell.
Vertical Alignment
Specifies the vertical alignment mode of the text in the tabular cell.
Top Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the tabular cell and its top border.
Bottom Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the tabular cell and its bottom border.
Left Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the tabular cell and its left border.
Right Padding
Specifies the space between the text of the tabular cell and its right border.
Background
Specifies the background color of the tabular cell.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color indicator to
access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input a color string in the
format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input Transparent in the text box.
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
Tabular Properties dialog
The dialog appears when you right-click a tabular and select Properties from the shortcut menu. It
helps you to edit the properties of the tabular.
Width
Specifies the width of the tabular.
Height
Specifies the height of the tabular.
Background
Specifies the background color of the tabular.
To change the color, click the color indicator to select a color, or click More Colors in the color
indicator to access the Color Picker dialog in which you can select a color within a wider range or input
a color string in the format #RRGGBB. If you want to make the background transparent, input
Transparent in the text box.
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
To Chart dialog
This dialog appears when you right-click a crosstab and then select To Chart on the shortcut menu or click Menu >
Edit > To Chart. It allows you to specify settings for converting a crosstab into a chart.
Title
Specifies a title for the chart.
Specifies the font, font style, size, align, font color and background color properties for the title.
Resources
Displays all the view elements used in the crosstab.
Lists the group object that will be displayed on the series axis of the chart.
Show Values
Specifies the types for chart and sets the values for the Primary Axis or Secondary Axis separately.
● Primary Axis
Adds a chart type to the primary axis.
● Secondary Axis
Adds a chart type to the secondary axis.
Secondary Axis
Specifies whether to show the secondary axis in the chart.
Opens the Category Options dialog or Series Options dialog to define the sort order of the category or series values
and specify the number of the category or series values that will be displayed in the chart.
Title
Specifies a title for the crosstab.
Specifies the font, font style, size, align, font color and background color properties for the title.
Resources
Displays all the view elements used in the chart.
Adds the selected group object to be displayed in the columns of the crosstab.
Adds the selected group object to be displayed in the rows of the crosstab.
Adds the selected aggregation object to be the summary field of the crosstab.
Columns/Rows
Lists the group objects that will be displayed on the columns/rows of the crosstab.
● Field
Lists the group objects that you selected to display in the crosstab.
● Label
Specifies the display names of the added group objects.
● Sort
Specifies how the selected group objects will be sorted.
Summaries
Lists the aggregation objects that will be the summary fields of the crosstab.
● Field
Lists the aggregation objects that you selected to display in the crosstab.
● Label
Specifies the display names of the summary fields.
● Controls tab
OK
Applies the settings and closes this dialog.
Cancel
Cancels the settings and closes this dialog.
Help
Displays this help document.
General tab
This tab shows some general information of the Windows Media.
Name
Specifies the display name of the Windows Media.
Alternate Text
Specifies the alternate text which will be shown if the Windows Media cannot be displayed.
Width
Specifies the width of the Windows Media.
Height
Specifies the height of the Windows Media.
Controls tab
This tab specifies the properties for the media file to control the options when playing the media file.
Auto Start
Specifies whether or not to start the media file automatically when the report is opened in JReport Studio.
Auto Rewind
Specifies whether or not to rewind the media file automatically.
Play Count
Specifies the number of times you want to play this media file.
Show Controls
Specifies whether or not to show the Windows Media Player controls.
Show Audio Controls
Specifies whether or not to show the Mute Button and the Volume Slider on the Control Bar.
Show Position Controls
Specifies whether or not to show the Fast Forward, Fast Rewind, Skip Ahead, Skip Previous, and Preview
buttons on the Control Bar.
Show Tracker
Specifies whether to show the Tracker Bar. It is only enabled when the Control Bar is visible.
Show Display
Specifies whether to show the Display Panel.
Show Caption
Specifies whether to show the Closed Captioning Displayed Panel.
Show Go To Bar
Specifies whether to show the Go To Bar.
Show Status Bar
Specifies whether to show the Status Bar.
Appendixes
This chapter presents additional information about JReport Server, including specific reference and
several lists of properties, alll of which will allow you to further understand JReport Server.
● Appendix 1: Properties in the server.properties file
● Appendix 6: Language and region name list for National Language Support
● If there is no server.properties
file in <install_root>\bin, after
you use the cluster enabled key
to launch your JReport Server,
the default value for cluster.
enable is false.
QUEUE
queue.accelerated 10,9 Specifies the priority levels of the
waiting tasks that will be promoted
to accelerated tasks. Accelerated
tasks have higher priority than other
tasks and run in a separate
accelerated queue.
Set one or more priority levels
separated by comma as the property
value. The priority levels are from 1
to 10 in an ascending order with 10
having the highest priority and by
default priority 9 and 10 tasks would
be processed in the accelerated
queue, not the normal running
queue.
queue.accelerated.size 0 Specifies the maximum number of
accelerated tasks in the accelerated
queue.
queue.policy 0 Specifies the way of controlling
queue. The valid property values are
as follows:
● 0 - Run tasks according to the
time when they are started,
following the rule of "First in,
First out".
performance.max.reports
This property allows you to customize the maximum number of concurrent reports, including
background run reports and scheduled reports.
It is meaningful to set this property if your license permits a large number of concurrent reports and
you want a smaller maximum number of concurrent reports. Typically the JReport license allows an
unlimited number of concurrent reports which can cause too many reports to complete for system
resources at the same time.
The valid value range is between 0 and the maximum number of concurrent reports permitted by the
license. Setting the property to a suitable value in accordance with your computer's usage will lead to
marked improvement in performance. For example, if you have an unlimited license and you don't use
queue control, the running speed may be comparatively slow. To achieve better performance, you can
set performance.max.reports = 4, so that only four reports run at the same time, while the other
reports wait in the queue until one of the four has finished.
By default the property value is 0, which means that the maximum number of concurrent reports
depends on the license you have purchased. For example, if you have a 20-report license, it will be up
to 20 reports that can be running concurrently. Additional report requests will be placed into a waiting
queue.
performance.html.pipeline
To speed up report set delivery, JReport Server delivers a single page of content at a time. The JReport
Engine outputs the content of the result in an HTML file to the web browser as soon as a single page
has finished processing, while the rest of the report set continues to be processed.
Note: Data such as Total Page Number displayed in one page is temporary, and is called dirty data.
When data in a chart spans across one page, it is also displayed with dirty data. Dirty data is refreshed
when the JReport Engine finishes processing.
performance.rptpoolsize
Each cached report set uses some heap memory. If the heap memory is used up, an
OutOfMemoryException will be thrown.
Flag -ms/-Xms specifies the initial heap size and flag -mx/-Xmx specifies the maximum heap size. For
example, -ms10m -mx512m means that the initial heap size is 10M and the maximum heap size is
512M.
You can refer to Java Virtual Machine documentation for more information.
server.permission.algorithm
Specifies an algorithm for calculating a role, user or group's permission. Two algorithms are supported:
● The permission accumulation algorithm
The permission accumulation algorithm is applied if server.permission.algorithm=0.
In this algorithm, a principal's permission is the sum of permissions assigned by the administrator
and those inherited from its permission inherit tree. If the administrator did not set permissions or
set no permission for the principle, the principle's permissions will be those inherited from the
permission inherit tree.
server.version.max_amount_per_subfolder
Specifies the maximum amount of subfolders in each subfolder in the history folder.
By default, JReport Server creates 100 folders in the history folder (<reporthome>\history), and each
of these folders can further contain 3000 subfolders (also set by this property). However, these
subfolders cannot hold any further subfolders.
First, JReport Server puts the history information, such as archive versions and parameter files, in
folder 1. When the amount of subfolders in folder 1 has reached the maximum subfolder amount, it
starts to put files in folder 2. When folder 2 is filled up, folder 3 will be used, then folder 4, folder 5,
and so on, until all 100 folders have all been filled up.
When all 100 folders have been filled up with subfolders, JReport Server will create another 100
folders, named 101 to 200, and continue storing the history information in these folders, starting with
folder 101. When the second 100 folders are full, another 100 folders will be created, then a fourth 100
folders, a fifth 100 folders, and so on.
server.version.from.temp
Specifies to enable the Publish to Versioning System option when previewing a report set.
This property functions the same as the Enable "Publish to Versioning System" for Background Tasks
View option in the Configuration > Advanced panel of the JReport Administration page.
If the value is set to true, a link Publish to Versioning System will be added to the upper-left corner of
the report set preview page (preview a report set result using the Run command). Click the link to
publish the result to version in the current format.
Appendix 2: Preference properties
This appendix provides a list of properties in the preference.properties and DHTMLpreference.properties
files, which are created in <install_root>\realm\defaultRealm once the JReport Server and DHTML
preferences are configured and saved in the Profile dialog on the JReport Administration page, and the
detailed information about these properties.
Properties in preference.properties
Default
Property Name Description
Value
active_catalog false Specifies whether to display the Catalog column on the My Tasks >
Running page.
active_engine_status false Specifies whether to display the Engine Status column on the My Tasks
> Running page.
active_launch_type false Specifies whether to display the Launch Type column on the My Tasks >
Running page.
active_parameters false Specifies whether to display the Parameter File column on the My Tasks
> Running page.
active_parameters_values true Specifies whether to display the Parameters column on the My Tasks >
Running page.
active_report true Specifies whether to display the Report Set column on the My Tasks >
Running page.
active_reports false Specifies whether to display the Reports column on the My Tasks >
Running page.
active_started_time true Specifies whether to display the Start Time column on the My Tasks >
Running page.
active_submitter false Specifies whether to display the Requester column on the My Tasks >
Running page.
active_task_id false Specifies whether to display the Task ID column on the My Tasks >
Running page.
active_task_name true Specifies whether to display the Schedule Name column on the My Tasks
> Running page.
active_task_type true Specifies whether to display the Task Type column on the My Tasks >
Running page.
background_format true Specifies whether to display the Result column on the My Tasks >
Background Tasks page.
background_status true Specifies whether to display the Status column on the My Tasks >
Background Tasks page.
cat_version_number true Specifies whether to display the Number column in the version table of a
catalog.
completed_catalog false Specifies whether to display the Catalog column on the My Tasks >
Completed page.
completed_completed_time true Specifies whether to display the Completed Time column on the My
Tasks > Completed page.
completed_engine_status false Specifies whether to display the Engine Status column on the My Tasks
> Completed page.
completed_error_message false Specifies whether to display the Error Message column on the My Tasks
> Completed page.
completed_is_successful true Specifies whether to display the Is Successful column on the My Tasks >
Completed page.
completed_launch_type false Specifies whether to display the Launch Type on the My Tasks >
Completed page.
completed_parameter_file false Specifies whether to display the Parameter File on the My Tasks >
Completed page.
completed_parameters false Specifies whether to display the Parameters on the My Tasks >
Completed page.
completed_report true Specifies whether to display the Report Set column on the My Tasks >
Completed page.
completed_reports false Specifies whether to display the Reports column on the My Tasks >
Completed page.
completed_result_files false Specifies whether to display the Result Files on the My Tasks >
Completed page.
completed_submitter false Specifies whether to display the Requester column on the My Tasks >
Completed page.
completed_task_id false Specifies whether to display the Task ID column on the My Tasks >
Completed page.
completed_task_name true Specifies whether to display the Schedule Name column on the My Tasks
> Completed page.
completed_task_type true Specifies whether to display the Task Type column on the My Tasks >
Completed page.
days_definition_for_completed 0 Specifies for how many days JReport Server will keep the completed
tasks in the Completed table. If the value is set to 0, the server will
keep the completed tasks until you delete them from the My Tasks >
Completed page.
default_view_format 8 Specifies the default format for viewing reports.
If the property Default Format for Viewing Report of a report has been
set to a specific format when the report is designed in JReport Designer,
the value in Designer has higher priority than the one here.
● 0 - Applet
● 1 - HTML
● 2 - PDF
● 3 - TEXT
● 4 - Excel
● 5 - PostScript
● 7 - XML
● 8 - DHTML
doc_version_creator true Specifies whether to display the Creator column in the version table of a
result.
doc_version_number true Specifies whether to display the Version Number column in the version
table of a result.
doc_version_output true Specifies whether to display the Results column in the version table of a
result.
doc_version_parameters true Specifies whether to display the Parameters column in the version table
of a result.
enable_setting_display_language false Specifies whether to enable customizing the environment language for
JReport Server.
folder_selector_format 2 Specifies the type of the tool used for selecting folder paths from the file
system. This property is applied to local publishment only.
● 0 - JavaScript format
● 1 - VBScript format
● 2 - JSP format
is_forced_language false Specifies whether to reset all users' default language to the one
specified via locale_nls.
jrs.applet_type 3 Specifies the Java runtime environment to run applets.
● 2 - Java Plug-In 1.2 for Windows
jrs.best_editing_rtp false Specifies whether to apply flow layout in RTF format results.
jrs.compress_image_pdf 20 Specifies the percentage to compress images in the PDF format result by.
jrs.delimiter - Specifies the delimiter to separate fields in Text format results.
jrs.dhtml_resolution 96 Specifies the resolution of the DHTML result to zoom in/out, in DPI. The
default value is obtained from the operation system, which is the
resolution of your monitor, for example, 72 DPI on Unix or 96 on
Windows. You can set higher/lower value to zoom in/out.
jrs.drilldown false Specifies whether to generate HTML format report results with the
Drilldown feature enabled. The Drilldown feature enables you to inspect
certain items for further detailed data.
jrs.drilldown_pdf false Specifies whether to generate PDF format report results with the
Drilldown feature enabled. The Drilldown feature enables you to inspect
certain items for further detailed data.
jrs.embedded_css false Specifies whether to embed the cascading style sheet (CSS) in the
exported HTML files; otherwise, the .css file will be generated
individually. This property takes effect only when jrs.is_multi_files is set
to true, that is the report result is generated to multiple HTML files.
jrs. true Specifies whether to enable saving parameter values for reuse next time
enable_save_used_parameter_values when specifying parameter values in order to run reports.
jrs.enable_to_prefer_server true Specifies whether a task can be performed on a manually specified
clustered server when scheduling a report set or running a report set in
Advanced mode. Only available in clustered environments.
jrs.excel_advanced false Specifies whether to show additional settings for exporting to Excel.
When jrs.excel2000 is set to true, this property is of no use.
jrs.excel_layout true Specifies the layout of Excel format results.
● true - The original layout of the report set is adopted.
jrs.excel2000 false If this property is set to true, only the report data will be exported
without format in Excel format results.
jrs.format_chart 0 Specifies the image chart type. This property takes effect only when jrs.
is_applet_chart is set to false.
● 0 - Auto select
● 1 - GIF
● 2 - JPEG
● 3 - PNG
jrs.frameapplet true Specifies whether to show an Applet window when exporting to Applet.
jrs.has_hyperlink true Specifies whether to remove hyperlinks from the exported HTML format
results. This property takes effect only when jrs.is_multi_files is set to
false, that is the report result is generated to a single HTML file.
jrs.has_page_number true Specifies whether to remove page numbers from the exported HTML
format results. This property takes effect only when jrs.is_multi_files is
set to false, that is the report result is generated to a single HTML file.
jrs.has_pdf_permis_pasw false Specifies whether to use a permission password to restrict users from
printing and editing PDF format results.
jrs.has_shapes false Specifies whether to include drawing objects in exported Excel results,
such as line, oval, and box.
jrs.hasHeadFoot true Specifies whether to contain all headers and footers in Text format
results, including Report Header/Footer, Page Header/Footer and Group
Header/Footer. If false, the Text results will only contain data in Detail
panel.
jrs.html_resolution 96 Specifies the resolution of the HTML result to zoom in/out, in DPI. The
default value is obtained from the operation system, which is the
resolution of your monitor, for example, 72 DPI on Unix or 96 on
Windows. You can set higher/lower value to zoom in/out.
jrs.is_applet_chart true Specifies the way of displaying charts in the HTML format result:
● true - Uses a Java applet to display charts.
jrs.is_multi_files false Specifies whether to generate report result to multiple HTML files.
● true - Generates the report result to multiple HTML files.
jrs.is_norm_txt true Specifies whether the results are in normal Text format:
● true - Normal Text format
jrs.is_only_data false Specifies whether to include report data in XML format results.
jrs.is_quotemark true Specifies whether to use quote marks in Text format results. This
property takes effect only when jrs.is_norm_txt is set to false.
jrs.is_repeat false Specifies whether to use value of the previous cell in the same column
when a cell in Text format results has no value. This property takes
effect only when jrs.is_norm_txt is set to false.
jrs.is_text_delimiter jrs.is_csv Specifies the delimiter type to separate fields in Text format results. This
property takes effect only when jrs.is_norm_txt is set to false.
Values:
● jrs.is_csv - CSV format
jrs.is_wordwrap 0 Specifies the way of dealing with word wrap in Excel format results.
● 0 - Keeps all the settings of each object's Word Wrap property
originally specified in the report.
● 1 - Disables the Word Wrap property for all objects. That is, the
Word Wrap property is made false for all objects.
● 2 - Enables the Word Wrap property for all objects. That is, the Word
Wrap property is made true for all objects.
jrs.no_margin_html false Specifies whether to remove margins from HTML format results.
jrs.no_margin_pdf false Specifies whether to remove margins from PDF format results.
jrs.no_margin_ps false Specifies whether to remove margins from PostScript format results.
jrs.no_margin_rtf false Specifies whether to remove margins from RTF format results.
jrs.password_pdf - Specifies the password to help prevent users from opening PDF format
results without authorization.
jrs.pdf_changallow 4 Specifies the editing actions that are permitted in PDF format results.
● 0 - None
jrs.pdf_check_enableaccess true Specifies whether to allow visually impaired users to read PDF format
results with screen readers. This property is available only when jrs.
pdf_compatibitly=1.
jrs.pdf_check_enablecopy false Specifies whether to allow users to select and copy the contents of PDF
format results.
jrs.pdf_compatibitly 1 Specifies the encryption type to encrypt PDF format results.
● 0 - Acrobat 3.0 and later, which uses a low encryption level (40-bit
RC4).
● 1 - Acrobat 5.0 and later, which uses a high encryption level (128-
bit RC4).
jrs.pdf_contact_inf - Specifies your contact information for signing PDF format results.
jrs.pdf_digital_path - Specifies the digital ID file from a specified directory for PDF format
results.
jrs.pdf_document_reson None Specifies the reason for signing PDF format results. The value can be
one of the following:
● None
● 2 - High Resolution
jrs.pdf_sign false Specifies whether to add digital sign to PDF format results.
jrs.pdf_sign_method -1 Specifies the digital signing method for PDF format results. The default
value -1 means that no value is set.
● 0 - Windows Certificate Security
jrs.pdf_user_pasw - Specifies the password for the digital ID file specified via jrs.
pdf_digital_path.
jrs.print_footer - Specifies the page footer text for Excel format results.
jrs.print_gridlines false Specifies whether to include gridlines in Excel format results.
jrs.print_header - Specifies the page header text for Excel format results.
jrs.print_mode_pdf false ● false - When you run a report in PDF format, JReport will take the
result of the whole report as a graphic to transform the report by the
method of simulated printer and generate the report result in PDF
format.
● true - When you run a report in PDF format, JReport will take the
result of the whole report as a dataset to transform the report by
sequence and to generate the report result in PDF format.
jrs.relative_font_size false Specifies whether to generate the HTML format report result using a
relative font size or an absolute font size.
● true - Using a relative font size. The font size can be adjusted
according to the font size settings in the web browser.
● false - Using an absolute font size, which means that the font size is
fixed, and cannot be adjusted according to the font size settings in
the web browser.
jrs.text_overflow 1 Specifies whether the text overflow is visible or hidden in HTML format
results.
● 0 - VISIBLE
● 1 - HIDDEN
jrs.toc_pdf false Specifies whether to generate the PDF format report result with a Table
of Contents.
jrs.txt_compress false Specifies whether to generate Text format results in a compressed size,
that is to say, there will be no clearance between the columns.
jrs.txt_windows true Specifies whether to use Windows end-of-line characters to indicate the
start of a new line in Text format results.
● true - Use Windows end-of-line characters. Two characters <cr> and
<lf> will be used at the end of a line.
jrs.udchar_height - Specifies the value for each unit of the vertical density between columns
in Text format results. The resulting density is a direct ratio of the value
you specify. That is, the greater the value, the smaller the height
between columns. By default the density will be specified by JReport.
jrs.udchar_width - Specifies the value for each unit of the horizontal density between
columns in Text format results. The resulting density is a direct ratio of
the value you specify. That is, the greater the value, the smaller the
width between columns. By default the density will be specified by
JReport.
jrs.use_html_table false Specifies whether the table and crosstab components will be output as
table objects in the HTML format result.
jrs.use_section508_compliant_page false Specifies whether to set the accessible version of JReport Server as the
default portal instead of JReport Console page. In the accessible version,
reports are displayed in the HTML format with accessibility attributes,
and table/crosstab components are output as HTML data table. With the
help of reader agent end users can navigate through the server resource
to view the target report. See Accessibility for more information.
jrs.use_section508_output false Specifies whether the accessibility attributes defined for report elements
via the Report Inspector will be exported to the HTML format report
result.
jrs.user_last_login_time true Specifies whether to display the last login time of a user on the top
banner of JReport Server. If true, the login time will be recorded in the
login.properties file in <install_root>\bin after JReport Server shuts
down.
jrs.user_last_logout_time false Specifies whether to display the last logout time of a user on the top
banner of JReport Server. If true, the logout time will be recorded in the
logout.properties file in <install_root>\bin after JReport Server shuts
down.
jrs.web_browser 0 Specifies the web browser for which the HTML result adapts.
● 0 - IE or Chrome
● 1 - Firefox
jrs.zip_applet_result false Specifies whether to compress Applet format results and make the size
smaller.
jrs.zip_result false Specifies whether to compress JReport Result format results and make
the size smaller.
locale_nls en_US Specifies the environment language for JReport Server. All UI text and
messages will be displayed in the specified language.
max_autocomplete_list_num 3 When specifying parameter values in order to run or schedule to run a
report, you can save the specified parameter values for the report as a
list. This property is used to control the maximum number of the saved
parameter value lists for the report.
ondemands_cancelled false Specifies whether to display the Cancelled column on the My Tasks >
Background Tasks page.
ondemands_catalog false Specifies whether to display the Catalog column on the My Tasks >
Background Tasks page.
ondemands_catalog_version false Specifies whether to display the Catalog Version Number column on the
My Tasks > Background Tasks page.
ondemands_parameter false Specifies whether to display the Parameters column on the My Tasks >
Background Tasks page.
ondemands_report_version false Specifies whether to display the Report Set Version Number column on
the My Tasks > Background Tasks page.
ondemands_started_time true Specifies whether to display the Start Time column on the My Tasks >
Background Tasks page.
ondemands_time true Specifies whether to display the Finish Time column on the My Tasks >
Background Tasks page.
ondemands_time_elapse false Specifies whether to display the Elapse Time column on the My Tasks >
Background Tasks page.
only_css_style true Specifies whether to display only the CSS styles in the style list.
page_style 1 Specifies the View Mode on the Reports page:
● 0 - Icons
● 1 - Details
● 2 - Thumbnails
parameters_display_size 100 Specifies the display length in characters of the parameters that are to
be applied to both the completed and active schedules.
popup_dhtml_window true Specifies whether to show a DHTML window when you view a report in
DHTML format.
reports_description true Specifies whether to display the Description column on the Reports
page.
reports_last_modified true Specifies whether to display the Last Modified column on the Reports
page.
reports_type true Specifies whether to display the Type column on the Reports page.
rpt_version_number true Specifies whether to display the Version Number column in the version
table of a report set.
scheduled_catalog false Specifies whether to display the Catalog column on the My Tasks >
Scheduled page.
scheduled_is_enable true Specifies whether to display the Is Enabled column on the My Tasks >
Scheduled page.
scheduled_is_successful false Specifies whether to display the Is Successful column on the My Tasks >
Scheduled page.
scheduled_last_run_at false Specifies whether to display the Last Run Time column on the My Tasks
> Scheduled page.
scheduled_launch_type false Specifies whether to display the Launch Type column on the My Tasks >
Scheduled page.
scheduled_next_run_at true Specifies whether to display the Next Run Time column on the My Tasks
> Scheduled page.
scheduled_report true Specifies whether to display the Report Set column on the My Tasks >
Scheduled page.
scheduled_reports false Specifies whether to display the Reports column on the My Tasks >
Scheduled page.
scheduled_submitter false Specifies whether to display the Requester column on the My Tasks >
Scheduled page.
scheduled_task_id false Specifies whether to display the Task ID column on the My Tasks >
Scheduled page.
scheduled_task_name true Specifies whether to display the Schedule Name column on the My Tasks
> Scheduled page.
scheduled_task_type true Specifies whether to display the Task Type column on the My Tasks >
Scheduled page.
skin_enable_loading_statue true Specifies whether to upload a local image to Server as the loading status
image appearing in waiting pages.
skin_enable_waitting_page true Specifies whether to show waiting pages and customize them.
skin_format standard Specifies the skin format applied to JReport Server and JReport Viewer
UI. The value can be standard, classical, or xp (xp means Windows XP).
skin_statue_align Bottom Specifies the relative position of the image as compared to tip text in
waiting pages. The value can be Top, Bottom, Left, or Right.
skin_style Default Specifies skin style of waiting pages. The value can be Default,
Customize, or Appointment.
skin_tip_font_family Tahoma Specifies font face of tip text in the waiting pages.
skin_tip_font_isblod true Specifies whether tip text font is bold in the waiting pages.
skin_tip_font_isitalic false Specifies whether tip text font is italic in the waiting pages.
skin_tip_font_isunderline false Specifies whether tip text font is underline in the waiting pages.
skin_tip_font_size 11 Specifies font size of tip text in the waiting pages.
skin_waitting_page waiting.jsp Specifies the JSP file name which will be used after the JSP file is
uploaded to server.
skin_waitting_statue loadingxp.gif Specifies an image file name which will be used after the image is
uploaded to server.
version_creator true Specifies whether to display the Creator column in the version table of a
report set.
version_number true Specifies whether to display the Version Number column in the version
table of a report set.
version_output true Specifies whether to display the Result column in the version table of a
report set.
version_parameters true Specifies whether to display the Parameters in the version table of a
report set.
Properties in DHTMLpreference.properties
Property Name Default Value Description
dhtml.advanceuser false Specifies whether to enable the DHTML advanced features, such as editing
group and report properties from the shortcut menu. In JReport Viewer, some
features are only available for advanced users, including the following:
● Advanced users can use a formula to control the value of a property. If a
Boolean type property in a report is set to be controlled by a formula, it
will be displayed as a checkbox, with mixed value. This means that this
option is currently controlled by a formula.
● Editing group and report properties (can be accessed by using the Group
and Report command on the shortcut menu).
● Further options are available for advanced users, such as the options in
the Export and Other tabs.
dhtml.align_summaries false Specifies whether to make summaries aligned vertically, which are created
via the report wizard and have the same summary function.
dhtml.autorefresh false Specifies whether to enable the Auto Refresh feature, which automatically
refreshes the DHTML window at certain intervals, so as to make the server
session never time out when any JReport Viewer window is open. The auto
refresh time interval equals user session time out minus 16 seconds. When
the server session time out is set to be less than 32 seconds, the Auto
Refresh feature is disabled.
dhtml.background.mode. 900 Specifies the time allowed for a DHTML report set to run in foreground mode,
timeout in seconds. After the specifies time expires, the DHTML report set will
automatically be switched to run in background mode.
dhtml.background.mode. true Specifies whether to move DHTML report sets to run in background mode
timeout.edit automatically after certain time..
dhtml.bcfilter_prompt true Specifies whether to prompt the Query Filter dialog when inserting the first
field from the Resource View panel into a blank component.
dhtml.close.report.task. 180 When end user clicks the close button of the web browser to close a DHTML
timeout report set, the report set will not be closed immediately. This property
specifies the time (in seconds) after which the report set will be closed if end
user chooses this way to close a DHTML report set. It's recommended to set
the value to no less than 30 seconds.
dhtml. true Specifies whether to prompt the Convert Data Fields dialog when performing
convertquery_prompt data analytic actions on reports, which are created in JReport Designer, in
JReport Viewer.
dhtml.createreport_prompt true Specifies whether to prompt with a message box when JReport is going to
adjust the page size if the width of a table exceeds the defined page size.
dhtml.currentprofile - Specifies the profile which will be used as the default profile to run report sets
in DHTML.
dhtml.currentskin standard Specifies the skin of the DHTML user interface. JReport provides you with
three sets of skins: classical, standard, and xp. You can also create your own
skin and apply it to your DTHML user interface.
When creating skins, pay attention to the following:
● A skin must have a name and it is defined in the file skin.properties in
<intall_root>\public_html\skin.
● A skin includes two parts, style files and image files. The style files should
be saved in <intall_root>\public_html\style\dhtml\xxx (xxx is the
name of the skin), and the corresponding images in <intall_root>
\public_html\images\dhtml\xxx.
dhtml.customize_indent false Specifies whether to allow customizing the indent of groups created via the
report wizard. By default, when end users create groups in a report via the
report wizard in JReport Viewer, the groups will be indented according to the
width of the group fields.
dhtml. 0 Specifies the indent of the groups created via the report wizard, in inches.
customize_indent_size
dhtml.dso.default false Specifies whether to show the Resource View panel.
dhtml.grid_color #808080 Specifies the color of the grids.
dhtml.grid_inches_size 0.07 Specifies size of the grids, in inches.
dhtml.is.multi.thread.do. false Specifies whehter to use another thread to perform an action instead of the
action request thread.
dhtml.locktimeout 10800 Specifies the idle time before the DHTML window is locked, in seconds.
dhtml.locktimeout.edit true Specifies whether to make the DHTML window locked after certain time.
dhtml.master.default true Specifies whether to show the master report in the same window when
opening a detail report. If true, end users can go back to the master report
by clicking the master report name link. When it is set to false, the master
report will be closed after the detail report is opened.
dhtml.mwttp.default true Specifies whether to allow using the mouse wheel to scroll up/down reports.
dhtml.popup.default true Specifies whether to show a shortcut menu when you click the right mouse
button.
dhtml.popup.link.detail. false Specifies whether to display a new web browser window for the link target,
default which can be a link report, a detail report, a URL, a chart hyperlink, or the
detailed information created from the go-to-detail function. When defining
such links in JReport Designer, if you have specified Server Setting as the
target frame of the links, this property will decide where the corresponding
link targets will be displayed.
dhtml.privew.default false Specifies whether to show editing marks (dashed outlines for objects and
report body). If it is set to false, the editing mark will not be shown when a
report object receives focus, and report objects cannot be moved or resized.
dhtml.recordnumber. -1 Specifies the maximum number of records that will be retrieved by
default components in the report.
dhtml.report. true Specifies whether to show the Remove Filter item on the Filter submenu.
filter_menu_all
dhtml.report. true Specifies whether to show the Bottom N item on the Filter submenu.
filter_menu_bottomn
dhtml.report. true Specifies whether to show the More item on the Filter submenu.
filter_menu_more
dhtml.report. true Specifies whether to show the Top N item on the Filter submenu.
filter_menu_topn
dhtml.report.max_reports 60 Specifies the maximum number of DHTML reports that can be opened at the
same time.
dhtml.report.max_reports. false Specifies whether to limit the number of DHTML reports that can be opened
edit at the same time.
dhtml.report.on_demand true Specifies the way of running and laying out a report set as the DHTML format.
If the property is set to true, the required pages will be formatted. The total
number of pages will not be known and will show as a + sign. If it is set to
false, all report pages will be formatted. This shows the total number of pages
but will take longer to show the first page.
dhtml.report.pipe_line false Specifies the way of running and laying out a report set as the DHTML format.
If the property is set to true, data will be fetched for the required page and
then the page will be formatted. The contents of the displayed pages may be
incomplete for lack of data integrity and will then be refreshed when their
data is ready. The first page will be displayed more quickly. If it is set to
false, all data will be fetched before report pages are formatted. The
displayed pages are complete.
dhtml.report.timeout 10800 Specifies the time after which a DHTML report will release its memory
automatically if JReport Server has not received a request from the report, in
seconds.
dhtml.report.timeout.edit true Specifies whether to make a DHTML report release its memory automatically
if JReport Server has not received a request from the report for a period of
time.
dhtml.reportlayout blank Specifies the default report layout when creating a report in JReport Viewer.
Can be blank, table, crosstab, chart and section.
dhtml.reportset.timeout 10800 Specifies the time after which a DHTML report set will release its memory
automatically if JReport Server has not received a request from the report
set, in seconds.
dhtml.reportset.timeout. true Specifies whether to make a DHTML report set release its memory
edit automatically if JReport Server has not received a request from the report set
for a period of time.
dhtml.save. default Specifies the linked catalog model when saving report set into a new directory
catalog_linked_mode in DHTML.
● default - It means to link the saved report set with the catalog.
● copy - It means to copy the catalog to the target directory where the
report set is saved.
dhtml.save. true Specifies whether to enable setting the linked catalog model when saving
catalog_linked_mode_edit report into a new directory in DHTML.
dhtml.save.filter.criteria true Specifies whether to check the Save Filter Criteria option by default when
saving a report set to a report set version or as a new report set.
dhtml.save.popup.criteria true Specifies whether to pop up the save criteria dialog after performing some
filter/sort action on a report in JReport Viewer and closing the report.
dhtml.save.sort.criteria true Specifies whether to check the Save Sort Criteria option by default when
saving a report set to a report set version or as a new report set.
dthml.show_grids false Specifies whether to show grids in JReport Viewer report area.
dhtml.showSpalshScreen onlyFirstTime Specifies whether to show the splash screen, which is the JReport logo and
displays when a DHTML report set is opened
dhtml.snap_to_grids true Specifies whether or not to snap an object to grids when moving it by
dragging and dropping in JReport Viewer report area.
dhtml.stylegroup Commercial<CSS> Specifies the default selected style for the four types of components when
creating them via the report wizard in JReport Viewer: table, crosstab, chart,
and banded object.
The value can be any of the CSS style in the <install_root>\style directory.
dhtml.switch.reports.with. false Specifies whether to switch among reports in a report set using report tabs.
tab
dhtml.title Powered by JReport Specifies the title for the DHTML window (displayed on the DHTML window
title bar).
dhtml.toc.default false Specifies whether to show the TOC Browser.
dhtml.toc.groupbyname false Specifies whether to show the groups by name in the TOC panel.
dhtml.toolbar.default true Specifies whether to show a default toolbar in the DHTML window.
dhtml.toolbar.info Standard|View| Specifies the toolbars that will be displayed in the DHTML window. Use "|" to
Analysis| separate the toolbars. To create toolbars, go to the Options dialog.
dhtml.toolbar.items 16|17|18|19|20|22| Specifies the commands and the sequence of the commands that will be
0|7|8| displayed on the toolbars defined by dhtml.toolbar.info. Use "|" to separate
43|0|,0|11|13|0| the commands and "," to separate the toolbars. If you are not clear about the
25|24| toolbar commands, go to the Options dialog to set them.
9|1|0|,0|28|29|0|
23|0|,
dhtml.toolbox.default false Specifies whether to show the Toolbox panel.
dhtml.tooltips true Specifies whether to show the tool tips for toolbar commands.
dhtml.userbar.default false Specifies whether to show the User Information bar. This bar is on the top of
the JReport Viewer window which shows information about the user, catalog,
and report set.
dhtml. false Specifies whether to place the group headers in a table vertically when
vertical_group_header creating a new table or inserting new groups to a table in JReport Viewer.
This property is deprecated.
dhtml.zoom.default 100 Specifies the zoom ratio at which DHTML pages will be displayed.
Appendix 3: System database properties in JReport server cluster
This appendix provides a list of properties stored in the server's system database which is created when a JReport clustered
server is started, and the detailed information about these properties.
cluster.scheduler.lease.enabled false Specifies whether to enable lease for a distributed scheduler in the cluster. If a
distributed scheduler is enabled with lease, it becomes an active scheduler and will
compete to trigger the schedule.
cluster.scheduler.lease.valid_time 300 Specifies the period of time that the clustered server can hold a lease before releasing
it. The property value should be an integer in seconds.
cluster.storage.crd_result.copy_number 2 Specifies how many copies will be made in a cluster when a new file or folder is added
to the cached report data (CRD) result folder. The property value should be an integer.
cluster.storage.history.copy_number 2 Specifies how many copies will be made in a cluster when a new file or folder is added
to the history folder. The property value should be an integer.
cluster.storage.realm.copy_number 2 Specifies how many copies will be made in a cluster when a new file or folder is added
to the realm folder. The property value should be an integer.
LOADBALANCE
loadbalance.type 1 Specifies the load-balance type.
(0 ~ 3)
● 0 - Uses Least Current Report Sets Algorithm to allocate tasks.
See Built-in load balancing algorithm for details about the four load balancing types.
loadbalance.custom_class - Specifies the class name of user's load balancer.
SERVER
server.autocache.enabled false Specifies whether to enable to automatically cache report data. For more about
cached report data, see Managing cached report data.
server.autocache.expired.time 0 Specifies the period an automatic cached data result is kept. This property takes
effect when server.autocache.enabled=true and server.autocache.never.
expire=false.
server.autocache.max.disk.usage 512 Specifies the maximum hard disk space for automatic cached data. The value should
be between 4 MB and 1024*1024 MB. This property takes effect when server.
autocache.enabled=true.
server.autocache.never.expire true Specifies whether automatic cached data never expires. This property takes effect
when server.autocache.enabled=true.
server.completed.max_count 3000 Specifies the maximum number of completed records that will be kept the Completed
(0 ~ 2147483647) table. Set the value to zero if you do not want to limit the record count.
server.crd.memory.usage 4 Specifies the maximum memory usage when running a report using cached report
data. The minimum value is 4 MB and can be increased up to 80% of the total Java
maximum heap size (-Xmx value in JRServer.bat). All cached report data being used
to run reports will share the same memory space.
For more about cached report data, see Managing cached report data.
server.realm.active defaultRealm Specifies the realm that takes effect when the server starts up.
The specified realm should exist, otherwise the server will use an existing realm as
active realm. The server will then record a warning message in the log file, and set
the selected active realm by this property in the server.properties file.
server.security true Specifies whether to enable security checking on remote requests. When it is set to
false, responses will be made without any security checking. This does not apply to
Remote Configuration and Administration.
server.version.from.temp false Specifies to enable the "Publish to Version System" option when previewing a report
set result.
This property functions the same as the Enable "Publish to Versioning System" for
Background Tasks View option in the Configuration > Advanced panel of the JReport
Administration page.
If the value is set to true, a link Publish to Versioning System will be added to the
upper-left corner of the report set preview page (preview a report set result using the
Run command). Click the link to publish the result to version in the current format.
Properties in the following configuration files are also stored in the server's system database when a JReport clustered server
is started:
Property in dhtmlPreference.properties in
UI Option
<install_root>\realm\defaultRealm
JReport Administration/Console page > Profile > Configure DHTML Profile
Features
Default Profile dhtml.currentprofile
Properties > Default
User Information Bar dhtml.userbar.default
Toolbar dhtml.toolbar.default
Table of Contents dhtml.toc.default
Resource View dhtml.dso.default
Toolbox dhtml.toolbox.default
Right-click Menu dhtml.popup.default
Pop Up New Window for Links dhtml.popup.link.detail.default
Editing Marks dhtml.privew.default
Pop Up Save Criteria Dialog dhtml.save.popup.criteria
Save Filter Criteria dhtml.save.filter.criteria
Save Sort Criteria dhtml.save.sort.criteria
Switch Reports with Tab dhtml.switch.reports.with.tab
Show Master Report dhtml.master.default
Tool Tips on Toolbars dhtml.tooltips
Always Prompt Query Filter dhtml.bcfilter_prompt
Always Prompt to Convert Data Fields dhtml.convertquery_prompt
Mouse Wheel Turn to Page dhtml.mwttp.default
Always Prompt Whether to Adjust Page Size dhtml.createreport_prompt
Automatically
Zoom dhtml.zoom.default
Max Records dhtml.recordnumber.default
Browser Page Title dhtml.title
Remove Filter dhtml.report.filter_menu_all
Top N dhtml.report.filter_menu_topn
Bottom N dhtml.report.filter_menu_bottomn
More dhtml.report.filter_menu_more
Show Grids dthml.show_grids
Snap to Grids dhtml.snap_to_grids
Grid Size dhtml.grid_inches_size
Grid Color dhtml.grid_color
Report Layout dhtml.reportlayout
Report Style Group dhtml.stylegroup
Customize Group Indent dhtml.customize_indent & dhtml.customize_indent_size
Align Summaries Vertically dhtml.align_summaries
Properties > Advanced
Advanced User dhtml.advanceuser
Auto Refresh dhtml.autorefresh
Show Group by Name dhtml.toc.groupbyname
View Incomplete Pages dhtml.report.pipe_line
Format Page On Demand dhtml.report.on_demand
Lock Screen Timeout dhtml.locktimeout.edit & dhtml.locktimeout
Report Timeout dhtml.report.timeout.edit & dhtml.report.timeout
Report Set Timeout dhtml.reportset.timeout.edit & dhtml.reportset.timeout
Background Mode Timeout dhtml.background.mode.timeout.edit & dhtml.
background.mode.timeout
Maximum Number of Open Reports dhtml.report.max_reports.edit & dhtml.report.
max_reports
Select Catalog Linked Model dhtml.save.catalog_linked_mode_edit & dhtml.save.
catalog_linked_mode
Show Splash Screen dhtml.showSpalshScreen
Strings
By Description (Sample)
Defined
Time Forms the file name using the date/time when the result is generated (e.g.
2006-07-25, 00:00:00 AM).
yyyy Returns the year (e.g. 2006).
yy Returns the year in short form (e.g. 06).
MM Returns the month of the year, shown in number format (e.g. 12).
dd Returns the day of the month, (e.g. 25).
hh Returns the hour of the day (e.g. 05). It is used for the 12-hour time.
HH Returns the hour of the day (e.g. 05). It is used for the 24-hour time.
mm Returns the minute of the hour (e.g. 00).
ss Returns the second of the minute (e.g. 00).
m Returns the AM/PM marker (e.g. AM).
User Forms the file name using user name.
name Returns the name of the user who is currently logged onto the computer (e.g.
Mike).
z Returns the ordinal number (e.g. 001.pdf, 002.pdf, 003.pdf).
System Forms the file name using the system variables.
language Returns local computer configuration language (e.g. en).
zone Returns the system configuration time zone (e.g. GMT-05.00).
encoding Returns the file encoding (e.g. Cp1252).
region Returns the system configuration region (e.g. US).
JReport
pathcat Returns the catalog file name, with its path and extension (e.g. path.
SampleReports.cat).
CAT Returns the catalog file name, with its extension (e.g. SampleReports.cat).
cat Returns the catalog file name, without its path and extension (e.g.
SampleReports).
pathcls Returns the report set file name, with its full path (e.g. catalog path and
report set path) and extension (e.g. path1.path2.CustomerAnalysis.cls).
CLS Returns the report set file name, with its extension (e.g. CustomerAnalysis.
cls).
cls Returns the report set file name, without its extension and path (e.g.
CustomerAnalysis).
sheet Returns the report name in the report set (e.g. report1).
Naming Rules
● The defined strings are case-sensitive.
● Defined strings must be enclosed by square brackets ([ ]) which must appear in pairs, for example,
[yyyy].
If the string is not a defined string but enclosed by square brackets, an error message will be shown.
For example, if you use myHTMLResult_[yy]$[YYYY][MM]M[dd]D[ABCD] $name$cls[cls].html as the
result file name, you will get an error message (Invalid file name), since ABCD is not defined, but
appears in square brackets.
● You should never use square brackets to enclose strings that are not defined in the above table.
Strings that are not in square brackets will be directly used as (part of) the file name.
● If you want the square brackets and the strings enclosed by them to appear in the file name exactly
as they are, that is, not to be parsed as defined strings, you can add a dollar sign ($) before the
string. For example, if the string is $[yyyy], the result file name will be [yyyy], instead of a specific
year, such as 2006.
If you want to keep the dollar sign ($) together with the square brackets and the strings, you should
add another dollar sign ($). For example, if the string is $$[m], the result file name will be $[m], and
if the string is $$$$[m], the result file name will be $$$[m].
● More than one defined string can be used in the dynamic result file name, except for the ordinal
number (z), such as [m][name], [yyyy].[MM].[dd], [region][yy].
● Characters are permitted to be added between different defined strings. For example, if the string is
[yy]Year[MM]Month, the result could be 02Year2thMonth.
● The number of digits of the ordinal number is determined by the total number of "z"s. For example,
zzz indicates 001, 002, etc, and zz indicates 01, 02, etc.
Notes:
● There are two differences between the naming rules of dynamic result file name and the dynamic
directory name:
❍ String "z" is only supported in the naming result file, but not in the naming dynamic directory. For
example, C:\folder[zz]\folder is incorrect because the sequence for directory is not supported.
❍ "/" will be replaced by "." in the naming result file. However, for naming a dynamic directory, this
rule does not apply.
● When you publish a report set to e-mail, string "z" is not dynamic. For example, zzz only indicates
001 and zz only indicates 01.
Language
Two-letter lower-case symbols Language
aa Afar
ab Abkhazian
af Afrikaans
am Amharic
ar Arabic
as Assamese
ay Aymara
az Azerbaijani
ba Bashkir
be Byelorussian
bg Bulgarian
bh Bihari
bi Bislama
bn Bengali; Bangla
bo Tibetan
br Breton
ca Catalan
co Corsican
cs Czech
cy Welsh
da Danish
de German
dz Bhutani
el Greek
en English
eo Esperanto
es Spanish
et Estonian
eu Basque
fa Persian
fi Finnish
fj Fiji
fo Faroese
fr French
fy Frisian
ga Irish
gd ScotsGaelic
gl Galician
gn Guarani
gu Gujarati
ha Hausa
he Hebrew (formerly iw)
hi Hindi
hr Croatian
hu Hungarian
hy Armenian
ia Interlingua
id Indonesian (formerly in)
ie Interlingue
ik Inupiak
is Icelandic
it Italian
iu Inuktitut
ja Japanese
jw Javanese
ka Georgian
kk Kazakh
kl Greenlandic
km Cambodian
kn Kannada
ko Korean
ks Kashmiri
ku Kurdish
ky Kirghiz
la Latin
ln Lingala
lo Laothian
lt Lithuanian
lv Latvian, Lettish
mg Malagasy
mi Maori
mk Macedonian
ml Malayalam
mn Mongolian
mo Moldavian
mr Marathi
ms Malay
mt Maltese
my Burmese
na Nauru
ne Nepali
nl Dutch
no Norwegian
oc Occitan
om (Afan) Oromo
or Oriya
pa Punjabi
pl Polish
ps Pashto, Pushto
pt Portuguese
qu Quechua
rm Rhaeto-Romance
rn Kirundi
ro Romanian
ru Russian
rw Kinyarwanda
sa Sanskrit
sd Sindhi
sg Sangho
sh Serbo-Croatian
si Sinhalese
sk Slovak
sl Slovenian
sm Samoan
sn Shona
so Somali
sq Albanian
sr Serbian
ss Siswati
st Sesotho
su Sundanese
sv Swedish
sw Swahili
ta Tamil
te Telugu
tg Tajik
th Thai
ti Tigrinya
tk Turkmen
tl Tagalog
tn Setswana
to Tonga
tr Turkish
ts Tsonga
tt Tatar
tw Twi
ug Uighur
uk Ukrainian
ur Urdu
uz Uzbek
vi Vietnamese
vo Volapuk
wo Wolof
xh Xhosa
za Zhuang
zh Chinese
zu Zulu
Region
Region A2
AFGHANISTAN AF
ALBANIA AL
ALGERIA DZ
AMERICAN SAMOA AS
ANDORRA AD
ANGOLA AO
ANGUILLA AI
ANTARCTICA AQ
ANTIGUA AND BARBUDA AG
ARGENTINA AR
ARMENIA AM
ARUBA AW
AUSTRALIA AU
AUSTRIA AT
AZERBAIJAN AZ
BAHAMAS BS
BAHRAIN BH
BANGLADESH BD
BARBADOS BB
BELARUS BY
BELGIUM BE
BELIZE BZ
BENIN BJ
BERMUDA BM
BHUTAN BT
BOLIVIA BO
BOSNIA AND HERZEGOWINA BA
BOTSWANA BW
BOUVET ISLAND BV
BRAZIL BR
BRITISH INDIAN OCEAN TERRITORY IO
BRUNEI DARUSSALAM BN
BULGARIA BG
BURKINA FASO BF
BURUNDI BI
CAMBODIA KH
CAMEROON CM
CANADA CA
CAPE VERDE CV
CAYMAN ISLANDS KY
CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC CF
CHAD TD
CHILE CL
CHINA CN
CHRISTMAS ISLAND CX
COCOS (KEELING) ISLANDS CC
COLOMBIA CO
COMOROS KM
CONGO, Democratic Republic of (was CD
Zaire)
CONGO, People's Republic of CG
COOK ISLANDS CK
COSTA RICA CR
COTE D'IVOIRE CI
CROATIA (local name: Hrvatska) HR
CUBA CU
CYPRUS CY
CZECH REPUBLIC CZ
DENMARK DK
DJIBOUTI DJ
DOMINICA DM
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC DO
EAST TIMOR TL
ECUADOR EC
EGYPT EG
EL SALVADOR SV
EQUATORIAL GUINEA GQ
ERITREA ER
ESTONIA EE
ETHIOPIA ET
GABON GA
GAMBIA GM
GEORGIA GE
GERMANY DE
GHANA GH
GIBRALTAR GI
GREECE GR
GREENLAND GL
GRENADA GD
GUADELOUPE GP
GUAM GU
GUATEMALA GT
GUINEA GN
GUINEA-BISSAU GW
GUYANA GY
HAITI HT
HEARD AND MC DONALD ISLANDS HM
HONDURAS HN
HONG KONG HK
HUNGARY HU
ICELAND IS
INDIA IN
INDONESIA ID
IRAN (ISLAMIC REPUBLIC OF) IR
IRAQ IQ
IRELAND IE
ISRAEL IL
ITALY IT
JAMAICA JM
JAPAN JP
JORDAN JO
KAZAKHSTAN KZ
KENYA KE
KIRIBATI KI
KOREA, DEMOCRATIC PEOPLE'S KP
REPUBLIC OF
KOREA, REPUBLIC OF KR
KUWAIT KW
KYRGYZSTAN KG
MACAU MO
MACEDONIA, THE FORMER YUGOSLAV MK
REPUBLIC OF
MADAGASCAR MG
MALAWI MW
MALAYSIA MY
MALDIVES MV
MALI ML
MALTA MT
MARSHALL ISLANDS MH
MARTINIQUE MQ
MAURITANIA MR
MAURITIUS MU
MAYOTTE YT
MEXICO MX
MICRONESIA, FEDERATED STATES OF FM
MOLDOVA, REPUBLIC OF MD
MONACO MC
MONGOLIA MN
MONTSERRAT MS
MOROCCO MA
MOZAMBIQUE MZ
MYANMAR MM
NAMIBIA NA
NAURU NR
NEPAL NP
NETHERLANDS NL
NETHERLANDS ANTILLES AN
NEW CALEDONIA NC
NEW ZEALAND NZ
NICARAGUA NI
NIGER NE
NIGERIA NG
NIUE NU
NORFOLK ISLAND NF
NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS MP
NORWAY NO
OMAN OM
PAKISTAN PK
PALAU PW
PALESTINIAN TERRITORY, Occupied PS
PANAMA PA
PAPUA NEW GUINEA PG
PARAGUAY PY
PERU PE
PHILIPPINES PH
PITCAIRN PN
POLAND PL
PORTUGAL PT
PUERTO RICO PR
QATAR QA
REUNION RE
ROMANIA RO
RUSSIAN FEDERATION RU
RWANDA RW
TAIWAN TW
TAJIKISTAN TJ
TANZANIA, UNITED REPUBLIC OF TZ
THAILAND TH
TOGO TG
TOKELAU TK
TONGA TO
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO TT
TUNISIA TN
TURKEY TR
TURKMENISTAN TM
TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS TC
TUVALU TV
UGANDA UG
UKRAINE UA
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES AE
UNITED KINGDOM GB
UNITED STATES US
UNITED STATES MINOR OUTLYING UM
ISLANDS
URUGUAY UY
UZBEKISTAN UZ
VANUATU VU
VATICAN CITY STATE (HOLY SEE) VA
VENEZUELA VE
VIET NAM VN
VIRGIN ISLANDS (BRITISH) VG
VIRGIN ISLANDS (U.S.) VI
WALLIS AND FUTUNA ISLANDS WF
WESTERN SAHARA EH
YEMEN YE
YUGOSLAVIA YU
ZAMBIA ZM
ZIMBABWE ZW
Appendix 7: Properties for scheduling report sets via URL
This appendix presents the properties concerned with scheduling report sets via URL. It covers
properties of task, notification, style group, launching type, running report sets in different ways, and
publishing report sets to different formats.
Note: For the properties which are not mentioned in the following sections, you can refer to the
package jet.cs.util in <install_root>\help\server\en\api for their details.
● Jrs.is_between properties
● Task properties
● Notification properties
● jrs.timezone
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TIMEZONE
Description: Specifies the timezone.
Possible values: timezone ID strings of java default is current locale.
Running report sets at a specific time properties
When scheduling report sets via URL, the running report sets at a specific time properties are as
follows:
● jrs.exe_year
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_EXE_YEAR
Description: Specifies which year to run the report set.
Possible values: 1980 to 2099
● jrs.exe_month
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_EXE_MONTH
Description: Specifies which month to run the report set.
Possible values: 0 to 11
● jrs.exe_day
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_EXE_DAY
Description: Specifies which day to run the report set.
Possible values: 1 to 31
● jrs.exe_hour
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_EXE_HOUR
Description: Specifies which hour in a day to run the report set (when jrs.is_hourly is false).
Possible values: 0 to 23hour
● jrs.exe_min
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_EXE_MIN
Description: Specifies which minute in a hour to run the report set (when jrs.is_hourly is false).
Possible values: 0 to 59minute
Running report sets periodically properties
When scheduling report sets via URL, the running report sets periodically properties are as follows:
● jrs.days_id
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_DAYS_ID
Description: Specifies whether the schedule will run daily, weekly or monthly.
Possible values: {0, 1, 2}. 0 - daily, 1 - weekly, 2 - monthly
● jrs.day
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_DAY
Description: Specifies that the report set will run once every how many days specified here (when
frequency daily is selected and jrs.is_weekday is false). For example, if the value is set to 1, the
report set will run once everyday. If the value is set to 2, the report set will run once every 2 days.
Possible values: 1 to 999 days
● jrs.weekdays
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_WEEKDAYS
Description: Specifies on which day to run in a week (when weekly is selected).
Possible values: A digit string. {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}. 0 - Sunday, 1 - Monday, 2 - Tuesday, 3 -
Wednesday, 4 - Thursday, 5 - Friday, 6 - Saturday
Example: jrs.weekdays=05 means running on Sunday and Friday.
● jrs.day
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_DAY
Description: Specifies to run on the xth day in a month (when monthly is selected and jrs.is_day is
true).
Possible values: 1th to 31th. The default is 1.
● jrs.week
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_WEEK
Description: Specifies to run on the xth week in a month (when monthly is selected and jrs.is_day is
false).
Possible values: {0, 1, 2, 3, 4}. 0 - first, 1 - second, 2 - third, 3 - fourth, 4 - last week. The default is
0
● jrs.weekday
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_WEEKDAY
Description: Specifies to run on which day in the week (when monthly is selected and jrs.is_day is
false).
Possible values: {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}. 1 - Sunday, 2 - Monday, 3 - Tuesday, 4 - Wednesday, 5 -
Thursday, 6 - Friday, 7 - Saturday. The default is 7.
● jrs.month
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_MONTH
Description: Specifies that the report set will run once every how many months specified here (when
frequency monthly is selected).
Possible values: 1 to 6 months. The default is 1.
● jrs.hour
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_HOUR
Description: Specifies to run at which hour in a day (when jrs.is_hourly is false).
Possible values: 1 to 12hour. The default is 1.
● jrs.min
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_MIN
Description: Specifies to run at which minute in a hour (when jrs.is_hourly is false).
Possible values: 0 to 59minute. The default is 0.
● jrs.is_pm
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_IS_PM
Description: Specifies whether to run PM or AM in a day (when jrs.is_hourly is false).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is true.
● jrs.hours
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_HOURS
Description: Specifies that the report set will run once every how many hours specified here (when
frequency hourly is selected).
Possible values: 1 to 99 hours. The default is 1.
● jrs.at_min
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_AT_MIN
Description: Specifies to run at which minute in an hour (when jrs.is_hourly is true).
Possible values: 0 to 59minute. The default is 0.
● jrs.is_between
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_IS_BETWEEN
Description: Specifies whether to run between the start time and the finish time (when jrs.is_hourly
is true).
Possible values: {true, false}
● jrs.minutes
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_MINUTES
Description: Specifies that the report set will run once every how many minutes specified here (when
frequency minutely is selected).
Possible values: 1 to 999 minutes
Note: The property jrs.is_hourly has the higher priority. That is, if you set both jrs.is_hourly
and jrs.is_minutely to true, the schedule will run the task based on hour.
Jrs.is_between properties
When scheduling report sets via URL, the jrs.is_between properties are as follows:
● jrs.hour
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_HOUR
Description: Specifies the start hour of a period of time (when jrs.is_hourly is true, jrs.is_between is
true).
Possible values: 1-12hour
● jrs.min
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_MIN
Description: Specifies the start minute of a period of time (when jrs.is_hourly is true, jrs.is_between
is true).
Possible values: 0-59minute
● jrs.is_pm
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_IS_PM
Description: Specifies the start PM or AM of a period of time (when jrs.is_hourly is true, jrs.
is_between is true).
Possible values: {true, false}
● jrs.hour2
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_HOUR2
Description: Specifies the finish hour of a period of time (when jrs.is_hourly is true, jrs.is_between is
true).
Possible values: 1-12hour. The default is 5.
● jrs.min2
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_MIN2
Description: Specifies the finish minute of a period of time (when jrs.is_hourly is true, jrs.is_between
is true).
Possible values: 0-59minute. The default is 0.
● jrs.is_pm2
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_IS_PM2
Description: Specifies the finish PM or AM of a period of time (when jrs.is_hourly is true, jrs.
is_between is true).
Possible values: {true, false}
● jrs.is_after
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_IS_AFTER
Description: Specifies to run after the specified time (when jrs.is_hourly or jrs.is_minutely is true).
Possible values: {true, false}
Note: If the value is true, the specified time is represented by the properties of jrs.exe_year, jrs.
exe_month, jrs.exe_day, jrs.exe_hour or jrs.exe_min.
● jrs.is_before
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.SCH_IS_BEFORE
Description: Specifies to run before the specified time (when jrs.is_hourly or jrs.is_minutely is true).
Possible values: {true, false}
Note: If the value is true, the specified time is represented by the properties of jrs.cease_year,
jrs.cease_month, jrs.cease_day, jrs.cease_hour, jrs.cease_min or jrs.cease_sec.
Task properties
When scheduling report sets via URL, the task properties are as follows:
● jrs.task_class
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TASK_CLASS
Description: Specifies the class name of the task.
Possible values:
"jet.server.schedule.jrtasks.UpdateRptTask",
"jet.server.schedule.jrtasks.PublishToDiskTask",
"jet.server.schedule.jrtasks.SendJRMailTask",
"jet.server.schedule.jrtasks.SendMailTask",
"jet.server.schedule.jrtasks.PrintRptTask".
● jrs.has_task_listener
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_HAS_TASK_LISTENER
Description: Specifies whether or not to implement TaskListener.
Possible values: {true, false}
● jrs.task_listener_class
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TASK_LISTENER_CLASS
Description: Specifies the user's Java class name which implements the TaskListener (jrs.
task_listener_class).
Possible value: a class name (String)
● jrs.task_id
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TASK_ID
Description: Specifies the task ID of a scheduled task. This property is unnecessary if a new schedule
is submitted.
● jrs.catalog
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_CATALOG
Description: Specifies the catalog's full path.
Example: /SampleReports/SampleReports.cat
● jrs.report
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_REPORT
Description: Specifies the report set name.
Example: EmployeeInformation.cls
● jrs.param$ + PARAMETER_NAME
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PARAM_PREFIX + PARAMETER_NAME
Description: Specifies parameter values for running the report set.
Example: jrs.param$PToday=May+21%2c+1998
Note: For a multi-value parameter, when specifying values for it, you need to add
_isMultiple_jrs.param$PARAMETER_NAME=true before the parameter values to declare that the
parameter supports multiple values. For example, &_isMultiple_jrs.param$PM=true&jrs.
param$PM=3&jrs.param$PM=16.
● jrs.param_values
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PARAM_VALUES
Description: Specifies parameter values for running the report set. This is the escaped string of the
parameter values of the report set.
Format:
PARAMETER_NAME=VALUE,PARAMETER_NAME=VALUE,...
Examples: jrs.param_values=PTODAY%3dMay%2021%5c%2c%201998%2cTERMSDAYS%3d30
(original: PTODAY=May 21\, 1998,TERMSDAYS=30)
jrs.param_values=STARTDATE%3d1998-05-10%2cENDDATE%3d1998-07-10
(original: STARTDATE=1998-05-10,ENDDATE=1998-07-10)
● jrs.rpt_language
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_REPORT_LANGUAGE
Description: Specifies the language in which to generate the report set. The value you set for this
command should be consistent with the language and country code part of the language property file
name (e.g. de_DE in ReportName_de_DE. properties). For example, if the language property file is
named ReportName_de_DE. properties, you should set this command as jrs.rpt_language=de_DE.
You can also use jrs.rpt_language=de&jrs.rpt_country=DE to achieve the same goal. If you only
want to use jrs.rpt_language=de, then you will have to rename the language property file to
ReportName_de. properties.
Examples:
❍ http://localhost:8888/jrserver/SampleReports/SampleReports.cat/EmployeeInformation.
cls?jrs.cmd=jrs.web_vw&jrs.result_type=2&jrs.enable_nls=true&jrs.rpt_language=de_DE
❍ http://localhost:8888/dhtmljsp/dhtml.jsp?jrs.catalog=/SampleReports/SampleReports.
cat&jrs.report=/SampleReports/EmployeeInformation.cls&jrs.enable_nls=true&jrs.
rpt_language=de&jrs.rpt_country=DE
● jrs.rpt_encoding
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_REPORT_ENCODING
Description: Specifies the encoding in which to generate the report set.
● jrs.db_user
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_DB_USER
Description: Specifies the new database user ID if you do not want to use the default DB user ID
stored in the catalog.
● jrs.db_pswd
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_DB_PSWD
Description: Specifies the new database password if you do not want to use the default DB password
in the catalog.
● jrs.jdbc_url
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_JDBC_URL
Description: Specifies the new JDBC URL in the catalog to run a report set.
● jrs.jdbc_driver
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_JDBC_DRIVER
Description: Specifies the new JDBC driver in the catalog to run a report set.
● jrs.jdbc_connection_object
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_JDBC_CONNECTION_OBJECT
Description: Specifies to dynamically use the user's java.sql.Connection object to run a report set.
This parameter can be used in methods runReport(...), runReportNotWaitResult(...) and
submitScheduledTask(...) of jet.server.api.RptServer.
Example: Running a report set with user's JDBC connection object by using JReport Server API.
//create the java.sql.Connection object.
java.sql.Connection myCon = java.sql.DriverManager.getConnection(dbUrl);
//set the parameter "jrs.jdbc_connection_object" to run a report set.
propParams.put("jrs.jdbc_connection_object", myCon);
//run the report set using this java.sql.Connection object instead of
//the default DB settings in the catalog.
rptServer.runReport(userID, catalog, report set, propParams);
● jrs.wp
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_WHERE_PORTION
Description: Specifies the where portion.
● jrs.named_wp
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_NAMED_WHERE_PORTION
Description: Specifies the named where portion that exists in the catalog.
● jrs.if_print
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_IF_PRINT
Description: Specifies whether or not to print the report set result. The default value is false
● jrs.printer
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PRINTER
Description: Specifies the printer for printing the report set result.
● jrs.mail_to_referuser
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_MAIL_TO_REFERUSER
Description: Specifies whether or not to send mails to each user who is authorized to view a report
set with cached report bursting.
Possible values: {true, false}
Publishing to the versioning system properties
When scheduling report sets via URL, the publishing to the versioning system properties are as follows:
● jrs.expire_days
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_EXPIRE_DAYS
Description: Specifies the number of days a result version will be kept until it expires. The default
value is 30.
Publishing to the file system properties
When scheduling report sets via URL, the publishing to the file system properties are as follows:
● jrs.rst_dir
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_RST_DIR
Description: Specifies the path for the published JReport result file.
Possible values: /publish_site
● jrs.rst
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_RST
Description: Specifies the result filename for the published JReport result file.
Possible values: EmployeeInformation.rst
● jrs.html_dir
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_HTML_DIR
Description: Specifies the path for the published HTML file.
Possible values: /publish_site
● jrs.html
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_HTML
Description: Specifies the filename for the published HTML file.
Possible values: EmployeeInformation.htm
● jrs.is_dhtml
Constant: APIConst.TAG_IS_DHTML
Description: Specifies to generate a DHTML TOC (To HTML).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.is_multi_files
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_IS_MULTI_FILES
Description: Specifies whether HTML is generated to a single or to multiple files (To HTML).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is true.
● jrs.is_applet_chart
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_IS_CHART_APPLET
Description: Specifies that the chart in HTML file is an applet (To HTML).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is true.
● jrs.has_hyperlink
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_HAS_HYPERLINK
Description: Specifies to generate hyperlinks in the HTML file (To HTML).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is true.
● jrs.has_page_number
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_HAS_PAGE_NUMBER
Description: Specifies to generate page numbers (To HTML).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is true.
● jrs.use_table
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_USE_TABLE
Description: Specifies to use the HTML table to generate the HTML page (To HTML).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false
● jrs.relative_font_size
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_RELATIVE_FONT_SIZE
Description: Specifies to generate HTML pages with a relative font size (To HTML).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.drilldown
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_DRILLDOWN
Description: Specifies to drilldown on the HTML page (To HTML).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.no_margin_html
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_NO_MARGIN_HTML
Description: Specifies that there is no margin in the HTML page (To HTML).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.web_browser
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_WEB_BROWSER
Description: Specifies which web browser to generate the HTML pages for (To HTML).
Possible values: {0, 1}. 0 - IE or Chrome, 1 - Firefox. The default is 0.
● jrs.pdf_dir
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PDF_DIR
Description: Specifies the path of the published PDF file.
Possible values: /publish_site
● jrs.pdf
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PDF
Description: Specifies the filename of the published PDF file.
Possible values: EmployeeInformation.rst
● jrs.no_margin_pdf
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_NO_MARGIN_PDF
Description: Specifies to display no margin (To PDF).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.compress_image_pdf
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_COMPRESS_IMAGE_PDF
Description: Specifies the compression ratio of the image in the report set (To PDF).
Possible values: 1 to 100. The default is 20.
● jrs.print_mode_pdf
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PRINT_MODE_PDF
Description: Specifies whether to use Generate charts and barcodes using images (recommended)
(false) or Generate charts and barcodes using vector graphics (true) (To PDF). By checking Generate
charts and barcodes using vector graphics, the exporting speed is much improved.
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.text_dir
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TEXT_DIR
Description: Specifies the path of the published TXT file.
Possible values: /publish_site
● jrs.text
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TEXT
Description: Specifies the filename of the published TXT file.
Possible values: EmployeeInformation.txt
● jrs.is_norm_txt
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_IS_NORMAL_TEXT
Description: Specifies whether this text file is in Delimited Format or not (To TEXT). When it is set to
false, the output format is Delimited Format.
Possible values: {true, false} The default is true.
● jrs.is_text_delimiter
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TEXT_IS_DELIMITER
Description: Specify a delimiter to separate fields (To TEXT).
Possible values: It has three values:
❍ jrs.delimiter
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_DELIMITER
Description: If jrs.is_text_delimiter=jrs.delimiter, you can use jrs.delimiter to specify a delimiter
character, for example, jrs.delimiter=','.
Possible values: A user defined delimiter.
❍ jrs.is_tab
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_IS_TAB
Description: Uses a Tab delimiter to separate the fields.
❍ jrs.is_csv
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_IS_CSV
Description: Exports to the CSV format text file.
● jrs.is_repeat
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_IS_REPEAT
Description: Specifies whether the same content is repeated (To TEXT).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.udchar_width
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_CHAR_WIDTH
Description: Specifies the user defined width. It would be given up if the value is 0 or less than 0 (To
TEXT).
● jrs.udchar_height
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_CHAR_HEIGHT
Description: Specifies the user defined height. It would be given up if the value is 0 or less than 0
(To TEXT).
● jrs.is_quotemark
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_IS_QUOTEMARK
Description: Specifies that quotation marks should be placed in the published text file.
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is true.
● jrs.hasHeadFoot
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_HASHEADFOOT
Description: Specifies to generate the page header or footer (To TEXT).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is true.
● jrs.txt_compress
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TXT_COMPRESS
Description: Specifies to compress the published text file.
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.excel_dir
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_EXCEL_DIR
Description: Specifies the path of the published Excel file.
Possible values: /publish_site
● jrs.excel
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_EXCEL
Description: Specifies the filename of the published Excel file.
Possible values: EmployeeInformation.rst
● jrs.ps_dir
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PS_DIR
Description: Specifies the path of the published PostScript file.
Possible values: /publish_site
● jrs.ps
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PS
Description: Specifies the result filename of the published PostScript file.
Possible values: EmployeeInformation.rst
● jrs.no_margin_ps
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_NO_MARGIN_PS
Description: Specifies that no margins are included (To PostScript).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.rtf_dir
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PS_DIR
Description: Specifies the path for publishing to Rich Text Format.
Possible values: /publish_site
● jrs.rtf
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_RTF
Description: Specifies the result filename for publishing to Rich Text Format.
Possible values: EmployeeInformation.rst
● jrs.no_margin_rtf
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_NO_MARGIN_RTF
Description: Specifies that no margins are included (To Rich Text Format).
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.xml_dir
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_XML_DIR
Description: Specifies the path for publishing to XML file.
Possible values: /publish_site
● jrs.xml
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_XML
Description: Specifies the result filename for publishing to XML file.
Possible values: EmployeeInformation.xml
● jrs.is_only_data
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_IS_ONLY_DATA
Description: Specifies to contain only data in the published XML file.
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.to_disk
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_DISK
Description: Specifies that the report set is scheduled for publishing to disk.
Possible values: {true, false}
● jrs.to_disk_???_path_type
??? specifies the format of the published report set. For example, HTML or PDF. See the example
below.
● jrs.to_disk_pdf_path_type
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_DISK_PDF_PATH_TYPE
Description: Specifies whether to schedule the report set for publishing to a real disk path or to the
JReport Server resource path in PDF format.
Possible values: {0, 1}. 0 - publish to the JReport Server resource path, 1 - publishing to a real disk
path
Examples
Example 1: Publish a report set to a real disk path in PDF format
http://localhost:8888/jinfonet/submitSchedPage.jsp?jrs.cmd=jrs.submit_schedule&jrs.
catalog=%2fSampleReports%2fSampleReports.cat&jrs.report=%2fSampleReports%
2fEmployeeInformation.cls&jrs.task_class=jet.server.schedule.jrtasks.PublishRptTask&jrs.
to_disk=true&jrs.to_disk_pdf_path_type=1&jrs.result_type=2&jrs.auth_uid=admin&jrs.
auth_pwd=admin&jrs.pdf_dir=d:\&jrs.pdf=abc.pdf&jrs.to_pdf=true
● jrs.csmail + NUMBER
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_NORMAL_MAIL + NUMBER
Description: Contains specifications (JReport mail properties) of one send-mail task for sending an e-
mail with or without an attachment. This property is used via URL or via invoking Server API.
Example: jrs.csmail0=jrs.mailcomments%3dto%2520user1.%26jrs.mailsubject%3dtest%
2520sending%2520normal%2520emails%2520without%2520report%26jrs.mailto%3dtim%40support.
jinfonet.com&jrs.mailattach1%3dd%3a%5ctest1.txt&jrs.mailattach0%3dd%3a%5ctest0.txtjrs.
csmail1=jrs.mailcomments%3dto%2520user2.%26jrs.mailsubject%3dtest%2520sending%
2520normal%2520emails%2520without%2520report%26jrs.mailto%3dhelen%40support.jinfonet.
com%26jrs.mailattach1%3dd%3a%5ctest2.txt%26jrs.mailattach0%3dd%3a%5ctest3.txt
Properties in jrs.jrmail
● jrs.mailto
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_MAIL_TO
Description: Specifies the mail address.
● jrs.mailcc
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_MAIL_CC
Description: Specifies the mail address to be carbon copied to.
● jrs.mailbcc
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_MAIL_BCC
Description: Specifies the mail address to be blind carbon copied to.
● jrs.mailsubject
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_MAIL_SUBJECT
Description: Specifies the "SUBJECT" of the e-mail.
● jrs.mailcomments
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_MAIL_COMMENT
Description: Specifies the "COMMENTS" field of the e-mail.
● jrs.mailformat
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_MAIL_FORMAT
Description: Specifies the mail format.
Possible values: {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}. 0 - E-mail Result in HTML E-mail Format, 1 - E-mail
Result in Plain Text E-mail Format, 2 - Attachment in JReport Result Format, 3 - Attachment in HTML
Format, 4 - Attachment in PDF Format, 5 - Attachment in Excel Format, 6 - Attachment in Text
Format, 7 - Attachment in RTF Format, 8 - Attachment in XML Format, 9 - Attachment in PostScript
Format. The default value is 0.
● jrs.mailcompress
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_MAIL_COMPRESS
Description: Specifies whether to enable Java archive compress.
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.udchar_width
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_CHAR_WIDTH
Description: Specifies the user defined character width. It has no effect if the value is 0 or less than 0
(for TEXT format).
● jrs.udchar_height
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_CHAR_HEIGHT
Description: Specifies the user defined character height. It has no effect if the value is 0 or less than
0 (for TEXT format).
● jrs.no_margin_mail
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_NO_MARGIN_MAIL
Description: Specifies that there are no margins for the report set in the e-mail.
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.use_table_mail
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_USE_TABLE_MAIL
Description: Specifies to use the HTML table to generate an HTML format e-mail.
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false, which means to generate the HTML table.
● jrs.mailattach + NUMBER
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_MAIL_ATTACH
Description: Specifies the attached file for this mail. You can attach multiple files with one mail.
Possible values: The attached file name
Example: jrs.mailattach0=d%3a%5ctest1.txt (where "d%3a%5ctest1.txt" is the URL-
encoded string of "d:\test1.txt")
● jrs.mailencoding
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_MAIL_ENCODING
Description: Specifies the encoding of the mails.
Possible values: UTF-8, UTF-16, ISO8859-1 and so on.
Note: jrs.mailencoding is used to specify the mail encoding in the URL. When sending mails by
RMI API, sometimes, wrong characters may be returned in the mail. In order to avoid such
problems, specify the same correct value of -Djreport.url.encoding on both the server and RMI
client side.
For example, your web application calls JReport Server (standalone) via the RMI function from
WebSphere, and UTF-8 (use UTF-8 rather than UTF8) will be used as the mail encoding, do as
follows:
❍ Specify -Djreport.url.encoding=UTF-8 for both JVM running JReport Server and WebSphere.
❍ Specify jrs.mailencoding=UTF-8.
Publishing to a printer properties
When scheduling report sets via URL, the publishing to a printer properties are as follows:
● jrs.printer
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PRINTER
Description: Specifies the printer with which to print the report set result.
● jrs.print_copies
Constant: jet.cs.util.PrintConst.TAG_PRINT_COPIES
Description: Specifies the number of copies to print the report set result.
● jrs.has_margins
Constant: jet.cs.util.PrintConst.TAG_HAS_MARGINS
Description: Specifies whether to have margins in the printed report set result.
When jrs.has_margins is true, the following properties are available for use:
❍ jrs.margins_left
Constant: jet.cs.util.PrintConst.TAG_MARGINS_LEFT
Description: Specifies the length of the left margin to print the report set result.
❍ jrs.margins_right
Constant: jet.cs.util.PrintConst.TAG_MARGINS_RIGHT
Description: Specifies the length of the right margin to print the report set result.
❍ jrs.margins_top
Constant: jet.cs.util.PrintConst.TAG_MARGINS_TOP
Description: Specifies the length of the top margin to print the report set result.
❍ jrs.margins_bottom
Constant: jet.cs.util.PrintConst.TAG_MARGINS_BOTTOM
Description: Specifies the length of the bottom margin to print the report set result.
❍ jrs.margins_unit
Constant: jet.cs.util.PrintConst.TAG_MARGINS_UNIT
Description: Specifies the unit to print the report set result.
Values: There are two values:
■ jrs.margins_unit_mm
Constant: jet.cs.util.PrintConst.MARGINS_UNIT_MM
Description: Specifies mm as the margin unit.
■ jrs.margins_unit_inch
Constant: jet.cs.util.PrintConst.MARGINS_UNIT_INCH
Description: Specifies inch as the margin unit.
● jrs.print_mediatray
Constant: jet.cs.util.PrintConst.TAG_PRINT_MEDIATRAY
Description: Specifies the custom tray to put the printing paper.
Example:
http://localhost:8888/jrserver?jrs.cmd=jrs.submit_schedule&jrs.catalog=%
2fSampleReports%2fSampleReports.cat&jrs.report=%2fSampleReports%2fBanded_Link.cls&jrs.
task_class=jet.server.schedule.jrtasks.PublishRptTask&jrs.launch_type=0&jrs.
to_printer=true&jrs.print_usejdk=2&jrs.printer=smartprint&jrs.print_copies=2&jrs.
print_mediatray=Form-Source&jrs.has_margins=true&jrs.margins_left=8&jrs.
margins_right=9&jrs.margins_top=7&jrs.margins_bottom=7&jrs.margins_unit=jrs.
margins_unit_mm
Note: In this case, you must set the value for the following properties at the same time: jrs.
margins_left, jrs.margins_right, jrs.margins_top, jrs.margins_bottom and jrs.margins_unit;
otherwise, it can not work smoothly.
Publishing to fax properties
When scheduling report sets via URL, the publishing to fax properties are as follows:
● jrs.to_fax
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX
Description: Specifies whether to publish the report set result to fax.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.to_fax_quality
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_QUALITY
Description: Specifies the fax quality.
Possible values: {jrs.to_fax_quality_best, jrs.to_fax_quality_fast, jrs.to_fax_quality_normal}
■ jrs.to_fax_quality_best
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_QUALITY_BEST
Description: Indicates the best fax quality.
■ jrs.to_fax_quality_fast
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_QUALITY_FAST
Description: Indicates the fast fax quality.
■ jrs.to_fax_quality_normal
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_QUALITY_NORMAL
Description: Indicates the normal fax quality.
❍ jrs.to_fax_is_inclue_cover
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_IS_INCLUDE_COVER
Description: Specifies whether to send a cover sheet with the fax.
Possible values: {true, false}
■ jrs.to_fax_date
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_DATE
Description: Specifies the date on which the fax is to be sent.
■ jrs.to_fax_to
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_TO
Description: Specifies the fax recipient.
■ jrs.to_fax_to_fax_num
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_TO_FAX_NUMBER
Description: Specifies the fax number of the recipient.
■ jrs.to_fax_from
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_FROM
Description: Specifies the fax sender.
■ jrs.to_fax_from_company_name
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_FROM_COMPANY_NAME
Description: Specifies the sender's company.
■ jrs.to_fax_from_phone
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_FROM_PHONE
Description: Specifies the sender's phone number.
■ jrs.to_fax_subject
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_SUBJECT
Description: Specifies the subject of the fax.
■ jrs.to_fax_comments
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_COMMENTS
Description: Specifies the comments of the fax.
■ jrs.to_fax_urgent
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_URGENT
Description: Specifies whether the fax is urgent.
Possible values: {true, false}
■ jrs.to_fax_for_review
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_FOR_REVIEW
Description: Specifies whether the fax is for review.
Possible values: {true, false}
■ jrs.to_fax_please_comment
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_PLEASE_COMMENT
Description: Specifies whether the recipient is required to comment on the content of the fax.
Possible values: {true, false}
■ jrs.to_fax_please_reply
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FAX_PLEASE_REPLY
Description: Specifies whether a reply is required for the fax.
Possible values: {true, false}
Publishing to FTP properties
When scheduling report sets via URL, the publishing to FTP properties are as follows:
● jrs.to_FTP
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FTP
Description: Specifies whether to publish the report set result to FTP.
Possible values: {true, false}
● jrs.ftp
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_JRFTP
Description: The JReport FTP. It is used to parse multiple sites.
● jrs.ftpLbl
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_LBL
Description: Specifies the label of the FTP server.
Possible values: Jinfonet FTP Site
● jrs.ftpHost
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_HOST
Description: Specifies the host of the FTP server.
Possible values: 192.168.126.1
● jrs.ftpPort
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PORT
Description: Specifies the port of the FTP server.
Possible values: 21
● jrs.ftpUn
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_UN
Description: Specifies the user name for logging in the FTP server.
Possible values: FTP user1
● jrs.ftpPsd
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PSD
Description: Specifies the password for logging in the FTP server.
Possible values: 123456
● jrs.ftpAcct
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_ACCT
Description: Specifies the account for logging in the FTP server.
● jrs.ftpLoc
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_LOC
Description: Specifies the remote directory on the FTP server to which the files will be published.
Possible values: Jreport/FTP/20061218/
● jrs.ftpHdlCls
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_HANDLER_CLASS
Description: Specifies the FTP client-end handler class for communicating with the FTP server.
Possible values: FTPHandler class name or null which is the default value.
● jrs.ftpProt
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PROT
Description: Specifies the protocol for communicating with the FTP server.
Possible values: {0, 1, 2, 3}. 0 - FTP, 1 - SFTP, 2 - SCP, 3 - FTPS
● jrs.ftpsConType
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTPS_CONN_TYPE
Description: Specifies the connection type of FTPS.
Possible values: {0, 1}. 0 - EXPLICIT, 1 - IMPLICIT
● jrs.ftpsEnNoSec
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTPS_EN_NO_SEC
Description: Specifies whether to enable falling back to the no-security FTP connection if the explicit
FTPS connection is not available.
Possible values: {true, false}
● jrs.ftpsKSType
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTPS_KS_TYPE
Description: Specifies the keystore type of FTPS.
● jrs.ftpsKSFile
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTPS_KS_FILE
Description: Specifies the keystore file of FTPS.
● jrs.ftpsKSPsd
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTPS_KS_PSD
Description: Specifies the keystore password of FTPS.
● jrs.ftpsKMAlg
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTPS_KM_ALG
Description: Specifies the keymanager algorithm of FTPS.
● jrs.ftpsSecProt
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTPS_SEC_PROT
Description: Specifies the security protocol of FTPS.
● jrs.ftpsTMAlg
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTPS_TM_ALG
Description: Specifies the trustmanager algorithm of FTPS.
● jrs.ftpsTransMode
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTPS_TRANS_MODE
Description: Specifies the transfer mode of FTPS.
● jrs.ftpsTSType
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTPS_TS_TYPE
Description: Specifies the truststore type of FTPS.
● jrs.ftpsTSFile
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTPS_TS_FILE
Description: Specifies the truststore file of FTPS.
Possible values: truststore_file_name
● jrs.ftpsTSPsd
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTPS_TS_PSD
Description: Specifies the truststore password of FTPS.
● jrs.sftpC2SCmpA
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_SFTP_C2S_CmpA
Description: Specifies the C2S compression algorithms of SFTP/SCP.
● jrs.sftpC2SCphA
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_SFTP_C2S_CphA
Description: Specifies the C2S cipher algorithms of SFTP/SCP.
● jrs.sftpC2SLang
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_SFTP_C2S_Lang
Description: Specifies the C2S language of SFTP/SCP.
● jrs.sftpC2SMA
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_SFTP_C2S_MA
Description: Specifies the C2S MAC algorithms of SFTP/SCP.
● jrs.sftpHKAlgs
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_SFTP_HKAlgs
Description: Specifies the host key algorithms of SFTP/SCP.
● jrs.sftpKexAlgs
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_SFTP_KexAlgs
Description: Specifies the kex algorithms of SFTP/SCP.
● jrs.sftpKH
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_SFTP_KNOWNHOSTS
Description: Specifies the knownhosts file of SFTP/SCP.
● jrs.sftpS2CCmpA
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_SFTP_S2C_CmpA
Description: Specifies the s2c compression algorithms of SFTP/SCP.
● jrs.sftpS2CCphA
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_SFTP_S2C_CphA
Description: Specifies the S2C cipher algorithms of SFTP/SCP.
● jrs.sftpS2CLang
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_SFTP_S2C_Lang
Description: Specifies the S2C language of SFTP/SCP.
● jrs.sftpS2CMA
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_SFTP_S2C_MA
Description: Specifies the S2C MAC algorithms of SFTP/SCP.
● jrs.sftpSHKC
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_SFTP_SHKC
Description: Specifies whether to check the strict host key.
Possible values: {yes, no}
● jrs.ftp_param_validation
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.CMD_FTP_PARAM_VALIDATION
Description: Specifies the command of checking the validation of FTP connection options.
Possible values: The following four properties
❍ TAG_FTP_CONNECTION_FAILED
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_CONNECTION_FAILED
Description: The connection cannot be created because the host name/IP or port is not valid.
Possible values: {100} (the only value)
❍ TAG_FTP_CONNECTION_IS_OK
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_CONNECTION_IS_OK
Description: The connection is valid.
Possible values: {200} (the only value)
❍ TAG_FTP_NO_PERMISSION
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_NO_PERMISSION
Description: The connection can be built but the user name or password is not valid.
Possible values: {300} (the only value)
❍ TAG_FTP_INVALID_FOLDER
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_INVALID_FOLDER
Description: The connection can be built but the directory where the report result files reside
cannot be found.
Possible values: {400} (the only value)
● jrs.ftpRst
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FTP_RST
Description: Specifies whether the FTP has RST (JReport result) format.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpRstFn
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_RST_FILE
Description: Specifies the file name of the FTP RST result.
Possible values: FTPrstFileName
❍ jrs.ftpZipRst
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_ZIP_RESULT
Description: Specifies whether to zip the FTP RST result.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpRstPcs
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_RST_PRECISION
Description: Indicates the precision level of the RST result.
Possible values: PRECISION_ANY, PRECISION_LOW, PRECISION_HIGH
● jrs.ftpHtml
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FTP_HTML
Description: Specifies whether the FTP has HTML format.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpHtmlFn
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_HTML_FILE
Description: Specifies the file name of the FTP HTML format.
Possible values: ftpHtmlFilename
❍ jrs.ftpHtmNoM
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_NO_MARGIN_HTML
Description: Specifies if no margin is set in the HTML page.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpHtmMF
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_IS_MULTI_FILES
Description: Specifies whether the HTML result is generated to multiple files or to one file.
Possible values: {true, false}
■ jrs.ftpHtmEC
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_EMBEDDED_CSS
Description: Specifies whether to embed the cascading style sheet (CSS) in the exported HTML
files when generating multiple files. When false, the .css file will be generated individually.
Possible values: {true, false}
■ jrs.ftpHtmHL
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_HAS_HYPERLINK
Description: Specifies whether the hyperlink is generated.
Possible values: {true, false}
■ jrs.ftpHtmPN
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_HAS_PAGE_NUMBER
Description: Specifies whether the page number is generated.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpHtmUS
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_USE_SCOPE
Description: Specifies whether to use the Scope attribute or not.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpHtmUSO
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_USE_SECTION508_OUTPUT
Description: Specifies whether to use Section 508 compliant output or not.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpHtmUHT
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_USE_HTML_TABLE
Description: Specifies whether to use HTML data table or not.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpHtmRFS
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_RELATIVE_FONT_SIZE
Description: Specifies whether to use relative font size to generate the HTML page.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpHtmRsl
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_HTML_RESOLUTION
Description: Specifies the resolution of the HTML page, in dpi.
Possible values: 96
❍ jrs.ftpHtmWB
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_WEB_BROWSER
Description: Specifies the web browser for which the HTML result adapts.
Possible values: {0, 1}. 0 - IE or Chrome, 1 - Firefox
❍ jrs.ftpHtmDD
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_DRILLDOWN
Description: Specifies whether the HTML page can be drilled down.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpHtmFC
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_FORMAT_CHART
Description: Specifies the image format in HTML file.
Possible values: {0, 1, 2, 3}. 0 - Auto-select, 1 - GIF, 2 - JPEG, 3 - PNG
❍ jrs.ftpHtmICA
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_IS_CHART_APPLET
Description: Specifies whether the chart in HTML file is an applet.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpHtmTO
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_TEXT_OVERFLOW
Description: Specifies the text overflow type.
Possible values: {0, 1}. 0 - HIDDEN, 1 - VISIBLE
❍ jrs.ftpHtmPcs
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_HTML_PRECISION
Description: Indicates the precision level of the HTML result.
Possible values: {PRECISION_ANY, PRECISION_LOW, PRECISION_HIGH}
● jrs.ftpPdf
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FTP_PDF
Description: Specifies whether the FTP has PDF format.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpPdfFn
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_FILE
Description: Specifies the file name of FTP PDF format.
Possible values: ftppdffilename
❍ jrs.ftpPdfNoM
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_NO_MARGIN_PDF
Description: Specifies if no margin is set in the PDF page.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpPdfIsC
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_IS_COMPRESS_PDF
Description: Specifies whether to compress image in PDF file.
Possible values: {true, false}
■ jrs.ftpPdfCIm
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_COMPRESS_IMAGE_PDF
Description: Specifies the image compress ratio in PDF file. It is measured by percentage.
Possible values: 20
❍ jrs.ftpPdfDD
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_DRILLDOWN_PDF
Description: Specifies whether drilldown is enabled in the PDF page.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpPdfEcr
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_ENCRYPT
Description: Specifies whether PDF encrypt is enable or not.
Possible values: {true, false}
■ jrs.ftpPdfCmp
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_COMPATIBITLY
Description: Specifies the PDF compatibility.
Possible values: {0, 1}. 0 - Acrobat 3.0 and later, 1 - Acrobat 5.0 and later
■ jrs.ftpPdfPwd
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_PWD
Description: Specifies the PDF password.
Possible values: 12345678
■ jrs.hasftpPdfPmP
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_HAS_FTP_PDF_PERMIS_PASW
Description: Specifies whether to set PDF permission password.
Possible values: {true, false}
■ jrs.ftpPdfPmP
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_PERMIS_PASW
Description: Specifies the PDF permission password.
■ jrs.ftpPdfPrt
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_PRINTALLOW
Description: Specifies the PDF print allow value.
Possible values: {0, 1, 2}. 0 - none, 1 - low resolution (150 dpi), 2 - high resolution
■ jrs.ftpPdfChg
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_CHANGALLOW
Description: Specifies the PDF change allow value.
Possible values: {0, 1, 2, 3, 4}. 0 - none, 1 - inserting, deleting and rotating pages, 2 - filling in
form fields and signing, 3 - commenting filling in form fields and signing, 4 - any except
extracting pages
■ jrs.ftpPdfECp
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_CHECK_ENABLECOPY
Description: Specifies whether to be able to copy the PDF page.
Possible values: {true, false}
■ jrs.ftpPdfEAc
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_CHECK_ENABLEACCESS
Description: Specifies whether can access the PDF page.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpPdfSgn
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_SIGN
Description: Specifies whether to be able to sign the PDF page.
Possible values: {true, false}
■ jrs.ftpPdfSM
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_SIGN_METHOD
Description: Specifies the PDF digital sign method.
Possible values: {0, 1, 2}. 0 - Windows Certificate Security, 1 - Default Certificate Security, 2 -
VeriSign Digital Signatures
■ jrs.ftpPdfDP
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_DIGITAL_PATH
Description: Specifies the PDF digital sign path.
Possible values: digitalpath
■ jrs.ftpPdfPsw
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_USER_PASW
Description: Specifies the password for the digital ID file.
■ jrs.ftpPdfDR
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_DOCUMENT_REASON
Description: Specifies the reason for signing the document.
Possible values: SignReason
■ jrs.ftpPdfEdt
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_EDIT_YOURSELF
Description: Edits the reason for signing the document.
■ jrs.ftpPdfLoc
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_LOCATION
Description: Specifies the PDF location message.
Possible values: pdffilelocation
■ jrs.ftpPdfCnt
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_CONTACT_INF
Description: Specifies the PDF contact information.
Possible values: contactname
❍ jrs.ftpPdfPM
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PRINT_MODE_PDF
Description: Specifies whether it is for print mode.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpPdfToc
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_TOC_PDF
Description: Specifies whether the PDF has TOC.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpPdfGTp
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_GIF_TRANSPARENT_PDF
Description: Specifies whether the figure is transparent or not.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpPdfPcs
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PDF_PRECISION
Description: Indicates the precision level of PDF.
Possible values: {PRECISION_ANY, PRECISION_LOW, PRECISION_HIGH}
● jrs.ftpExl
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FTP_EXCEL
Description: Specifies whether the FTP has Excel format.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpExlFn
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_EXCEL_FILE
Description: Specifies the file name of FTP Excel format.
Possible values: ftpexcelfilename
❍ jrs.ftpExlWW
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_EXCEL_WORDWRAP
Description: Specifies whether the Excel has wordwrap format.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpExlLyt
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_EXCEL_LAYOUT
Description: Specifies whether to use new Excel layout.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpExl2k
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_EXCEL2000
Description: Specifies whether the Excel has Excel 2000 format.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpExlPcs
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_EXCEL_PRECISION
Description: Indicates the precision level of Excel.
Possible values: {PRECISION_ANY, PRECISION_LOW, PRECISION_HIGH}
❍ jrs.ftpExlAdv
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_EXCEL_ADVANCED
Description: Specifies whether the advanced Excel setting is enabled or not.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpExlHS
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_HAS_SHAPES
Description: Specifies whether to include the drawing objects in the exported Excel file, such as
line, oval, and box.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpExlPrH
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PRINT_HEADER
Description: whether to include page header when printing the exported Excel file.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpExlPrF
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PRINT_FOOTER
Description: whether to include page footer when printing the exported Excel file.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpExlPGL
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PRINT_GRIDLINES
Description: whether to include gridlines when printing the exported Excel file.
Possible values: {true, false}
● jrs.ftpTxt
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FTP_TXT
Description: Specifies whether the FTP has TXT format.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpTxtFn
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_TEXT_FILE
Description: Specifies the file name of FTP TXT format.
Possible values: FtpTextFileName
❍ jrs.ftpTxtCmp
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_TXT_COMPRESS
Description: Specifies whether to compress the published text file.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpTxtWin
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_TXT_WINDOWS
Description: Specifies whether to apply "\r\n" for OS390 and Windows or "\n" for UNIX.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpTxtHF
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_HASHEADFOOT
Description: Specifies whether to generate the page header or footer.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpTxtIDl
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_TEXT_IS_DELIMITER
Description: Specifies whether the delimiter is tab or CSV.
Possible values: {TAG_FTP_IS_CSV, TAG_FTP_IS_TAB}
■ jrs.ftpTxtCsv
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_IS_CSV
Description: Specifies whether the result file is CSV format.
Possible values: {true, false}
■ jrs.ftpTxtTab
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_IS_TAB
Description: Specifies whether the delimiter is tab char.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpTxtDlm
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_DELIMITER
Description: Specifies a delimiter which will be used in standard data format.
Possible values: "", " "
❍ jrs.ftpTxtNrm
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_IS_NORMAL_TEXT
Description: Specifies whether the text file is a standard data format or not.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpTxtPcs
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_TEXT_PRECISION
Description: Indicates the precision level of Text.
Possible values: {RECISION_ANY, PRECISION_LOW, PRECISION_HIGH}
❍ jrs.ftpTxtRes
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_RESOLUTION
Description: Specifies whether to set resolution of text file.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpTxtQM
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_IS_QUOTEMARK
Description: Specifies to use quote marks in the text file.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpTxtRpt
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_IS_REPEAT
Description: Specifies whether the value of the previous cell in the same column will be used when
a cell in the exported CSV text has no value.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpTxtChH
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_CHAR_HEIGHT
Description: Specifies the user defined character height.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpTxtChW
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_CHAR_WIDTH
Description: Specifies the user defined character width.
Possible values: {true, false}
● jrs.ftpRtf
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FTP_RTF
Description: Specifies whether the FTP has RTF format.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpRtfFn
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_RTF_FILE
Description: Specifies the file name of FTP RTF format.
Possible values: FtpRtfFileName
❍ jrs.ftpRtfNoM
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_NO_MARGIN_RTF
Description: Specifies whether there is no margin in the RTF file.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpRtfBE
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_BEST_EDITING_RTF
Description: Specifies whether to apply flow layout when exporting the report to RTF.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpRtfPcs
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_RTF_PRECISION
Description: indicate the precision level of RTF.
Possible values: {PRECISION_ANY, PRECISION_LOW, PRECISION_HIGH}
● jrs.ftpXml
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FTP_XML
Description: Specifies whether the FTP has XML format.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpXmlFn
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_XML_FILE
Description: Specifies the file name of FTP XML format.
Possible values: FtpXmlFileName
❍ jrs.ftpXmlIOD
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_IS_ONLY_DATA
Description: If true, the exported XML file will only contain the database column information. The
exported XML schema file will only contain the structure information of the report. If false, the
exported XML file will also contain elements controlled by formulas, and the exported XML schema
file will contain all the detailed information from the report, including all the property values of
each report object.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpXmlXsd
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_XSDFILE
Description: Specifies the directory and the name of an existing XML schema (.xsd) file.
Possible values: FtpXsdFileName
❍ jrs.ftpXmlPcs
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_XML_PRECISION
Description: Indicates the precision level of XML.
Possible values: {PRECISION_ANY, PRECISION_LOW, PRECISION_HIGH}
● jrs.ftpPs
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_TO_FTP_PS
Description: Specifies whether the FTP has PostScript format.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpPsFn
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PS_FILE
Description: Specifies the file name of FTP PostScript format.
Possible values: FtpPsfilename
❍ jrs.ftpPsNoM
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_NO_MARGIN_PS
Description: Specifies whether there is no margin in the PostScript file.
Possible values: {true, false}
❍ jrs.ftpPsPcs
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_PS_PRECISION
Description: Indicates the precision level of PostScript.
Possible values: {PRECISION_ANY, PRECISION_LOW, PRECISION_HIGH}
● jrs.ftp_end
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_END
Description: Specifies the JReport FTP delimiter for multiple FTPs.
● jrs.ftpIsDht
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FTP_IS_DHTML
Description: Specifies whether to show DHTML page.
Possible values: {true, false}
Notification properties
When scheduling report sets via URL, the notification properties are as follows:
● jrs.notification_emails
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_NOTIFICATION_EMAILS
Description: Specifies the e-mail notification list for successful/failed scheduled tasks.
● jrs.success_notify
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_SUCCESS_NOTIFY
Description: Specifies to send e-mail notification for successful report sets.
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.fail_notify
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_FAIL_NOTIFY
Description: Specifies to send e-mail notification for failed report sets.
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
Style group properties
When scheduling report sets via URL, the style group properties are as follows:
● jrs.has_style
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_HAS_STYLE
Description: Specifies to enable the style group that has been set for the report set.
Possible values: {true, false}. The default is false.
● jrs.style_group
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_STYLE_GROUP
Description: Specifies the style group.
Encrypting PDF properties
The following are properties to encrypt the PDF format file:
● jrs.pdf_encrypt
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PDF_ENCRYPT
Description: Specifies whether to enable PDF encryption.
Possible values: {true, false}
● jrs.pdf_compatibitly
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PDF_COMPATIBITLY
Description: Specifies the encryption type to encrypt a PDF document.
Possible values: {0, 1}. 0 - Acrobat 3.0 and later, 1 - Acrobat 5.0 and later.
● jrs.password_pdf
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PASSWORD_PDF
Description: Specifies the password to open the PDF document.
● jrs.has_pdf_permis_pasw
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_HAS_PDF_PERMIS_PASW
Description: Specifies whether to use a permission password to prevent others from printing and
editing the document.
Possible values: {true, false}
● jrs.pdf_permis_pasw
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PDF_PERMIS_PASW
Description: Specifies the permission password.
● jrs.pdf_printallow
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PDF_PRINTALLOW
Description: Specifies the printing quality for the PDF document.
Possible values: {0, 1, 2}. 0 - none, 1 - low resolution (150 dpi), 2 - high resolution.
● jrs.pdf_changallow
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PDF_CHANGALLOW
Description: Specifies the editing actions that are permitted in the PDF file.
Possible values: {0, 1, 2, 3, 4}. 0 - none. 1 - inserting, deleting and rotating pages, 2 - filling in form
fields and signing, 3 - commenting filling in form fields and signing, 4 - any except extracting pages.
● jrs.pdf_enablecopy
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PDF_CHECK_ENABLECOPY
Description: Specifies whether to enable selecting and copying the contents of the PDF document.
Possible values: {true, false}
● jrs.pdf_enableaccess
Constant: jet.cs.util.APIConst.TAG_PDF_CHECK_ENABLEACCESS
Description: Specifies whether to allow visually impaired users to read the PDF document with
window readers. This property is available only if the encryption type is set to Acrobat 5.0 or later
Acrobat version.
Possible values: {true, false}
Appendix 8: DHTML tag library
JReport DHTML provides a DHTML tag library, which includes custom tags such as mainpage, head, toc
and report. These custom tags can be used to componentize JSP pages, increasing productivity and
encapsulating recurring tasks so that they can be reused across more than one application.
For technique topics on the JSP tag library, references can be found in JSP online documentation on the
Sun Microsystems website http://www.sun.com.
● Component tags
● Action tags
Before you can use the DHTML tag library in JReport Server, you should firstly copy the file
Jinfonet_DHTML_taglib.tld in <intall_root>\public_html\dhtmljsp to the folder where your JSP
pages are located.
And if you want to use the DHTML tag library in any web server, you should first:
1. Add JRWebDesign.jar in <install_root>\lib to the war file you want to publish to the web
server.
Embedded tags
dhtml
The dhtml tag is a container for the other tags, and it checks user information, runs a report set, and
imports resources for the other tags. All tags to be used should be included in this tag. It contains the
following attributes:
Attribute Description
id - string Specifies the ID of the tag.
tagsetid - string Specifies the ID of the tag set. This attribute is required.
user - string The user name for logging in JReport Server.
password - string The user password for logging in JReport Server.
report - string The name of the report set the user wants to run. This attribute is required.
catalog - string The name of the catalog for the report set. This attribute is required.
report_path - string The path of the report set.
report_params - string All parameters (name/value pair) that are required for running the report set,
and the parameters are separated by & character.
catalog _version - The catalog version. Default value is 1.
integer
mainpage
The mainpage tag displays the DHTML page in an IFrame. It contains the following attributes:
Attribute Description
width=length The width of the frame. It can be a relative or absolute
value, e.g. 70% or 1000px.
height=length The height of the frame. It can be a relative or absolute
value, e.g. 70% or 1000px.
top=length The top position of the frame, measured in pixels.
left=length The left position of the frame, measured in pixels.
align=[top/middle/|bottom/left/right] Specifies where the frame appears in the web browser
window.
● top: Aligns the frame to the top of the web browser
window.
controls=[userInfoBar|rptSetBar|toolbar| All components that the user wants to display. The user
Toc|Dso|report|toolbox|linkbar|all] can set any one or more of them, or use all to display all
the components.
Component tags
toc
The toc tag is for displaying the TOC Browser.
toolbar
The toolbar tag is for displaying the toolbar.
resview
The resview tag is for displaying the Resource View panel.
toolbox
The toolbox tag is for displaying the Toolbox.
button
The button tag is for displaying buttons which match toolbar buttons but they can be placed anywhere
in JReport Viewer.
Attribute Description
buttonid Identifies the specific button. You can obtain a constant Java class jet.web.dhtml.
DHTMLConstant from the package JRWebDesign.jar located at <install_root>\lib. In
this class, those constants with a prefix "TOOLBAR_" and of int data type represent the
buttonid, and you can then know the buttonid according to the constant name. For
example, <jinfonet:button buttonid="<%=String.valueOf(DHTMLConstant.
TOOLBAR_NEW)%>"> will display the New button. This attribute is required.
toolboxbutton
The toolboxbutton tag is for displaying buttons which match Toolbox buttons but they can be placed
anywhere in JReport Viewer.
Attribute Description
component_type Identifies the specific button. These constants are available for component_type:
"Label", "Image", "Banded Object", "Table", "Crosstab", and "Chart". For example,
<jinfonet:toolboxbutton component_type="Banded Object"/> will display the
Banded Object button. This attribute is required.
report
The report tag is for DHTML report browser.
Attribute Description
width=length The width of the report browser, measured in pixels. Use -1 to set it
to 100% of Internet Explorer window's width. In other web
browsers, -1 means 650 pixels.
height=length The height of the report browser, measured in pixels. Use -1 to set
it to 100% of Internet Explorer window's height. In other web
browsers, -1 means 600 pixels. This attribute is required.
top=length The top position of the report browser, measured in pixels.
left=length The left position of the report browser, measured in pixels.
id Specifies the ID of the tag.
class_name Retrieves the class of the object.
style Sets a style for the object.
controls=[rptSetBar|linkbar|all] Specifies whether to display the components. The user can set any
one or more of them, or use all to display all the components.
Action tags
sortform
The sortform tag will generate a form for sorting the data. It contains the following attributes:
Attribute Description
id - string Specifies the ID of the tag. This attribute is required.
method - string Sets or retrieves how to send the form data to the server.
● get: Appends the arguments to the Form Action URL and opens it as if it were an
anchor.
forward - string Specifies the page to redirect. If it starts with /, the root path refers to
<install_root>\public_html; if with no /, the root refers to <install_root>
\public_html\dhtmljsp.
target - string Sets the window or frame at which to target content.
applyto - string Specifies the instance name of the component on which the sorting will be based.
This attribute is required.
filterform
The filterform tag will generate a form for filtering the data. It contains the following attributes:
Attribute Description
id - string Specifies the ID of the tag. This attribute is required.
method - string Sets or retrieves how to send the form data to the server.
● get: Appends the arguments to the Form Action URL and opens it as if it were an
anchor.
forward - string Specifies the page to redirect. If it starts with /, the root path refers to
<install_root>\public_html; if with no /, the root refers to <install_root>
\public_html\dhtmljsp.
target - string Sets the window or frame at which to target content.
applyto - string Specifies the instance name of the component on which the sorting will be based.
This attribute is required.
column
The column tag will generate a list to provide sorting manners for the sortform tag or field values for
the filterform tag. It contains the following attributes:
Attribute Description
id - string Specifies the ID of the tag. This attribute is required.
bind_column - Specifies the column by which to sort or filter. This attribute is required.
string
logic - string Specifies the relationship between the filter criterion and the next one. Its value can
be "AND" or "OR". Only for filterform.
maxsize - Specifies the maximum number of the items in the list, only for filterform.
integer
parent_id - Specifies the ID of the sortform or filterform tag which includes the column tag. This
string attribute is required.
class_name - Specifies the class name.
string
style - string Specifies the style of the list.
width - string Specifies the width of the list.
top - integer Specifies the top position of the list.
left - integer Specifies the left position of the list.
Reference: For examples about the tags, refer to the file ExampleCodeForTags.html in
<install_root>\help\server\en\samples, where some sample code for different tags is provided. To
test the examples, save the code to tagtest.jsp and then put it in <install_root>\public_html
\dhtmljsp.